••> ^.
m:
>■
^■
H^S
-U^;^^<^
ADikmhSfi'^
C^il^iH,
f^^^^^v^
A L
Mui iluftre y noble Senor
Don GUILLELMO STANHOPE^
Senor Baron de Harrington,
Embaxador que fue en la Corte de Efpana, Pleni^
potenciario en los CongrelTos de Sevilla, y Soif-
fons ', y al prefente uno de los Principales Secre-
tarios de Eftado de fu Mageftad Britanica, del
Confejo de fu Mag^. ^c.
Exc^°. Senor.
^^1^^ O dexara en mi de fer animofidad te-
>3^ meraria, el poner efte libro a los pies
^^ de V. Ex. fi fu buen indole y afabilidad
no le quitalTen el fer Offadia*
^ El Nombre de Stanhope es tan conocido en EA'
pana, de tantos anos a efta parte ; ' y fu mui iluftre
y^ noble Profapia, tan altamente refpetada y aplau-
didaj que nvinea eedera al olvido fu Memoria : ya
A 2 por
DEDICjriON.
por las Miichas y continuadas Embaxadas conque
han iluilrado aquella Corte ; ya por las heroicas ha-
zaiias, que, en tiempo de Giu'rra, han merecido los
aplaulbs de la Europa toda •, 6 ya por la tranquili-
dad, que han fugerido en vnrios CongrefTos para
el bien publico. En tiempo de Paz, les ha vene-
rado la Efpana como Nativos de aquel Pais, y en
tiempo de Guerra les ha confiderado tan Galanes
como Valerolbs. En reciproca benevolencia, Hem-
pre aquella familia ha moftrado tal inclinacion y
Cariiio a los de aquella nacion, que, parece, le af-
fifte una propenfion innata a beneficiaries y prote-
gerles.
'Efto es, loque esfuerza mi humildad a ofrecer a
fli Ex. efle tenuiffimo obfequio j pues V. E. ha he-
redado, como que en com.plexo, lo heroico y efpe-
ciales prerogativas de la familia toda : ha feguida
los palTos, continuado los progreffos, y adelantado la
gloria de fus AnteceiTores. Flai muchos, que con-
fagran fus libros a Principes y Proceres, ajenos del
conocimiento cie que tratan, dando por motivo la
neceflidad de fu proteccion contra los Malevolos (co-
mo fi^con el iibro no fe compraife la libertad de
murmurar del; : Mas cuerdos y menos Lifonjeros
eran los Antiguos, que dedicaban los fuyos, 6 a fus
Amigos, 6 algun Principe inteligente, a quien, por
razon del argumento, fe le debia la obra. Y revo-
cando yo al ufo moderno la pnielica de los Antiguos,
Nadie podra negar mi acierto en la eleccion de V. E.
pues elijo a Perf(Sna tan benemerita, que puede juz-
giir y aprobar : luego en vano foiicitara yo a V. E.
para la acceptacion, quando de jufticia fe le debe
efta dedicatoria. Se bien, que el tributarle elogios,
fera ofender fu Modeftia : Porloque fuplico, folo,
elque V. E. fe digne de recebir y patrocinar efta
obrilla, como a demoftracion de mi Afedlo y Ve-
neracion. En cafo, que V. E. hallare algo de fu a-
grado
DEDICATION.
grado y mereciere fii aprobacion, me quedara el
confuelo de decirle, loque Horacio a fa Mecenas :
Magnum hoc ego duco, quod placui tihi.
Y la obllgacion de rogar a Dios, le G^*. y profpere
por dilatados anos : Aflegurandole, que en tanto me
tendre por feliz, en quanto publicare que foi, con el
debido rendimiento, de
r. Ex(f.
El mas humilde y Ohedmte fervidor
g. B. S. M.
Sebastian Puchol, D. D.
THE
PREFACE.
P 0 N a careful Examination of
this Grammar^ (althd the befl that
is extant^) I found the Rules laid
down fo *very deficient and incorredty
that I thought I could ?iot do the
Tuhlick a greater Service^ than by prefenting them
with one more perfeB. T^his induced me to un-
dertake the CorreBion of it ; to lay down a new\
modern^ and approved Orthography and Etymo-
Icgy \ and to add fo many necefjdry Rules to ity
that the Reader^ who is acquainted with the for-
7ncr Edition^ will hardly know that this is S t e-
V E N s 's Grammar. I do not intend to un-
dervalue what others have done of this Nature :
What I can fay without Prefumption is, that I
have co72Julted all former Gram?nars, and infert-^
ed in this what I have found well grounded : I
have reBifed Abundance of Miflakes, which other
Authors have paffed over, and corrected others
laid down by them as efiablif:ed Rules ^^ a?id t
leave the hearned to Judge of the many Im*
provements made in this Edition,
The PREFACE.
I'he Rules for the true Fronuntiation are as
clearly expreffed as can be done in Writing, The
Articles a7id Parts of Speech are explained in a
Manner eafy and intelligible to young Beginners,
The Co72Jugation of Verbs (one of the moji intricate
Tarts of the Caftilian Language) is laid down in
the mojl plain Manner^ to each of which is added
that of the PaJJive, Reciprocal, Imperfonal, and
Other irregular Verbs. I have alfo inferted two
Tables, by which the Learned will, at firjl view^
fee the Difference between the three Conjugations.
The Curious will herein find all that is re-
quifite and neceffary, to lead them iitto the perfedi
Knowledge of the Caftilian (cojnmonly called the
Spanifli Tongue) which has been preferred in
thofe Provinces, in a greater Purity and Per-
feBion, than in any other of the more dijlant ones
from the Court : This was the Reafon that induced
King^ Don Alonzo the Wife to order that all
fublick Writings, &cq. foould be made in the.Cz-
ftilian Tongue, I have laid downfomefixt Rules
in the Rudiments, to avoid ambiguity in the Pro^
nuntiation of the Letters B, V, &c, err one ou fly
tifed before, even among the Spaniards. The Vo-
cabulary, Familiar Phrafes, a?2d the Colloquies
are carefully amended-, and all the Words are
acceiited to avoid Mijiakes in the Pronu?2ciation.
It was high Time (nay there was an abfolute
neceffity) to make a new Edition of the Spanifli
Grammar : For all Languages alter by Time
and Cujiom ; and the Caftilian has received fo
ma72y Alterations, that no-body can pretend
to teach it, or learn it in Perfection, as it
is fpoken at Courts and ufed by modern Au-
thors^ without Jome new InJlruBions, The 9,
{called
The PREFACE.
(called cedilla^ which was fo much iji ufe before,
h now left o^\ and the Reafonsfor if the Reader
will find in my Obfervations on that Letter^ and
the z is fubjiituted in its Place, The y, which
commonly pajfed as a Vowel, is 7iow a Confonant
in Compofition. Some of the Spanifh Words are
foftenedy and others altered^ as more conforjnable
to the Latin ; as inftead of Cora9on we jay Co-
razon : forv^zt^, dezir, hazer; veces, decir, ha-
cer : injtead of eftoy, doy, Reyno ; eftoi, doi,
Reino: for dava, iva, devo, efcrivo ^ daba,
iba, debo, efcribo : for Cavallo, Govierno ; Ca-
ballo, Gobierno : for abuelo or aguelo 5 avuelo :
hai for ay or hay : Ahi for ai or hai, &c. I
have followed, in the CorreBion of this Grammar^
the Didlionary lately puhlifed by the Royal Aca-
demy 0/^ Madrid, which is the only Standard for
all thofe who aim at Speaking and Writing cor-
rcBly and elegantly the Spanifh Language.
A NEW
THE
RUDIMENTS
O F T H E
Spanijh Grammar.
S there are many who ftudy the
CASTILIAN language, wichouc
underftanding before-hand whac
Grammar is, and that every body
may have certain rules for his
guide, I think it may not be ufelefs
to make an epitomy of it and its parts.
GRAMMAR is the art of fpcaking and writing
properly. And is divided into four parts, viz.
Orthography, or the method of true writing.
Etymology, or the knowledge of the original
words.
Syntax, or the manner of forming the words
into fentences.
Prosody, or the kno\vledge of the accent or
quantity of the fyllables, as to their being pro-
nounced long or (hort.
B
PART
'Tf,
he RUDIMENTS of
P A R T I.
0/ O R r H O G R A P H Y,
Which contaim fome 'very curious a?id necejfary
obfervafions to learn the Caftilian tofigue in
perfcution,
CHAP. L
Of the Letters in general,
TH E Spanijh language has not a peculiar al-
phabet of It's own, tho' it is not difputable,
but that before the conqueft of Spain by the Ro-
mans^ the Spaniards had charaders or letters to ex-
prefs their language in, and that the Goths alfo in-
troduced theirs. But there is no memorial
of the former, and the Gothic ceafed in the
year 1091 by decree of ihe national council at Leon,
in the reign of Don Alonfo VI. in which it was ap-
pointed that no characters fhould be ufed befides
that of the Roman : Ever fmce which time they
have continued the Latin letters ; with the addition
of a few borrowed from the Greeks in order to
own their debt for fuch words as they took from that
language, and thefe are ch^ k^ ph, th^ y, corref-
pondent to x, x, c, ^, and v.
The Caftilian alphabet confifts of twenty-fix let-
ters, including the h : the twenty-three following
are common to other languages.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q,
R, S, T, U, X, Y, Z.
a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, k, 1, m, n, o, p, q, r, f,
t, u, X, y, z.
And
the Spanish Grammar. 3
And the other three letters 9, j, n, for their dif-
ferent pronunciation are peculiar to the Cajlilian
language.
Of the common, thefe five are vowels A, E, I, O,
U, to which the Y is added for the Greek words,
fo called from their expreffing a found without the
help of any other letter. The reft are confonants,
fo called from their having no found alone, and are
regularly divided into mutes a,nd femi-vowels ; or, as
others fay, into natural and corrfus^d: the mutes or
natural arc B, C, D, G, K, P, Q, T, Z, and
the fein'uvowels or confufed are F, H, L, M, N,
R, S, X, fo called for their being pronounced with
a vowel before and after it.
Of which L, M, N, R, S, are liquids : f, /,
?7, v^ and }', are likewife confonants in the S_pamjb
language.
Of the pronoiinciation of the letters,
A Letter is nothing more fin the fenfe we fpeak
here) than a note of a peculiar found, and an
individual part of a filial le.
Letters are (as fome authors alErm) in compa-
rlfon to the languages what notes are to Mufick. If
from the notes may be formed various and innume-
rable tones, whofe fweet and pleafant harmony
cherifh, and with founding eloquence perfijades ; fo
are the concerts of words infinite, which refult from
the letters, whofe compofition with an eloquent
melody defcribes to us the thoughts, and brings the
invifible to life : both as written, fpeak to the eyes,
and as pronounced, to the hearing. And if no-
body withQut the perfedc knowledge of notes can
boaft of being a Mufician ; lefscan anyone prefume
to know with delicacy a language without a full
knowledge of the letters.
B 2 For
4 "fhe RUDIMi:NrS of
For which reafon, and as in the order of nature,
the fitnple ts firft, and then the compound, it ap-
pears proper to begin by the vowels, whofe found
is fo fimple as to be formed only by opening the
mouth.
0/ the voivels.
IS pronounced as in Englijh^ aw^ as in the words
all^ hally call, ball: without differing from the
manner in which it is pronounced by other nations.
Is pronounced the fame as in the Latin, Italian^
and French tongues, nay even the fame as in the
Englifh in the words to blefsy to fend,
Tho' e be doubled it never lofes its pronuncia-
tion, fo that when there are two e e \n z. word, both
are plainly and diftindlly pronounced, as creer^ to
believe ; leery to read.
I. Y.
Thefe letters are called i Latin, and y Greek : the
former preferves it's natural pronunciation in com-
pofition, and is pronounced by all nations, as in
thefe words, viftble, vifion, terrible : the latter has
the fame pronunciation ; hut when in compofition is
a confonant, and is pronounced as two i f, as ayuda,
help •, ayuno, a faft.
Of j called ijdta. See letter G.
Has the fame pronunciation as in Latin and
Engli/by in thefe words tbrono^ throne i obediente^
cbedient.
//6^ Spanish Grammar. 5
U. V.
The Spanijh language has two u's as well as the
Latin ; u vowel called by the Spaniards an open or
fquare u *, and v confonant called v clofe, or de Co-^
razonctllo^ which always goes before the vowels,
and is never joined to a confonant, nor ends any
word. U vowel is pronounced as double o o in
Englijk^ and thefe words Cupido a. Cupid, Cur a a
Curate or a Cure, are pronounced as if they were
written thus Cooptdo^ coora \ becaufe the pronuncia-
tion of the words book lihro^ cook cozinero^ is exadlly
the fame as that of the u vowel in Spani/h.
^confonant is pronounced by the Spaniards in the
fame manner as the u vowel ; tho' there are fome
authors who pretend to fay, that ii's pronunciation
is a found between that of h and », but I fee no
manner of ground for this exception,
Ohfervations upon the vowels.
THIS letter has often the mafculine accent, as
amard, he will love *, bard, he will do it ; and
the feminine, as amdra^ when I might love, in the laft
fyllable. There are four diphthongs formed of this
vowel when it goes before other vowels, as we fhall
fhew hereafter.
A when by itfelf, (lands for a prepofition which
denotes the dative cafe, as doi la preferencia a Pedroy
1 give the preference to Peter ; it governs alfo the
accufative, as yo dmo d Dios, I love God ; denotes
the part or place where one goes, as voi d Roma^ I go
to Rome, it alfo precedes the accufative when before
an infinitive governed by another verb, as vdmos d
B 3 I'endr^
6 The RUD IMENTS of
char, let us go to fupper ; apajfedr^ to walk ; ajugdr,
to play.
When before the adverbs or adverbial moods it
denotes the manner in which an adlion is cxecuced, as
afabiendas, knowingly *, d trueco, by changing j rather
purpofely, d brdzo partido, upon equal terms : ^de-
notes likevvife when a thing is to be done, as a las
doce del dia, at noon.
It is often an interjedlion, as a fenor fiddno^ ho
there ilich a one ; a fenor Pedro, ho there Peter.
It is taken for con^ with, as cafiiguefe el oficidl d
fcr.a capital, let the cfHcer be punifhcd with a ca-
pital punifhment.
For hdcia, towards, as vohio la caheza d tal parte^
he turned his head towards fuch a place.
For pdra^ for, as conduce a eftefmy it is proper for
this end.
For tor, by, as a fticrza gano la cuidad, by force
he gained the city.
For fegim^ according, as d la moda de Francia^
according to the French fafhion.
For Jiy if, as a faber efto^ if I knew this—, upon
knowing of this.
For fino^ if not, unlefs, as a no venir d tiempo^ if
he fhould'not come in time, ^c.
For erj^ in, as ^ vifta de tal proceder que quure que
hdga ? upon fight of fuch proceeding what will you
have me to do ?
And tho' there are many authors who are of opi-
nion, that d ftands for the third perfon fingular of
the prefent tenfe indicative of the verb haver, to have,
faying aquel a, I fay that then it is to be written
with an h thus aquel hd, obferving the fame in all
the tenfes and moods ; for haver is derived from the
haiin verb habere, and regard being had to this
there will happen no miftake or equivocation.
There are other authors who affcrt, that d ftands
for hdi, there is, which is abfolutely falfe ; for in the
fcecches which denote time^ as d im ano que vine d
Lcndres^
//&^ Spanish Grammar. 7
LondreSy it is a year fince I came to London, a mult
be written with h thus hd abbreviated, or by the
figure Apocope, becaufe then it is the third perfon
fiijgular of the prefent tenfe indicative of the verb
hacer^ to do, and is the fame as hdce un dno que vine
a LoNdreSy according to the rule,
Jpocope demit fineniy quern dat Paragoge.
But of thefe we Ihall fpeak more at large in ano-
ther place.
E.
E either is mafculine, as in the laft fyllable of
amariy I fhall love ; aprendere, I will learn •, enfene^
I have taught; oire^ I fhall hear, &c. or feminine,
as qudndo amdre^ when I fhall love •, qudndo olviddre^
when I fhall forget ; and it is fo becaufe the accent is
not acute in thefe laft examples.
Of the hy when before other vowels, may be
formed four diphthongs.
E is fometimes ufed as a firft perfon of the verb
haver^ but then it muft be written with ^, faying
'jo he comprddo un amllo de orOy I have bought a gold
It is often a conjunction, and is ufed inftead ofy,
when the following word begins with i vowel,
as los Holandefes e InglefeSy the Dutch and the Englifh
Efpdna e It alia y Spain and Italy.
Poets often take the liberty to add the letter e 2Lt
the end of fome words ufmg the figure Paragoge,
faying atnore for amoKy love, and this they dofor thq
fake of thcrhime.
E is fometimes an interjedion, but then h muft
be added to it, as hsy que dices ? ha ! what do you
fay ? hey que quieres ? ha ! what you will have ? it
ftands likewife for an adverb, as 4/, la muger^ fee !
the woman,
84 i- y»
8 The RUD IMENTS of
I. Y.
The Latin i ftands for a vowel in the Spamjh lan-
guage, and the) for aconfonant •, but when a flrong
afpiration is required in the pronunciation, then j
lerves as a confonant, as yi, already •, jufio^ jufl-.
When the accent is laid on the i as lei^ vi^ then
it has a mafculine pronunciation, and when not, a
feminine one.
There are four diphthongs alfo formed from this
vowel.
When )* is by itfelf in a fpeech, it is generally a
conjundion copulative, and fometimes fufpenfive, as
Juan y Pedro^ y huyen^ y corren^ y pelean^ John
and Peter, fly, lun, and fight : Bat it muft be ob-
ferved, that when the following word begins with f,
then by Euphonia e mufl be made ufe of inllead of y,
as los Efpanoles e Italidnos^ Franc efes e IngUjh^ the Spa-
niards and the Italian, the French and the Englifh.
/or y are fometimes put inftead ofabz^ there, but
as this ufe is meerly voluntary it muft be never
ufed.
O.
This letter is alfo pronounced fometimes with a
mafculine accent, as amd, he loved ; refpondio^ he
anfwered.
Four diphthongs are formed cf this letter, when
it precedes other vowels.
When the o is by itfelf in a fpeech, it is often a
conjundion disjunctive, as b fdbio^ b ignorante^ a
bravo f b covarde^ ha devenir^ con migo^ Jet him be
wife, or ignorant, or brave, or a coward, he muft
come with me.
It is likewife an interjection, as b maldad !
b dolor ! O wickednefs ! O pain ! but of this we ihall
fpeak more largely in another place.
As an adverb, ^sbfi yofuera nco^ O that I were
rich, Uh
the Spanish Grammar. 9
U.
U is fometimes pronounced with a mafculine ac-
cent, as tu^ fu^ thou, his j of it are likcwife made
four diphthongs.
When after a ^, « is joined to e or i, then u lofcs
its pronunciation ; and thefe words, Guedeja, a lock
of hair ; gum a guide, are pronounced as in th. E g-
liih words ot giddy, Guinea, or as in the French
words guerre, war ; guerir, to cure. Jguero^ an omen ;
verguenza, iliame, &c. are excepted.
When it is by itfelf in a fpeech, then it is a con-
jundlion, or interjedion, inftead of 0, when the
word following begins with an 0^ as ifnpedimento u
obfidculo, impediment or obftacle.
Of ibe pronunciation of the Confon ants >
B. b.
THIS letter is pronounced as in other lan-
guages, clofing the lips, and as if it had an e
after it, as in the Englijh word Bay,
As to the letter ^, its difference, and fimilitude
of pronunciation with the letter v, we muft refer
the reader to the 2d chapter as to it's proper place.
C, ?, Z.
C when before the letters e i is pronounced fofter
than /, as cedro^ a cedar tree ; cielo, heaven : when
before the vowels ^, 0^ u, is pronounced as k, as cdra^
the face ; corner^ to eat ; cuerda^ a cord or rope.
When h follows the letter f, it is pronounced as
in the Englifh cheefe, quefo ; child, mm nina ; thus are
chdnza^3,jt{\. ; chocolate^ chocolate ; chko^ little, fmall;
tnuchoy much : thefe words excepted chariddd, charity ;
choro^ a choir ^ Archangel^ an Archangel, &c. which
are
lo The RUDIMENTS of
are derived from the Latin charitas^ chorus^ arch-
angelus^ for c then is pronounced as k.
Upon the Cedilla formed with a fmall dafh under
it, 1 think it convenient to obferve ; firft, that as
by a refolution newly taken by the members of the
Royal Academy at Madrid^ the 9 had been only
invented to fupply the defed of combination of ce^
ci, in the three vowels ^, 0, Uy in order to pro-
nounce f^, fOy fUy inftead of ca, co, cu ; and this
having taken place, and with the fame foftnefs as
the z ; the c is reputed at prefent as fuperfluous ;
and the reafon is, becaufe f, in the opinion of
feveral authors, is not a different letter from the z,
but the fame differently formed, this being the rea-
fon why many authors have ufed both promifcuoufly,
for their pronunciation are very much alike in thefe
words, capater^ ozapaterOy a flioe-maker \ cd^a^ cdza^
hunting, &c. Befides, becaufe g is not found in the
mother tongues, and the 2 is •, further the 2; is a
general letter in the beginning, middle, and ending
of any word, which cannot be faid of the letter f,
for which reafon, it often cannot be ufed in the mid-
dle of a word, and in the end never ; no body ha-
ving written as yet almiranld^go^ admiralty -, halldfgOy
a reward for a thing loft ; merefco^ I defer ve ; padecco^
I do fuffer ; dejlify a flipping -, %, light ; paf, peace ;
velo^y fwlfr. Wherefore I am of opinion that f is
fuperfluous in the Spanijh language, and as fuch it's
ufe mufl be avoided, placing the z in it's (lead in
every word where f ufed to be.
But as f is found in mofl of the Spanijh authors, I
think it proper to acquaint the curious, that it's
pronunciation is the fame as that of c when before
the vowels e i ; becaufe, as has been faid, f was in-
dented to fupply the combination in the vowels, a^
Oy u. And tho' a certain rule might be given to
keep both the f and the z in the faid language,
which is, to ufe the f when a confonant precedes,
as alaidfjfa^sLjpriiik j enfman^a^ inflrudion, te^iching.
the S P A N 1 b H (:i K A M M A R . II
^c. and to ufe z when a vowel goes before, and in
rhc beginnitig and end of words, as altsza^ highnels ;
razon^ reafon •, zclo, zeal ; Itiz^ light, &c. but as
ihe foregoing opinion is better grounded, I think it
iiiore right to take away the ( and to ufe the z, as
the modern authors do, whom I follow. Z is pro-
nounced as the Engliffo pronounce the double^
a d.
D has the fame found in Spanifh^ as in the Latin
snd other languages. And although there are feve-
f ai authors who are of opinion that d is not to be
pronounced when at the end of a word, yet I am of
a contrary opinion, and fay that it always is to be
pronounced if it is written, with this difference only,
that when it ends a word, its found is fofter, laying
the accent on the preceding vov/el, as amijidd^ friend-
fhip 5 bonddd, goodnefs, &c.
F f
Does not differ in its found from that of the Lat'm,
or of other languages *, but it mud be obferved,
that the Spaniards never ufe ff in their writings,
as will be faid afterwards, and if fome do double
them it is by way of a voluntary affedlation. A cer-
tain author takes notice, that the Spaniards confound
/ with ph^ or, to fpeak more proper, they ufe/ in-
flead of ph \ I don't doubt but that in every nation
there are ignorant people, but thofe who are ikilled
in Orthography ought to conform to the manner in
which words are written in the original.
G. g. J. X.
G is only guttural before the vowels e, f, but 7
and X are always afpired, or guttural letters in the
whole combination of the vowelsj becaufe in the
fame
12 "The RUD IMENTS of
fame manner is pronounced ja, je^ ji^ jo, ju, as xa,
xe, &c. X is not guttural in fome words derived
from the LatWj as eximir^ to exempt ; exdmen, exami-
nation, &c. as it will be faid in the 2d chapter, and
when it goes before a confonant, as exceder, to exceed ;
excitdr^ to excite ; excluir^ to exclude ; excrementOy
excrement, &c.
G before the vowels ^, 0, «, is not afpired or
guttural, and is pronounced as in other languages,
ah gdllo, a cock *, golpe^ a blow ; gufto^ tafte, plea lure.
I cannot agree with fome authors, who fay, that
when g comes before n it is funk in the pronuncia-
tion, becaufe the men of learning in Spain generally
pronounce it, as in Igridcio, Ignatius •, tgnordr, to be
ignorant *, ignolo^ u known -, magndnimOy magnani-
mous i magmfico, magnificent, 6cc.
H.
Jordan^ Martmanus^ Tomhique^ in his Elench.
Elem. P. II. Art. III. Littleton in his Latin
Didionary lett. H, and other authors are of
opinion that H (called by St Jerom an extenfive
vowel) is a letter for the following reafons.
Firft, a Letter is nothing elfe than a note of a pecu-
liar found, and aftngk part of a f^lldble\ h is the
fame : therefore the i? is a letter.
Secondly, The /^ comes originally from the Hebrew
and Greek tongues •, it was a letter with them : why
then fhould it not be the fame in the living lan-
guages ? ^c.
The Spanifh authors place the h among the femi-
vowels, becaufe before and after it has a vowel in its
pronunciation. See the abovefaid authors. But
as the public has received the h with Prifcianus as a
note of afpiration and not as a letter, we muft con-
form to it whether with reafon or without it. H is
generally pronounced fo gently, that in many words
1: can fcarce be perceivedj as komhre^ a man > humilde^
humble \
//j^ Spanish Grammar. 13
humble -, but when ue follows hy then bu is pro-
nounced as the Efjglijhw, biUrta^ a garden ; huefped, an
hod or gueft \ huijfo^ a bone: like werta^ wefped^ wejfo.
H after c is pronounced as in Englijh^ churchy fnuch^
iglefia^ tniicho. Although fome authors obferve,
that the Spaniards very rarely ufe the b after p and
/, I fay, that the Spani/Jo tongue does not allow them
the liberty to do it, and thus the learned muft con-
form themfelves to the etymology of words, faying
Tbomdsy Thomas ; Tbeologia^ Theology or Divinity ;
Pbilofopbia^ Philofophy.
K.
The Spaniards make ufe of this letter only in con-
formity to the etymology of the words derived from
other languages, as Kalenddrio^ a Kalendar ; Kalendas^
Kalends, the firft day of the month, K'^rie eleifon,
&c. Greek ; and in proper names of cities, towns,
Uc, at Kelmoy Kenardy Kunigunday &c. Saxon.
L. 1.
BeQdes the fingle /, there is a double // in Spanifb
language as in the Latin, but differently pronounced :
the fingle one is pronounced as in other languages^
but the double // as in the Italian gl in the words
Figli, Mogliey &c. or as the double // in Frencb in
the words coquilky fille, &c. which founds as if an i
was after the firfl: /, as of Have, a key ; Hover, to rain ;
calldr^ to be filent, read Have, liovery calidr, L is
never doubled in the end of words.
It muft be obferved, that all words that have a
doule / in the Latin^ are written in Spanijh with a
fingle one.
M.
M is pronounced as in other languages, as mam,
a hand ; camino, a way ; mddrey moc^ier, &c. in what
manner 'tis to be doubled, or when it is to be kept
fingle
14 'Ibe RU D IMENTS of
fmgle in the compofition we (hall ipeak after-
wards in chap, ^.
N.
There are two »'i in the Spanipj language, one
which is common to all languages, and is pro-
nounced alike with them ; another proper and pe-
culiar to the SpaniJJj^ written thus ^, which is
equivalent to two n ;/, and is called n con tzlde^ and
is pronounced as gn in Italian and French^ or, as if
it had an i after ;/, as in thefe words, dno^ a year 5
fimo^ a child ; montdna^ a mountain ; faying thus,
agno or anio^ nigno or nmo^ &:c.
There is nothing to be obferved in the letter f^
but that its pronunciation is the fame as in LaUny
zspdn^ bread ; Pedro^ Peter.
Ph are ufed as /, and pronounced in the fame
manner ; but that in writing / ought to be ufed for
pb is an infupportable error : becaufe with pb and
not with / are to be written the following words,
PhildfopbOy a Philofopher •, Phyfico^ a Phyfician ;
Phjfiologza^ Philofophy, &c.
The Latin p is often changed into h^ as of recipere^
recebir^ to receive , but of this we ihall fpeak here-
after.
V always follows this letter as in other languages^
and is pronounced in the fame manner. When ui
follows after ^, then it is pronounced as if there
was a k inilead of qu^ faying quinto^ kinto^ fifths
quince^ kince^ fifteen ; but when it follows ua or ue^
the u is pronounced, tho' not flrong, as quejliony a
queftion ; confequencia^ a confequence j qiidtro^ four,
^c. the following are excepted^ t^que^ let him touch or
ring 5
the Spanish Grammar. 15
ring ; repque, let him ring out ; U^uidoy liquid ; que^
that ; querh\ to be willing ; (luien^ who ; which are
pronounced as if they were written with L
R
No way differs in it's found from the Latin and
Englijh ; but it muft be obferved, that at the be-
ginning of words it is pronounced ftronger than at
the middle and end, becaufe the initial r is equal
to two r r, which always are pronounced with
vehemence.
S fimple, as well as compound, is pronounced as
in Latin: cmn amajfem fan^os^ como amdjfe los fan-
ioSy when I could love the faints ; 0 altzjffimo Dws, O
mod high God: from whence it may be inferred,
that all the preterimperfed:s of the optative, and
the fuperlatives, are written and accented as in
the Latin.
S in the Spanijh is doubled in words derived from
the Latin^ of which wc: fhall give fufficient notice in
its place, but never is doubled at the end of words ;
and when they begin in the Latin with / to which
follows a confonant as ^, w, /), /, then is added an e^
as from fcholafticus fay efcholdjiico \ fcribere^ efcrihir ;
fmaragdus^ efmerdlda j fpina^ efpma ; fpiritus^ efpiritu.
^ This letter is pronounced a?, in Latin^ in the com-
bination of all the vowels, as Tdcito^ Ta^o^ tenaz^
&c. ftill or quiet, the fenfe of feeling, tenacious, in
the middle of feveral words t is changed into r, and
efpecially in words ending in tia and tlo^ as from
heneficentia fay beneficencia^ from ejjentia^ ejfencia ;
juftitia^ juftuia^ &c, beneficence, efTence, jullice.
There
i6 The RUD IMENTS of
There is no double / in the Spanijh language.
When the original words have th^ they are to be
written in the fame manner in the Spanifi i as Cdtbe-
dra^ Cathdlicoy MatheOy neologta^ pronouncing
the tb as a fmgle /.
This is a guttu"al letter. Vid. Let. G,
I do only obfetve here, that all the Spanijh words
that begin with x are Jrahick^ except the following
that come from the Greeks Xanthenia^ a precious
ftone like amber in its colour ; Xdnto, a precious (tone
of a very yellow colour i Xemolo^ a fmall gift ; Xe-
mdochio^ an hofpice, or an inn for fbrangers ; Xenon^
an habitation, a dwelling-place, a lodging *, Xeno-
^pdrocboSy officers appointed to provide for the Am-
bafladors ; Xyrotheca, the cafe wherein the Barbers
put their razors and fciffars •, Xyfioy a gallery, a
a fummer-houfe, or an open place to take the air
about a garden.
Y. Vid. Let. /.
Z. Vid. Let. C.
CHAP. II.
Of the letters when in cotnpofuion,
TH E only and fure rule to reduce the Caftilian
language in perfedion, is to write it as it is
fpoke, and really pronounced -, it is by this only
that it is diftinguifhed, and exceeds all other lan-
guages, not excepting the Latin j I have faid the
Latin^ becaufe that language joins the dipthongs,
pronouncing only one letter, when they are wrote
with two as Ci^Ium is pronounced Celum : but the
Cafiilian
the Spanish Gramma r. 17
Cajlellan pronounces its dipthongs in fach a man-
ner, that without lofing a letter it preferves the
found of both vowels in one fy liable, as alcaide^ dire^
r/)', /(fy, buc^y Sec. this being agreeable to the lenle
which the Antients gave of the word diphthong, de-
fining it thus : Biphtho)jgus eft duarujn in una jyiaha
vocalium [onus perceptus^ a diphthong is the diftind
found of two vowels in one fyllable -, for which rea-
fon I am of opinion, that the Antients pronounced
Latin in the fame manner that the Spanijh is now-
pronounced j and if it was not foreign to my pre-
fent purpofe, I would prove clearly the time when
and how the Latin pronunciation has been corrupted,
and by what means the fyncrefis in the diphthongs
was introduced, but as this fuffices for the prefent,
I fhall proceed in my defign.
In order to form the Orthography, it is neceflary
to obferve the modifications by which time has
fmoothed the roughnefs of words, and reduced
them to the modern ftile and m.anner of difcourfe :
But as there are many, who manage the Caftilian
tongue in proportion to their genius, confounding
letters together in their pronunciation, and ufing
the confonants at their pleafure , to avoid fjch abufe
it is proper to know.
That the fprings from whence flow fuch variety
and confufion in the Orthography are the following.
Firft, the fmiilitude of the pronunciation of fome
letters, whofe ufe is fo uncertain, that they are often
mixed, and by the meer pronunciation it is difficult
to dillinguifh their proper ufe : fuch are the B and
^confonant, the C and the Z in the proper combi-
nations, and in thofe of the C, in the two vowels
e and i, the G, J, and X'm the two vowels ^, /,
the J and Xin their entire combinations ; the C and
the ^, and the G and //, in the combinations
where the u interpofes. Secondly, the ufe of the
double confonants, which are commonly found in
compound words, as accejfihy immortal, annotdr^
C arregldr^
i8 The RUD IMENTS of
arregldr^ {^ijfimuldr,8zc. Thirdly, the ufe of many
confonanrs which come together in various words,
as aj/umpto, fan^iddd^ demofijlracion^ redempcioriy
dec. This being luppofed.
1 iiiy, firfb, that the B ought not to be pronounced
and written inftead of the /^, nor the F be con-
founded with the B ; fince every one knows that
they are different letters, and therefore it is abfo-
lutely neceflary that their found fhould be likewife
different. To furmount this difficulty, regard muft
be had to the original from whence proceed the
words in which thefe letters are found, becaufe if
they are derived from a word written with a B, as
Bacillus^ Beatus, Boieficiumy hihere^ honus^ &c.
they muft be written with a B ; and if from a word
written with a F, they muft be wrote fo ; as
Vdcuo^ valer, vdno^ vapor ^ vender^ venzr^ vzda,
&c. which are derived from the Latin vacuus, va-
kre^ vapor^ vendere^ vemre, vita.
For which reafon all the preterimperfeds of the
indicative mood muft be wrote with B, and not
with F, as is ufual, faying, a?ndba, cantdba^ ha-
hldba, ordba^ becaufe they come from the Latin
amaharn, cantaham^ loquehar, oraham.
It muft be obferved likewife, that when in the
original of a word there is a P, then the B muft
be ufed and not the V^ becaufe from caput, conci-
perCy lupus, fapiens, &c. comes caheza, concehzr,
Idbo^ fdbio.
Before the letters L and R, the B muft always be
put and not the V, faying amdhle, ddble, ddble, hd-
blar, abrzr, hrdvo, Hombre, Pobre,
Therefore that barbarous diftindtion ought to be
avoided which ignorance has introduced, viz.
that there muft not be two B B's or two V Vs in
one word ; becaufe, if they are in the root they
ought to be ufed, as in Bdrba, Beber, Barbara,
vivaciddd, vivzr, vivisnte, volver, &c.
2 And
the Spanish Grammar. 19
And when the original of words is doubtful, I am
of opinion that we ought to ufe the 5, and not the
V\ the pronunciation of the firil being more agree-
able to our manner of Jpeaking than that ot the
fecond.
I fay, 2d]y, that the (^ caUeji cedilla ^ is now
fuperfluous in the Spamjh tongue, and therefore the
Z ought to be ufed in its Head, .in all words what-
foever, as was faid in chap. i. Lett. C.
But it ought to be taken notice of, that the words
ending in Z which are derived from the Lali;/^
ought to change the Z into C in the plural, becaufe
it is fo found in the original, and thus fellz, luz^
pdZy vez, vdz^ make m the plural felkes, luces ^
pdces^ vcces^ voces.
Hitherto has been written bazer^ de^tr^ but
thefe verbs being derived from facere and dicere,
now the Z is changed into C, conformable to the
original, and now we fay hacer^ decir^ obferving
the fame rule in all their derivatives.
I fiy, 3dly, that G being guttural only before
the e and f, it ought to be ufed only in the primi-
tives and derivatives, fuch are afligzr^ coger^ colegir^
eleiir^ proteger^ regzr, £cC. writing ajllge^ coge^
colige, elige, protege, rige, without being extended
to the derivatives of j and ,v.
When the infinitives in ger or gzr change er or ir
into ^ or 0 as in the prefent, then the G is changed
intoj, that the true pronunciation of the infinitive
may be preferved ; and thus from Ji^^gzr fay/%"^,
pnja^ from Regir, Rijo^ Rzja, &c.
All v/ords which in their original have g, /, or /,
are written with j and not with x, as from longe iay
Ujos from ^agus^ Tdjo -, from tegula, teja -, ja^anlia,
ja6idncia\ jafpis, jdfpe \ jurare.jiirdr ; jiijlitia, jujii-
cia •, juvenis, joven ; from confiliumy confejo ; Filius^
Htjo ; mdior, mejor, in all the combination of the
vowels •, and when the infinitives end in jar, the j
muft be kept in all the tenfes without exception.
C 2 In
20 ne RUDIMENTS of
In thefe words Mage ft dd^ Muger^ 'Trdge^ &c.
common ufe has prevailed in keeping the^ inftead
of the j.
If the words have x in their original, as ^exer^
excmplo^ execucwn^ ferplexo^ vexzga^ &c. it would
appear ridiculous td'write them with j, and not with
X ; and it mud beiikewife obferved, that when the
v/ords have the lett^er / in their original, as cdxa^
dexdr^ xabon^ xcme^- xtigo^ &c. derived from cap-
fa, deferere^ fapo^ femipes^ fucciis^ are to be written
always with x and not with j •, and the reafon of it
is, becaufe the /has the found fomewhat like the x^
and as the Spaniards do take the guttural pronun-
ciation from the Arabians^ and they pronounce the
double ff as x^ it cannot be abfurd to change /
into X.
Nouns ending in x, as Box^ BaJdx^ Relax, &c.
keep the x in the plural ; as well as all the verbs,
which have x in the infinitive mood are to keep it in
all the tenfes, as from haxdf\ dexdr, &c. fay hdxo^
haxdba, Baxe, &c.
i^is frequently in vulgar writings changed into C,
but the true rule is to be guided by the original
Latin : otherwife the derivation is obfcured, and
the pronunciation corrupted ; from C are formed
ciidjo, cuenla, cuerda, &c. and from ^ qudl^ que-
Jlion, qudlro, &:c.
It is an impropriety, that many fali -nto of ufing
u and i vowels inftead of 31 and v conlbnants : but
this irregularity is cautioufly avoided by all corredl
writers, and exploded by the Spanift) Academy ;
having eftablifhed the letter )' to be always a confo-
nant in the Sp^nifj words, and the accent is always
laid on the annexed vowel, as a'^uda, help ; ajuno^
a fift ; arrojo, a rivulet, or a brook. It muft be
likewife avoided to put the y immediately before or
after a confcnant, or at the end of a verb or word,
except the following L/y, i^/)', Buq^ Sec,
The
the Spanish G r a m m a r. 2 r
The Spaniards^ to retain the fofcnefs of the found
of the Lalin confonant y, for want (A an exa6l equi-
valent, change it into ;y confonant, as in adjuvare^
jejunare^ jacere, which the Spaniards make a)uddr^
ayundr^ yacer : and in conformity to the Greek, in
words borrowed from that language, they preferve
it as a vowel, ^vuCokov, Mus-He^o!', 'aJu^.@->, UupTvo.
Symbolo, M\Jlerio, dzymo. Martyr. So likewife
in the third conjugation of verbs, as arguyo, arguyes^
arguye, I difpute, i^c. but in the imperfed Hiy
thus : arguia, &c. the accent being to be put
on the vowels and never on confonants, the
fame is the firft perfon of the preterpe6l, as
argut, I difputed, ^c. the Spaniards likewife
fay at prefent, doi^ I give \ eftoi, I am ♦, holy
to day, ^c.
CHAP. III.
Of the ufe of letters doubled.
Eand O are often doubled in Spanifh, to come the
nearer to the radical pronunciation, as Acree-
dor^ Creer^ Leer, Cooterdr, Loor : in which both
the vowels are pronounced difl:in6lly. And it is on
the contrary, wrong in fome, who fuperfluoufly add
e in words derived from the Latin, as in Fee, Veer,
inftead of Fe, Ver.
As to confonants, the variety is great, but to
avoid all affedlation, and fpeak properly it is to be
obferved, that C is never to be doubled before the
vowels A, 0, U, or before confonants, and we
therefore write Acaecer, Acomoddr, Ocdfo, Ocafion,
Acufdr, Acumuldr, Aclamdr, &c. But before the
vowels E and /, C is doubled in fuch words as are
derived from the Latin, and had them origi-
nally, as Accelerdr^ Accejfo, Accento, Occidente,
except the following words Aceptdr and Suceder^
C 3 becaufc
22 "The RUDIMENTS of
becaufe alcho' in their original they have two c <:,
they are not fpecified in the pronunciation by jhe
Spaniards.
Latin words terminating in cfio^ change the / into
C, as Accion^ Coccion^ Diccion^ Leccion^ Produccion,
And if either of thefe two Cs were omitted, the
derivation would be the lefs evident.
Mand not A^ is always to be made ufc of before
B^ Af, P, as Ainhientc^ ifnmorldl^ imperio.
Words compounded of the Latin prepofitions In
and Co^, follow tht Latin rule of turning In into
/w, and Con into Co7n^ as Immaculddo^ htimedidtOy
Immemorial^ Immortal^ Sec. Commenfurdr, Com-
mover^ Commutdr^ Sec, In all which words the M
is doubled, tho' in feveral other common words one
M is loft, as Comer cio^ Comun., comunion^ dec.
Some change Im into Em, as Emmafcarddoy emma-
grecer^ Emmudecer^ &c.
A^ is likewife doubled in feveral words com-
pounded with An^ En, In, Con, as Annexion^
Annotdr, Connatural, Connexion, Ennegrecer.^ Enno-
hlecer, Inndto, Innocente, Innovdr, Sec except
j^ntildr^ Anuncidr, Antllo, Sec.
The letter R is doubled in the words that have
a flrong pronunciation in the middle ; as Abdrro,
Borra, Error, Guerra, Psrro, Sec. Thofe words
that have one r in the middle are pronounced foftly,
as dra, an altar ; arena, fand \ h'a, wrath. There
is no word in the Spanijh language that begins or
ends with two r r, but the initial R has always a
ftrong found, as ri^?^, rage ; razdn, rt^fon -, recfor^
redor ; renir, to quarrel, i^c. it mufl: be obferved, that
when any confonant precedes the R, then R is never
doubled, and it would look but barbarous to write
thefe words with two r r, hdnra^ honour ; honrSfo^
honourable \ enriquecer, to grow rich, &€. becaufe the
preceding confonant makes the pronunciation ftrong,
fo that the r is only to be doubled when betv/een
two vowels, as tierray earth j errdr^ an error.
S is
the Spanish Grammar. 23
S is to be doubled in the words that have twojf
in their original, as ajfdr, to road ; c^^Jfar, to ceafe •,
effencia, elTence •, necejjiddd^ necefTiry j the lame is
to be obfcrved in the lecond preterimperfed of the
fubjundlive moo J, as amaffe^ I might love •, enfi-
Tidjjey I might teach ; huvujfe^ I might have : in
all the fuperlatives, as amanltjpmo^ mofl: loving ;
heaiijjimo^ moft holy, mod happy *, do^ijjimo^ mod
learned ; and in adverbs fuperlatives, as doBiJJima-
??iente, wifely ♦, fo are the words acccjfo^ accefs ;
corigrejffo, congrefs •, cxcejjo^ excefs *, progrejfo^ pro-
grefs i and all the compounds of fimple words that
begin with /i as of faltdr^ to jump, comes
ajfaltdr^ to afiault ; of fenlzr^ to be lenfible, or to
feel, comes a£'entir^ to alTcnt, of fdjlo^ fright,
comes ajfuftdr^ to frighten.
The two / /, which in Spani/h have a peculiar
pronunciation, are doubled before the vowels a^ e^
0^ ?/, v^hen in Latin r, /, p, &c. precedes /, as lldno^
plain ; lldnto^ crying, grief \ Udve^ a key •, lldmay
flame *, lleno^ full j ilordr, to cry •, llover\ to rain ;
lldvia, rain ; as it will be faid at large in the treating
of the formation of the Spanifi words from the
Latin^ which will be put at the end of this
Grammar.
The faid confonants only are to be doubled in the
Spanijh tongue, becaufe no body now pronounces
two bb^ two d d^ two//, two gg^ two Latin //,
two p /?, two / /, nor double '•j^j. This is the me-
thod newly taken of the Royal Academy of Ma- '
drid, and this is that which the modern authors
follow.
C 4 CHAP.
24 "I^be RUDIMENTS of
CHAP. IV.
Of the rules that are to he ohferved upon the concur-
rence of divers confonants,
FROM two to four are the confonants, which
occur together between two vowels, of which
there is fome diverfity in writing, which varies
from the manner in which they are pronounced, and
are B S T, B S T R -, C T, C ^R i MFC, MPT^,
NCT, NSC, NSCR, NSP, NS^, NSTR;
SC', XC, XCL, XPL, XPR, Z^, XT,
XT R ; to underftand which obfervc the follow-
ing rules.
Rule I. The letters 5 5 T* and BSTR are to be
pronounced in all the words in which they occur,
according to their original, as ahftener^ to abftain ;
abflinencta, abftinence •, ohfldculo^ obftacle -, fuhfliiutr,
to fubditute i ahfiraher^ to make an abftrad ; ah-
flrdilo, an abflrad ; becaufe they are all diftindlly
pronounced in the Spaniflj,
Rule II. CT, and C T R, are alfo to be pro-
nounced and written as in the original, as doclo^
Jearned ; do5f6r, dodor \ reElo, right ; doc-
rina, dodlrine ; -pleUro^ a quill, ufed to
play upon the firings of a harp \ and this with-
out any exception, otherwife it would appear an
affe6tation.
Rule III. In the words in which concur M P C
and MPT the letter P is loft, becaufe it is not really
pronounced in ajfumpcion^ aflumption j exempcion^
exemption \ redempcion^ rcdempior^ promptitude &c.
fo that they are to be written thus ajfumcion, &c.
I cannot pafs over an obfervation which occurs to
nie here, and is that the gentleman of the Academy
change MP into iV, being of opinion that the faid
words are to pronounced thus ajfuncion, redencion :
for which refolution I cannot fee nor find any other
foundation.
the Spanish Grammar. 25
foundation, than the mere afFe6tation of pronouncing
M 3,s N (an abufe which I obferved when at Ma-
drid) confounding in it not only the Spanijh but
even the pronunciation of the Latin tongue : I fay,
that I obferved many to 'pronounce the words of
Tranfubftantiation thus : hoc eft emm corpus meun^
inftead of faying with difl:in6lion and clearnefs, hoc
eft enim corpus meum. I can't but be much furprifed
that an academic body, and fuch as that of the
Royal Academy of Madrid compofed of perfons
of fuch learning and eminency, had taken no notice
of the like abufe, and to give to the M the pro-
nunciation as they ought in the combination of all
the vowels, there being no reafon to make the
lead alteration in it.
Rule IV. When n^ occur together in Latin^
all the letters are often preferved in Spanijh in
writing, but the c is hardly, if at all pronounced
in fpeaking, as [dn5lo^ fan5iidddy difizn5fo^ pun^o^
&c. write fdntOy fantiddd^ &:c.
NSC and N S C R are to be pronounced in
the words where they are found, as tranfcendentdl^
confcripto^ infcripto, this word confciencia excepted,
in which the /is not fpecified.
Kl S P and N S T are retained in the Spanijh^
as confpiracidn, tranfparente^ tranfpoficion^ tranfportdr^
tranfplantdr^ conftdr, conftdncia^ conftitucion^ infti^
tucidn, Sec. the ufe of the letters N S T R muft be
kept in the words conftrenir^ conftruir^ conftru^cion^
demonftrdhle^ demonftracion^ inftruir^ tnftruccion^
menftruo^ monftruo, &c. which otherwife happens in
moftrdr^ moftrador, moftrmco^ and their derivations
in which n is omitted.
iV. B. It is to be obferved by the by, that the
n is loft in thefe words Traftedr^ Trajladdr^ Trajlddo^
'Trafluch\ 'Trafnochdr^ 'Trafpalar^ ^^^fpdjjo^ Traftro-
car, for the reafon of being fo admitted : but is
prelerved in the following Tr^wj/^w, Transfiguracion^
2 I'ranfgrejfm^
^6 "The RUDIMENTS of
Trafgrejfioriy Tranjlacion^ Tranfmigracioriy Tranfmuldr^
*Transformdr^ ^ranfuhftanciacion^ franfuerfdl.
Rule V. The two confonants S C are to be
retained in thofe words, in which the vowels ^ or «
follows them, as efcdla^ efcdma^ efcota^ efcuela^
efcoria^ Pefcddo^ Pefcuezo : and although the / is
not pronounced in the words apacentdr^ adolecer^
conciencia^ ciencia^ conocer^ crecer^ florecer^ pacer^
yet it is retained in afcender^ afcendencia^ afcen-
dentCy adolefcencia^ condefcender, defcender^ defcemr^
aquiefcencia, difceptacion^ difcermr^ difciplinay difci-
puloy mifceldnea.
Rule VI. XCy when between two vowels, are
to be pronounced if they are fo in the original, as
excelfoy excelente^ excidioy excommunion^ excufa^ ex-
cufdr^ &c. without exception. The like is to be
obferved in the concurrence of XC L and XC Ry
as exilamdry excluh, excrementOy &c. as likewife
when after x follow p alone, />/, or //r, as experien-
cia^ expoftciofjy explandr^ explicdry explordr^ expri-
mir. And laflly, when q or / follow x their
original is to be attended to, as exquifttOy extender^
extertoriddd, extinguir ; extraher^ extremo, extrangcro^
extraordindrioy &c.
CHAP. V.
Of the Dipbthongs.
TH E concurrence of two vowels, which com-
pofe but one fyllable, is fo frequent in the
Spanijh tongue, that the like is hardly to be found
in any other. For tho' the vowels are but five, yet
they admit twenty combinations i to which Anthony
de
^/:?^ Spanish Grammar. 27
de Nehrixa^ in his treatife of the Spanijh Orthography^
gives the name of diphthongs •, Voter a^ Sandoval^ on
the Rudiments of the Grammar^ and feveral other
authors are of the fame opinion, tho* Renfigo in
his poetical treati% attributes the joining of the two
vowels in one fyllable to the figure Synerefis. But
as it is faid in the 2d chapter, a diphthong is a
perceptible found of the two vowels in one fyllable^ and
as in the following examples, the combination of the
vowels make only one fyllable in the Spanijh tongue,
they are admitted as diphthongs, and both vowels
pronounced with fome diftinftion, and a perceptible
found, viz.
In ae^ as acaecimiento^ accident *, albalaes^ a fort
of bills of the court of juftice.
In ai^ as dire^ air j alcalde^ a governor of a
caftle.
In ao^ as chaos^ a. confufion ; daos, do ye give,
or give ye.
In aUy as caufa, caufe ; cautela^ caution.
In ea^ as beatitude bleflednefs, holinefs ; fea from
fer^ to be, pref optative.
In ei or <?)-, as peine ^ a comb 5 reino^ a kingdom ;
//}•, the law ; rey^ king.
In eOy as Geometrza^ Geometry •, heodez, drun-
ken nefs.
In eu, as deuda^ a debt ; feu do, a fief.
In ia, as liadiira^ a binding •, fufta or fuzia^ a
foul dirty thing.
In f<f, as Cielo, Heaven ; miedo, fear.
In io, ^sfufio^ adj. dirty, foul ; dio, he gave.
In iu, as ciuddd^ a city ; viudo, a widower.
In oa^ as loa^ praife ; lodble, praife-worthy.
In oi, as doi^ I give i hoi, this day •, foi^
I am.
In oe, as heroe, an hero ; roedura, a gnawing.
In ou, as Coutino, the firname of a family, or a
fhed in a park , Moura, a town, or a firname of a
family.
In
28 "the RUD I M^NrS of
In ua^ as q^udl^ which j cudjoy rennet to make
cheefc.
In ue^ as hueno^ good ; fuego^ fire.
In «/, as huitre^ a vulture •, cuxdddo^ care.
In 2/^, as dguOy I water, or mix water to wine,
^c. mutuoy mutual.
But it muft be obferved, that not always the two
vowels tho' joined together compofe one fyllable
or a diphthong : becaufe when the accent is put on
the laft, then they form two vowels, cde^ hdiy rde,
miituo are monofyllables, and the fame vowels in
caer^ ot, raer^ muiuo make two fyllables.
It muft be noted alfo, that in the concurrence of
thofe vowels, the i is always the Latin one, and not
31 ; and fo it would be a notorious error to make ufe
of the ^ in thefe words, writing i_yr^, huytre^ re^no^
toy forty when they are to be written thus dire^ hntrey
&c. becaufe the i does not ftrike as the 31 on
another vowel : except from this rule all the nouns
terminated in y which in plural is made confonant,
reyeSy leyes^ hue yes.
Of 'Triphthongs.
A Triphthong is the founding of three vowels
put together in one fyllable, and are five in
Spanijhy viz.
In iaiy as deczais^ ye did fay s heVzaiSy ye were
drinking.
In iaoy as aviaos^ make ye ready ; preciaos^ let
ye be valued.
In ieiy as enviczeis, that you may corrupt ; fenten-
cUiSy that you may give fentence.
In uaiy as aguais^ ye put water into the liquor ;
guaiy alafs.
In ueiy as jugueiSy that ye may play j bueitr^ for
buitre^ a vulture.
There
/y&^ Spanish Grammar. 29
There are fome authors who add another diph-
thong of iue^ but in this they mud be deceived,
becaufe the i or « in the nouns where iue is found,
are confonants, as Arroyueloy a little brook \ vive^
live thou.
CHAP. VI.
Of the Accents^ &c.
ACCENTS are tones in fpeaking, of which
there are two forts in Spanijhy the Grave and
Acute, Grave is that which defcends obliquely from
the left to the right thus \ and is only ufed in the
Sfanijh language on the four vowels ^, e^ 0, u^
when each is feparate, and makes a perfed fenfe by
itfelf. Acute is that which defcends from the right
to the lefc thus ", and ferves to prolong, make
acute and ftrong the pronunciation, as arnes^ ar-
mour 5 amo^ he loved ; amard^ he will love ; and
it is alfo ufed to denote the quantity of the
fyllable.
But the moft common ufe of the acute is to fhew
upon what fyllable the ftrength of the pronunciation
lies, for fome words quite alter their fignification
according to the placing of the accent ; as cdntara^
a fort of meafure or pitcher ; cantdra, I would
fmg ; cantard^ he will fing ; Ubro^ a book ; librd^
he delivered, difcharged, or gave a bill. When
two or three confonants follow a vowel, there is no
necefTicy to mark the accent upon it, their pronun-
ciation being long by nature : the words whofe con-
fonants are mute or liquid are excepted, as drhitroj
an arbitrator \ cdthedra^ a chair in which a profefTor
teaches
30 "The RU D IMENTS of
teaches any fcience -, luguhre, mournful ; the fame
is to be obferved in the words called efdruxulos^
dadtyles ; as dguila, an eagle ; mufica, mufick \
mdximo, greateft ; which have the accent in the
antepenultima. From whence is inferred, how er*
roneous is the opinion of thofe who make ufe of the
Grave accent inflead of the Acute, without underfland^
ing the fenfe of thefe words -, hecaufe the accent Grave
never makes a fy liable long, but deprejfes and moderates
the pronunciation.
To clear thefe things, and that it may be known
where the accent might be laid on the Spanijh words,
I infert here the following rules.
RULE I.
All Spanifh words are derived from the Latin^
have their accent on the fame fyllable as in the
Latin words, when in the ablative cafe of the An-
gular, (becaufe, as I intend to fay hereafter, the
Spanifh words are formed from the ablative fingular
of the Latin words) except when they retain the
Latin nominative, 2.%fenix, regimen^ fdl, &:c. viz.
Latin.
Spanifli.
Englifl?
Aquila,
Amicus,
'Aguila,
Amigo,
an Eagle,
a Friend.
Baculum^
Baciilo,
a Staff.
Clericus,
Limes,
Clerigo,
Limite,
a Clergyman.
a Limit, or Bound.
Pontifex,
Prudens,
Pontzficey
Prudente^
a Pontiff, the Pope
Prudent.
Spiritus,
"Terminus,
Efpzritu,
Termino,
a Spirit.
a Term, or Limit.
Vapor,
Vapor,
a Vapor.
^ ' All the fuperlatives in iffimo, and zfjlma^ have
their accent in the antepenultima in Latin, as aman^
tiffimo-ma-i
the Spanish Grammar. 31
iijfimo-ma, mod loved *, cafltj/imo-ma^ mod chafte ;
heattjfmo-ma^ moft holy, fire, add to thefe znfimo^
loweft, meaneft, zntimo^ intimate ; mdximo, great-
eft ; mznimOy the leaft ; optimo^ beft 5 proximo^
neareft neighbour ; ultimo^ utmoft, laft, Csff.
Rule II. Of the penuUima fyllable.
AL L words ending in /^, which denote fome
office, quality, paffions of mind, place, or
an aggregation of feveral things, have their accent
on the penultima, as
Jlcaldzay the office of a
magiftrate.
Alegria^ mirth, ^r.
Clericta^ the clergy.
Efpecerza^ a grocer's fhop.
Enfermerza^ an apart-
ment for the fick.
Lihrerza, a library.
Herrerza^ afmith's-fhop.
Hofpederza^ a place to
entertain ftrangers In,
Panaderzay a baker's-
fhop.
Mejona^ growing bet-
ter.
Menorza^ minority.
Senorza^ lord (hip.
Of this kind are the words that have any of thefe
vowels ^, Cy 0^ u, before another vowel in the
penultima, as
Alhacea^ an executor of a
will.
a village.
Bilboa.
the flight of a
Aldea^
Bilbao^
BoUoy
ball.
Correa^ a leather ftrap.
CorreOy a poft-mail.
Floreo^ a flourifh.
Grangeijy gain, purchafe,
Livreay livery.
Loa^ praife.
Pzca, a foldier's pike, or
a fifh fo called.
Regodeoy merry-making.
Except
32 1'he RUD IMENTS of
Except area, an area •, frdmea, a dart ; fordneo^
belonging to the court of judicature -, idoneo, apt ;
morporeo, incorporeal ; monftruo, a monfter, ^c.
which have the accent in antepenultima.
To this rule belong, all the words which carry
the diphthongs in the penultima, as
Amdine^ let him ftrike fail ; hdiUy a ball, ndipes^
playing cards ; apldufo^ applaufe, l^c, without
exception.
The diminutives do likewife belong to this rule,
as afnico, afmllo, a little afs j honuoy honUoy fome-
what pretty, ^c.
Rule III. Of the laft fyll.ihk.
AL L nouns ending in d, f, /, ft, r, /, x, z,
have their accent on the laft fyllable, as
thofe in
B. Abdd, an Abbot *, helddd, beauty ; except
dfpid, an afp ; huefped, an hoft, a landlord.
I. Alheli, a clove -gilliflower-violet, locacty
luckram, &c. except cdft, almoft.
L. animdl, caracol, a fnail -y general, except i^f/,
nimble, aiflive ; angel, angel \ apdjlol, apoftle, cdnful,
conful •, fdcil, eafy •, defkil, difficult, ^'c.
N. Afdn, labour, wearinefs ; almidon, ftarch ;
except crimen, crime •, exdmen, examination ; imdgeny
an image , jdven, youth ; mdrgen, margin •, or den ^
order ; and other Latin words.
R. Amor, love j muger, a woman ; except actbar,
aloes ; alcazar, a caftle, palace -, almzbar, fugar,
boiled to a confiftence , dnfar, a goofe, ^c,
S. Ambargris, ambergreefe ; anzs, annifeed ;
except antes, rather •, dries, fhrubs ; agdtas, on all
four like a cat ; a fabiendas, knowingly, defigned-
ly J de bruces, with the mouth downwards ; en-
tofjcesj then, ^c.
X. AlmdraduSj
the Spanish Grammar. 33
X. Jlmoradiix^ the fweet marjoram ; haldx^ a
precious ftone, i^c. without exception.
Z. Arcaduz^ aquedudl ; Alborr,6z^ a fort of upper
garment ufed by the Moors, i^c. except Aljirez^
an enfiofn, &c.
All adverbs of place have their accent on the
Jaft fyllable, as adU hither ; acui/d, yonder 5 alldj
thither ; allz^ there ; do\ where j ado, to what
place •, dedd, from whence ; aquJ^ here, ^c. and
the following words : albald^ a fort of writing ^
Alcalde a name of a city in Spain^ &c.
As the accent will be put upon the verb
through all their tenfes and moods, according to
order in the coniuf^ations, it will be needlels to
fpeak of them here.
G H A P. VII.
Of the manner of Pointing,
TH E want of dillindions in claufes makes
writing very imperftd, and to put them ia
an improper place, caufcs fuch equivocation in thd
fenfe, that this fenfe either is not underdood, or ac
lead is confounded. For v/hich reafon, and for
the proper divifion of v/ords, and claufes of periods
and fpeeches •, it mult be known, that there are
eight figns, notes, or particles, ufed to this pur-
pofe.
I. Comma, fuhdiftinofion, encife, or a flroke
formed thus ( , ) and fo called to denote the half
fufpenfion, or paufe, which denotes the expeclatioR
of fomething elfe to follow •, it ferves likewife di-
D diftinctly
54 I'ke RUDIMENTS of
diftindly to leparate one claufe from another, as
Feliciddd es de un Reino tmer un Prhicipe fdbio, que
ahrdze lo hueno^ y evzte lo 7ndlo^ haciendo juftzcia a
todos^ it is a happinefs to a kingdom to have a wife
Prince, that embraces the good, and fhuns evil,
doing juftice to every body.
2. A full ftop formed thus ( . ) ferves to denote,
that the period is quite formed, and that the fpeech
is pertedly concluded: ?iS nddie fe alabe, hajlaque
acdbe. Let no body praife himfelf, till he gets what
he is about. Alhrzcias mddre^ qiie pregonan a mi
pddre^ give me fomething mother for my good
news, for they are crying my father ^ faid of people
that miftake good news for bad, or rejoice in
other's misfortunes.
3. Comma and a point thus ( ; ) formed ; (called
by the Greeks an imperfedt Colon, or SemicolonJ
is ufed to denote the implication and contradidtion
of things in the fpeech, or that they differ, as
los Pddres fon dzgnos de reverencia ; Pero Dios de
adoracion^ Fathers deferve a reverence or refped ;
but God worfhip. Pedro es fahio ; pero fu foberhia
le defake. Peter is a wife man -, but his pride
diflionours him.
4. I'wo points (called by the Greeks a perfed
Colon) marked thus ( : ) ferve to denote that the
fenfe is not perfectly exprefled in the fpeech, and that
there is fomething wanting to perfect it : as no hacer
7nal alguno es innocencia : no hacer mat a Stro es
jtijlzcia, to do no evil is innocence : but juftice to
wrong no body. ' La injuria fi es verddd^ tomala
■por advertencia : ft es raentzra^ por credito, the in-
jury if it is true, take it as a warning : if falfe, for
reputation and credit.
5. Note of Interrogation formed thus {} ) de-
notes that fomething is afl<ed or queftioned : as
a donde vds ? where you are going ? ^c,
6. A note of Admiration thus ( ! ) exprefs the
affedion of mind and furprife caufed by a fudden
I * news
the Spanish Grammar. 35
news or confideracion of fomcthing : as O Cieloi !
O Heaven ! b hondad divina ! O divine goodnefs !
o tiempos ! O times ! 0 vicios I O vices ! 0 cojium-
hres I O cuftoms ! 0 depravddos figlos ! O corrupted
age!
7. A Parenthefis thusf ) ferves to feparate a claufe,
without which the Ipeech may have a perfeft fenfe,
to the end that it may be more plain, and to avoid
confufion : as el miniftro fdhio (que juntamente es dsfin-
terezddo) es digno de tdda alabanza^ a wife minifter
(who is altogether difinterefted) is worthy of every
body's praife.
8. Dierefis thus : C " j is a Greek word fcalled
by the Printers Crema, and fignifies a fevering or
divifionj and ferves to feparate two vowels which
might be joined in one fyllable, and to note thac
both are to be pronounced plainly and with diftinc-
tion. Anciently this m.ark was put upon the
u^ and i vowels, when before another vowel ; be-
caufe there was no difference made in writing
between the i and u^ to fhew when they ought to be
vowels and when confonants ; now this divifion is
to be put on the u : as eloquent e^ eloquent j /rf«
quencia, frequency. And this only in the words
where u is pronounced plainly and openly ; fo than
there is no need of a Dierefis in thtk guerra, war ;
gU2a, guide j gutnda, a comaTion cherry ; quince^
fifteen.
To thefe add the note of Divifion or (Iroke
figured thus ( - ) which is put at the end of a line,
when the word is divided or cut, that it maybe
known that it is not finifhed : as in thefe ("carefully
dividing each fyllable as children in fpelling) d^nimo^
dni-mo^ courage, mind ; it cannot be divided thus :
dn-imo^ nor thus anim-o : in the words whre two
//, rr^ Sec. are found, then the ftrft confonant is pro-
nounced with the preceding vowel, and the fecond
^ith the following, and fo accidente^ acciden: ; and
D 2 hnijfuno^
36 I'he RUD I MENTS of
boniJTnno^ the bed, the mod pretty or better are
to be divided thus ac-cidente or acciden-te^ honif-fimo,
Apoflrophe is a ftroke put over fome letters to
denote that another letter, which ought to be there,
is left out, and loft by the figure S-jualephe of the
following vowel ; as d^el of him, del'dgua, of
water -, qu^era^ which was ; s'omlte^ it is omitted.
Which manner is much ufed in the Englijh^ and
French languages ; and tho' in old Spanifh
books it is often obferved, yet common ufe has left
it off in the SpaniJJj language, as an inlignificant
thing, which often confounds *, fo that by joining
the letters are fingle words formed, faying del^
ejjoiro^ the other •, efiotroy this other , or writing
the two ^^ or ^^ for better intelligence, thus de el,
e^ffe otro^ ejle clrOy que era, fe ofende, &c.
Of the ufe of capital letters.
WITH capital letters are to begin any wri-
ting, paragraph, period, or fpeech, after a
final point ; all the proper names, as well of per-
fons, provinces, kingdoms, diftridls, cities, towns,
villages, mountains, rivers, fountains, i^c. as the
firnames, renowns of authority or fame ; thofe of
dignities, titles, honourable employments, and
other names of diftindion, as King, Prince, i^c»
and altho' capital letters fhould be ufed at the be-
ginning of each verfe ; yet the Spaniards are not
exad: in this point, for thev only begin the verfes of
their heroic and grand Poems with capital letters,
being carelefs in other fpeciei of poetry.
PART
the Spanish Grammar. 37
PART II.
TYMOLOGY.
0/ E
GREAT is the difference between the mother-
ly or dead tongues, and the modern or
living ones : becaufe what the firfl of its firmnefs
or {lability will not allow the liberty of inventing
or changing a word, cafe, nor tenfe, without the
rifle of committing a barbarifm or fokcifm ; the
latter, being in the arbitrary power of the living,
is nourifhed, either by adding fome words, per-
feding thofe in ufe, or forgetting thofe which in it's
fluttering age were ufed. I'o this was likewife
fubjed the LAtin tongue, till it was cultivated by
Cicero^ Plautus^ Virgil^ &c. it fprang up in time
of Janus and Saturms^ in whofe language the
priefts of Mars wrote thofe verfes called by their
name SaUi^ which are kept in reverence or refpcd:
of the age, which fhews the unpolifhed infancy
of that language : it increafed in time of Latius^
from whence was derived the Latin, when the
twelve law tables were written in Latin -, and was
perfedl in the fiourifhing age of the Romans : but as
foon as their empire finifhed, the language fell with
it, degenerating in fuch a manner, that at prefent
is looked on as half corrupted, there being fo many
barbarifms in its Latinity.
For which like reafon, many are the words which ,
the tyrant Ufe has introduced in the Spani/h lan-
guage, whofe root has no other trench than the
good pleafure of men ; and other words are fo
much degenerated from their original, that almofl
(^,itn:/ their birth : as defahucidr^ to defert (is called
Phyfician's verb, and is only ufed to exprefs when
D 3 a maa
38 "The RUDIMENTS of
a man is given over by the Phyficians) from the
Latin fiducia, but has quite oppofite fenfe , lavdr,
to wafh ', from lodo, mud, mire, or dirt.
Many have been the authors v^ho treated on
Etymologies, but who treated with better order
and method was Sc Ifidore^ a Spaniard, whofe
rules has followed the Royal Academy at Madrid
in their new didlionary of the Spanijh language ; to
•which I refer the curious.
Etymology Cas a part of the Grammar) denotes
and fhews the way to find out the cafes of nouns,
tenfcs of verbs, their regularity and irregularity,
and the variety of parts in a fpeech *, fome authors
define Etymology thus : ^he knowledge and difcre-^
tion of the parts and particles of a fpeech. And to
pro'-ced to particulars, we think it proper to be-
gin with
CHAP. I.
Of the eight parts of fpeech^ and efpecially of Nouns,
I
N Spanifh as well as in Latin, there are eight
parts of fpeech.
Noun, "1 r Adverb, '^
Pronoun, Ceclin'd. )j°"J"f^'°"'>undecUn',d
Verb, { ^Prepofition, C
Participle. J Clnterjedlion^ !1)
Of a Noun.
A Noun is a part of fpeech, which fignifies
a thing without any reference to time, iSc,
as mdno^ a hand 5 cdfa^ a houfe.
Nouns
/y6^ S p A N I s H Grammar. 39
Nouns are divided into fubllantives and ad-
jedlives.
A noun fubftantive is that which can {land by ic
felf, without an adjedlive, as homhre^ a man ;
cahdllo^ 2l horfe, ^c. whereas the adjective cannot
ftand by it felf, as being of no value without the
addition of the fubftantive, as hueno^ good \ hriSfo
metttlefome,^^. givenoperfe(fl notion of themfelves,
but are explained by being conjoined to the fub-
ftantives, as homhre lueno^ a good man \ cabdllo
hriofo^ a m.cttlefome horfe.
Nouns fubftantives are divided into proper names
and appellatives. The proper names are fuch as
fignify certain determinate things, as Judn^ John ;
Roma, Ronie. Appellatives are thofe that fjgnify
things undeterminate, as iglefia, a church ; cdfa^
a houfe. Some of the nouns are called frlmitives^
that is original ; others derivatives for their being
derived of others, as leccion^ ozdo. Nouns are
again divided into fmiple, ^sjufto^ juft ; and com-
pound, as injiifto, unjuft.
There are alfo diminutives and augmentativcs, in
both which the Spanijh abounds more than any
other language, there being no word but what
admits of feveral diminutives, to reprefent the thing
fpoken of, little , and augmentativcs, to reprefent
it greater.
Diminutives are formed by adding to the word
2II0, icOj zto, etc, uelOy or ejo, and fometimcs ote^
For Example,
Homhre, a man ; forms Homhredllo, Homhre czco,
Homhreciio.
Mucbdcho, a boy ; MuchachtllOy Muchachzco^
MucbacMto, Muchachueio.
Where obferve the difference between thefe feveral
forts, v/hich is that thofe ending in zllo and ue!o, as
D 4 Horn*
40 T'he RUDIMENT'S of
Homhreczlloy Muchachuelo^ and the like, denote
fomething of contempt, as, a pititul little man or
boy ; whereas thofe ending in ico^ or ito^ only de-
note fmailnefs, and fometimes kindnefs, as when we
fay Juanzco or Juaniio^ which is Johnny or Jacky.
Diminutives in ete and ino likewife denote no-
thing but finallnels, as mSzo^ a youth *, mozete, a
young lad ; -paloma^ a dove \ palomino^ a young
pigeon ; whereas thofe in ejo imply at the fame
time fomething of contempt or diflike, as cuchillo^
a knife ; cuchillejo^ a pitiful little knife •, hidalgo^ a
gentleman ^ hidalgote^ an inconfiderable gentle-
man
The iam.e is alfo ufcd in adjedives, as grdndcy
large or great ; grandezzllo, grandezko, grandeziielo^
grandete^ all which figniiy Largi/hy as we may ex-
prefs it, or {omewhat large.
There are moreover diminutives formed upon
diminutives \ as chico^ fmall ; chiquUo, fmaller
than the other, and chiquiilco^ very fmall.
There are on the other hand augmentatives, as
has been faid, which enlarge, or reprefent a thing
bigger, without any degree of comparifon ; and
thefe are formed by adding dzo^ on, or die, to the
word, as homhre, a man ; bomhrdzo, bomhrdn or
bomhrote, a great lufty man ; perro, 2l dog ; -per-
rdzo, perron, or perrote, a great large dog.
^be nouns numeral, or of number^ called cardinals^
are as follows :
Uno, one, Nueve, rdne.
Dos, two, Diez, ten,
Tres, three, 'Once, eleven.
Quatro, four. Voce, twelve.
Cinco, five. Trece, thirteen.
Seis, /v. Catorce, fourteen.
Siete, feven. Quince, fifteen.
/Ocho, eigdt. Diez y feis, fi>ite^n^
Diep
the Spanish
Diez y fiete, feventeeiu
Diez y ocho, eighteen.
Diez y nueve, nineteen,
Veiate, twenty.
Veinte y uno, twenty one,
Veinte y dos, twenty two.
&c.
Treinta, thirty.
Quarenta, forty.
Cincueiita, fifty.
Sefenta, fixty.
Setenra, feventy.
Ochenta, eighty.
Noventa, ninety.
Ciento, a hundred.
Ciento y uno, a hundred
and one^ &c.
Docientos, or Ducientos
two hundred.
TrecientoSj three hundred.
Grammar.' 41
Quatrocientos, four hun-
dred.
Quinientos, five hundred.
Seifcientos, fix hundred.
Setecientos, feven hun-
dred.
Ochocientos, eight bun-
dred.
Nuevecientosl .^^^^^^
., "^ ^ f dred.
Novecientos, }
Mil, a thoufand.
Mil y Quinientos, a thou-
fandfive hundred.
Dos mil, two thoufand.
Tres mil, three thoufand ^
Sec.
Cien mil, an hundred
thoufand.
Millon, a million.
N. B. That all thefe cardinals are undeclined,
and of the common gender, except tmo^ una^ uno^
m plural iinos., tinas^ and ciento^ docientos ^ docientas.
Uno mafculine (in the fingular onlyj when it comes
before a noun lofes 0^ as un libro, a book ; unfol-
dado, a foldier. Ciento likewife lofes to when be-
fore a noun, either mafculine, or feminine, as cim
foldddos, hundred foldiers •, cien mugeres, hundred wo-
men : but when another number follows it with a
conjundion between, then it retains to, as ciento y uno^
ciento y dos, &c. When ciento has un before, then it
is made fubftantive, and governs a genitive, as un
ciento de cahdllos^ or un centendr de cabdllos, an
hundred of horfe.
All the numbers from cignto to mil, are maf-
culine, and may be made feminine, changing
ps in as, as ducientos, ducientds, mil is undeclined,
and of the common gender, but milUn, a million,
is
42 "The RUDIM^NrS of
is mafculine and declined, as, un millon^
tnillones.
dos
^he ordinals which declare the order of iime^ or
flace^ are
Primero, firfl,
Segundo, fecond,
Tercero, third.
Quarto, fourth,
Quinto, fifth.
Sexto, fixth,
Septimo, feventh,
Odavo, eighth,
Nono, or Noveno, ninth,
Decimo, orDeceno, tenth,
Undecimo, or Onceno,
eleventh.
Duodecimo, or Doceno,
twelfth,
Decimotercio, or Tre-
ceno, thirteenth,
Decimoquarto, or Cator-
ceno, fourteenth.
Becimoquinto, i?r Quin-
ceno, fifteenth.
Decimo fexto, fixteenth,
Decimo feptimo. Seven-
teenih,
Decimo qdlavo, eigh-
teenth,
Decimo nono^ nineteenth,
Vigefimo, or Veinteno,
twentieth.
Trigefinio, or Treinteno,
thirtieth.
Quadragedmo, or Qua-
renteno, fortieth,
Quinquagefimo, or Cin-
cuenteno, fiftieth.
Sexagefimo, or Sefente-
no, fixtieth.
Septuagefimo, or Seten-
teno, feventieth.
Oduagefimo, or Ochen-
teno, eightieth.
Nonagefimo, or Noven*
teno, ninetieth.
Centefimo, Cienteno, or
Centeno, hundredth.
Docientefimo, or Doci-
enteno, two hundredth,
Trecentefimo, or Tre-
centeno, three hun-
dredth,
Quatrocentefimo, or
Quatrocienteno, four
hundredth.
Quingentefimo, or Qui-
nienteno, five hun-
dredth^ ice.
Milefimo, thoufandth.
Note, that the Spaniards make ufe of the ordinals
and cardinals promifcuoufly, as en el mo de mil fefci-
entos y dcho^ for en el afio milefimo feifcenteftmo y
o^dvo : el imo quince ^ for decimo quinto 5 ciento y
fct^Jita
the Spanish Grammar. 45
fctenta y fiete^ for centefmo feptuagefmo feptimo^ this
mud be underftood only in the computation of years^
chapters, ^c. the ordinals are malculine, and by-
changing 0 m a are feminine, as primerOy pri-
mera.
^hd nouns numeral called dijlributives^ or of order^
are
De uno en uno, one by one.
De dos en dos, by two and two.
De tres entres, by three and three.
De quacro en quatro, by four and four.
De cinco en cinco, by five and five^ &c.
as los Frdiles van de dos en dos fuera del convento^
the Fryars when they go out of the convent they
go by two and two.
Note^ that when the letter a is put between the
Cwo cardinals as uno d uno^ then d ftand inftead of
contra^ againft ; as dos d dos^ two to or againft
two : the fame is in thefe, tdntos a tdntos, fo many
againft fo many, as rlndmos qudtro a qudtro^ or tdntos
a tdntos^ let us fight four to four, or fo many againft
fo many, that is even or equal in number.
OfADJECTIVES^
TH E termination of Spanifh adjedlives is for
the moft part in f, or 0, as grdnde, large ;
dtilce^ fweet •, breve^ Ihort j bueno^ good ; fdntOy
holy, &c.
But there are other adjedlives alfo, whofe termi-
nation is in /, as util, ufeful •, debii, weak ; fragile
frail •, fcrtiU fruitful \ and others in 2, as capdz^
capable •, rapdz^ ravenous.
Thofe that termir.are in e, never vary in any
gender -, fo in the aajedives, grdnde^ great ; didce^
Iv/eet i tsrribk^ terrible, we fay in the mafculine
gender^
44 "J^he RUDIMENrS of
gender, bomhre grdndey a great man ; in the femi-
nine, mt^.ger grdnde^ a great woman ; and in the
neuter, lo grdnde^ that which is great.
Thofe that terminate in o^ in the feminine gender,
change their termination into a^ as in lueno^ good,
the mafculine is, bomhre hueno^ a good man ;
the feminine, muger huena^ a good woman ; but
the neuter is again in o^ as lo hueno^ that which is
good.
Such as terminate in /, or z, never change in any
gender.
The adjcflives grdnde^ great ; and hueno^ good ;
are often placed before the lubllantives, and then
ibmetimes they loofe ihe laft fy liable, as is ufual to
fay, gran hombre^ a great man •, bum cahdllo^ a good
horfe ; but the feminine gender, hii^na^ is not liable
to tbiit abbreviation, becaufe the cutting off the a^
w6uld make it mafculine, and therefore it muft
always be faid, buena muger ^ a good woman > buzna
cdjl:-^ a good houfc.
Sdntc^ vvh"n it fignifies a faint, has always the lad
fyllable cut off before the proper name, and we fay,
Sa?t Pedro, St Peter -, San Andres^ St Andrew, ^c.
except only out of this general rule, Sdmo Bomzgno^
Santo 'ThomdSy Santo 'Toribzo, and any faints names
that begin with Do^ or To, becaufe the cutting off
the jLil fyllaiple of Saji^to, before ^hem would fink
the found of the name. In fpeaking of a female
faint, no letter is cut off, but it is pronounced as
length, as SdrJa Aplonia, Santa AfargarUa, &c,
The degrees of cotnparifotJ,
AL L Adjeftives have their three degrees of
comparifon ^ the pofitive, which plainly
and fimply denotes the thing, as doolo, learned i
difcrcto, difcreet, i^c.
The comparative either enhances or debafes the
thing, making a comparifon, as inas do^o^ mo;?
learned •»
the Spanish G r a m m a r.^ 45
learned ; menos db^foy lefs learned ♦, masjdnto^ more
holy ; menos fdnto^ lefs holy.
The fuperlative raifes the thing to the highefl:
pitch, or debafes ic to the lowed, as cahdllo velo-
czffimo, a mod fleet horfe j car a hellzjfima, a molt
beautiful face.
In Spanijh there is no comparative degree formed
from the pofltive, as in the Latin^ but that defed:
is fupplied, by adding the article mas^ more, or
ffienos^ lefs, to the pofitive ; as cldro, clear ; mas
cldro, clearer, or more clear , ohfcuro, dark j mhos
ohfcuro^ lefs dark.
The fuperlative degree is formed when the pofi-
tive ends in a vowel, by changing that laft vowel
into ijfimo^ as from cldro^ clear ; make the fuper-
Jative clarijjimo^ mod clear ; or by the adverb muiy
very ; or by mucho mas^ faying muiy or mucho mas
cldro : but if the pofitive ends in a confonant, add
iJ/i?no^ as from vil^ bafe •, vilzjfimo^ mod bafe ; from
capdz^ capable, capacifftmo^ mod capable.
The fix following words are an exception from
the rules above, in relation to the comparative de-
gree, for their fupfrladvis folio ;v the common rule,
where rote that in theie the comparative quite varies
from the pofidve, as follows.
Bueno^ good ; mejor.^ better ; homjjimo^ or Sptimo^
bed of all.
Mdl'j^ bad ', peor^ worfe 5 piffimo^ or malijfimo^
word of ail.
Grdndt\ gi-ep.t ; mayor^ greater ; grandiffiino^ or
mdximo, greated of all.
PequenOy little ; menor^ lefs ; peq^uemfftmOy or
minzmo^ lead of all.
Muchoy muca ; 7nas^ more ; muchi[fimOy mod
of all.
Poco^ litde ; menos ^ lefs j toq^uzffimo^ lead of all,
Thefe two are without a pofitive and compa-
rative, Adrrimo^
46 the RUDIMENTS of
Jcerrhnoy extraordinary eager, tenacious, &c.
Uberrimoy extraordinary fruitful.
Of GENDERS.
IT is no eafy matter to determine, whether there
are as many genders in Spanijh^ as in the Laiin^
which has five, viz, the mafculine, the feminine,
the neuter, the common of two, and the common
of three. The queflion arifes from the Spanijh^
having no fubftantatives of the neuter gender,
whence it follows that no adjedives can have it, as
being only an accident of the other, and there can-
not be that in the accident which is not in the fubjedt ;
whence it will follow that there can be only three
genders, the mafculine, the feminine, and the com-
mon of two.
But this notion, though fupported by many, muft
needs be erroneous , for it is plain that when adjec-
tives, pronouns, and participles, are ufed as fubftan-
tives, there is a neuter gender, as appears by the
three feveral articles that exprefs them, for el is the
mafculine, la the feminine, and lo the neuter ; for
example, el hornbre^ the man ; la muger^ the wo-
man ; and lo hiieno^ that which is good. This is
again demonftrable in the articles, efte cahdllo^ this
horfe ; efta Burra^ this flie afs ; and ejlo^ this thing j
which exadlly anfwer to the Latin, hie, hcBC, hoc ;
and therefore it is infallible that thefe three genders
niuft have a being. As to the others, take the
following rules.
rf All adjedives, pronouns, and participles, are
of the common gender of three, that is, they will
admit of three articles, efte, efta, efto, by which the
three genders are expreffed, which is not only to be
fuppofed when they alter their termination, as biieno,
luena, hueno, but alfo when they always retain the
fame, as amdnte^ frudcnte^ &c.
2. All
//ji? S p A N I s H Grammar. 47
2. All nouns that are under one and the fame
termination exprefling both man and woman, or the
male and female of any fort of living creature, are
of the common gender of two, as ejfe gudrda^ this
man keeper •, efla gudrda, this woman keeper.
3. The epicene under one termination denotes
both the male and female of all animals, and yec
has only the mafculine, or the feminine article, to
exprefs both kinds, for which reafon the words
mdcho, male ; or bemhra, female ; are added to
make the diftindtion, as, efia codorniz mdcho^ this
cock quail -, ejle %>rzdl hemhra^ this hen thrufh.
4. All names fignifying the males of any fort of
animals, are of the mafculine gender, as Pedro^
Peter *, hdmbre, a man •, cdnde^ an earl ; Ledn^ a
lion. And all that fignify the female of any fort,
are of the feminine gender, as Maria, Mary ;
muger, a woman ; marq^uefa, a marchionefs,
f hofe words are of the doubtful gender, which
have fometim;js the mafculine, and fometimes the
femini'ie pr fixed by authors. But for as much as
this am'cigui'-y at Hril proceeded from ignorance, ic
will be proper for ^.liofe who underltand better, not-
withflanding ilie privilege grounded on cuftom, to
gi^ve every ^vord its proper gen'ile". Some words
of this fort chat ^ccur, are arte, canal, color, ecUpfe,
emhUma, mar.^ ordeti, mdrgen, origen^ tbema, Thefe
we frequently E a ufed w'.h either of the articles f/,
or la, as, el arte, or la arte, the art ; and yet it
ought certainly to be la, to denote the feminine, as
in the Lath:^ from wlience it is derived ; the fame
m.ay be faid of all others which of right fhould ever
follow their original.
P.uUs
4B ^he RVDIMENTS of
Rules to know the gender of nouns,
AL L nouns ending in a are of the feminine
gender, as pldza^ a fquare, or market ; rofa^
a rofe ; cdfa^ a houfe. The exceptions are planeta,
a planet ; comet a^ a comet, or blazing ftar % dia^
a day 5 propheta^ a prophet ; evangeltfta^ an evan-
gelift ; poeta^ a poet ; Calvintfta^ a Calvinift ; Je-
fuita^ a Jefuit ; alfo fuch as are derived from the
Greeks as dogma^ a dogma, or a received opinion,
frohlema^ a. problem 5 which are mafculine, but-
emblemay an emblem, is of doubtlefs gender.
Nouns ending in e are generally of the mafculine
gender, as diente, a tooth ; 7n6nte^ a mountain.
Except, /^, faith ; fumte^ a fountain ; lldve^ a key 5
Jeche^ milk ; mente, the mind ; torre^ a tower ;
iroxe^ a granary ; dnade^ 3. duck j ahaydlde^ ce-
rufe ; dve^ a fowl ; cdlle^ a ftreet ; ^ir;/^, flefh ;
cldve^ a key of an organ ; cdrte^ a prince's court 5
corriente, a current 5 J<9/^, a dowry -y efpecie, a fpc-
cies J frente^ the forehead -, ^/«/^, people 5 muerte^
death 5 ^i^'i;^, fnow ; noche^ night •, ^^^i'^, a cloud ,
ndve^ a ftiip ; puente^ a bridge ; pdrte^ a part 5
ferpiente^ a ferpent ; all which are feminine -, bus
^dfr/^, when it fignifies cutting, Ihaping, or contriv-
ing, is mafculine.
Again, all nouns ending in re, that have a mute
letter before itj are feminine, as cojiumhrcy cuftom ;
fdngre^ blood, ^c. From which general rule are
likewife excepted, cobre, coper ; cofre^ a trunk 5
enjambrSy a (warm 9 ndmbre^ a name *, and the
names of months, Setiembre^ OSlubre^ Noviembre^
Deciembre^ which are mafculine.
Nouns ending in i are mafculine, if derived from
the Arahick, as alheU^ a violet, according to Ne-
Iriffenfis ; yet fome will have it to be a clove gilli-
flower ; alboU^ or alhori^ a granary ; %ahori^ one
that pretends to fee into things that are not
tranfparent,
the Spanish GraMxmAr. 49
tranfparent, as ftone- walls, ^c. But fuch words ta-
ken from the Greek are feminine, as extafi^ an cxcaiy j
■ Sintcixi^ Syntax.
Nouns ending in 0 are mafculine, as cdmpo, a
iield ; tcmplo^ a church ; except mdno^ a hand ; vdo^
a (hip i pro^ good ; for we fay, buena pro os hdga^
much good may it do you.
Nouns ending in ware mafculine, as Efpzritu^ the
fpiric ; hnpetu, violence.
Nouns ending in y are femininej as ley, lav/ 5
grey, a flock. Except Rey, a King.
This is all that can be faid of nouns ending in vow-
els ; next follow thofe that end in confonants.
Nouns ending in d are generally of the feminine
gender, as chariddd^ charity ; habiliddd^ ability ; ex-
cept cefpedy a turf ; huefped^ an hoft, or gueft •, ar-
dzd^ a ftratagem ; Adalid, a leader 5 Cenid, the Ze-
nith J almud, a certain meafure 5 alaudy a coffin ;
laud, a lute, which are mafculine.
Nouns ending in / are mafculine, as parddl^ a
fparrow -, arancely a lift or roll. The exceptions
are cdJ., lime \ Jal^ fait •, fendl^ a fign, or token ;
cdrcely a prifon 5 hiel, gall j miel^ honey j piel^ the
Ikin.
Nouns ending in n are mafculine^ as carbon, cole 5
Rabaddn, a chief among fhepherds ; ahnazen, a
florehoufe. Except /ten, the temple of the head ;
farten, a frying-pan ; and all words derived from
the Latin termination in go, as imdgen, an image,
from mago ; indrgen, a margin •, from margo, &Ci
Likewife thofe ending in ion, as region, a region ;
cleccion, eledion *, and thofe ending in azon, di^razon,
reafon ; from which again except, corazSn, the heart;
tarazon, a piece •, which are mafculine.
Nouns ending in r are mafculine, -as amor, love ;
Alcazar, a palace ; except fegur, an axe, fior, a
flower •, labor, work *, 7?iuger, a woman. ^
Nouns ending in s are mafculine, as combes^ t\i^
deck of a (hip j Pah, acouncry, or.landfkip. 'Ex-
E cept
so Tie RUD IMENTS of
cept mies^ harveft ; Res, a head of cattle ; tos, a
cough ; and proper names of women, as JgneSy
Agnes.
Nouns ending in x are mafculine, as relox^ a
cJock i carcdx, a quiver.
Nouns ending in z, are for the moft part femi-
nine, as pdz, peace ; ninez, childhood -, nariz, the
nofe ; hoz, a fickle ; luz, light. Except agrdZy
verjuice ; foldz, comfort ; antzfaz, a vail, or co-
vering for the face ; almirez, a mortar j dohlez^ a
fold, or falfhood ; jaez, furniture for a horfe ^ pez^
a fifh ; axedrez, a chequer, or draught-board *, var^
tizz, varnifh ; tapzz, a carpet; mattz, a fhadowing
in painting •, alhornoz, a moorifh coat ; arrdz,
rice ', altramuZy a lupine -, all which are mafcu-
line.
Tothefe rules may be added, that all nouns figni-
fying the male, muft of courfe be mafculine, as
Ddque, a Duke •, gdllo, a cock ; kdn, a lion -, and
thofe denoting a female, muft be feminine, as Con-
defa, a Countefs -, gallina, a hen.
It is further to be obferved, that whatfoever the
termination happens to be, the proper names of
rivers are always mafculine, as el Guadidnay and fo
of any others, &:c.
Of the other accidents helofiging to a Noun.
TH E accidents ufually belonging to a noun,
are its declination, cafes, numbers, and arti-
cles ; but all thefe particulars muft be explained in
the following manner.
Of Declenftons or Declinations,
NOUNS in Spamjh are not declined by alter-
ing or varying the termination, or laft fyl-
kble, as is done in the Latins but by adding and
varying
the Spanish Grammar, 51
varying the articles, as they are pecuhar to each
cafe.
And if the declenfions are known by the varia-
tion of the nouns , it being certain that the Spaniards
only vary in the plural number : it may be faid by
dedu6lion that there are five diftindl declenfions in
SpaniJJjy as in Latin : becaufe the plural numbers
end in
yf;, as regia, reglas, a rule.
Es^ d,s padre, padres, a father.
Is, as ruhz, ruhis, and rubies, a ruby.
Os, as templo, templos, a temple or churcho
Us, as tribu, tribus, a tribe.
There are three particles or notes to denote the Cafes
of a Noun, viz. Be for the genitive and ablative,
a or para for the dative, and b for the vocative,
Thefe particles are called by other aurhors yf?7if/^j,
but without reafon, becaufe the article is declinable,
and the above particles can never be declined.
Of the Cafes.
TH E Spaniards have fix cafes, like other Ian-
languages, being
Nominative, or that which names the thing, and
generally goes before the verb, as Pedro per did fu
cdpa, Peter loft his cloak.
Genitive, or that which fhows to whom the thing
belongs, or from whom it proceeds, as efle es el
perro de Pedro, this is the dog of Peter \ Maria ei
bija de Jofeph, Mary is Jofeph*s daughter •, fo that
this cafe anfwers to this queftion, whofe or
whereof ?
Dative, or that which fhows the place or perfon
to whom the thing is given, and anfw^reth to this
queftion, to whom or to what ? as di mi efpada d mi
bermdno^ I gave my fword to my brother.
E z ' Jccufative^
52 "The RUD IMENfS of
Jccufalive, or that which declares the fubjed of
the verb, and anfwers to this queftion whom or
what ? and follows generally the verb, as efla
mandna recebt ejie frefente^ this morning I received
this prefent.
Vocative^ is called the cafe of calling, admiring,
or fainting, as O Pedro ven aquiy O Peter, pray
come here, &c.
Ablative^ or that which denotes the place or per-
fon from whom the thing is taken, and is generally
joined to a prepofition, as procedo de la tiirra^ I
proceed from the earth.
Of the Numbers,
TH E Spaniards like the Latins^ have two num-
bers, viz.
Singular^ which fpeaketh of "^ (*
one, ( Jcdfa a houfe
Plural^ which fpeaketh of r yd/as houfes
many, j ^
The fingular Spanijhy if end with a vowel is made
plural by adding the letter s after it, as hombre^
hombres •, iemplo^ templos ; if end with an i vowel
is made plural by adding s or es^ as rubz^ rubzs^ or
rubies^ a ruby ; borcegui^ borceguis^ or borceguieSy
but generally in es^ except maravedt^ which makes
maravedh^ or maravedifes^ &c. if the noun end
with a confonant in fingular, then is made plural
by adding es^ as dolor ^ dolor es ; Apojlol, Apoftoles ;
fdz^ luz ', veZy voZy change z into c in plural, as
has been obferved before, faying paces, luces. Sec.
oc is not changed into g in plural, as fbme authors
wrongfully obferve, but is retained, and fo iiova
relh fay in plural relaxes j carcdx^ carcdxes.
Of
the Spanish Grammar. 53
Of the Spanidi articles.
THERE are three articles in the Spamjb lan-
guage, as well as in the Latin^ and are bor-
rowed of the pronoun, viz. el for the malculines,
la for the feminines, and lo for the neuters. An
article (which is an accident to the Noun, and ane-
ceifary one to the modern languages) is a monc^
fyllable^ or a diclion compofed of one fillahle^ it
is declinahky and ferves to diftinguifh the genders.
The Spaniards make ufe of the articles before all
the nouns, except the proper names as in the Eng-^
///^tongue. Note^ that the Englijh have but one
undeclined article, viz. the for the mafculine and
feminine, and the particle // which often ferves for
the neuter : fo that the EngliffJ make no ditference in
genders by their article, when they fpeak of inani-
mates, except only the word Jbip^ which is femi-
nine, and then they make ufe of the relative 7^^,
ella^ {3.y\ngJ/je is a 20 gunfJjipy ella es una nave de
20 caiiones.
EL
This article is irregular in the plural, and
make los^ and tho' always placed before nouns
mafculine, as el homhre^ the man : it is alfo ufed
before the feminine nouns beginning with a fand
this only in fingular, becaufe in plural we fay
las dlmas^ las dguas) as el dgua^ the water ; el dhna^
or dnima^ the foul \ which is permitted euphonies
gratia^ for the better found, to avoid two «'s com-
ing together, or the cutting one off, which is \\ii\^
ufed in Spanifh ; becaufe la dgua^ would found like
I'dgua^ and therefore for the more diftindion they
fay eldgua^ as in French they fay mon ame^ tho' ame be
of the feminine gender, and not ma ame or m^ame.
Yet is not this a general rule, for the moft received
E 3 cuftoni
54 "The RUDIMENTS oj
cuflom is to preferve la for the words of three or
four fyllables, as la anliguedad, antiquity j la
Jcademia, the academy.
El is often put before the verb in the infinitive
mood, when followed by another verb, as el comer
en tiempo es bueno^ como tamhien el dormir quando fe
neceJfUa^ to eat when 'its convenient does good, as
it is alfo to fleep when it is wanted.
When the particles de or a are joined to el^ often
happens that the Spaniards mdko. one fyllable of
both, as inftcad of de el or a el they fay del or al^
as it is faid before in the Orthography.
Le in fingular, and ks in plural are often taken
as articles by fome authors, but without any grounds
for fo faying ♦, becaufe they never are ufed before
nouns, but only as relatives after verbs in dative or
accufative, according to the cafe governed by the
verb, they are like wife ufed before the verbs, as
dtxele ejlo^ I told him this ; les ccoinpane^ I ac-
companied them.
La
Is to be placed before nouns feminine, as la
muger^ the woman ; except thofe nouns that begin
with a, as has been faid juft above : it is likewife
ufed before and after the verb, tho' not as article,
but as relative, as la llame, I called her , llamadla^
call her •, the plural of la is las^ and often fupplies
the noun fubft^ntive, as hefo las de v, m'^- that is
l^s mmos.
As has been faid, is the article of the neuter gen-
der^ and only ufed before adje<5lives, made fubftan-
tives or taken in that fenfe, as lo grdnde^ that which
is great; lo hueno^ that which is good, this article
has no plural number, fornetimes lo is taken abfo*
lutely.
/i»^ Spanish Grammar. 55
lutely, as todo lo que me manddre v. m^- hare con guftoy
I will do with pleafure every thing that you will or
fhall command me. It is ufed likcwifc before and
after a verb as relative, as lo dire^ I will fay it \
bdzlo^ do it.
What has been iliid of the articles as articles, I
think is fufficient for the prefent, and for the reft I
refer the reader to the chapter of Pronouns, and to
the Syntax.
^he Mafculine article is thus declin*d :
The Singular Number, The Plural Number.
Nominative, el, the Nominative, los, the
Genitive, dtly or de el^ of the Genitive, de los^ -of the
Dative, ael, or alj or para Dative, a or para los to the
el, to the Accufative, los, the
Accufative, el, the Ablative, de losy from the.
Ablative, del, orde eljvom the
The Feminine thus :
The Singular Number, The Plural Number.
Nominative, la, the Nominative, las, the
Genitive, de la, of the Genitive, de las, of th»
Dative, a, or para la, to the Dative, a las, to the
Accufative, la, the Accufative, las, the
Ablative, de la, from the A.blative, de las, from the.
ne Neuter article thus :
The Singular Number,
Nominative, h, the . It has no Plural Number.
Genitive, de lo, of the
Dative, a, or para lo, to the
Accufative, lo, the
Ablative, ds lo, from the
Nor are thefe articles capable of any vocative,
without we fay, O is general to them all, as, O
bombre^ O man, 0 muger^ O woman.
E 4 Examples
'56 "The RUDIMEN'TS of
£xamj)ks of the Nouns in tbeir feveral Terminations,
Words end in a.
Sing. Plur.
Hembra, a Female Hembras, Females
Fiuta, Fruit Frutas, Fruits
Words ending in e.
Sitig. Plur.
Hombre, a Man Ilombres, Me)i
Li^bre, a Hare Liebies, Hares
Words ending in i.
Sing. Plur.
Rubi, a Ruby Rubis, or Rubies, Rubies
javali, a Wild Boar Javalis, or Javaiies^ ^F}7^j?(?^ri
Words ending in o.
iur.
Sing. Flu
Caballo, a Horfe Caballos, Horf^s
Slilagro, a Miracle Milagros, Miracles
Words ending in u.
Sing. Plur.
Efpiritu, a Spirit Efpiritus, Spirits
. Tribu, a "Tribe Tribus, Irihes
Words ending in y.
ring, -P^»^-
f Rcy, a King Reyes, Kings
Ley, a La^jo Leyes, La^wi
Words
the Spanish Grammar. 57
Words ending in d,
Sittg. Plur.
Verdad, Truth Verdades, Truths
Merced, a Favour Mercedes, Fauours
Words ending in /.
Animal, an Animal Animales, AnbnaU
Gemil, a Pagan Gentiles, Gentiles
Words ending in n.
Sing. Flur.
Pan, Bread Panes, Loanjes
Celemin, a Peck Celemines, Pecks
Words ending in r.
Sing.
Plur.
Pesar, Grief
Dolor, Pain
Pesares, Sorrows
Dolo'res, Pains
Words ending in s.
^ing^
Plur
Dlo's, God
Mes, a Month
Diofes, Gods
Mefes, Months
Words ending in sc>
Si^i- Plur.
Carcax, a ^i'ver Carcaxes, ^i<virs
Jleldx, a Clock Reldxes, Clocks
Words ending in z,
^%. Plur,
Paz, Peace Paces, Peaces
Juez, a Judg6 Jueces, Judgeu
2- Examples
58 "the RUDIMENTS of
Exampks ofdedinlrtg the three fever al Genders,
Example of the Mafculine Gender.
Sing.
Norn. El Padre, the Father
Gen. Dtl Padre, of the Father
Bat. Al Padre, or para el Pa-
dre, to the Father
Accuf. Al or El Padre, the Father
Voc. O Padre, O Father
Ahl. Del Padre, /roOT the Father
Plur.
Norn. Los Padres, the Fathers
Gen. Delos Padres, of the Fathers
Dat. A los Padres, or para los
Padres, /* the Fathers
Ace, Los Padres, the Fathers
Voc. O Padres, O Fathers
Ahl. De los Padres, from the
(Fathers
Example of the Feminine Gender.
Sing.
}^om. La Madre, the Mother
Gen. De la Madre, of the Ma-
(ther
Dat. A la Madre, to the Mo-
(ther
Ace. La Madre, the Mother
Voc. O Madre, O Mother
Ahl. De la Madre,/roOT the Mo-
(ther
Plur.
Norn. Las Madres, the Mothers
Gen. De las Madres, of the Mo-
thers
Dat. A las Madres, to the Mo-
thers
Ace. Las Madres, the Mothers
Foe. O Madres, O Mothers
Ahl. De las Madres, from the
(Mothers
Example of the Neuter Gender.
Sing.
Kom. Lo bueno, thai ivhieh is good
Gen. De lo bueno, of that ^jjhich is good
Dat. A lo bueno, to that ivhich is good
Ace. Lo bueno, that mjhich is good
Foe. O bueno, O that ivhich is good
Ahl. De lo bueno, from that luhich is good,
Thefe Adjedives ufed as Subftantives have, as has
been faid before, no Plural Number.
Common Adje6lives are declined as Subftantives,
according to their Genders, and therefore there
needs no Examples of them.
Some
jhe Spanish Grammar. 59
Some obfervations concerning derived and com^
found Nouns.
THE Nouns of dignity given to Men, are
fome of them Subilantives, and others Ad-
jedives •, the nature of Subftantives requires,
that they be not given to women, who are pofltifled
of the like dignity, without deriving the Feminine
from the Mafculine j and thus from Duque^ a Duke
is deriv'd Duquefa, a Duchefs ; from Conde. an
EarJ, Condefa^ 2l Countefs ; from Principe^ a Prince,
Priricefa^ a Princefs -, becaufe Przncipe in Spanijb is
of the Mafculine Gender. But when the Name of
Dignity is a Noun Adjedlive, as 'Tenientey a Lieu-
tenant, or a Deputy •, Jffiftentey an Afliftant ; Pre--
fidente^ a Prefidenr, it ferves both Sexes without
any Variation ; for in fpeaking of a Prefident's
Lady, fhe is not to be called la Prefidenta^ but Id.
PrefuUnte ; and fo in the reft of that fort.
They are guilty of the like Error who fpeaking
of a wild, or mountain She-Goat, call her Cdhra
monteiza^ becaufe the Adjedlivc Month fhews both
Genders, and therefore the Female is to be called
Month, as well as the Male. However the Ad-
je(5lives that denote Kingdoms, or Nations, ending
in (?j, are only applied to the Mafculine Gender,
and the Feminine has the addition of ^, as in fpeak-
ing of a Frenchman, or an Engli/hman, he is
called Franch, or In^h, but a Woman of thofc
Nations is Francefa^ or IngUfa,
P
CHAP. IL
Of Pronouns.
R ONOUNS are certain words put into the
place, or fubftitutcd inftcad of Nouns, ferving
to
6o The RUDIMENTS of
to fliew, or exprefs the perfon, or thing before
uamed, without naming it over again.
There are feveral forts of Pronouns, fome of
them are called Primitives, as yo^ I, tUy you, fi,
himfelf, nos, or nofotros^ we ; vos^ or vofotros^ ye.
Others are Derivatives, or Pofleflives, becaufe de-
rived from thofe above, and denoting poffefTion, as
mioy mine, tup^ thine, fujo, his, nue/iro, ours,
vueftro, yours *, with their ferninine gender, mzay
iuydy fu^ja^ nueftra^ vuefira. It is to be obferv'd,
that thefe pronouns, of the fmgular number when
placed before fubftantives, always lofc their laft
fy liable, and for mio^ tuyo, fuyo, muft be faid, mi,
tUy fu^ as tni Padre, my Father \ tu Madre, your
Mother •, fu Jvuelo, his Grandfather. But when a
queftion is alked, then the anfwer muft be mio,
luyo, or fuyo, as *cuyo es ejle gudnte ? whofe glove is
that ? The anfwer is 7nzo, mine, or tuyo, yours, or
fuyo, his. When they are abfolute, or taken as
neuter, then they have the article lo before, as lo
mio, that which is mine \ lo tuyo, that which is
thine, ^c. The fame is pra6i:ifed in the feminine
gender.
To form the plural number of thefe pronouns
mio, tuyo, fuyo, or mi, tu, fu, add the Letter s,
as was before faid in the nouns, and you have fnm,
tuyos, fuyos, mis, tus, andyi^i.
There are alfo demonftrative pronouns, as ejle,
efia, ejio. This -, ejfe, effa, effo, that ; and el, ella,
ello, he, (he, that, efte^ efta, ejfe, effa, and el are
always placed before nouns, as ejle Vibro, this book,
effa carne, that fiefh -, but efto, effo and ello, are
fpoken abfolutely, without being joined to any
noun ; ejlo^ fignifying this thing •, effo, that thing ;
•and elloy the thing.
The particles making the cafes in declining, when
they come before thefe pronouns beginning with e,
are not always contracted, and it may be faid d3
ejey or dejle^ de efto^ or dejio.
The
the Spanish Grammar. 6t
The relative pronouns are, qtial^ which, quuriy
y^ho, qusy what.
For declining of pronouns, fee the following
examples.
The pronoun of the firft perfon To is thOs declin'd.
^ing, Plur.
l^om. Yo, / Norn. Nos, or Nofdtros, We
Gen. Demi, Of me Gen. De nos, <7r de nofdtros, Of us
Dat. A mi, To me Dat. A nos, or a nofdtros, To us
Ace. Me, or a mi. Me Ace. Nos, or nofdtros, IJs
Ahl. De mi, Frorn me Ahl. De nos, or de nofdtros. From us*
The fecond perfon T« is thus declined :
J^om. Tu, Ton Nom. Vos, or vofdtros, 7'e
Gen. De ti, Of you Gen. De vos, or vofdtros. Of y$
Dat. A ti. To you Dat. A vos, or vofdtros, To ye
Ace. Te, or a. ti, Tou Ace. Vos, or vofdtros, 2^
Ah J. De tip From you Ahl. De vos, or vofdtros. From ye
The third perfon 5'/ thus :
Gen. Defi, Of himfelf
Dat. A fi, Ti Z;-//^;/^,
^rr«/: Se, or a fi, Z:///^;?^,
Ablat. De fi, Fro;w /^//«/^^.
And has no plural number, nor feminine gen-
der, unlefs mzfmo be added to it for the mafculine,
and then mifma muft be for the feminine, and then
it has mzfmos and mifmai in the plural.
Thefe pronouns in the fingular number ferve both
the mafculine and the feminine genders, as does noi
and vol in the plural ; but nofdtros and vofotros are
mafculine, and the feminine is made by turning the
laft 0 into j, that is, inftead of nofotros hy nofotras^
and inftead of vofotros vofotras.
The
62 ^^^ RUDIMENTS of
The Spaniards frequently in fpeech and writing
ufe this pronoun nos with the firft perfon plural of*
the imperative mood, taking away the s from the
verb, as vdmonos^ for vdmos nos, let us go ; dexe^
monoSy for dexemos noSy let us leave ; and io they do
of voSy lofing the v, as zdos^ let ye go, inftead of
idvosy or lofmg d in the fecond perfon plural, as
amdoSy let ye love, inftead of arnddos^ or amddvos.
Ic is proper to obferve, that the genitive cafe of
thefe pronouns, fcems to be in a manner fuper-
fluous, as never in ufe ; for if we are to fpeak by
way of pofTefllon, we muft not fay el lihro es de mi,
which would be in Engli/hy the book is of me, but
inftead thereof, v/e muft ufe the word, mio^ viz. el
Izbro es mzo, the book is mine. So el cavdllo es de
iiy is not Spam/h, and would fignify, the horfe is
of you •, but it muft be el cavdllo es tuyoy the horfe
is your's •, and laftly, el fdyo es de ft, is as falfe,
being the Coat is of him, but it muft be, el fd'jo es
fuyOy or de v. m"^- the coat is his. And if the queftion
be afked, a{ya ohra es efta ? whofe work is this ?
the anfwer muft be, midy mine, or tuya, yours, or
fuyay his. #
Thefe pronouns ferve after a verb, which is then
rather in the ablative, than the genitive cafe, as que^
fe dird de mi ? what will be faid of me ? que [era
de ti ? what will become of you ? el hdbla de fiy he
talks of himfelf.
The polTeflives mzo, tuyo, fuyo, mine, thine, his,
and mi, tu, fu^ my, your, his, as alio, nueftro,
and vuefiroy need not be declined here, all of them
following the fame rule, without any variation.
The three pronouns, )•(?, tu, el, are ufed in com-
pofuion with the word mifmOy fignifying itfelf, as
'yo mtfmo, I myfelf, tii mzfrno, youyourfelf, el mzf?nOy
he himfelf ; where it is to be noted that el mzjmo,
aifo fignifies the fame, but then el is the article the.
Thefe three are declined as before, only that the
mijmo has a fingular and a plural number, and
2 therefore
/i>^ Spanish Grammar. 63
therefore we muft fay, 'jO mzfmo^ tu mifmo^ and el
mifmo^ in the fmgular, and nofotros mtfmoSy vofotros
mifmoSy and ellos mlfmoSy in the plural ; and fo
mifmo and mtfmos for the mafculine gender, and
mifma and mtjmai for the feminine.
The pronouns poflefTive are Mh^ Hu^o^ Suyo^
Nuejlro^ Vuejiro^ and the feminine gender of them
Mia^ "Tuya^ Suya, Nuejira, Vuejlra -, but if placed
before the fubftantive, then it muft be M, Tu^ Su^
and in the plural MiSy Tus^ Sus, It is proper alfo
here to fpeak of the pronoun of interrogation,
CuyOy m the mafculine, and Cuya^ in the feminine
gender, and Cuyos and Cuyas^ in the plural number,
which always denotes the genitive. To explain
the proper ufe of thefe words, take thefe examples :
Afking the queftion, Cuyo es efte cahdllo ? that is
de quien es efte cahdllo ? Whofe Horfe is this ? The
anfwer is, Mio^ mine, Tuyo^ yours, Suyo^ his; and fo
in the feminine gender, only changing the 0 into a^
as cuydy rnta^ &c. and in the plural number add-
ing 5, as cujos or cuyas^ &c.
Notey That Cuyo is likewife relative, as el Rey^
en ciiya Mdno eftd el hacer hieny &c. the King in
whofe Hand or Power is, to do good, &c. efte
reoy cuyos delitvsfon grandeSy &c. This guilty perfon
whofe crimes are great, iSc,
Uhe Demonjlratives Efle, Efle, Aquel, El.
T <5T'£, This, as efte Homhrey this Man,
JQj efte Cahdlloy that Horfe; aquel is ajfo tbaty
but yet with this difference, that efte fignifies that
which is near to the perfon who is fpoken to,
whereas rt^z/// denotes that which is neither near him
who is fpoken to> nor him who fpeaketh.
Thefe
64- "The RUD IMENTS of
Thefc pronouns are thus declined :
Sing. Mafc. Fern. Neut.
Nom. efte efta efto ^is
Gen. defte, or de efle defta, or de efla dello, or de efto Of this
Bat. 2i efte a efta a efto To this
Ace. efte, or a efte efta, or 3. efta efto, or a efto This
^.5/. defte, or de efte defta,ordeefta defto,ordeefto. From thii
Plur. Mi^y?. Fern, No Neut,
Nom. eftos eftas Thefe
G^«. deftosjordeeftos deftas, or de eftas Ofthefe
Dat. a eftos ^ a eftas To theft
Ace. eftos, or a eftos eftas, or a eftas 7/^^
^^/.deftos, or de eftos deftas, or de eftas. Fromthefi
^EJfe^ ejfa^ ejfo^ is declined in the fame man-^
ner, the plural number being ejjos^ effas. The
like of Aquil^ Jquella^ Jqueilos, Jquellas,
So is el^ he, ella^ fhe, illo, the or that thing, ellos^
they, mafculine, ellas^ they, feminine. There is
no neuter plural. The cafes need not to be re-
peated, being the fame as thofe before. The word
dtro^ is often joined to ejfe^ or effa^ as Effotro^ or
EJfeotro^ the other Man or Thing ; Effotra^ or
EJfaotra^ the other Woman.
There are two other pronouns, which have only
a plural number, as fignifying two, which are dm^
boSy and entrdmboSy both. To the firft of them is
often added a dos, that is, ^ Amhos a dos^ both to-
gether, and Entrdmhos, imports much the fame.
Note, that of efte, and eJJ}y is made aquefte, aqueje,
this or that very Man. And fo in the feminine
aad oeuter gender.
The
the Spanish Grammar. 65
The relatives, ^liJn^ S>ue^ ^laL
QUI EN, is either interrogative, or relative, as
^idfi lo dice ? Who fays it ? No hdi qu:en lo
fufra^ no Man can endure it.
i^tf, is alfo interrogative, and relative, as ^e
es ejlo ? What is that ? El homhre que 'jO digOy The
Man I fpeak of.
S^udh fignifies Which, as ^dl dellos ? which of
them ? To this is fometimes added el, for the maf-
culine, la for the feminine, and lo for the neuter, as
el qudl, la qudl, lo qudl.
The declining of thefe confiding only in the addi*
tion of the articles, it is needlefs to run the fame
over again ; only it mull be obferved, that ^e has
no plural number, as fignifying What, which is
incapable of it ; and yet ^den and ^dl, though
they fignify PFho, and Which, have a plural, which
is Quienes, and ^tdles, as Sluihes fon aquellos?
Who are thofe ? and ^dles fon los que dices ?
What fort of people are thofe you fpeak of, or
what are they ?
El, is frequently joined to i^^/, which we can-
not fo properly exprefs in Englijh, as fignifying
JVho ; but lo qua!, is exprefTed, the which, thefe
two conjoined are declined as follov/s ?
Sing, Mafc. Fem. Neut.
Norn. El qual la qual lo qua!
Gen. del qual de la qual de lo qual
Dat. al qual a la qual a lo qual
Ace. el qual, or al la qual, at- a la lo qual, cr a lo
(qual (qual (quaj
Ahl, del qual de la qual de lo qual
Plur,
66 the RUDIMENTS of
Plur. ' Ma/c. Tern. No Neuter »
Norn, los quales las qudles
Gen. de los quales de las quales,
Dat. a los quales a las quriles
Ace. los quales, or las quales, or a las
(a los quales (quales
AbL de los quales de las quales
When the word ^dera^ is added to ^len^ or
^.aU it quite alters the meaning, fo ^ienquiera
fignifies any perfon, or man whatfoever ; and ^al-
quiera^ is any one, whether man, or woman, or
other thing. When que is added to tal thus, que taly
then Hands for qudl in Spanijh.
Of the Reciprocals, or RelativeSj me, te, fe.
THESE three are only of the dative and ac-
cufative Cafes, and have always a verb either
before, or after them, as D/me quien eres ? I'ell
me who you are ? Doite el Parabim ? I give you
Joy. Fuefe de aqta. He went away from hence.
Tiiey are alfo placed before verbs, as, Pedro me
dixo, Peter told me. Juan te dard, John will give
you. El fe aldha. He praifes himfelf. Many
other examples might be brought wherein thefe pro-
nouns are varioufly ufed ; but thofe things are better
learnt by pra6lice, than fet down as rules.
Mi, ti, fi^ before fpoken of as genitive Cafes,
the firft two of }7?, and tu, and the third without a
proper nominative, are often join'd to the word con^
with, and the fyllable go, added to it, thus Cori"
migo, with me ; Contigo, with you ; Confzgo, with
himfelf. They have no variation for the genders,
but ferve both the mafculine, and the feminine.
Note, That proprio ftands often for vufmo^ as ^^o
propYio^ ov'^omifmo^ (uproprw, &c,
The
the Spanish Grammar. 67
The poflfenive y^^, and in plural fm^ (lands for his,
her's, their, ^c. as el Rq conju Hijo el Principe^ the
King with his Son the Prince -, la Retina con fu hija
la Princefa^ the Queen with her Daughter the
Princefs.
Los fuhditos dehen ohedecer^ y pagdr trihuto d fu
Rey^ the Subjedls ought to obey, and pay tribute to
their King.
El General comio con fus of dales fuhalternos^ the
General dinned with his fubakern Officers.
Sh (lands alfo for f/, or /^, as el homhre tiene fu-
fer (el fer) de Dios^ Man has the being from God.
Sufir7na del capitdn^ fu for la \ but to fpeak pro-
perly, read always el fer^ the being j la firma^ the
fign, or one's name.
Add to diefe
The imperfedl Pronouns, or properly thefe
Nouns relatives: Cierto^ certain; uno^ one; alguno^
dlguien, fomebody, or dlgo in neuter, fomething ;
cadauno^ each, every body ; 7mdie, no body Cthefe
two lad mentioned have no plural) otro^ other -,
folo^ alone •, todo^ all •, tal^ fuch ; tanto^ 'o much ;
quantOy how much. And the two punkue words
fuldno and zutdno, fuch a one. Nole, I'hat thefe
are called by Salv. Naves, pronouns indefinites.
There are three perfons in the Pronouns^ viz.
Sing, P/ur.
1 . Yo, / nos, or nofotros, ive
2. Tu, T/;oH vos, or vofotros, je
3. EI, cr aquel, hs ellos, or aquellosj t^ey
Ft CHAP,
68 fhe RUD IMENTS of
CHAP. III.
0/ VERBS.
A Verb is a part of fpeech, that fignifies to be,
to do, or to fuffer, as fer hombre, to be a
Man ; dmo, I love ; foi amddo, I am loved : Is
conjugated through Moods and Tenfes ; by Moods
the Verb is changed according to the circumftances,
as yo hdblo, I fpeak, is the indicative ; bdbla tu,
fpeak thou, the imperative, &c. Tenfes are the
diftindion and variety of times, as venia^ I was
coming -, vine^ I ca.me, i^c.
Verbs are divided into perfonals, (fo called becaufe
they have perfons) as yo dmo^ I love ; tu dmas,
thou loveft", &:c. and imperfonals, (becaufe with-
out perfonsj as conviene^ it behoveth, confta it is
plain.
The perfonals are fubdivided into
A(5live I Neuter
PafTive ! ReciprocaL
Adive fignifies to do, as enfendr^ to teach ; leer^
to read *, and may be made paffive by the auxi-
liary Verb fet\ and the participle pafTive of the
Verb, 2isfer enfenddo^ foi enfenddo^ &c.
PafTive fignifies to fuTer, as fox amddo. But
note. That in the third perfon Angular, and the
third of the plural are conjugated not only with the
the auxiliar y^r, but even with the particle y^, as
Dids es amddo^ or Bids fe dma^ God is beloved.
Bueno es que la virtud fea hallada^ or fe hdlle en un
Pnncipe, it is good that Virtue be found in a Prince.
^e los Bums fiun amddoS:, cr fe dmeni that the
virtuous
the Spanish Gram ma r." 69
virtuous may be loved. By which you may fee,
that the participle Pafilve is varied in the conjuga-
tion of this Verb, faying, To foi a?nddo, nofoiros
fomos ainddos.
Neuter properly is that which fignifics neither
adlion nor paifion, as color dr, to colour j color ear ^
to recover a colour, or to give colour ; correr^ to
run, ajjenlir^ to aflent. This Verb makes a pertedl
fenfe by itlelf, in which it differs from the adlive, as
ducrmo^ I fleep, meva^ it fnows.
The verb Aclive fays the fame thing in the active
and pafiive voices, as )0 dim a dio^, or dios es amddo
de mi^ which can't be fiid by the Neuter in a proper
manner.
The Neuter is either fubflantive, as fer^ to be ;
or abfolute (fo called for its making a fenfe by it-
feJfj by adlion, as blafpbemdr^ to blafpheme, lluevCy
it rains ; or by pafTion, as coloredr, ennegrecer.
The verb reciprocal is that which return the
fenfe backward, and is conjugated thus, apercihirfe^
to be prepared or provided for, 7ne aperczbo^ I pre-
pare myfelf, te aperclbes^ thou preparefl thyfeif;
and always has the particle fe in the infinitive.
Note^ That in the Spanijh language, one Verb
may be made aEl'ive^ pajjive^ neuter^ and reciprocal
by the different fenfes that it may be applied to ir,
as acoftdr^ to put one in it's bed, is adtive, and is
made paffive by the Verb auxiluir ejldr^ and the
participle paffive, as ejiot acojlddo^ I am put in my
bed, or I lay down. When it fignifies to follow
one's party, or opinion, or to declare himfelf
partial for a Prince, is Neuter^ as Pedro^ dexddo
el fervzcio de Frdncia^ for ^romejfas de adelanta-
miento acoflo a la parte de Efpdna. Peter having
left the French fervice, by the promifes he had
on his being promoted, eniifled himfelf in the
Spanijh fervice. And when it fignifies to come
near to a place, as acoftarfe aqui^ to come near
to this place, then is reciprocal, as^/ te acuejlas
7o The RUD IMENTS oj
aqui^ te matare^ if you come near to this place, I
will kill you.
Some of the Verbs are regular, (fo called for their
being confined to rules) and others irregular (fo called,
becaufe they have no rule) \ but as their irregularity
is various fome time in the prefent tenle of the indi-
cative, in the preterperfedl, future, in the impera-
tive, prerer imperfedl and future of the optative,
and otherwife in their participles, I fhall take care
to mention it in the Conjugations.
T
OJ Conjugat'mis.
HERE are three Conjugations in the Spanijb
Tongue, viz,
Amdr^ to love
Ref ponder^ to anfvver
Venlr^ to come.
So that the Spanip Verbs are to be looked for la
the Didtionaries by their infinitives.
Of Moods.
TH E Moods are fix, as in Latin^ viz. The
Indicative^ or that which fhows, or declares j
the Imperative^ or that v/hich commands ; Optative^
or that which wifhes, or defires ; Suhjun^ive, which
fuppofes fomething ; FotentiaU or that by which
Jbmething is expedled ; and the Infinitive^ which
leaver all undetermined.
Of fenfes.
TH E Tenfes, which are the times of adion,
or palTion, are three properly, being the pre-
fent, the paft, and the time to come : And with
thofo
^i;^ S p A N I s H Grammar. 71
thofe made by circumlocution are ten in the indi-
cative Mood, viz. the prelent, preter imperfect, three
preterperfeds, the plus perfed, and tour futures :
And in the optative Mood there are nine, viz.
the prefcnt, three preterimperfeds, preterperfed,
two preter plus perfects, and two futures.
Of the Indicative Mood,
THE Prefent Tenfe of all Conjugations of
regular verbs, is formed by changing ^r, er^
or ir of the infinitive into 0^ as from amdr fay dmo^
from lecr^ leo^ from cumplzr, cumplo \ this tenfe ex-
tends itfelf to a future time, as mandna es dia de fiejla^
to-morrow is a holy day.
The Preterimperfed of the firft Conjugation is
formed by changing dr into dba^ as amdba^ I did
love, or properly I was loving •, and of the fecond
and third Conjugation, is formed by changing ir
and zr into la^ as perdia^ pedia,
Note^ That this Tenfe has two ways of explain-
ing the fecond perfon plural through all Conjuga-
tions, as amdhadeis or amdbais ; perdiddeis or perdzMS ;
pediadeis or pedzais.
The firft Preterperfed of the firft Conjugation
by changing dr into 4 ^s amdr^ ame -, but of the
fecond and third Conjugations by changing er and
/r into f, as perder, perdi^ pedir^ pedi. This tenfe
is called Befirnte^ becaufe it is a time perfedly paft
and exprefTed ; as el 7nes pajddo haUe con el^ I fpoke
with him laft month.
The fecond Perfed of all the Conjugations is
formed of the auxiliar verb haver ^ and the participle
pafTive of the verb treated of, as he hablddoy I have
fpoken, he per dido y I have loft j he pedido^ I have
afked.
The third Perfed is formed in the fame manner,
as huve hablddo^ &c. but not fo frequently ufed ia
S^anijh as the other two.
F 4 Noie^
72 'the RUDIMENTS of
Note^ That thefe two latter are called Preterper-.
fe6ts indefinites, for their time is not determined, as
le be hablddo^ I hav^e fpoken to him, but we don't
fay when.
So that the diiFerence between the firfl: preter-
perfed and the others, is that the former Ihould
exprefs time, and the latter not ; befides, that the
iirft extends itfelf firther than the others (which are
referred to time but lately paft) you may fay, le
table dos dnos ha, 1 fpoke to him two years ago ;
but you can't fay le he bablddo dos dnos ha, I have
fpoken to-him two years ago •, becaufe he hablddo does
only extend to a time fo lately paft, that it appears
to have fomething of the prefent. Thefe are Valera's
Obfervations, which I advife the Reader to ob-
ferve, in order to avoid the frequent Equivocations
that often happens in fpeaking and writing.
The Preterplufperfed thus : havia hablddo
havhi perdido^ havia pedido, I had fpoken, loft, ^r.
The firft Future is formed of the infinitive, add-
ing e after r, as of habldr, adding e fay bablare ;
ferder^ ferdere ; fedir^ pedire, having always the
accent on the laft letter.
The fecond Future with the auxiliary be, iefjgOy
or debo, and the infinitive Mood with de before it,
as he or tengo de ddr, I am to give, debo de dar^
or debo ddr, I am oblig'd, I muft give.
The third thus : Havre de habldr^ I ftiall he ob-
liged to fpeak, &c.
The fourth fwhich properly is the fecond Preter-
plufperfe6l) thus : Havia de babldr^ I had, or
J was to fpeakj i^c.
Of the Imperative^
THE Imperative is made of the third perfon
of the prefent of the indicative Mood, and
of the prefent of the optative, as dma tu, love thou ;
z^/j^ Spanish Gram ma r.^ 73
ame aquiU let him love -, perde tu^ loofe thou ;
pierda el^ let him loofe, ^c.
So that the third perfon of the indicative is the
fecond of the imperative, and the third of the im-
perative is the firft of the optative. The fecond
plural is formed from the infinitive by changing r
into d^ of amdr fay arndd^ let ye love ; perder^ per^
ded ; ped^^r^ pedid ; and often the d is loft, faying
ainaos for amdd vos^ or amdd os^ and fometimes is
tranfpofed after /, as amdlos, amdles for amddlos^ or
amddles ; and fo it is often faid decilde for decidle.
Of the Optative^ Potential^ and Suhjun^five Moods,
OPTATIVE, or that wiflies, or defires, has
always annexed an adverb, as oxalay 0 fi^ plu-
guiejfe a Bids, would to God, I pray God, or God
grant -, aunque^ no objlante que ^ fen embargo que^ altho%
notwithftanding.
Potential properly has no figns in Spanijh, but int
EngliJJj has thefe, can^ may^ mighty could, JJoould, or
ought, which are equal to thefe Spanijh exprefTions,
puede fer que^ es menefter que^ as fome authors will
have it.
Suhjun^ive has always fome conjundion annexed,
asy?, cdmo, que, quando : if, as, that, when, as
como yo dme, as O may love -, but the tenfes are all
alike in thefe three Moods.
The prefent of the Optative is formed by the pre-
fent of the Indicative changing 0 into e in the firft
conjugation, and into a in the fecond and third con-
jugations, as^ from dmo fay dme -, pier do ^ pier da 3
pzdo, pzda.
The firft and fecond Preterimperfedls arc formed
From the firft perfon of the firft preterperfed: of the
Indicative, as from ame in the firft conjugation
changing e into dra or dp is made amdra, amdffe ;
^n the fecond and third conjugations add to the pre-
terperfed'
74 'I'he RUDIM-EN^S of
terperfea: era or ((fey as ^rom per di hy perdic'ra, per-
diejTt\ from pedt lay pidiera^ pidieffe.
The third Preterimperfea is formed from the
infinitive, adding i^, as from amdr fay amaria^
trom leer^ leer id ^ irom pedir^ pidirid,
Obferve here. That thefe tenfes have two ways to
explain the fecond perfon plural, as amarddeis or
amdraiSy amdjjedeis^ or amdjfeis^ amariddeis^ or ama-
rtahy and fo in the other two conjugations.
Obferve likewife, That thefe three tenfes vary
one from another, fpeaking in a right method ;
tho' there is fuch a confufion in explaining them,
that hardly there is any difference made by the
Spaniards, Some Authors adapt them to the three
Moods, VIZ. amdra to the Optative, amdje^ to
the Subjundive, and amaria to the Potential ; as
€^ala 'jo amdra la virtu d^ God grant that I might
love virtue ; coino yo amdjfe a Dids, el me amaria^ as
I could love God, he would love me.
Other Authors, as Tominque^ Ceffer in Gram.
Rud. and Villalbay are of opinion, that amdra de-
notes the difpofition of a thing, or the readinefs
for an adlion ; amdjfe the beginning of it, and
amaria the pofTibility to obtain it ; or as ^erehio^
fays the firft imperfed is a tenfe of motion, exquo
from whence, and related to the medium, as de
los veinte pefos le diera diez para comprarfe un veftidOy
of the twenty pieces of eight I would give hinl
ten, that he might buy himfelf a fuit of cloaths •,
tlie fecond a tenfe medium, or inquo^ as como le
hallajfe haciendo loque le dzxe^ as I Ihould find him in
doing what I told him. And the third a condi-
tional tenfe, as Ji lo barza^ como el fuera huenoy I
v/ould do it, if he would be good.
One thing is certain amidft all thefe, that aun-
quey como^ oxala, &c. follow the two firft preter-
imperfeds, and the third imperfed tenfe is ufed
by way of interrogation, or fufpenfion, faying :
barza
the Spanish Grammar.^ 75
hand V. m^- efto ? Would you do this ? O que hien
lo harm yo ! O that I could do it well ! or withy;.
The Preterperfe6l is formed from the auxiliar
verb haver^ and the participle palTive thus ; bdya
atnddoy baya perdzdo, hdya pedido^ when I have
loved, i^c.
The firft Plufperfedt thus: Hdviera amddo^
when I had loved.
The fecond, huvVeJJe amddo^ when I had loved.
1. Future is made of the firfl Preterimperfed-,
by changing ra into re^ as amdra^ amdre ; perdiera^
perdiere ; pediera, pidiere^ with the fame accent on
all the fyllables.
2. Future of the firft Plufperfedl by changing
ra into re, and participle paffive, as from huviera
amddoy fay in the future buviere amddo. So that
there are nine tenfes in the Optative Mood, as well
as in the Subjundlive and Potential.
Of the Infinitive Mood.
INFINITIVE fignifieth to do, to fuffer, or
to be ; and hath neither number, nor perfon,
nor nominative Cafe before as amdr^ to love ;
perdery to loofe ; pedzr^ to afk, to beg.
When two Verbs come together without any nomi-
native Cafe between them, then the latter (hall be
in the infinitive Mood, as defeo aprender^ I defire
to learn : And often times the infinitive fupplies
the nominative cafe, as amdr d Dios^ y hacer bien
al Proximo^ [on los dos a5ios Principdles de un Cbrijii^
dnoy to love God, and do good to the Neigh-
bour, are the two principal Adlions of a Chridian.
When /(?, lay loy leSy las, loSy are added to the
Infinitive, then r is often changed into /, as amdlle
for amdrky perdclk for perderky decille for dechky to
love him, to loofe him, to tell him. And when
mey tSy fcy «<?j, oSy ^cc . follow the infinitive imme-
diately, then they are pronounced as monofyllables,
^% dearie^ deczr/elo, &c.
A
76 "The RUDIMENrs of
jl general Scheme of the Termination of Verbs of the
three Conjugations in their fimple lenfes.
Perfons
SingiiL
» !l f
t j
'\
J,
do
o
tUy el
thou, he
dofl doth
as a
es e
did didjl did
aba abas aba
o
o
■5 f I. e
m ■•
Jhal.
I § ■) 2. > re
las la
ha^e hafl hath
afte 6
ille 6
Jhallor ivill have
do the
re ras ra
/f/ him do,
eel
a
Perfons
r
JO, I /«, ^/ he
thou,
May mayji may
or <:^i:«
e es c
a
as
//«^/^/ mightji might
or fo«/i/
ara
affe
aria
eras era
efles efle
rias ria
Jhall Jhall Jhall
or 'v:illha<ve
ares are
n.J "^ I i-'^ ^^^ ^^^5 ^
*" :, t 2- 7 era e
S I f cfTe e
^'Ls-J ria r
^ f I . are a
eres ere
Plural
nofotros, wofotros
we
do
amos
2. emos
3. imos
did
abamos
iamos
ha've
amos
imos
remos
ye
do
ais
eis
is
did
{abadeis
abais
( iadeis
ha've
afteis
iHeis
reis
ellos,
they
do.
an
en
en
did
aban
lan
ha've
aron
eron
ran
let us, let ye, let them
emos nofotros, ad nofotros en elks
amos ed an
amos id an
nofotros^
we
may
emos
amos
might
aramos
aflemos
ariamos
eramos
eflemos
riamos
Jhall
aremos
*v6fotros, ye
may
cis
ais
might
aradeis-arais
affedeis-afTeis
ariades-ariais
erades-erais
efledeis-efleis
riadeis-riais
Jhall
aredeis-areis
elhi
they
might
en
an
might
aran
affen
arian
eran
eiTen
rian
fi>all
aren
cremos eredeis-ereis eren
Infnitivs
the Spanish Grammar.'
//
Infinitive Mood,
. Ten.li. arl
,nd > 2. er V to
.imp. 3 3. ir 3
Pref. Ten
and
Pret
have
O ando ^
2 endo ^
? iendo cr«?
"^ ado
r^ ido
"w ido
ha4»
'The termination of Verbs of the three Conjugations in
their compound Tenfes.
Singular,
yo tu el
I, thou, he
1 ha'vey &c.
we.
Plural,
'VOS.
elks
they.
7 he, has,\^ °
•1
&c
1 havia, T ad
> havias, < 2
3 havia ^ 3 i
/ he or tengo \ ^
r has, ha de i -
hemos or haveis, han
' havemos
Iha<ve^ &c.
J hijtve, r ado
> huvifle, < 2
3 hiivo ^ 3 ido
Ihad, &c.
ado
^. do
/ am to
' ar
er
ir
I miijly or Jl^all
he obliged to
' ar
er
^ f 1 . 1 havre, T ar
c'-J 2. >havras, < er
P C 3 • 3 havra de (_ ir
7 hady or I nvc
"^ f I . "^ havia, f ai
5^< 2. > havias, < ei
L F t 3 • J ^avia de t ir
huvimos, huvifleis
huvieron
haviamos
, C havi
\ havi
havian
adeis,
viais
ador
hemos, haveis, han de
havremos, havreis,
havran de
haviamos, C haviadeis,
\ haviais,
havian de
ar
er
ir
I;
Perfcns
78 The RUDIMENTS of
Perfons
r
yo tu el
I, thou, he
might or could
hanje. Sec.
ado
ido
^fi.Jhaya, 1
^ ^2. Vhayas, J.
BC3-3haya )
§ - f i,lhaviera,l £do
S.J rS2. S-huvieras ^ 2.,
^f i.^huviere,!
&^ 2. Veres, S-
. .^ C3-3ere )
Iljad, &c.
1, 1 huviera,
2. >huvieras
3 huviera
I bad, &c.
1 . 1 huvielTe 1 ado
2. >efres S» 2
3.3effe 33
^«// or It'///
. 1 huviere, 1 ado
'ido
ido
ido
nofotrosy fvofoiroSy
we, ye,
hayamos, C hayadeis
( hayais
hayan
huvleramos, C adeis,
\ ais
eran
huvieiTemos, C edeis,
I eis
eflen
huvieremos, C edeis,
{ eis
eren.
elloi
the/
ado
ido
3
ado
^ido
\
ado
^ido
3
ado
^ido
Pret. perf.
and
Plufperf.
Future
Supine
Infinitive*
t haver <
1 . V
> haver de < <
3 , b
ado
2j, to have, &c.
3'
ar
ertohavehereafter
to have
havi-
Qcndo
\^ orha
§ vien
Cu
Is'
ien- f ar
do < er
de ^ir
crq
Ohfervations on the Verbs.
THE regular and irregular Verbs, generally
fpeaking, agree in this, that the firft Futures
of the Indicative Mood, and that of the Optative
are always the fame through out all the Conjuga-
tions, with this difference, that the firft has the ac-
cent on the laft fyllable, and the fecond in the ante
fenultima.
When
/Z?^ Spanish Grammar. 79
When tlte firft Preterperfed of the indicative is
irregular, the firft and fecond Preterimperfecls,
and the firft Future of the Optative are irregular,
as
dar, to give ; tener, to have, or hold, dec'ir, to fay.
Fret. Perf. Pret. imperf. opt. Future,
di, I gi've diera, or dieiFe, diere, ^hen IJhallgive.
I might give.
tuve, / had t\i viera, or tu vieiTe, tu viere, ijuhn I Jhall
that I might ha-ve. ha've.
djxe, I /aid dixe'ra, or dixeiTe dixere, ^hen I Jhall fay.
that I might fay.
The third Preterimperfedl of the Optative is
always the fame, and ends in r/^, as daria^ tendnay
diria for deciria,
Note^ Like wife, that generally the third perfoa
fingular of the prefent tenfe of the Indicative Mood,
is the fecond perfon of the Imperative, and the
third of the Imperative is the firft of the Optative,
as aquel d?na^ he loveth ; dma tu^ love thou ; dine
ciquel^ let him love ; que yo dme^ that I may love.
There are few exceptions in the Imperative, as
from poner^ tener, hacer, deczr^ Sec, fay pofi tu in-
ftead o^ pone tu^ ten tu for time tu, hdz for hace^
but this is in ufe, dt tu^ or dice tu^ &c.
Of the Participle.
A Participle is a part of a fpeech, it comes
from the verb, and participates its force,
that is, has the fame fignification, and governs the
caufe of the verb •, it taketh of a Noun the gender,
cafe, and declenfion s and of both, number and
figure.
^ In SpamJJj there are four Participles, as in Latin,
viz. of the
Latin cpamjh,
iamante, lonjing, <vjho
oyer.tC; h tarings 'vJjo
dics hear.
K B.
So The RUD IMENTS of
N. B, That this Participle is likewife fuppli^d
in the Spanijh language by the third perfon of the
prefent tenfe of the indicative Mood, the relative
el and que^ as elque dma^ he v^ho does love ; it go-
verns generally in Spanijh a genitive, as amante de
Dios ; and is of the gender of common of three, as
£l amdnte^ la amante^ lo amante,
Latin Spanijh
Of the pret. C tus amatus | do f amado, loved^
or in < fus as vifus in to as < viflo, feetiy
Paflive t ^^^ connexus | xo, &:c. ^ connexo, &c.
joind or added.
Latin Spanifi?
Of the. S f^turus 1. ^^^ S^""'^'? ? ^^^^^
future ^" ) ^"^ ^' venturus ^" T' ^' 1 ^'"'^':^ . C '' '°
iVi?/<f, That this Participle is fupplied in Spanijh
by the auxiliar verb haver^ or by tener^ with the
particle de, and the infinitive of the verb, as ama-
turns Juer am ^ havm de amdr, I had to love; iengOy
or he de amdr^ I am to love, &c.
Of Fut. in < dus as Jmandus : But this in Spanijh is fupplied
:. in<
by the auxiliar Verbs haver and Jer, the particle de^
and the participle of the preter of the Verb, as
Amandus eji^ hd de Jer amddoy he is to be loved,
&c.
Gerunds,
ThcGerund.aretermi«atedin5^..>in{-/;„as-4t?wS
And govern the cafe of the Verb, as amando a
Dios, loving God : The Gerund of genitive is
formed of the particle de, and the infinitive of the
Verb thus, de amar, of loving ; and that of accu-
fative thus, a afnar, tQ love.
Supines^
the Spanish Grammar. 8i
SUPINES.
THERE are two Supines in Spanijh^ by way of
circumlocution, one acftive, as a amdr^ to
love; the other paiTive, ^% a fer amado ^ to be loved.
This, it is hoped, will be fufficient to bring the
Reader into the knowledge of every thing required
for the conjugation of verbs ; as for the reft, we
refer him to the third part of this Grammar, where
under their proper heads he will find every thing
necefTary for the conftrudion.
PERSONS.
THERE are alfo in Verbs three PerfoRS in
both numbers, viz.
yo I C yo ^T^o, I lo've
Sing, tu, thou^ as< tu amas, thou io^jeji
el, or aquel he (^ aquel a ma, he loueth.
nos, or nofotros,, ^e f nofo'tros amamos, <v:e lo^e
Plur. vos, or vofotros, jr as< vordtros amais, ye lo've
ellos, or aquellos, they (^ aquellos aman, they /ove.
By the firfl perfon, we note, he who fpeaks ; by
the fecond, to whom we fpeak •, and by the third,
the perfon of whom we fpeak.
N B. That the Spaniards very feldom make
ufe of the fecond Perfon fmgLilar or plural, but
when through a great familiarity among friends ;
when they fpeak to God, wife and hufbanci to them-
felves, to children, or fervants -, inftead thereof,
when they fpeak to others, they make ufe of UJIed
in fmgular, or Uftedes in plural, or of Vuejlra
Merced^ and Vueftrai Mercedes^ ycu^ your Wor-
ihip, your Merits, or Defervings ; which are figns
of the third perfon, of which they make ufe of in
fpeaking : In writing they do always make ufe of
G ' Fu^Jlra
82 "The RUD IMENTS of
Vueftra Merced, thus v, m^- in fingular, or v, m^'- in
plural.
Obferve here, that when an adjedive comes after
Vueftra Merced, it does not agree in the gender with
V. w^* , but with the perfon to whom we fpeak,
or fpoke of ; when to a Man, thus Vueftra
Merced fea hien venido, you are welcome : when
to a Woman, thus, Vueftra Merced fea hien venida^
you are welcome, and fo in the plural. It can't
be amifs, if at prefent I take notice of
^iThe manner ufed hy the Spaniards in falut'ing or
complimenling one another,
THEY make ufe of Ufted, or Vueftra Merced in
general for perfons, or among perfons below
thofe of the Nobility and Gentry, as coma eftd v, m^- ?
or como le va a v. m^- ? or comofe hdlla v. m^' ?
or as newly introduced by ftrangers, como fe porta
V, m^' ? how do you do, &c. Anfwer, Mui hien
pdrafervirle, (oxpdrafervtr a v. m^- ) or Bueno fthat
is enfalud) par aque me mdnde, &c. Cahaliero huenos dias
fthat is, efte y dtros mas) tenga v. m'^- , Good mor-
row. Sir ; Buenas noches tenga v, m'^- , Good Night
to you, Sir-, it is ufed in Spanijh huen dia tenga
V. m^' , but not Buena ndche in fingular.
Befo las Mdnos de v. m^- , I kifs your Hands ;
anfwer, T \o las ( fup. Mdnos) de v. m^-
For V. m^' me dga (or agame) la Merced, ox favor
de efto, they fay generally i;. m'^- me la (viz. Merced)
dga de efto, do me the Favour of this, or grant me
the favour, ^c.
We ufe to fay Buen dia, or huenos dias de Dios a
V, w^' , God give you a good Day, for good mor-
row, Sir, &c. as for the other ranks of perfons, we
fay, to the King, Vueftra Mageftdd, Your Majefty ;
to the Pope, Santiddd, Beautitud, San5ltffuno Pddre^
Beat^iffuno Padre, Holinefs, Moft Holy Father
iXttki which Jhould U given only to God) i to a Prince
I V. Alteza,
the Spanish Grammar. 83
V, Altezay your Highnefs ; to a Cardinal, V, Emi-
nencia^ your Eminency ; to the Grandees, Dukes,,
Generals, and Ambafladors V. Excelencia, your
Excellency •, to a Bifhop, Vuejlra Senoria ilujlrtffi?na^
your illuilrious Lordfhip ; to Earls, Marquefles,
Vuefira Senorza. Note^ That fome ufe Vuejlra^ and
Vuejfd promifcuoudy •, but I am of opinion that
Vuejfa is a word out of ufe, i^c.
1 obferved, that fome of the Nobility in Spain,
when they fpeak to any Gentleman inferior in rank,
never did make ufe of Befo las Mams de v. m'^- , but
Servidor de v. m^- *, and fo they fay v. m"^- fea Men
ventdo^ or hien venido feci el Senor Fuldno ; buenos
dzas de Dios al Sr. Fuldno, &c& And when an in-
ferior fpoke to them he would be better off, if he
faid Befo las Mdnos de V. Senor la, than faying Ser-
vidor de V, Senor la ; but at prefent this difference is
almoft left off, &c.
The preceding Spanifh Words are abbreviated
thus in writing : V, Mgd ; V. Santd, or Beatd^ SS,
or BB, Padre 5 F. Alt s V.Em-, V. Exc, V. S. il ;
K S, ; K M^.
Of the Auxiliar Verbs.
AU X I L I A R Verbs take their etymology of
the Latin Auxilium, Auxzlio, help, fo called,
becaufe they are wanted, and help to the conjuga-
tion of other Verbs. There are auxiliar or helping
Verbs in all the living languages, and in
the Spanifh there are more than in any other, as
foder, tener, foler, ir, &c. without which we can't
righdy explain the meaning of fome tenfes ; but
there are three Principal, viz. baver (inftead of
whom we do likewife ufe the Verb tener) to have,
ejldr and fer, to be; the two firfl: ferve for the
adtive, neuter, and reciprocal Verbs ; haver
fcrves alfo for the paI5ve Verbs io their compound
G 2 ^ tenfes.
84 "The RUDIMENTS of
tenfes, as in the Preterperfeft, Pluperfect, ^c, and
the Verb y^> ferves for the paflive Verbs. And as
the other Verbs can*c be conjugated without thefe,.
we think it proper to begin by
fhe Conjugation of the Ju^iliary Verl Haver, To have.
The Indicative Mood. Prefent Tenfe,
Sing. Plur.
Yo he, 1 have ") f Nofotros hemos, J We have
f Nolotros hemos, 7
\ or havemos, J
< V ofotros haveis.
Tu has, l^hou haji > s V ofotros haveis, Te have
El or aquel ha tie hath J (_ han, j.
Preterimperfedi:,
Shg, Plur,
Havia, / had 1 f Haviamos TFe had
Havias Thou had ft > < Haviadeis, Qr haviais Ye had
Havia, He had j ^ Havian Ihej had
Firft Preterperfe6t
Sing. Phr.
Huve 1 have had 1 f Huvimos, We have had
Kuvifle Thou haft had V \ Huvifles, Ye have had
Huvo He hath had j ^ Huvieron, Ihey have had
Second Preterperfed,
f Yd he "1 C 1 have had fl
S\ng.\ Tuhas \ \ Theu haft had m
t El ha I TT^'^^ I He hath had M
f Nofotros hemos f ^^^^^^^ \ We have had ■
Phr, \ Vofotros haveis I I ^^ ^^'^^ had
t EUos han J L ^^9 ^^'^^ ^^^
The third Pretcrperfeft thus :
Yo huYc havi<k h in n9 vfe in Spanifli*
% - Preterm
the Spanish G:r a M ma r,
85
f Havia
Zing. \ Havias
^ Havia
f Haviamos
Tkr. < Haviadeis
t Havian
r Havre,
^ing. < Havras,
( Havra,
f Havremos
Tlur.X Havrcis
t Havra n
Preterpluperfcdb.
!
Havido,
I had had
Thou hadji had
He had had
We had had
Ye had had
They had had
Firft Future.
I /hall or ivill have
Tou /hall or <wtll ha^os
He /hall or nvill ha<vt
We /Ipall or ivill ha^vt
Ye /hall or <vjill ha've
They /hall or nfjill ha-ve.
The other Futures are
Second, Yo he de haver
Thirds Havre de haver
Fourth, Havia de haver
/ mu/l ha've.
I /hall he obliged to ha've
I ivas to have
^' \ Haya aquel, or el
f Hayamos nofotros,
Plur. < Haved vofotros,
^ Hayan aqucUos or ellos
Imperative Mood.
Have thou
Have he, or let him have
Have <uv, or let us have
Have ye, or let ye have
Have they, or let them have.
The Spaniards ufe, in (lead of this Imperative
Mood, the Word Ten., of Tengn., I have or hold *,
which T'engo is often ufed for this Verb He.
This Imperative Mood Ten^ of Tenqo., fo com-
monly ufed for i)\^j, a-^d., is thus declined :
«. C Ten tu,
^"'^- \ Tenga el
C Tengamos nofotros
Flur. < Tened vofotros
^ Tengan ellos.
Have, or hold thou
Let him have or hold
Let us have or hold
Do ye have or hold
Let them have or hold.
See this Verb among the Irregulars.
G3
Note^
86 "The RUDIMENTS of
I^oley The Optative Mood is us'd with thefe figns,
as I have faid, Oxald, or Oft^ or Plugieffe a Dios,
Would to God, I pray God, or God grant. The
Potential like the LaiWy with thefe figns, may^ can^
tnigbt^ could^ floould^ or ought \ both declined like
the Subjundive following.
Subjundive Mood. Prefent Tenfe,
ng. r Haya, 1
, or< Hayas > 1/^ or nKihen 1 may have. Sec.
mo ^ Haya 3
Hayamos 1
Hayais > Jf, or 'when We may ha^ve, 5:c.
^'ing.
Si
como
Hayan
Three Preterimperfedls,
Si, or f Huviera, huvielTe, havria ") -if h J ' ht
como< Huvicras, huviefies, havrias > -^^ ,, n u? *
Sw^. ^Hnviera, huvieffe, havria 5 ' 'r fi'M ha-vi.
Plur. r Huvieramos, huviefTemos, havriamos
Si, o;'< Huvieradeis, huviefledeis, havriadeis
como {_ Huvieran, huvieiien, havrian.
Preterperfed,
\ing. CHaya, C 1 j.
;i,.;-] Hayas I \ 'J\
omofHaya J ^^^^^,^^ 3
^tng. r Haya, T ? ^, or ^^hen I had, or
Si, ..j Hayas \ \ ^ \^hen I have had.
^„T°tHaya I ^.^^^^^^
Flur. C Hayamos 1
Si, or \ Ha)'ais I J- ^, or v:hen We had, &c,
como ( Hayan (. 3
Two Preterpluperfeds.
^.ng. f Huviera, or huvieiTe C 1 ^, ^^ ^^^^ ^
S,, .. ^ Huvieras, .r huviefies I ^ ;^^^ ^^^ ^^^^
como (^ Huviera, or huvielie 1 p-^^^f^^ J
(
/>/«; f Huvieramos, or huvieffemos \ 1 ^^^^^^
bi, or ^ Havieradeis, or huyieffedeis I ^ ^^^ ^^^
como (. Huvieran, or huvieuen t J
Firft
the Spanish Grammar,
87
Firft Future.
^'uig. f Huviere
Si, or\ Huvieres
como ^ Huviere
Flur. f Huvieremos
Si, orX Huvieredeis
como {^ Huvieren
If, or <^rJhen 1 Jhall have
hereafter. Sec.
Second Future.
Huviere
Huvieres
Huviere
Huvieremos
Huviereis
Huvieren
^ Havido
J/', or ivhen lJJ:all have had.
Sec.
or other-ivi/e havre havido,
Infinitive Mood.
Haver
Haver havido
Haver de haver
Gerund. Haviendo,
Pre/. El que ha
Pa/. Havido
Supine a haver
To have.
To have had.
To have hereafter;
Having.
Participles.
The per/on voho ha/i
Had
To havBy in having, Sec.
Note, That the Spani/h Academy hath changed
haver into haher ; but as this innovation is againft
the pradlice both of ancient and modern Authors, I
thought proper to conjugate and retain haver,
The other Auxiliary Verbs Eftar, a?id Ser, To be.
Indicative Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
fYo eftdi
Yofoi
"^ I am
1 Thou art
! He is
Sing. '
\ Tu eftas
Tu eres
I El efta
El es
f Nofotros eftamos
Nofotros fdmos
( Wean
Flur.
< Vofotros eflais
Vofotros fdis
1 Ye are
( EUos eftan
Ellos fon
J They are
G 4
Prcter-
88
T'he RUDIMENT'S of
Sing.
Flu
Preterimperfedl,
Yo eft aba
Tu eft abas
El eftaba
Nofotros eftabamos
Vofotros eftabais or
eftabadeis
EIlos eildban
Yoera
Tu eras
EI era
Nofotros eramos
Vofotros erais, or
cradeis
Ellos eran
Firfl Preterperfed.
I ivas
Thou nxjAfi
He <vjas
We woere
Ye 'were
They 'were
Flu
Eftuve
Fui
Eihivifte
Fuifte
Efluvo
Fue
Eftuvimos
Fuimos
Eftuviikis
Fuiacis
Eftuvieron
Fueron
/ hafve been
Thou hafi been
He hath hem
We ha've hegn
Ye ha've been
They have betn
I
Second and Third Preterperfeft.
^Ing.
flur.
He, or huve
eft ado
Has, orhuvifle
eftado
Ha, or huvo
eftado
Havemos, or
huvimos eftado
Haveis, or
huvifteis eftado
Han, cr
huvieroneH^do
He, or huve
sido
Has, orhuvifle
sido
Ha, or buvo
sido
Havemos, or
huvimos sido
Haveis, or
huvifteis sido
Han, or
huvieron sido
^ I have her^i SiC.
Treterpluperfed:,
X Havia eftacjo
Sing. < Havias eftado
^ Havia eftado
if Haviamos eftado
,;,, 3 HaviadeiSjOrhaviais
^^"''i eftado
iJ^Havian eilado
Havia sido
Havias sido
Havia sido
Haviamos sido
Haviais,«>rhaviadeis
sido
Havian sido
Ihadheefi^ Sisl
Firft
the Spanish Grammar.' 89
Firft Future.
r Eftare
Sing. < Eftaras
( Eftara
f Eftaremos
-Plur. < Eftareis
^ Ellaran
Sere
Seras
Sera
Seremos
Sereis
Seran
I
JJhally or fwili he, &c.
Second Future.
rHe, or
Sing, < Has de
^Hadec
He, or Tengo de eftar He de fer
eftar Has de fer
ellar Ha de fer
€ Hemos de eftar Hemos de fer
PIur^< Haveis de eflar Haveis de fer
t Han de eftar . Han de fer
/ mufi
be, &c.
Third Future.
Havre de eftar, or Uv I Jhall h ohliged to he"^'
Fourth Future.
Haviaxle eftar, 9r fer 1 had to he, or / nvas to he. f-
.Imperative Mood.
.^. CEftata Setu
^^'^'^'tEfteel Sea el
f Eft6mos nofotros Seamos nofotros
P/ur, < Eftad vofotros Sed vofdtros
.{Efteaellos Sean ellos
\
Be thou
Be he
Let us he
Be ye
Let them he>
Subjunaive
9# "The RVDIM^NTtS of
Subjundive Mood.
Prefent Tenfc.
Sing, f Efte
Si, or\ Eftcs
como
Plur. f Eftemos
Si, or< Efteis
como {^ Ellea
If, or lAihen I am, 8cc.
Sing.
Si, or^
como'
Three Preterimperfedls.
.Eftuviera eftuvielTe, o;* Fuera, fueffe, feriia ij
eftaria
Eftuvieras eftuvieffes, (?r Fueras, fuefles, ferias
eftarias
Eflaviera eftuvieffe, or Fuera, fuefTe, feria
eftaria
Eftuvieramos eftuviefle- Fueramos, fueffemos, ^t
feriamos
Fueradeis, fueflfedeis,
feriadeis
!mos, or eftariamos
Eftuvieradeis,
eftuviefledeis,
or eftariadeis
Eftuvieran eftuvieflen, Fueran, fueffen, fe
or eftaiian rian
'when
ivas,
&C.
Preterperfedt.
Sing, f Haya eflado
Si, or < Hayas eftado
como ( Haya eftado
P/ur. f Hayamos eftado
Si, ori Hayais eftado
eomo C Hay an eftado
Haya sido
Hayas sido
Haya sido
Hayamos sido
Hayais sido
Hayan sido
Firft and Second Preterpluperfed.
Sing, f Huviera, or huviefle ">
Si, or< Huvieras, or huvieftes I
como ^ Huviera, or huviefte I eftado
Plur. f Huvieramos, or huvieflemos f
Si, or< Huvieradeis, or huviefledeis I
como (^ Huvieran, or huvicften J
sido
If, or
<when I
hanje
heen.kz
If or
wohen I
had been,
&c.
Firft
the Spanish G r a m m a r^ 91
Firft Future.
Sing, f Efluviere Fuere "^
Si, or ■} Eftuvieres Fueres I If 1 /hall, or
como ^ Elluviere Fuere f Jhould be^ or
Plur. C Eftuvieremos Fueremos f If, or ^vhen I
Si, or -J Eftuvieredeis Fueredeis \ had 6een, Sic.
como t Eftiivieren Fueren J
Second Future.
Sing, f Huvlere "J T "^
Si, or^ Huvieres I I I
como^Huviere I Eflado i Sido i ^7, / ^f' ''
P/«r. r Huvieremos I I I J"^^^'* ka^ve beeUf ^z.
Si, or< Huvieredes I i I
como ^ Huvieren J (_ J
or quando havre eflado, or side.
Infinitive Mood.
Pref. Eftar, ^ Ser ^ C role.
Pret. perf. Haver eilado. Haver fido, i To hanje been.
Future Haver de eftar. Haver de fer, {^ To be hereafter.
Gerund. Eflando, fiendo Bei?jg.
Participles.
Pre/. Elque efla, or es, The Per/on ^vho is,
Paf. Eftado, ^ Sido, Been.
Sup. a eftar, a fer To be in being.
The Optative is the fame as the SubjunBive.
BOTH thefe Verbs Eftdr and Ser fignify To he^
the Englijh having no word to diftinguifh be-
tween them, and yet they cannot be indifferently
ufed, there being a confiderable difference between
them, which is, that Ser fignifies the proper and
infeparable EfTence of a Thing, denoting the Quality,
or Quantity, as Ser hueno^ to be good ; Ser mdlo^
to be wicked ; Ser grdnde., to be big ; Ser pqueno^
CO be litde, ^c. But Eftdr denotes Place, or fome
adjunct
^2 "The RUDIMENTS of
adjunft Quality, as Eftdr en cdfa^ to be at home 5
Efidr bueno^ to be well ; Eftdr mdlo^ or enfermo, to be
fick. For in enquiring after a Man's Health, the
Spaniards make ufe of the word Eftdr ^ as comoeftdis?
How do you ? The Anfwer is, Eftoi huenoy or mdlo.
I am well or ill. Though fometimes the Anfwer
is without the Verb, faying only, bueno^ or mdlo^
well or fick ; or placing the Verb after the Adje-
6bive, as bueno eftoi^ I am well. Where it is to be
obferved that bueno and mdlo, do not fignify good
and bad, as they do upon other occafions, but well
or ill. In ihort, eftdr ^ is us'd to exprefs any thing
that concerns the afFedlions, or paflions of the Soul,
as eftoi trzfte^ I am melancholy, eftoi alegre^ I am
merry. So that as has been faid fer muft be ufed to
denote the infeparable EiTence, or Being, whereas
eftdr implies Accidents, as Elveftido es bueno, perd
^eftd mal hecho, the Cloaths are good, but they are
ill made •, where we fee the eflential Being of the
Thing itfclf under the word fer^ or es^ and the
accidental fault of its being ill made under the
word eftdr. Ser like wife is ufcd to exprefs the con-
dition, or temper of a Man in its nature, as efte
hombre es colerico de condicion, this Man is of a cole-
rick difpofition ; and ^7?^r exprefs the fit or adion,
as efte bombre eftd colericOy this Man is adlually angry,
or is in a colerick fit.
"Example of the frjl Conjugation of Verbs regular
in ar, as Revelar, to reveal^ or dijtover.
Indicative Mood.
Prefent Tcnfe.
f Yo revc'lo ^ reveal.
Sitfg. \ Tu revelas ^^«» or yo^ reveal.
I Elrevela He re'veah.
Tlur.X \
C Nofdtros revelaraos 7^^ re'veal.
Vos revelais ^^ reveal.
EUos revelan "^h reveal,
Prcter-
the Spanish Grammar. 93.
$ing,
\
Preterimpcrfeft.
Yo revelaba I did reveal^ or / at'4j revealing.
Tu revelabas Tou did re^vea/.
El revelaba H^ did reveal.
{Nofotros revelabamos
Vofdtros revelabadeis,
revelabais
Ellos revelaban
cr
We did reveal.
Ye didrcveaU
They didreveaL
Firft Preterperfeft.
f Revele
Sing. < Revelalle
^ Revelo
f Revel amos
Plur. < Revelafteis
^ Revelaron
J re'veakd.
Tou re<veaied.
He re'vealed.
We re'vealed.
Ye re<vealed.
They re'vealed.
Second and Third Preterperfedt.
C
He, or huve^
Has, or huville
^ Ha, or huvo
f Havemos, or huvimos
Tlur. < Haveis, or huviiteis
t Han, or huvieron
Revelado,
■ / have revealed
Thou haji revealed
He hath revealed
We have revealed
Te have revealed
, They have revealed.
Preterpluperfe<n:.
f HavTa
^ing. \ Havias
^Havia
f Haviamos
flur. < Haviadeis
{ Haviap
1
Revelado,
/ had revealed
Thou hadjl revealed
He had revealed
We had revealed
Ye had revealed
They had reveled.
Firft
94 1'he RUDIMENTS of
Firft Future.
f Revelare, IJhall or nx>ill rifueal
Shg. < Revelaras, I'ou Jhall or nvill reveal
/ Revelara, He Jhall or njoill reveal
f Revelaremos, We Jhall or njoill reveal
Vlur. \ Revelareis, Te Jhall or nvtll reveal
I Re velar an, ^ey Jhall or ^nll reveaL
Second Future.
f He, or tengo de revelar, •.
^ing. < Has de revelar, j -J
f Ha de revelar, I
fHemos, or havemos de re- > 1 am to or muji nvidt Sc^l
Havels de'revelar, J
Han de revelar, "^
Third Future^
r Havre 1 1 J
^hg. ^ Havras V de Revelar I
[ Havra } I / J^all be obliged io revettl,
fHavremosl ( &c.
?lur. < Havreis > de Revelar I
(^ Havran } J
Fourth Future.
fHavia 7 1
Sing, i Havias J- de Revelar I , , ,
i Havia 3 W ^^^> ^^ / ^.vas to r^
r Haviamos 1 ( "veal, &C.
P/«r. ■< Haviadeis > de Revelar I
t Havian 3 J
Imperative Mood.
JRevela tu, Do you reveal, or niicdihou
Revele el/ ^^^ '^''^ re^saL
FluK
/y&^ S p A N I s H Grammar, qg
f Revelemos nofotros, Let us re^veal,
Tlur, < Revelad vofotros. Do ye rcvealy or let ye nveaL
^ Revelen ellos. Let them reveal.
^he Optative and SubjiinBhe Moods, with their ^
Signs Si, Como, Oxala, Aunque.
I[^ When, would Gody God Grants
Prefent Tenfe.
Sing. \
Yo revele
Sing. ^ Tu reveles
El revele i Whertf or God grant, &c-
r Nofotros revelemos \ I reveal, &c.
Plur. < Vofotros reveleis
^ Ellos revelen,
Preterimperfed:.
f Revelara, revelafle, revelaria "^
Sing. < ReveJaras, revelafTes, revelarias I rrn /,
t Revelara, revelafTe, revelaria I f C J T ^W
f Revelaramos, revelaffemos, revekriamos f ^ ^ i fi, ^
Plur. < Revelaradeis, revelaffedeis, revelariadeis I ^^'^^^ » ^»
t Revelaran, revelaflen, revelarian. J
Three Preterperfed.
C Haya,
Sing. < Hayas,
L H^ya, I p .^^1 ' y^ J When, or nvouldto God, Sccl
C Hayamos f ^^vela^o, ^ j ^^^^ ^^^^^^^ ^^^
Plur. < Hayais
i Hayan
Firft
96 ne RUDIMENTS of
Firft and Second Prcterpluperfedls.
f Huvlera, or huvieffe "J C
Sing. < Huvieras, or huviefles I I When or nvou/d
I Huviera, or huvielTe ^ I R^ygj^^jQ J '^ G^^» &c.
f Huvieramos, or huviefTemos f I "^ ^^'^ reveal-
Piur. ■^ Huvieradeis, or huvieffedeis I I ed, &c,
f Huvicran, or huvieffen J L
Firft Future.
f Revelare, "1
5/V/g;. ^ Revelares, J
( Revelare, I When or would to God, &C»
f Revelaremos | / Jha// or ivi/J reveal, &c,
J^/ur: < Revelaredeis I
^Revelaren, J •
Second Future.
CHuviere "1 C
Sing. < Huvieres I I When or would to
(Huviere \j>..r.UAr.) ^< ^^- ^fi"""^^
fHuvieremos >Kevelado,i' ^^ ^ .^^ ^^^^ ^^,
?/»r. < Huvieredeis I I a;^«M &c.
^Huvieren J L
or otherwife havre revelado.
Infinitive Mood.
"^ Prefent.
Rcvelar, To reveaL
Preterperfedt.
Haver revelado ^^ /^^'f^ revealed.
Future.
Haver, w efpera? de revdar To reveal hereafter »
Gerund#
//^(f Spanish Grammar. 97
Gerund,
Revelando, Re'vealivr.
Supine of the Active Signification,
A wvelar, To be about to renjeaL
Supine of the Paflive Signification,
A fer revel ado, To he repealed.
Participle of the Prefent Tenfe and Adive Voice^
Revelante, or el que revela, Re'vealing.
Participle of the Preter Tenfe and Palnve Voice,
Revelado, Revealed.
All regular Verbs that have their Infinitive in ar^
are conjugated in all Points like this. The Irregular
fhall be treated of, after the following Lift of regular
Verbs in ar, above fpoken of.
Reo;uIar Verbs in ar.
ii
L
LAir.ar, to call. ^ Aprovechar, to profi.
Ayunar, tofajl. Cenar, to fup.
Cuinprar, to buy. Hallaj, to find.
Pvecompenfar, to requite. Topar,- to find.
Apartar, to fet afide. Ganar, to gai?i.
Separar, to feparate% Conte^ar, to contejf^
Apelar, to appeal. ^ Defpojar, to firip.
Acomodar, to adjufi. Arraftrar, to drag.
Pelear, to fight. ^ Fiar, fo trufi.
Camar, to fing. * Pagar, td pay.
Llo^kr, to 'iveep. Sacjuear, to plunder.
H Anaenazar^
98 'The RUDIMENTS of
Amenazar, to threaten.
Injuriar, to re-vile.
Afientar, to affront.
Aventurar, to ^jenture.
Ivlacai-j to kill.
Curar, to cure^ or heal.
Sanar* to heal, or reco-ver health.
Amcdrantar, }o put into fear.
Efpan*tar, to frighten.
Manchar, to Jf-Qt, or fain,
Alzar, to take up.
Levantar, to raife,
Suuar, to fqjoeat.
Remediar, to remedy,
Cortar, to cut.
A tar, to tye.
Azotar, to ivhip.
Eftimar, to e fee in.
Borrai;, to blot out.
Lavar^ to <vjafy.
Nadar,, to f^-im.
Hurtar, to fieal.
Robar, to rob, to f cat,
Besar, to kifs.
Cabar, to dig.
Cazar, to hunt.
HechaF vino, o agua, to pour
out 'ixine, or nvater.
Hechar de bever> to f II out drink.
Hechar de cafa, io turn out of
doors. - — -^
Hechar una ayuda, to gi've a
clyfier.
f)efpavilar la vela, to fmff the
candle.
Defpavilar una cofa, to Tnake a
thing (vanif.
Defpavilar los djos, to an^'ake
from feep.
Alumbrar, to light.
Tomar, to take.
Quitar, to remonjey or to take
Alabar, to praife. {a<^>jay.
Alquilar, io hire,
Pcrdcr.ar, to pardon.
Caminar, to tran)el.
Recular, to dranjo hack.
Adelantar, toforrivard,
Rdiufar, to refuf.
Mandar, to command. •
Diffimulc4r, to diffemble.
Enganar, to deceive
Dclenganar, to undeceive,
Bailar, to dance.
Danzar, to dance.
Domar, to tame.
Lifongear, to fatter.
Martyrizar, to torment.
Encantar, to enchant,
Defnudar, to f rip.
Reposar, to repofe.
Can.^ar to tire.
Animar, io encourage.
Jurar, tofwear.
Rezar, to pray.
Ellernudar, to fneeze,
Callar, to be f lent.
Pafiear, to nx:alk.
Alejar, to fet at adifance.
Condenar, to condemn.
Dexar, to leave
OWidikx^to forget.
Porfiar, to contejtd.
Gaftar, to fpend.
Acusar, to accufe.
Aparejar, to make ready.
Defpreciar, to defpife.
Alenofpreciar, to undervalue,
MaltratV, to mifufe.
Empenar, to engage.
Acabar,. to f nip.
Amparar, to proteSl.
Defamparar, to forfake,
Mirar, to look.
Declarar, te declare.
Procurar., to procure.
Entrar, to come in.
Criar, to breed.
Embiar, to fend.
Apear, to alight.
Retirar, to retire.
Abordar, to come tofhore.
Arrebatar, to fnatch.
Arrancar, to tear up.
Defarraigar, to root up.
Amansar, to tame.
Preientar, to prefent.
Reprefentar,
/yj^ S PAN I SH Grammar. 99
Reprefentar, to reprefmt, Conformar, to conform,
Defafiar, to challejige. Vifitar, to 'viftt.
Ayudar, to help. Confrontar, to confront.
Disfamar, to defame. Comparar, to compare.
Honrar, to honour. Adorar, to adore.
Tapar, to cover. Tartamudcar, to jlammer.
Sitiar, to befiege. Galantear, to court.
Enojar, to anger. Efcaramuzar, to ikirmljh,
Usar, to life. Difparar, to dfcharge.
Cajar, to marry. JEnfanchar, to <^viden.
Amar, to lo've. ^ambalear, to totter.
It would be endlefs to pretend to mention all
the Verbs of this fort, and therefore thefe may
fuffice ; but we may now proceed to the irregular
Verbs of this Conjugation, which are many, and
muft be particularly taken notice of.
Here follow the irregular Verbs, which beino-
under no certain Rule, muft all be particularly con-
jugated.
The firjl Cojijiigation of Verbs irregular i?i ar.
Dar, To give.
Indicative Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
C Yo ddi
T. < Tu das
(Elda
I give
Sing. ^ Tu das Tou gi've
He gi-ues
r Nofotros damos We give
Flur. < Vofotros dais 7e give
( Ellos dan They give.
H 2 Prctcr-;
loo "The RUDIMENTS of
Preterimperfed.
f Daba / did give ^ or / luas giving
Sing.
< Dabas Tou did give
(_ Daba He did give
f Dabamos We did give
Plur.
< Dabatlcis, or dabais Te did give
^ Dabaii 7hey did give
Firft Prcterperfedl.
Sifig
Phi
f Dim
. \ Di(>(
(Diei
Dide
ia
I'lmos
dcis
leron
I gave
Tou gave
He gave
IVe gave
7^e gave
They gave
Second and Third Preterperfedl.
r Yo he, or hiive dado
Sing. < Tu has, or huviile dado
^ El ha, or huvo dado
r Hemos, or huvimos dado
Plur. < Haveis, or huvifteis dado
J Han, or huvieron dado
/ have given
Tou have given
He has given
We have given
Te have given
They have given.
Preterpluperfed.
f Havia
Sing. \ Havias
( Havh
r Haviamos
Plur. < Haviadeis
(^ Havian
Dado, < / had given, SiC.
Firll Future.
Siug.
Phcr
Dare,
Daras,
Dara,
Daremos,
Dareis,
Daraji,
IJhally or voillgive, &c.
Second
the Spanish Grammar. ioi
Second Future.
r He, or Tengo de ddr
^ing. "^ Has de dar
' / am tOf or mnjl givft
Havcmos de dar { Sec,
Plur. i Haveis de dar
Third Future.
f Havre
Sing. < Havras
I Havra I ^^^ ^^^ 1 / J^all he obliged to
r Havremos ( ' j gi've, £jc.
Plur. < Havreis
^ Havran
Fourth Future, alias a Tenfe of Circumlocution,
f Havia
Sing, i Havias
fHaviamos J ' j fwasfogivf, Sec.
Plur. i Haviadeis
^ Havian
Imperative Mood.
«. 5 Da tu, Gi've thou
'^5- "^ De el, Let him gi've
Demos nofotros. Let us gi've
Plur. ^ Dad vofotros, Give ye
Den ellos, L^/ them gi've.
H 3 Siibjun^live
102 The RUDIMENTS of
Suhjundihe and Optative Moods ^ with the Signs,
(Qomo, Aunque, Oxala,
\Wheny God grant, WoM to God,
Prefent Tenfe.
r Yo de,
Shg. < Tu des,
I El de.
i Demos,
Flur. < Deis,
(Den,
Jilyen or God gra7it I do give ^ &c.
Three Preterimperfed:s.
f Diera, dieile, dan
Sing. < Dieras, dieiTes, da
( Diera, dieire, dar;
nas
,"*^ I When, or God grant
f D.eramos. d.effemos danamos ^ i J^h,, could, ox
) danais, dieiiedeis, or dielieis I •' "=»
(^Dieran, diefTen, daiian "^
Preterperfecl.
Haya,
c
Szng. -l H^jas, I I ^^^^^ ^^ cvcouldto God, &c.
^Haya, I j^,^^ I ^ had gi'ven, or «a'>^f?i
rHayamos T ^ 1 haJgi^en, &c.
Hayan J L
Firft and Second Preterpluperfed.
1
r Huviera, or huvleiTe C "J
Zing. \ Huvieras, .r Imvicffes \ / ^^^^^ ^j. ^^^^
(Huviera, .r huviefle I j^^^ I ^^ q^^ j ^^^
fHuvieramos,.rhuvie^emo5^ f -^ ^^,
Tkr. \ Huvieradeis, or huyiefTedeis I I
/ Huvieran, or huvielTen t. J
"^ Firft
the Spanish Grammar. loj;
Firft Future.
f DIei
r. \ Diei
'lere*
Sinv. ^ Dieres
:re I Whcn^ or God grant IJhall
r Dieremos ( ^«'i'^> &c.
P/;/;*. < Dieredeis
t Dieren
Second Future.
f Huviete, or havre "^ r*
5'/«^. \ Huvieres / I
^Huviere i D'd J When.QX God grant IJhall
rHuvieremos J ^ o> < qx ^ojill gi^je^ .^c.
Flur, < Huvieredes I I
( Huvieren J L
Infinitive Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
Dar To gi*ve
Preterperfedl Tenfe.
Haver dado ^o ha<ve gi<vtn
Future.
Haver de ddr ^ give hereafter
Gerund.
Dando Giving
Participle Paffivc.
Dado Given
H 4 Participle
104 1'he RUDIMENTS of
Participle of the Prefent Tenfe, A6live Voice,
Dante, or el que da Giving
Participle of the Future Tenfe.
El que ha, or efpera de dar T'c gi^ hereafter
Firft Supine.
3. Dar ^0 he about to ^i've.
Second Supine.
A fer Dado To he gi'ven
The next Irregular Verb of this Conjugation is^
Almorzar, To ireakfaf.
Indicative Mood,
1
Prefent.
Almoerzo 1 hreahfaR
^ing. < Almuei/as Tou hreakfafi
Aimuerza He breakfafts
Almorzamos We breakfajl
Plur, -J Almorzais I'e hreakfafi
(^ Almuerian f/jej breakfa^
Pretcrperfcdl,
C AImor2Laba 1 did hreakfafi, or l*wai hreahfafihg
Sing, < Almorzabas Tou did hreakfafi
^ Almorzaba He did hreakfafi
the Spanish Grammar,
iAlmorzabamos
Almorzabais, or
Almorzabadeis
Almorzaban
We did hreakfafl
Ye did breakfajl
They did hreakfa/i
05
Preterimperfed.
f Almorze
Sing. ^ Almorzafte
^ Almorzo
r Almorzamos
Plur. < Almorzaileis
^ Almorzaron
/ have Ireahfajled
You ha've breakfajied
He has breakfajied
We have breakfajied
Ye ha've breakfajied
They ha've breakfajied
Second and Third Preterperfed.
Flu
f He, or huve almorzado
< Has, or huville almorzado
( Ha, or huvo almorzado
r Hemos, havemos, or huvimos
\ almorzado
J Haveis, or huvifl-eis almorzado
LHan, or huvieron almorzado
Preterpliipcrfeft.
f Havia almorzado
Sing. i. Havias almorzado
( Havia almorzado
f Haviamos almorzado
PIur.< Haviadeis almorzado
^ Havian almorzado
/ ha've breakfajied
You ha've breakfajied
He has breakfajied
We ha've breakfajied
Ye have hreakfafied
They have hreakfafed
I had breakfajied
You had breakfafed
He had breakfafed
We had breakfajied
Ye had breakfafed
They had breakfafed
Firft Future.
f Almorzare
Sing. "< Almorzaras
^ Almorzara
f Almorzaremos
Flur. < Almorzareis
/ Almorzaraa
I 'will f or Jhall hreakfofi^
Second
io6 "The RUDIMENT'S of
Second Future.
f He, or tengo de almorzar.
€mg. < Has de almorzar
^ Ha de almorzar
iHemo?, or havemos de ^I am ia, or muJI hreakfajl^ 8cc.
almorzar
Haveis de almorzar
Han de almorzar
Havre de almorzar IJhall he obliged to breakfafi
Havia de almorzar / nvas to breakfafi.
Imperative Mood.
«. J Almuerza Do you breakfafi
"^' I Almuerze Let /;im breakfafi
r Almorzemos Let us breakfafi
Tlur. i Almorzad Do ye breakfafi
£ xAlmiaerzen Let them breakfafi
^he Optative and SubjunBive Moods, with the
Signs Si, Como, Oxala, Aunque.
jf, IVbeff, would God^ God grant.
Prefent Tenfe.
f Yo 2i
^Tua
i El al
aimuerze
S:Kg. -^ Tu almuerzes
{El almuerze I If When^ ivould to God
r Almorzemos { 1 breakfafi^ Sec.
flur. < Almorzeis
^ Almuerzen
Three
the Spanish Grammar. 107
Three Preterlmperfeds.
f Almorzara, almorzafTe, almorzaria "^ jr I,
Sing. < Almorzaras, almorzafTes, almorzarias I y ^?, ^"*
t Almorzara, almorzalTe, almorzaria I '^"jij-^,
f Almorzaramos, almorza'lemos,almorzariamos J /^ , ^
P/ur. < Almorzaradeis, almorzafTedeis, aimorzariadeis I '^^^,^^ *
t Almorzaran, almorzalien, almorzarian J ^'
Preterperfedt,
fHaya T C
Sing. < Hayas I I
C ^^y^ I Almorzado, \ ^\ ^'^'l^ ^if^'f f ^^ ^
I Hayamos I J /b^i'^ breakfajtcd, &c.
/'//zr. -J Hayais I /
^Hayan J (.
Firfl and Second Preterpluperfeds.
f Huvlera, or huvlefie "^ T //* r ■
Sing. \ Huvieras, or huviefles / I ^' '^f ^'
f Huvieramos, or huviefTemos f ^l^^or^^^o^ ^ God{had
Tlur. \ Huvieradeis, or huviefledeis
hreak-
l Huvieran, or huvieilen J (_ M'^>^^^
Firft Future.
f Almorzare
Sing. < Almorzares
( Almorzare I If, ^tvhen, 'vjould to God 1 JJmli
f Almorzaremos | breakfaj}^ &c.
Plur. < Almorzaredeis
(^ Almorzaren
Second Future.
f Huviere, or havre "^
Sing. < Huvieres I \ Jfy "-^^^^i God
(Huviere I Alr^nr.^^n J grantljhallor
f Huvieremos f Almorzado, ^ ^,///^^^,, i^^^i^
< Huvierede
( Huvieren
Plur. -{ Huvieredeis I J fajled, &c.
Infinitive
toS l^c RUDIMENT'S /
Infinitive Mood,
Prefent.
Almorzar To hreakfafi
Preterperfeft.
Haver almorzado To have hnakfafied.
Future.
Haver, ar efperar de almorzar, 7e he to breakfaji hereafter
Gerund.
Almorzando hreakfajiing
Firft Supine.
a Almorzar To be about breakfajling
Second Supine.
a fer almorzado Having hreakfajled
Participle of the Prefent Tenfe and A6live Voice.
El que almuerza Breakfafting
Participle of the Preter Tcnfe and PafTive Voice,
Almorzado Breakfafed, &c.
lie
the Spanish Grammar. 109
"The following Irregular Verbs of the frjl Con^
jugation^ terminating in ar, are all cmjuga-
ted after the fa?ne vianjier as Almorzar,
changing the Penultima o i?ito ue in the three
Perfo7is Singular^ and the third of th£ Plural
, in all the Prefent Tenfes.
Prefent. Preterperfe^.
Infimtive.
Contar, to count
Defollar, to fie a
Refollar, to breath
Acordar, to remember
Mollrar, tojhonju
Aflblar, to defiroy
Volar, to fiy
Apoftar, to ijcager
Hollar, to trample on
Sol tar, to let loofe
Porzar, to force
Provar, to try, or proiJi
Sonar, to found
Atronar, to thunder
Degollar, to behead
Conlblar, to comfort
Encontrar, to meet
But ju^ir to play,
All the Verbs ending in gar have the firil per-
fon of the preterperfeft of the indicative* in ^z^^ ;
as likewife the third of the fingular, the firft and
Jaft of the plural of the imperative, and in all the'
perfons of the prefenc tenfe of the optative, as
Infimt, Pref.Indic. Pret.pe. Imperative^ Pref, Optat,
Cuento
Conte
Defaello
Defolle
Refuello
Refolle
Acuerdo
Acorde
Mueftro
Moftre
Affuelo
AfTole
Uuelo
Vole
Apuefto
Apoile
Huello
HoDe
Suelto
Solte
Fuerzo
Force
Pruevo
Prove
Sueno
Sone
Atrueno
Atrone
Deguello
Degolle
Confuelo
Confole
Enr.uentro
Encontre
changes u
into ue.
Colgar,
to hang
Rogar,
to intreat
Pagar,
to pay
Holgar
to be idle
Regar,
/* njjater
Cuelgo
Colgue
Ruego
Rogue
Pago
Pague
Huelgo
Holgue
Riego
Rcgue
Cuelgue aquel
Ruegiie el
Pague el
Kuelgue el
Riegue el
que yo Cuel-
gue
que Ruegue
que yo Pague
que yo Huel-
gue_^
que yo Riegue
Tocar,
toco
toque
toque el
to touch.
to feel
Trocar,
trueco
troqu ',
trueque el
to change
iiD "the RU D IMEN7S of
The Verbs in car change car in que in the firft
perfon of the preterperfed of the indicative ; the
third fingular, the firft and laft of the plural in
the imperative, and in all the perfons of the pre-
fent tenfe of the optative, as
Infinii. Pref. Indie, Fret, p. Imperative^ Pref. Optativ^
que yo toque
que yo trueque, &c.
The Following Verbs change the penultima e into
is in all the perfons lingular, and the third of the
plural of the prefenc tenle of the indicative, impe-
rative, and optative, as
Infinit, Pref. Indie. Imperative, Prefent Optative,
Apretar,
to fqueeze
Emmendar,
to mind
Empezar,
to begin
Cerrar
to Jhiit
Enterrar,
to bury
DelleiTar,
to hanijh
Confefiar,
to confefs
And feveral other more, whofe irregularity is
only in the following Tenfes, as
aprieto
apiieta tu
que yo apriete
emmiendo
emmienda tu
que yo emmiende
empiezo
empieza tu
que yo empiece
Clerro
Cierra tu
que yo cierre
entierro
1
entierra tu
que yo entierre
deflierro
deillerra tu
que yo deftierre
confieiTo
conHeiTa tu
que yo confiefTe
Tentar, to feel.
Prefent Indicative,
\ f Tentamos
^Ing, \ Tientas J. IfeeJ^ Sec. I P/ur. < Tentais
(Tienta ) J {Tientan "
C Tiento, J
Imperative'^
the Spanish Grammar, tii
Imperative,
o- ( Tienta tu.
Fed thou
f Tentemos nofotroa
?lur. ^ Tentad vofotros
4 Tienten aquellos
Prefent Optative.
Cc^tYotiiXiX'Z, thatlmay *. f Tentemos
Sing. < Tientes {feel Plnr. < Tenteis
^ Tientc | f Tienten
ctbernvife they are conjugated 02
Revelar.
The Verb Anddr^ to go, or to go about, has
the preterperfe6t of the indicative irregular j and
generally when fuch tenfe is irregular, the firft
and the fecond Precerimperfedls, and the firft Future
of the Optative are irregular, as
^
c^Anduve 5/, Anduviera Anduviefle ^f«. anduviere,
p|*Anduville ^j^Anduvieras, Anduviefles I^Anduvieres ^~^
• Anduvo I Anduviera, Anduviefle ^ Anduviere ^
►^Anduvimos ^^ Anduvieramos, AnduvielTemos ti^anduvieremos'^
^Anduvilleis, § Anduvieradeis, Anduvieiladeisc^anduvieredeis §3
• Anduvieron Anduvieran, AnduviefTen anduvieren &^
in other Tenfes is corjugated as Revelar.
Of the Verbs Pajftve
Of the Fir/i Conjugation.'
VERBS PafTive are formed in Spanlflo from
the Adiive, by che auxiliary Verb, and the
Participle PafTive of the Preterperfed Tenfe, fol-
lowing always the Moods and Tenfes of the Verb
^/r, as
Sir amddo^ to be beloved.
Prefent
112 The RUD IMENTS of
Indicative,
Prefent Tenfe.
/ am belo'ved
Sing. ^ eres S» amado -^ Tkou are belo'ved
5'°' \
< eres >
Ces 3
f fomos 1 r ?F^ are behaved
< fois >amados < Te are beloved
^ fon 3 C. ^CV ^^^ belo'ved
Imperfed Tenfe.
feral CI
< eras > amado < 7"
(era J (^
f eramos 1 f /F^ w^rf ^fW^,
P/«r. < eradeis > amadcs < Te 'were behaved
t eran 3 C ^^C^ '"'^''^ ^^/<?i'<
^ i/f iV belo'ved
C fomos J I
Flur.
<was belo'ved
Sing. \ eras ^ amado -^ T'/^oa njoas belo'ved
He ivas beloved
f eramos 1 T ^^ ^ujere beloved
They ivere beloved
Preterperfed.
he side 1 r I have been beloved
Sifi£. -l fuilte, or has side > amado < Thou has been beloved
ha Side \ / H^ hath been beloved
f fui, or
big. < fuilte, (
( fue, or
OS sido 1
;is £:do >
Sido 3
f fulmos, or hemos sido 1 f /^^ ^^o;^ ^<?^« beloved
flur. ^ fuifleis, or haveis £:do Samados < 2"^ have been beloved
( fucron, or han sido j C -^CV ^<*'^^ ^^^-^ beloved
Preterpluperfed.
f Havia sido 1 f / had been beloved
Sing. -^ Havias sido > amado < Thou hadfi been beloved
( Havia sido 3 L ^^ had been beloved
Haviamos s:do 1 C ^^ had been beloved
Vlur. \ Haviadeis sido > amados < Ye had been beloved
f Haviamos s:do 1 C
^ < Haviadeis sido > amados <
( Havian sido J C
T^^y i'^^ ^^^» beloved
Future.
Sere amado, &c. / Jhall be beloved
And fo throughout other Moods and Tenfes.
0/
the Spanish Crammar. ii^
Of the Reciprocal Verbs,
THE reciprocal Verbs are all terminated in fe
in the inftnitive Mood, as Acojidrfe to lie down,
or to grow near, or to come near j hevaniarfe^ to
rife up ; Lihrdrfey to difcharge one's felf, to make
one's Iclf free, if^c, and are conjugated thus l
Adelantdrfe^ to go before, to rife up to a Dig-
nity or to Preferment.
Indicative Mood.
Prefent I'enfe.
5 Me adelanto
Te adelantas
Se adelanta • , , - ^
Nos adelantamos ^_ ( I go before, S.C.
Plur^ \ Vos, or OS adelantais
Se adelantaa
Imperfed.
Me adelanta ba
Sing, ^ Te adelanrabas
Se adelantaba \ t j- j l r •
fNosadelantabamos } I <l.d g,le/.ri, &,
Plur. < Vos, or OS adclantabadeis
f Se adelantaban
Firfl Preterperfed
Me adelante
Sing. -^ Te adelanta fie
Se adelanto
Nos addantdmos ( ^'^'^^h^^^^^
Flur, \ Vos, or OS adelantalleis
Se adelantaron
Second
114 I'he RU D IMENrS of
Second Preterperfed.
f Me he 1
Sing. < Te has I
i S^ ^^ y Adelantado \ V^^' ^^«' ^'-
f Nos hemos (
< Vos,oroshaveis \
I Se han J
And fo in all the Tenfes and Moods, but in the
Imperative thus :
^. C Adelantate tu
^'"^•\ Adelantefeel
Plur. \
Adelantemofnos nofdtros y Go thou before, &C.
Adelantados vofdtros
Adelantenfe aquellos.
I
The Verb Pefdrfe^ to he forr'j^ is conjugated
thus :
Indicative.
Prefent Tenfe.
f Pefame, or a mi mepefa, 1 am forry
%lng. < Pefate, or a ti te pefa, Thou art forry
(^ Pefale, or a el le pefa. He is forry
f Pefanos, or a nofdtros nos pefa. We are forry
Tlur.X Pefaos, or k vofdtros os pefa, Te are forry
[ Pefales, or a ellos les pefa, Vjey are forry.
And fo throughout all other Tenfes ; but in the
Imperative Mood thus :
«. 5 Pefete, Be thou forty
^'"^' \ Pt-fele, Let him be forry
C Pefenos, Let us be forty
Vhr. X Pefeos, Be ye forry
( Pcfeles, let them be forry
Of
the Spanish Grammar. 115
Of Verbs Imperjonah belonging to the Jirjl
Conjugation,
THE Spanijh Imperfonals, like the Latln^
want the firft and fecond Perfons, and are
declined only in the third Perfon, throughout all
Moods and Tenfcs.
Of the 1 inter fonah fome are Jofive^ and fome TaJJive.
The Aulive are conjugated thus :
Nevar To [now*
Indicative.
Prefcnt Tenfe.
Nieva> It fno^s.
Imperfeft.
Nevaba, // diifno^,
Firft PreterperfefV.
Nevo, It fnonjoed.
Second and Third Freterperfedt.
Hti, cr huvo nevado, // hath fm^wtd,
Plufperfea:.
Havia nevado, // hadfnov:(d.
I 2 future
ii6 "The RUDIMENTS of
Future.
Nevara, It nvi/I /now.
Que nieve. Let if /now.
Sera bueno que nieve*, 7/ nviJI he good i/ that it /now.
Si nevara, ncvalTe, or nevaria. If it nvould /lonu.
Quando haya nevado, When it hath /no^ed<
Si huviera, or huvie.ie nevado, 1/ it had /nowed.
Quando nevarc. When it Jhall /no^vo
Nevando,. Snonving.
Los Campos eilan nevados, Vjc Fields are cover d with /now.
Nieve y 2l Noun, T^he /now.
In this manner are corrugated the following
Verbs :
Atroriar, or tronar, to thunder
Granizar, or apedrear, to hail
Hclar, to freeze
Relampagcar, to lighten
Ahumar, to fmoak
Conftar, to he plains or clear
Jijiportar, to import, to be convenient
The pafiive Imperfonals are conjugated with the
Particle fe before or after the Verb, as
Se cuenta, It is /aid, it is to/d, it is related, it is reported,
Se contaba, // was /aid.
e^f"^"^ V' .a\ li hath been /aid.
Se ha, or huvo contado 5 -^
Se havia contado, // had been /aid.
Se contara, It will be /aid.
And fo throughout all other Tenfes and Moods.
iV. E, That all the Verbs regular, or irregular^
perfonals, or imperfonals, except the regular pafiive,
may be other wife conjugated by the auxiliary Verb
£/?ir, and the Gerund of the Verb, through all the
Tenfes and Moods, as
Prefent,
the Spanish Gram m a r. i 17
Prefent. Indicative.
r amo or eftoi amando, 7 love^ or / am lo-uing^ kc.
Slug. < amas, or eltas amando
^ ama, or efta amando
f amamos, or efl.anios amando
Plur. < amais, or elUis amando
/ aman. or eftan amando
Imperfeft.
Amaba, or eflaba amando.
7 Tt'^J lo^o'htg
Perfcd.
Ame, or eftuve amando,
LI amo, or'edoi llamando
Hablo, or elloi hablando,
I did lo'v^t Sec.
I call, or am calling
I /peaky or am Jpcaklngy Lc.
The fame is to be obferved in all the Conjuga-
tions.
It muft be obferved here, that there are fome
Nouns called Verbals, for their being derived from
the Verbs •, in Latin thofe are terminated generally
in bilis^ in tor^ and ix^ and in Spanijh in ble^ dor^
and iz: as
^■panijh,
hie 1 C Amable
. dor /• as < Amado'r
, Iz 3 t Amatriz, or amadofa.
But f70ie. That there are fome Spani/h Verbs
which are defectives in this particular, as well as
fome Latin Verbs.
Latin.
hUls^.
)
r Amabilis
tor 1
> as
< Amator
,•;. ^
\
I Amatrix
I 3
0/
ii8 "The RUDIMENTS of
Of Verhs Regular of the fecond Conju-
gatior^
/, tn er.
Refponder, To aiifwer.
Indicative Mood,
Prefent Tenfe.
f Refpondo,
%ing. «} Reipondes,
^ Rerponde,
r RefpondemOSj
?lur.\ Refpondeis
^ Refppnden,
1 anfivef
He anfwers
We a7tfvoir
Ye anjnxer
^hey anfwer
Preterimperfefb.
f Refpondia,
Sing. < Refpondias,
^ Refpondia,
r Refpcndlamos,
Plur.i Refpondiadeis,
£ Refpondian,
/ did anpivet-f or I luas Gnfv:ering.
Tcu did anp-iver
He did anf-joer
We did anj<vcer
Ye did anfwer
They did anfvjer
flur
Firfl: Preterperfedl.
Refpondi,
Refpondille,
Refpondio,
Refpondimo!,
Refpondiileis,
Refpondi pron^
1 anpiuered
You anjkvered
He anfivered
We a7ifu!ered
Ye anjhxered
They anjhxered
Second
r/;<f Spanish Grammar. 119
Second and Third Preterperf&£l.
f He, T huve ^ r- 1 ha've anf^end
Sing, \ Has, or huvlfte j \ Tou ha^ue answered
[ Ha, or huvo ( \ He has an/^vered
Hemos, havemos, or } Refpondido, <( IVe have an/ix;ered
SHemos, havemos, or >
huvimos I
Haveis, or huvifleis i
Han, or huvieron -^
^i Haveis. or huvifleis \ / Te have anfivered
They ha'VB anjkverfd
Preterpluperfcd
f Ha via
Sing. < Ha via
^ Ha via
r Haviamos
Plur. < Haviadeis
^ Havian
Refpondido, > / had anfv:ertd, Sec.
Firft Future.
C Refpondere,
Sing. < Refponderas,
t Refpondera, \ j ^^j^ ^^ ^^.j^ ^^j^ ^^^
C Refpondercmos, ( J ^ ^ >
IPlur. < Refpondereis,
^ Refponderan,
Second Future.
f He, or Tengo de refponder,
Sin9. \ Has de refponder
/ aniy to or mufi an-
f Hemos, or havemos de refponder f fvjery Sec.
Plur, < Haveis de refponder,
( Han de refponder.
Third Future.
?i«^. Havre de refponder, 1 Jhall be ohlt^d to anfvctr.
I 4 * Fourth.
I20 fhe RUD IMENTS of
Fourth Future.
S:ng. Havia de refpond^r, J teas to aftfiver.
Imperative Mood.
-. 5 Rerppnde tu. Do you anfujer, or anfwer thou
^ '^' \ Refponda el, Let him anfnxer
C ilerponuamos n^ Let us anfvoer.
flur.^ Refponded v'' Do ye anfivery or let you anfaoer
(^ Refpdndan ellos Let them anfwer
Suhju?i5li'Ve and Optative Moodsy with the Signs,
^Como, Aunque, Oxala,
/ When^ God gra?it^ Would to God^
Prefent Tenfe.
f Refponda, "1
Shg. < Refpdndas, I
(^ Pvcfponda, I JVhen, or Go J grant I dc^
C Refpondamos, i anfwer^ &c.
flur. \ Refpondais I
^ Refpdndan, J
Three Preterimperfecfls.
Refpondiera, refpondiefTe, or
refponderia,
. Refpondiera?, refpondlefTes, or
^^^i* "^ refponderias,
Refpondiera, refpondiefie, or
refponderia 'xWheK, or God grant i
fRefpondieramos, refpondiefTedeis, \ did an fixer, &c,
or refponderiamos
p , ^ ) Refpondierais, orrefpondielTemos,
^^^^*' \ or refponderiadeis
I Rgfporidierari, refpondiefTen, or
j-efponderiai).
Pretcr-^
the Spanish Grammar. 121
Precerpcrfedl.
Sing
CHaya
< Hayas
(Haya
Ilayamos
Plur. -{ Hayais
Hayaa
1
Refpondiio,
When, or ^votddto God, BcC,
I ha've anfvjeredy &c.
Firft and Second Preterpluperfed.
r Huviera, or huvieiTe
Sing. < Huvieras, or huvie.Tes
^Huviera, or huviefTe
f Huvieramos, or huvieflemos
Plur, < Huvieradeia, or huviefTedeis
^ Huvieran, or huriefftn
Firft Future.
Refpon-
dido.
When^ or
njuould to
God 1 h^d
anfweridf
&C.
f Refpondiere,
Sing. < Refpondieres,
^ Refpondiere,
f Refpondieremos,
Tlur. < Refpondieredeis,
( Refpondieren
When, or God grant Ijhall,
or n»ill anpwery &c.
Second Future.
f Huviere, or havre "J
Sing. < Huvieres, I
( Huviere I
f Huvieremos ^
flur.X Huvieredeis
(^ Huvieren
i
Refpondido,
When^ or God grant
I Jhall or rwill
ha'vt anfvjfTtffi,
Infinitive Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
Hefpondcr,
To anfn»er»
Preter-
S2a "the RUDIMENTS of
Preterperfeft Tenfe.
Haver rcfpondido; % have au/wereJ.
Future Tenfe.
Haver de refponder, To be to anfwer.
Gerund.
Refpondiendo, Anfajerhg,
Participle Adlive.
Refpondiente, or el qu« refponde, AnfwertJ^,
Participle Pafllve.
Rcfpondido, Anfwered, &c.
Al! Other regular Verbs of the fecond Conjuga-
tion in <?r, are conjugated after the fame manner ;
of which take the following Lift :
Verbs conjugated as Refponder,
COrrefponder, to correfpond. Meter, to put in.
Comer, to eat, Prometer, to promife.
Beber, to drink. Ofende'r, to offend.
Reprehcnder, to reprove. Efconder, to hide.
Barrer, topweep. Aprender, to learn.
Vender, to fell. Temer, to fear.
Conceder, to grant. Emprender, to undertah,
Acomcter, to attack. Deber, to oiue.
Correr, to run, Cometcr, to commit*
Of
the Spanish Grammar. 123
Of Verbs Irregular of the fecond Con-
jugation in er, asy
Traher, to bring.
Saber, to knouc.
Tener, to ha've.
Poder, to be able.
Querer, to 'will or lo've.
Poner, to put,
Hacer, to do.
Caber, to be contained,
Ver, to fee.
Traher, T'o fetch or bring.
Indicative Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
f Yo trahigo
Sing. -3 Tu trahes
I El trahe
r Nofotros trahctnos
Plur. < Vofotros traheis
^ EUos trahen
I fetch or bring
Tou fetch or bring
He fetches or brings
We fetch or bring
Ye fetch or bring
T^hey fetch or bring.
Preter:mperfedl.
TTrahia
Zing. < Trahias
( Trahia
f Trahiamos
Flur. < Trahiais
t Trahian
1 did fetch or bring
Tou did fetch or bring
He did fetch or bring
We did fetch or bring
Ye did fetch or bring
7'hej did fetch or bring.
Firft Preterperfea:.
r Traxe, or truxe
Si7ig. < Traxifte, or truxifte
^ Traxo, or truxo
C Traximos, or truximos
Plur. < Traxifteis, or truxifteis
t Traxeron, ar truxeron
1 ha<ve fctcht or brought
Tou ha-ve fetcht or brought
He hath fetcht or brought
We ha've fetcht or brought
7e ha've fetcht or brought
They haue fetcht or brought
Second
124 7^^ RUDIMENTS of
Second and third Preterperfefts.
f He, or huvc
SitJg. < Has
C Ha f rp 1 ' 1 J / ha'Vifetcht or
f Hemos, or havemos { ^^^^^^o, ^ ^^^^^^^^ 5^^.
flur. < Haveis
tHan
Preterpluperfed.
f Havia
$ing. < Havias
(Havia i TraliHr. ) I ^^^MhtQX brought,
fHaviamos ^ Irahido, ^ ^^^
P/«r. < Haviadeis
( Havian
Firft Future,
f Trahere
Srng. < Traheras
^ Trahera f IJhall or «tv/// fetch or ^r//?x>
f Traheremos f &c.
Plur. < Trahereis
(^ Trahcran
Second Future.
r He, or tengo de traher
Sing, < Has de traher
^ Ha de traher \ I am to or tnuji fetch or"
f Hemos, or havemos de traher [ bringy Sec.
P/ur. < Haveis de traher
^ Han de traher
The third and fourth as in the other Verbs.
Imperative Mood.
^ . C Trahe tu. Bring or fetch thou
^^i' I Trahiga el. Let him bring or fetch
P!u
the Spanish Grammar. 125
f Trahigamos nofotros. Let us bring or fetch
Flur. < Trahed vofotros, Doje bring oi fetch
^ Trahigan ellos Let them bring or fetch
Optative and Subjunctive Mood.
Como, Aunque, Oxala.
When^ God grants would to God,
Prefent Tenfe,
f Trahiga "J
Sing. < Trahigas I
^ Trahiga I When or ^ouJd to God I do hrlHg
r Trahigamos f or fetch , &c.
Plur. < Trahigais I
t Iraaigan J
Preterimperfed Tenfe.
f Truxera, truxefTe, traheria '\
Sing. < Truxeras, truxeffes, traherias 1 When, or nvoutd
(Truxera, truxeflp, traheria I to God I did
C Traxeramos, tr ^xefilrios, traheriamos f bring or
Plur. < Truxeradeis, truxeiTcdeis, traheriadcis I fetch, &c-
(Truxeran, truxeffen, traherian J
Thefrji and fecond may he conjugated by Traxera, and TraxelTe,
Preterperfedt.
f Haya "I
Sing. < Hayas I
(Haya > Trahido )^^'^*^^'^ouldtoGodIha'-je
C Hayamos I ' ] brought Qifetcht, &c,
Plur. < Hayais I
(Hyan J
firft
126 "The RUDIMENTS of
Firft and Second Preterpluperfedls.
r Huvlera, or huviefl*e '\ C Whetty or
Sing* < Huvieras, or huviefTes I I nvould to
^ Huviera, or huvielTe I Trahido J ^^^ ^^'^
f Huvieramos, or huviefTemos J ' j brought
Vlur. < Huvieradeis, <?r huvielTedeis I I <?r /^/c/^/,
J Huvieran, <?r huvieffen J L &c.
Firft Future.
f Traxere, or truxere "J
5/»^. < Traxeres, or truxeres I
f Traxere, or truxere ^ I /Fi'^/f, or God grant IJhall
f Traxeremos, or truxeremos r 7^^^^ or brings &c.
P/«r. < Traxeredeis, or truxeredeis i
tTraxeren, ortruxeren. J
Second Future.
1
■ f Huviere, or havre
^ing. \ Huvieres f 1 When, or God grant
I Huviere I rr-alii^n ) ^^^y* or Jha/I have
f Huvieremos f ^""''^^' S brought or /etcht,
Tlur, < Huvieredeis | | c.
^ Huviercn
Infinitive Mood,
Prefent.
Traher, To bring, or fetch,
Preterperfed.
Haver trahido, To ham brought, or fetched.
Future.
Haver, cr efperar dc traher Tb bring, or fetch Ureafier,
Z Gerund*
the Spanish Grammar, itj
Gerund.
Trahiendo, Bringing^ or fetching.
Participle of the Prefer Tenfe and Paflive Voice.
Trahido Br9Ught, orftuh'dy &c.
The fame manner of Conjugation is to be obferved
in all Verbs compounded ofTraber^ as Retraher^ to
draw back, ^c.
The Irregular Verb Saber, To know.
Indicative.
Prefent Tenfe.
rVose,
I knoifj
$ing.
< Tu sabes,
( El sabe,
f Sabemos,
Tou knonM
He knonjos
We knonjj
flur. .
\ Sabeis
t Saben,
Ye knonx)
Ihey knQfVA
Preterimperfeft.
■ Sabia,
I did knoiM
ting, -
\ Sabias,
Sabia,
■ Sabiamos,
Tou did ItmtM
He did kno'w
We did kno<ViS
fhr.^
Sabiadeis
(Sabian,
Te did knoiM
Thejdidkn(m
Firft
J28 The RUDIMENTS of
Sing.
Tlu
Firft Preterperfedb.
1
Siipe,
Supifte,
Supo,
Supimos,
Supifteis
Supieron,
Tou knein
He knenv
We knenv
Ye knenu
They kneiM
Second and third Preterperfedls.
$tng
\
He, or huve fabido
Has fabido.
Ha fabido,
C Hemes fabido,
Tlur. < Haveis fabido,
^Han fabido.
1 have known
You hwve known
He has knoivn
We ha<ve knonun
Ye ha<ve known
Thi^ havg known
Preterpluperfed.
r Havia
Sing, < Havias
( Havia
r Haviamos
Flur. < Haviadeis
^ Havian
Sabido,
I had kno<wn
You had knonun
He had known
We had kno'wn
Ye had know7i
They had known-
Firft Future.
^hg,
f Sabre,
< Sabras,
^ Sabra,
f Sabremos,
Plur, < Sabreis,
t Sabran,
I /hall, or wi// krtozo
Youjhally or njoill knoi»
He Jjpally or nvill kuo<tv
Wejhallf or will knoitj
YsJJjall, or will know
Theyjhall, or will krj$iu
\
Second Future,
He, orTengo de faber.
Has de faber.
Ha de faber.
J am to know
You are to know
He is to kno'w
Ph
//?(? Spanish Grammar. 129
fHemos de faber IFe are to kno-o
Plur. < Haveis de faber Te are to knoix>
(^ Han de faber ^hey are to kuouj
Third Fature.
havre de faber 1 Jhall he ohligd ts knovi
Fourth Future.
Havia de faber 1 nxias to kno-w
Imperative Mood*
-,. C Sabe ttt Know you
\ Sepa el Let him knoim
f Sepamos nofo'tros Ltt us knonv
Plur. < Sabcd vofotros Knoivye
^ Sepan ellos Let them hozv
Subjun5live and Optative Mood,
^Como, Aunque, Oxala,
^ \when, Though, Would to God.
Prefent Tenfe.
rSepa
Sing. < Sepas
^ Sepa I God grant flat I maj
f Sepamos | knoi,v,
Plur. < Sepals
4 Sepan
K Pfiter-
1
ijo T%e RUDIMENTS of
Preterimperfed.
CSupiera, fupIciTe, fabria *^
Sin^, < Supieras, fupielTes, fabrias I
^Supiera, fupi^lTe, fabria ^,
Preterperfedl.
}rhn, or Gad grant I
Supieramos, fupicfTemos, fabriamos t did knoiv, &c.
Plur, '^ Supieradeis, fupieflgdeis, fabriadeis I
Supieran, fupieiren, fabrian J
f Haya fabido "1
Sing. < Hayas fabido I
( Haya fabido f 0^en, or God grant Ihava
f Hayamos fabido f knoivn^ &c.
P/ar. < Hayais fabido 1
^ Hayan fabido J
Firft and Second Preterpluperfe^.
C Huviera, §r huviefTc "J C
Sing. < Huvieras, «r huviefles I I When, or
(^ Huviera, or huviefTe \ 9 h'H J moould to
r Huvieramos, or huvieflemos f * | God 1 had
Plur. < Huvieradeis, or huvlefiedeis I I knonvn, &c.
(^ Huvicran, or huvieffen J I.
Firft Future.
Supiere
Sing. -^ Supieres
iere iirhen^ or God grant
ieremos J IJhallkmw, &c.
f Supiei
< Supiei
^ Supiei
r Supien
'. -^ Supiert
t SupRT<
P/«r. •< Supieredeis
ren
5/»^.
f HuvJere, i
< Huvieres,
( Huvicre
Second Future.
er havre
Mr. ■< Huvieredeis
t Huvicrcn
\ Sabido ^
f^'i-^ff, or God grant I Jhall
f Huvieremos f* '^^"^"'^ ^ ^^-vf knQvjn^ &c.
Infinitive
the Spanish Grammar. 131
Infinitive Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
Saber % knovn
Preterperfed Tenfe.
Haver fabido 'To ha've knonun
Future Tenfe.
Hav^r, or efperar de faber To knoiv hereafter
Gerund.
Sabiendo Kno-vuing
Participle of the Prefent Tenfe and Adtive Voice,
El que sabe Knovjtng
Participle of the Preter Tenfe and Pafiive Voice,
Sabido Knoivn
The Irregular Verb Tener, 7i have^ or bold.
Indicative Mood,
Prefent.
f Tengo / have, or hoU
?/V^. < Tienes 7ou have, or hold
( Tiene Hi has^ or kaldi
K z Fkfl
1J2 "The RU DIME NTS of
Plur
Tenemos
Tienen
Sif
JVe ha've, or hold
Ye hwve, or hold
They hai-e^ or hold
Preterimperfedi:.
f Tenia
Slfig. < Teiiias
(_ Tenia
C Teniamos
P/«r. < Teniadeis
^ Tenian
/ did have, or holdy
&c.
Firft Preterperfedl.
Tuve
Tmiile
Tuvo
Tuvimos
Tu\ ifteis
I'u vie roll
/ had^ or held
7 ou had, or held
He had, or held
We had, or held
Te. had, or held
They had, or held
Second and Third Preterperfedl.
f He, or huve tenido
/ ha<ve had
'/V;^.
-J Has tenido
Tou ha-ve had
^Ha tenido
He has had
i Hcmos tenido
We ha=ve had
^lur.
< Haveis tenido '
Te ha've had
( Han tenido
They ha've had
M
Pur.
Ha via
Havias
Havia
Haviamos
aviadeis
f haviam
< Haviadc
t Havian
Preterpluperfedl.
Tenido
\ We he
I Tehai
I neyh
had had
ou had had
He had had
had had
had had
had had
Firft Future.
C Tendri terne, or tenre
^ings < Tendras tcrnas, or tei ras
^ Tendii teina, or tcnra
J Jlmll, or rjoill have
Toujkally or will ha-vi
HeJJ:all, Ql i^ill have
Flur.
the Spanish Grammar. 133
r Tendremos ternemos, or tenremos We JJ^alU or icitl ha'vt
Plur,< Tendreis terneis, or tenreis Te jhall^ or ivill hn^-ve
{^ Tendran ternarij or tenrdn Thiy jhally o^ wjill ba-vt
Second Future.
f He de terer I am to ba--ve, or ho/a
Sing. < Has de tet er 7'ou are to ha^ve^ or huld
^ Ha de tencr Be is to hanjey or hold
Hemos de tener We are to ha'vCy or lipoid
Plur. \ Havcis de tcner Te are to haue^ or btld
r Hemos
< Havcis <
I Han de
tener They arc to ba^uS:, or hold
Third Future.
Havre de tener Ijhall he ohligd to ha've or Icid
Fourth Future.
Havia de tener 1 ivas ta ha^ve
Imperative Mood.
e - ^ 5 '^^^^ ^^ -^'^ *^°'' ha~uCy or hold th&n.
" ^ \ Tenga el Let him hanje^ ar hold
f Tengamcs nofdtros Let us ha've, or hold
Flur. < Tened vofocros Do ye ha-oBy or hold^ or htyg hU
^ Tengan clbs Let them ha-ve^ or he/d
Optative and Subjunciive Mood.
Ccmo, Oxala, Aunque.
Wben^ God grants Though.
Prefent len^e.
f Tcnga
5'/;?^. < Ten gas
Tenga I U^en., cr God grant I
Tengamcs j do have, or bild, &c.
Plur. ■^ Tengais
Tengan
K 3 Pretcr-
134 ^/^^ RUDIMENTS of
Preterlmperfedl.
rTuviera, tuviefTe, ternia, or
I tendria
c.. J Tuvieras, tuviefies, ternias, or
^'^•^- S tendrias
I Tuviera, tuviefTe, ternia, or
[^ tendria
rTuvieramos, tuviefTemos, ternia-
1 mos, or tendriamos
J Tuvieradeis, tuvieiTedeis, ternia-
mos, or tendriadcis
Tuvieran, tuvieilen, ternian, or
tendrian
PL
I
xJVhen^ or 'would to Qod
\ I did hav$ or hold, &c.
Preterperfefl.
Sw^
f Hay a tenido •
^ Hayas tenido
( Haya tenido
r Hayamos tenido
riur,< Hayais tenido
^ Hayan tenido
irben^ or God grant I hwve
hady or heldy &c.
Firft and Second Preterpluperfedts.
k
f H^viera, or huvieHe
Stng, < Huvieras, or huviefles
(^ Huviera, or huvielTe
f Huvieramos, or huvieflemos
"Fi'ur. < Huvieradeis, or huvielTedeis
/ Huvieran, er huvieffen
Tenido,
Whfiy or
moould tt
God 1 had
hady or held
Firft Future.
f Tuviere
^ing. < Tu vie res
f Tuviere
Tuvieremo^
flur. -^ Tuvieredeis
TuvicreA
Whin J or God grant IJhall have
or holdi &c.
Second
the Spanish Grammar. 135
Second Future.
f Huvlere, or havre "J C
Sing. } Huvieres I I jyj^,„^ ^r Godgranf
fHuviere I Temdo, { IJImll haui had
CHuvieremos I 1 ^^ held, &c.
Flur, < Huvieredeis I I
tHuvierenr J L
Infinitive Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
Xener ^° ^^'^'^ o^ '* ^^^^^
Preterperfed Tenfe.
Haver tenldo '^o have had or hdd
Future Tenfe.
Haver de tener 'to le to have or hoid
Gerund.
Teniendo Holding
Participle of the Prefent Tenfe and Adive Voice.
El que tiene Holding
Participle of the Preter Tenfe and PaiTive Voice.
Tenido H^^^
Like this Verb fimple are its Compounds in all
points declined, thro' all Moods and Tenfes, as
Mantencr, to maintain', Yo mantengo, 1 maintain, mantuvc, /
maintained^
D^tener, /% detain qt Ji ay \ Detcngo, L detak; d^tuve, 1 de-
tained,
K 4 Retentr,
136 fhe RUD IMENTS of
Retener, to retain or ^cL-itb-hoId; Retengo, 1 retain ; retuve, /
retained
Softener, to fujlain or uphold , Soflengo, Ifuftain-, fofiuve, 7
fujlained
I'he Irregular Verb Poder, To be able.
\
Indicative Mood.
Prefent Tcnfe.
r Pucdo
/ cafty or am ahte
Sirg. *
} Puedcs
Tou ran, or are able
f Puede
He cariy or is able
r Podemos
We ca^iy or a^-e able
Tlur, "
Podcis
Te can, or are able
[ Pu'iden
*They can, or are able
Preterimperfecl.
{
[Podia
I could y or ix:as able
Siig. .
\ Podias
Tou coiildy or nvas able
<
I Podia
Be could, or ^»:as able
f Pcdiamos
We could, or 'were, ah}e
P.ur. '
} Podiadeis
Te could, or ^,.i:ere able
(
I Pcdian
T,.->ey cculd, or irere able
eu
Firft Preterperfed.
Pude
5/V??. "tj Pudille
_ Pudo f I could, or hai'e be.
f Pudimcs ( able, <5cc
Tlur. < Pudifteis
^Pudieron
Second
the Spanish Grammar. 137
Second and third Preterperfeds.
5 He, or huve ^ ^I could, or ha've been able
Has I I Toil could, or ha^e been able
Ha I \He could, or has been able
iHcmos, or S^odX^oA We could, QX ha've been able
havemos I |
Haveis 1 \Te could, or hanje been able
Han "^ ^hey could, or ha^ve been abk
Preterpluperfed.
f Havia
Si7tg. < Havias
Vlur. < Haviadeis
(^Hayian
Fird Future.
f Pod re
Sing. < Podras
t Podra C IJhall, or caV/ i^^ «^/^,
C Podremos \ Slq.
Plur. < Podreis
(^ Podran
Second Future,
f He, or tengo de poder "^
Sing. < Has de poder I
(Hade poder ' I / fmtj}^ or nvill be
r Hemos, or havemos de poder \ able, &c,
Plur. < Haveis de poder I
t Han de poder J
Third Future.
Havre de poder IJhall be tbliged to he able
Fourth Future.
Hav ja de pode? / r^as to be able
Thouojh
238 l^he RUDIMENTS of
Though it feems improper for this Word to have
a fecond, third, and fourth Futures of the Indi-
cative Mood, or any Imperative Mood, and mofl
Grammarians will allow it neither, yet they are
frequently and properly ufed. As to the fecond
Future, it is very ufual, and when one fays, he can-
not do fuch a thing, to anfwer. Has de poder^ You
ftxall be able ; by way of compelling flothful per-
fons, or fuch as may improve by often trying to
do that which they cannot do at prefent. The
fame is to be faid of the Imperative, which is in
the nature of the fecond future, being compulfive j
as, if one fay. No podmos hacer efto^ We cannot
do this ; and another anfwers, Fuh poddmos^ Then
let us be able ; that is, let us ufe our Endeavours,
that we may perform that which we think we can-
not do. Therefore we will proceed to the
Imperative Mood.
-,. 5 Puede tu Do you he able
^'"^' I Pueda el Let him be able
f Podamos nofdtros Let us be able
Pltir. < Poded vofdtros Do ye be able
(Puedan ellos Let them be ahli
Subjun5iive and Optative Mood^ with the Signs^
. (Como, Aunque, Oxala,
IWhen, Though, Would to God.
Prefent Tenfe.
1
r Pueda
Sifi^. \ Puedas
( Pueda \ Wheriy or God grant lean, or
f Podamos | bi able, kc,
Thtr. < Podais
^ Pretcr-
the Spanish Gram ma i?:. 139
Pretcrimperfc(fl Tenfe.
f Pudiera, pudiefTe, podria "1
S'///'. < Padieras, pudiefles, podrias IWheitf or nvouid
^ Pudiera, pudielTe, podria I to God 1 could
f Pudieramos, pudieflemos, podriamos i or might be
Plur. < Pudieradeis, pudieflTedeis, podriadeis I abhy &c.
(Pudieran, pudieffen, podrian J
Preterperfedt,
f Haya
Sing. < Hayas
Hayamos
Plur. \ Hayais
^Hyan
/ Haya I „ j' j When, or ivould to God, &c
/ hanje been abit, &c.
Firft and Second Preterpluperfedis.
f Huviera,
'ing. < Huvieras,
^ Huviera,
Huviera, or huviefTe "J C
or huviefTcs I I When, or
or huviefTe F p ,, , \ ivouldto God
C Huvieramos, or huvieiTemos { ° ^ ' J / had been
Plur. <^ Huvieradeis, or huvieiTedeis 1 I able. Sec.
t Huvieran, or huviefTen
Firfl: Future.
f Pudiere
Sing. < Pudieres
( Pudiere I WJben, or God grant Ifiall, or may
f Pudieremos f bi able, &c.
Plur. < Pudieredeis
^ Pudieren
Second Future.
f Huviere, or Havre "J f
Sing. < Huvieres I I When, K^tGadgranf
t Huviere I p^ i- 1^ j J may, or /^«//
? Huvieremos ( ^^^'^^> \ have been able,
flur. < Huvicredeis I I &c.
t Huvieron J ^
» Ininitivc
140 Tbe RUD IMENTS of
Infinitive Mood.
Prefent 1 enfe.
Poder To he ahh
Preterperfedl Tenfe.
Haver podido To have been ahh
Gerund.
Pudiendo, Being able. Sec.
^he Irregular Verb Querer, ^o will, or love.
Indicative Mood.
Prefenc Tenfe.
f Yo quiero
/ ^vi/i\ or /oz-e
Sing.
< Tu quieres
Tou nvilly cr lo-ve
t El quiere
He ivills, or loies
f Nofdtros queremos
We <ivill, or io've
Plur.
< Vofotros quereis
Te ivill, or Io've
^ Ellos quien
m
They tvi/J, or /ove
V
Preterimperfed:.
f Queria,
I did 'vnlly or h^ve
Sing. .
< Querias
Ton did luilh or lo^oe
(_ Queria
He did evilly or loi^f
f Queriamos
We didiviiij or love
JP/ar. .
< Queri-ideis
Te did iviil, or loKX!
(
I (^tThn
Tkej did -mlly cr loif.
Firlt
the Spanish Grammar. '141
Firil Preterperfed.
f Qulfe
/ ivilled^ or lo^ved
Sing, < Quisifte
Tou 'willed, or lo'ved
I Quifo
He nvilled, or lo'ved
C Quisimos
We njoilledy or lo'ved
Plur. < Quisifteis
Te nvilledy or lo^ved
^ Quifieron
T^hey 'willed, or lo'ved
Second and Third Preterperfeft.
C He, or huve 'J C
Sing. < Has I I
CHa . I Q ' 1 ) I ^aw 'Willed,
f Hemos, crhavemos r' ^^.'^^^^^^ \ or loved, Sec,
Plur. < Haveis I I
CHan J i
Preterplupcrfeft.
f Havia
5"%, < Havias
f Haviamos ( ^^ * \ Sec,
Plur. < Haviadeis
f Haviam
•. < Haviad(
^ Havian
Firft Fature,
C Qaerre
if'g. < Querras
( Queri a
C Querrei
'• ) Querrei
^ Querrai
, /w///, or^^// ov///, or
Querremos | /c^-^, &c.
P/^r. ^ Querreis
Querran
Second Future.
C He, or tengo d
C He, or tengo de querer "^
< Has de querer I
t Hade querer ^ \I am to, or ;?:
V Hemos, or havemos de querer f or lo've. Sec.
muff 'wiH,
^mos ce querer f or /oa--^, Sc(.
-,__.er I
i Han de querer
Plur. ^ Haveis de querer ^ I
Third
142 "at RUDIMENTS af
Third Future.
Havre de querer IpallU ohliged to Ibia
Fourth Future.
Havia de quercr I had, or I n/jas to lovi
Imperative Mood.
^. C Quicre tu Do you tuH/, or /o've
' \ Qyicra el Let him nvill, or lonji
f Queramos nofotros • Let us ixj'tlly or lo've
P/«ri< Quered vofotros Do ye txjill, or io've
(^ Quieran ellos Let them loiil, or love
Optative and Subjundtive Mood.
Como, Aunque, Oxala,
When^ Though y ijoould to God^
f Quiei
ing, < Quier
^ Quiei
Prefcnt Tenfe.
^lera
Sing, ^ Quieras
Quiera I When, or God grant I will
Qaeramos ( or love, &c.
JP/«r. ^ Querais
^ Quieran
Three Preterimperfedl Tenfcs.
f Qulficra, quifiefle, querrla "J
5/«^. < Quifieras, quifiefles, querrias iWhen,OTGod
^Quifiera, quificlTe, querria ^ \grant InMould
f Quifieramos, ouifiefTemos, querriamos for did love,
/'/i^r. < f^ifieradeis, quifiefledeis, querriadeis l&c. .
^Quifieran, quifiefien, querrlan J
Pretcr-
the Spanish Grammar. 143
Preterperfed Tenfe.
Sing, ^ Hayas I I
I Hayamos f ^ ' i njutlPdy or loif d, &c,
P/«r. ^ Hayais 1 I
(Hayan J L
Firft and Second Preterplupcrfcd.
r Huviera, or huvieflt "J CWheny or
Sing. < Huvicras, or huviefTes I I ivo«/</
f Huviera, or huvieiTc i Oae 'c3 J '^^ ^'^
C Huvieramos, or huvieflcmos r ^ ^^ ® < j f,^^
Plur. < Huvieradeis, or huviefTedeis I I nvUPdy or
^ Huvieran, or huviefTen J (^ /oo/V, &c.
Firft Future.
f Quifiere
Sing.
When, ox God grant 1 Jhall 'wili^
C Quifieremos ^ or /at;^, &c.
P7«r. < Quifieredeis
^Quifieren
Second Future.
f Huviere, or havre "^ C
■Sing, < Huviercs I 1
(Huviere i OuerJdo ) J^en.orGod grant Ijhall
f Huvieremos f ^<.^^^""» \ ^^ willing, or itar/, &c.
?/«r. < Huvieredeis I i
^Huviercn J ^
Infinitive Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
.Qh"»^ r* w/V; or io'vt
Pretcr-
144 1'loe RUD IMENTS of
Preterperfedb.
-- Haver querido To have n/jilPd, or lo'v'd
Gerund.
Queriendo Loving
Participlei
Querido , IVi/r^, or /^i/V, &c.
This Verb may be declined through all Moods
and Tenfes with the word Mas added to it, which
with it fometimes fignifies rather^ and fometimes
more^ as Mas quiero calldr que hahldr mal^ I had
rather be filent than fpeak ill ; or Alas quiero a
Pedro que a Judn^ I love Peter more, or better than
John,
T^he Irregular Verb Pon6r, Ti piity or flace.
Indicative Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
f Yo pongo
♦ 5/;?^. < Tu pones
Pkr. < Poneis
(^ Pdnen
Preterinnperfeft,
r Ponia
i Poni'a
Ponia 1 did puf
^ing. ^ Pen 1 as Ton did pit
"'oiua- He did pit
?lu
^/3^ Spanish Grammar, 14
r P o n ia m 03 We did put
Plur. V Poniadeis 7^e did put
^ Ponian They did put
Firft Preterperfecl,
\
\
r Pu^e
Sir.g. \ PusJile
Z'^/-. •? Pusilleis
/ Pufieron
Second Preterperfc6t.
^ing. He, ©r huve Puerto, 1 have put , Sec
Preterpluperfect.
Sing. Havia Pueflo, I had put, Sec.
Firft Future.
Sif2g, Pondre, or pome Jjha/Iy or will put, &c.
Second Future.
S;>27. He, or Tengo de poner 1 am to, or maji put, &c,
Third Future.
Havre de poner //'^/V z^^- obliged to put
Ha via de poner / had, or / w^j to put
Imperative Mood.
Sinr i ^°" ^" Z>5,yi?« ^«/, or/«/ thou
\ Ponga cl Let him put
r Pongamos nofdtros Let us put
Plur. < Poned vofotros Do ye put ^ or let ye put
t Pongaa ellos Let them put
Suh
146 The RUD IMENTS of
Subjunaive a^J Optative Mood.
J Como, Aunque, Oxala,
I M^'ben^ "tkougb. Would to God.
Prefent Tenfe.
f Ponga.
Slsig. < Pongas
£ Pdnga I Whenj or God gram Ida
f Poiigamos I put^ &c.
Phr,\ Pongais
£ Pdngaa
Preterimperfedt,
Puficra, pufieile, or pornia, pon- "
dria
^. . Ptzfieras, pufieffes, or pormas,
^^' s pondrias
Puliera, pufieffe, or pornia, pon-
dria -LWheHy ornxouldhGod
Pufieramo?, pufiefiemos, or por- f I did putyhot
liam-os, pondnamos
•eradeis, pufiefedeis, or por-
niadeis, pondriadeis
Pufieran, pufieilen, cr pornian,
pondrian
r Fuiie
I
Preterperfe(5l.
C Haya "J r
f Hayamos ( ^ | ^<^'
Fhr.i Hiyzis I I
(Hayan J L
Firil
the Spanish Grammar.'
Firft and Second Preterplnperfedls.
Hi
f Huviera, or huvIe.Te "J r
Sing. < Huvieras, or luiviefTes / I Whin^ df
t Huviera, or huviefle ^ ^P (k ) '^'^o^^^^oGod
f Huvieramos, or huviefTemos j ueito, < j ^^^ ^^^^
Piur. < Huvleradeis, or huvielTedeis I I &c.
^ Huvieran, or huvieflTen J (^
Firft Future*
r Pufiere ^
^//jg-. < Pufieres I
( Pufiere ( When, or G^^ |:r«»/ / fiall puti
r Pufieremos ( &c.
P/ar. < Pufieredeis I
4 Pufieren J
Second Future,
r Huviera, e^- havre "J T
^'''^* / Huvi^re' I l ^^'^' ^^ G.^^rrf«/
C Huvieremos f P^^^°' < { ^^^^ ^^'^'P'''>
i'/ar.-jHuvieredeis I I ^^'
tHuvieren J \^
Infinitive Moodi
Prefent Tenfe*
t'oner, To put
Preterperfedl Tenfe.
Haver pueHo j To hamt pul
Gerund*
Poniendoj Putting
T48 ne RUDIMENTS of
Participle Paffive.
Pucilo Puf, Sec.
After this manner are declined in all rcfpefts,
Compomr^ to compofe, '^o compofigo^ I compofe,
ccmpife^ I have compofcd ; Dtfponer^ to difpofe,
diffongo^ I difpofe, dijpufe^ I have difpoied ; Ante-
pQner^ to fet before, antepongo^ I fet before, antepufe^ I
have kt before ; Proponer^ to propofe, propongo^ I
nropofe, propufe^ I propofed *, and, if there be any
other Verbs derived by Compofition from Fonir,
T!}oe Irregular Verb Hacer, 7i? do^ or make.
Indicative Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
Preterimperfed.
f Vo Hago "^ /^<? or make
Sing. < Tu haces / ^ou do or tnake
(_ El hace ( He does or mmkes
C Hac^mos (W^e door make.
Plu}\ < Haceis I T£ do or make
t Hacen J They do or /7^/f/
f Haoia
Swg, < Hacias
^ Hacia
f Haciamcs
Pkr, < Haciadeis, or haciais
^Hacian
/ did or made, &c.
Firft Prcterperfcd.
f Hice J
^;>X. < Hiciflt > / ^tf-rr ?r:i(dey &c.
I Fkr,
//i? Spanish Grammar. 149
licimos
licifteis
t Hicieron
r Hicimos 1
P/«r.< Hicifteis > lJ"i have made ^ &.Q..
Second Preterperfc^b.
f He, or huvc "J
Sing. < Has I
f Ha * T-T ' K J ^ ^^'^^ '''^'^'*
r Hcmos, (prhavemos r* * j or pi^de^ Scc^
Flur. < Havcis \
(Han J
Preterpluperfe<fl,
r Ha via
5;>^. < Ha V lis
( Havk
r Haviamos
P/wr. < Haviideis
( Havian
Hecho, < / /('^^ </o^f or maJe^ 5:c.
Firft Future.
f Hare
Sivg. < Haras
( Hara Xljhall^ or ^j:i}l do, or «rit^r,
Haremos ( &c.
i hlaremi
P/«r. I Hareis
( Haran
Second Future.
f He, or tengo de hacer ^
Sing. < Has de haccx'- I
(_ Ha de liaccr ^ / <»« /*, or muji h^
(■ Hemos de h^cer ( or j^.'^i^, &c.
/*/»r. < Havevs de hacer l
( Han de hacer J
Third Future.
Havre de hacer, 1 Jhall he olUgd to do
Lj Foaith
jp The RUDIMENTS of
Fourth Future.
Jiavia de hacer J had, qr / n^jas to da
Imperative Mood.
p. C Haz, or hace tu Do or tnah thou, or do thou
^^^g- "^ Haga el Let him do or Tiiake
r Hagamos nofo'tros Let us do or tnake
Plur. < Hnced vciotros Do]e or make ye, let ye de
(^ Hagaii eilos Let them do or make
5ubjun6tive and Optative Mood.
Como, Aunque, Oxala.
fVben^ Though^ PVoidd to God.
Prefent Tenfe.
S^Kg. < Hagas I
^ Kaga I JVhcK, or God grant /
r Hagamos f </c or ;/7«Xr, &c.
P/i^;-. < HegaU I jj
IHagan J M
Preterimperfeft.
f Hiclera, hiciciTe, haria
^biy. -< Hicicras, hicieiTes, hariis
Hiciera, hiciefle, haria XlVhen^OYivouIdtoGcd
Hicieramos, hicieffemos, hariamos ( J did do or make, &c.
Tedeis, hariadeis
harian
Frcter-
C Hicieramos, hicieffe
i Hicieradeis, hicieire
^Hicieran^ hicicflen.
//5^ Spanish Grammar, 351
Preterperfed.
f Haya hecho "J
Sing. < Hayas hecho /
( Hay a hecho \ U%e?t, or God grant I hwve
r Hayamos hecho J inade^ or done^ &c.
Plur. < Hayais hecho
J Hay an hecho
]
Firft and Second Preterpluperfeds.
r Huviera, or havieiTe 'I f Trn
Sing. ^ [^uvicras, o/- huviefies
^ Huviera, <jr huvieiTe
<ii'cu/d to
tiuv eramos, er huvieikmos f '^ // or
P/«r. < Huvieradcis, or huvielledeis
/ Huviera.n, or huvielTen
madeySiQ.
THicle
^/'V^. < Hicie
^ Hicie
rHicicremo
^Iur.< Hicieredei
^ Hicieren
Firft Future.
re
leres
iciere I Wheny or God grant 1 Jhall ot
mas I ^ ill do or make^ &:q.
Second Future.
f Huviere, or havre
Sing. ^ Huviercs , , rrr, ^ ,
/Huviere ( . \ U Ijen, or God grant
eremos ^ Hecho, < IJhall han)e dont
C Huvie
< Huvie
^ Huvie
P/ar. •< Huviercdcis
[uvierea
or madey &c>
Infinitive Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
Hacer, fo da or «r«/?^.
L 4 Preter-
152 r/je RU D IMENTS of
Preterpcrrc6l Tenle.
Haver hecho To kaue done or tnads
Future Tenfe.
Haver, or efperar de hacer % make or do hereafttr
Gerund.
Haciendo Doing or making
Participle A(5live of the Preter Tenfe.
Hecho Made or done^ SiC,
In the fame manner are declined all the Verbs
proceeding by compofition from Hacer ^ as Dc/bacer^
to undo, Rebaccr^ to make again, Contrabacer^ to
counterfeit.
^he Irregular Verb^ Caber, T^o be contained
Indicative Mood.
Prefert Tenfe.
f Yo quepo / am contained
Sing, < T\i cabes Ton are contained
^ El cabe He is contained
r Cabemos Pf^^ are contained
flur. < Cabeis Te are contained
j^ Gaben fhej are contained
Preter-
tke Spanish Gramma r<
53
Preterimperfcd.
Sm
Plur
CabIa
I <vjas contained
Cabias
Tou nvas contained
Cabia
He <vcas contained
Cabiamos
We <u:ere contalved
Cabiadeis
Te nvere contained
Cabian
They iverc contained
Firft Preterperfed.
Sing.
?h
f Cupe
< CupLle
^ Lupo
(" Cupimo
< Cupiliei
^ Cupiero
/ hanje been contained
lou Lave been contained
He has been contained
We ha^e been contained
Te have been contained
They ba^e been contained
Second and Third Preterperfeds.
f He, Of huve cabido
Sing. < Has cabivio
^ Ha cabido
Hemos cabido
Haveis cibido
Han cabido
Plur. \
I hai'e been contained
Tou ha've been contained
He has been contained
We have b en contained
Te have been contained
They have been contained
Preterplupcrfcdl.
f Ha via
Sing. < Havias
t Havia
( Haviamos
Plur. < Haviideis
(^ Havian
Cabido,
7 had been contained
Tou had been covtained
He had been contained
We had been contained
Te had been contained
They had been contained
FIrft Future.
?h
r Cabre
< Cabras
l_ Cabra
r Cabremo$
Sing. X Cabreis
^ Cabran
1 Jhall or vjill be contained
Tou Jh all or vcill be contained
He Jhall or ic/// be contained
We Jhall Qx voill be contaitied
Te Jhall or vcill be contained
They Jhall or v^ill be contained
Second
154 "^e RUDIMENTS of
Second Future.
C He, cr tengo de caber "^
Shg. < Has de caber /
^ Ha de caber I I am fo, or mzfj^ be
f Hemos de caber f cofttained, 8cc.
Tlur. < Haveis de caber I
{^ Han de caber J
The Third and Fourth as in the other Verbs.
Imperative Mood.
^. C Cabe ta
^'^- \ Quupa el
Be you contained
Let him he contained
C Qj-pamos nofotros Let us be contained
Tlur, < ' .abed vofdtros Be ye contained
t Qh^P^J^ ^ilo^ ^^^ ^^^^ ^^ contained
Subjundive ^;;^ Optative Mood.
CComo, Oxala, Aunque.
\ WhcHy God grant y Though,
Prelent Tenfe.
f Quepa
Sing. < Quepas
^ Quepa I When, or God grant 1 hk
f Quepamos ( contained^ &c.
?lur. < Quepais
L Quepan
Preter^
the Spanish Grammar.
S5
Preterimperfed:.
f Cupiera, cupiefle, cabria
Sinv. ^ Cupieras, cupieiTes, cabrias
f Cupiera, cupiclTe, cabria
Cupieramos, cupiefTemos, cabriamos
Flur. -{ Cupieradeis, cupiefledeis, cabriadeis
Cupieran, cupieffen, cabrian
Iflen, or ivould
to God 1 ^vas
contained, See.
Preterperfedt.
f Ha
ing. < Ha
(Ha
(Ha
^r. \ Hd
(Ha
Haya cabido
Hayas cabido
ay a cabido
Hayamos cabido
ayais cabido
ay an cabido
Pf^efiy or God grant I
haue been contained jSiC»
^ing.
Plur,
Firft and Second Preterpluperfeds.
huvieue
or huvieiTes
huviefle
r Huvieramos, or huvieflemos
< Huvieradeis, or huvieiTedeis
( Huvieran, or huvielTen
Cabido,
IVhen, or
<u!ould to
God I had
been coti-
tained^ &€.
^ing.
flur.
f Cupiei
< Cupiei
( Cupiei
f Cupiei
< Cupiei
( Cupiei
I ere
ieres
sere
Cupicremos
iredeis
ipieren
Firft Future,
\
When,or God grant
I pall, or nvill be
contained^ &c.
Second Future.
^ing.
rk>
Huviere, or havre
Huvieres,
Huviere
Huvieremos
Huvieredeis
Huvieren
I
PFhen, or God grant I may
Cabido I or Jhall be contained here-
after^ &c.
Infinitive
156 "The RUDIMENTS of
Infinitive Mood.
\ Prefent.
Caber To be untainei.
Preterperfedl.
Haver cabldo To have been contained.
Gerund.
Cabiendo ^e'i% contained.
Participle.
Cabido Contained.
I
72v Irregular Verb^ Ver, "to fee.
Indicative Mood<
veo
ves
C Yo vc
ting, \ 1 u ve
I EI ve
r V e
CVei
' emos
is
Ven
r Vis
rvi
(Vi
Prefent Tenfe,
I/ee
Tou fee
He fees
Wefet
Te fee
Theyfei
Preterimperfedl.
Via, or vcia
IS
Viamos
adeis
lan
1 did fee
Tou did fee
He did fee
We did fee
Ye did f^e
Ihey didfet
Pira
the Spanish Grammar. 1 57
Firft Preterpcrfe^l.
CVi,
Sing. \ \\{
I Vic
fVi
PJur. i Vi
tvi
or vide
iftc
Vio
imos
illeis
icron
J fa-TV
y'ou faiM
He fa-TM
Wefax^
Ye jfu'^w
Second and Third Preterperfcdls.
Sin?.
C He, or huve vifto
< Has vifto
" ( Ha vifto
f Hemos vifto
Plur. < Haveis vifto
^ Han vifto
/ have fee ft
Tou ha'vefeen
He has feen
We hanje feen
Ye hwve feen
Ihey ha<ve feen
Preterpluperfed:.
■^i7lg.
Havia
Havias
Havia
C Haviamos
Tlur. < Haviadeis
^ Havian
Vifto,
Firft Future.
■\
Plur.
Ytxi
^'eras
Vera
Veremos
Vereig
eran
/ had feen
You had feen
He had feen
We had feen
Ye had Jeen
They bad feen
IJhall or nMill fee
You Jhall or ivill fee
HefhalloT luiil fee
Wefiall or wclll fee
YeJJpall or n.mllfee
Tfhtyfhall or 'will fee
Second Future.
Svig.
f He, orKix
< Has de ve
^ Ha de ver
tengo de ver
er
f Hcmos de ver
P/w. < Haveis de ver
C Han de ver
I am to or muf fee
Yoijt are to QV mufl fee
He is to or mufl fee
We are to ox mufl fee
Ye are to or mujffee
Thty are to or muft fs€
The Third and Fourth as in the other Verbs.
Imperative
158 lie RUDIMENTS of
Imperative Mood.
<:;«, S ^^^> "■ v^ '" -P" thou fee, or fee thinl
^"^•IVeael Let him fie
Veamos nofotros Let us fee
Ved vofotros Do ye fee y or let ye fee
Vean ellos Let them fee
Tlur\
The Subjun6bive, the Optative, and the Infinitive
Moods, altogether as in the other Verbs before, as
the Prefent Tenfe of the two firft Moods Vea^ the
Preterimperfcdl, Viera^ veria^ viejfe •, the Preter-
perfedl, Haja vzjlo, the Preterpluperfedl, Huviera^
or huviejfe vtfto \ the Future, Viere, The Infinitive,
Ver^ Participle, Vifio,
j
The Irregular Verb Caer, To falL
Indicative Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
C Caigo Ifall
\ Caes Thoufalleft
t Cae Hefal/s
Caemos We fall
?lur, -J Caeis Te fall
rheyfali
f Caem
-. < Caeis
(Caen
Preterimperfe6l.
Caia, caias, &c.
Firfl: Preterperfed*.
Cai, caiHe, &c.
Second
the Spanish Grammar. 159
Second Preterperfed.
He ca'ido. Has caido, &c.
And fo of the other Tenfes, like the regular Verbs.
Imperative Mood.
C Cae Do you fall, ox fall thou
^'''^' \ Calga Let him fall
f Caigdmos Let us fall
Plur. \ Ca^ Do ye fall, or let ye fall
I Caigan Let them fall
Infinitive Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
Caer Tofall
Gerund.
Cayendo Falli/2g
The Verb Entender^ to underfland, in the Pre-
fent Tenfe of the Indicative Mood makes Entiendo ;
Preterperfecl. Ente7tdz,
Of the Verbs in Cer,
THE following Verbs ending In cer^ are gene-
rally fpek without an /, though it were
Jtc\oxQ proper to write them with it before the r,
which would render them all regular, and more
anfwerable to the Latin^ from which many of them
are derived ; but fmce we generally find them other-
wife, it is proper to note them down here.
Infinitive.
i6o The RU D I AGENTS of
Infinitive.
Adolecer, to gronv ftck
Agradecer, to thank
Amortecer, to dye aiA^ay
Desfallecer, to faint
Apetecer, to dtjire
Crecer, to gro-uj
Encallecer, to <zvax hard as aCorn
Encarecer, to magnify
tftablecer, to ejlablip?
Feriecer, to finrjh
Pacer, to feed
Perecer, to periJJ)
Compadecer, to ha've CompaJJion
Conocer, to hionv
Padecer, to fuffer
Ofrecer, to offer
Guarnecer, to garnijh
Parecer. to appear
Nacer, to he born
Enfiaquecer, to gro^M lean
Enriquecer, to enrich
Empobrecer, to gro-zv poor
Endurecer, to gro-iv hard
Fallecer, to fail or dye
Engrandecer, to magnify
Entriftecer, to gro^w melancholy
Ennoblecer, to ennoble
Florece r, to Jlourijh
Fortalecer, to Jirengthen
Favorecer, tofaioiir
Obedecer, to obey
Defvanecer, to make ^ain
Enfoberbecer, to gronv proud
Emmudecer, to groiv dumb
Ellablecer, to eftablijh
Merecer, to merit.
Indicative,
^rejent Tenfe.
Preterperfei
Adolefco
Adoleci
Agradefco
Agradeci
Amortefco
Am' rteci
Desfallelco
Desfalleci
Apetelco
Apeteci
Crefco
Creci
Encallefco
Encalleci
Encarefco
Encareci
Etlablefco
Ellableci
Fencfco
Feneci
Pafco
Paci
Perefco
Pereci
Compadefco
Compadeci
Conolco
Conoci
Padefco
Padeci
Ofrefco
Ofreci
Guarnefco
Guarneci
Parefco
Pareci
Nafco
Naci
Enflaquefco
Enflaqueci
Em'iquefco
Enriqueci
Empobrefco
Empobreci
Endurefco
Endureci
Faliefco
Falleci
Engrandefco
Engrandeci
Entriilefco
Entrifteci
Ennobleico
Ennobled
Florefco
Floreci
Fortalefco
Fortaieci
Favorefco
Favoreci
Obedefco
Obedeci
DeiVanefco
DeiVaneci
Enfoberbefco
Enfoberbeci
Emmudefco
Emmudeci
Eaablefco
Eflableci
Merefco
Mereci
Except from this general Rule, Vencet\ to over-
come, Venzo^ Venci \ which (hows what was faid
above, that they might more properly all be writ
with an / in the inhnitive Mood, and prefent
Tenfc of the indicative Mood, as Pafdr^ from the
l^atin Pdfi^re j conofccr^ from the Latin cognofcere^
and .
the Spanish Grammar. i6 i
and fo of others ; but cullom has prevailed to write
them as above, and there is no contending againft
it •, but Veneer^ cannot admit of the }\ being de-
rived from the Latin vincere^ and therefore keeps
on without an / in all Moods and Tenres>
Of the Verbs in ger.
THE following Verbs which have their Infi-
nitive in ger^ make the Prefent Tenfe of the
Indicative Mood, by changing g into j ; the fame
in the third Singular, and the firft and third Plural
of the Imperative Mood, and through all perfons,
and both numbers of the Prefent Tenfe of the
Optative, and the Subjunflive Moods : That is
when in the ultima^ or laft fyllable there is an a or o.
Indicative.
Infinitive. Prefent Tenfe, Fr tier per feEf,
Encoger, to Jhrink^ Encdjo, Encogi.
Hecoger, to gather, Rscojo, Recogi.
Acoger, to entertain y Acoj j, Acogi.
Efcoger, to choofe, Eicojo, Efcogi.
Coger, to catchy Cojo, ^ogi-
In other Moods and Tenfes, like the Regulars,
except the Tenfes before mentioned.
Of the Verbs in er.
THE following Verbs in er make the Prefent
Tenfe of the Indicative Mood by adding i
in the laft fyllable but one of the Inftnitive, and
M the
i62 The RUDIMENT'S of
the fame in the fecond and third Perfons Singular,
and the third Plural of the Imperative Mood, and
throughout the Prefent Tenfe of the Optative and
the Subjunflive Moods.
Indicative^
Infinitive.
Prefient Tenfe. Preterperfe^f,
Defender, to defend ^
Defiendo,
Defend! .
Hender, to cka^ve a/under y
Hiendo,
Hendi.
Cerner, to fifty
Cierno,
Cerni.
Entender, to underjiafid.
Entiendo,
Entendi.
Heder, to Jlink^
Kiedo,
Hedi.
Indicative^
Prefent.
Preterperfe5i,
Vuelvo,
Volvi.
Suelo,
Soli.
Caezo,
Cozi.
Duelo,
Doll.
Huelo,
Oil.
The next underneath form the Prefent Tenfe of
the Indicative, by turning o in the lad Syllable but
one of the Infinitive into ue •, and the fame in the
fecond and third Perfon Singular, and the third
Plural of the Imperative Mood, and throughout
the Prefent Tenfe of the Optative and Subjundlive.
hifinitive^
Volver, to tunty
Soler, to he n,vont,
Cozer, to boil,
Doler, togric've,
Oler, tofmelly
The fame in all Verbs deriv'd from any of them ;
as Revolver^ to ftir about ; Condoler^ to fuffer
with, ^c.
The next are vary'd as follows.
Indicative.
Infinitive. Prefent Tenfe. Preterperfe^,
Caer, to fall, Caigo, Cai.
Roer, to gnanv, Roigo, Roi.
Yalcr, to 6( iK-orthj Valgo, Valf.
Of
the Spanish Grammar.' 163
Of Verbs Pafive of the Second Conjugation^
THEY are formed and conjugated in the fame
manner as thofe of the firlt Conjugation j as
ver^ to fee is made paffive, thus :
Prefent. Indicative. Imperfedt. Perfe6l»
f S6i viilo T ^ Cc-ravino "^ '^ Fui, or he fidd ^
SiK7. < eres viflo / I -s ^^as vilio / | villo, il^c. §
f Soi villo
ng. < eres vide
^ es viilo
era villo • v^^
r Somos viftos f ^5 r eramos viilos f | And fo the reft §
Plur. < So'is viilos \ 9?^ eradeis viftos I " of die Tenles.
^ Son viftos J ^ C ^^^" viilos Jo p
Of Verbs Reciprocal
Thefe Verbs, and all terminated in erfe, are like-
wife conjugated as thofe of the firft Conjugation -, as
Perderfe> Ti lofe onisfelf, to be hji.
Indicative.
Prefent. Impe^-fedl. Perfecfl.
J' f Me perdi !^
^'e perdiile %
Nos perdemos f -^ C Nos perdiamos \h { N'os perdimos^
P/. ^ Os perdeis \ ^ ^ O^ perdiadeis 1 .3 j Os perdiHeis "^
Se pierden J o ^ Se perdian J § ^ ^e perdi^rron f>
r Me pierdo 1 t: C Me perdia 1 ^ C ^'^
5z. < Te pierdes I % I Tc penlias ill Te
^ Se pierde I J ^ Se perdia ( -l^ C ^e
5 perdemos r,^ r Nos perdiamc
perdeis \r^\ ^^ perdiadeis
)ierden J p C Se perdian
and fo of the other Tenfes
The Imperative thus :
«. C Pierdete 1
^'"^- I Pierdefe /
M 2 ^^/.^
Pierdete
^ Pierdefe
fPerdamofnos J>- Lofe ^''^*'Ai^'
Plur. < Perdedos
(_ Pierdanfe
i64 7?^^ RUD TMENTS of
Note, That the Perfons are often doubled in the
Conjugation of thofe Verbs ; as, 2I9 me phrdo, tu
te perdes, el fe fierde, &c. or thus, Pierdome, Pier-
defie, Perdieje^ &c. by putting im Pronoun after
the Verb.
Of Verbs Imperfonah.
The Imperfonals of this Conjugation are.
Haver, To he, as in ^juhat concerns a Place^ &c.
Indicative.
Prefcnt Tenfe.
Hai, or no hay There is, or there is noL
ImperfccH:.
flavia. There fwas.
Fir ft Preterperfedl.
Kuvo, There ivas, or there has been.
Second Perfect.
Ha havido. There has been,
Plufperfed.
Havia havido.' There had hten.
Future.
Havra," ^^^* '^'itl, or /hall he.
I Second
//5<? Spanish Grammar. 165
Second Future.
Ha de haver, 72vr^ muji hs.
and fo of the other Futures.
Imperative.
Hay a, Let there he.
Optative. Prefent.
Oxala que Lava, God grant that there he.
Imperfe(5l.
Que huviera, &C. ^at there might he.
Perfea.
Que hay a havido, Tl^at there hath hcen^
Plufperfecl:.
Que huviera havido, V.^at there had heen.
Future.
Que huviere. That there fiall he, &c.
The Spanijh is perfed Latin in the ExprefHons
of the imperlbnal Verbs, which manner cannot be
found in the EngUJk^ French^ and other Languages ;
the Engli/b being obliged to add there^ or i/, and
the French ii^ &c. and this in all the Imperfonals
throughout all the Conjugations.
Examples.
Hai un hombre que me efpera abaxo para ir a la Comedia, 77:^erg
is a Man that Jiays fdr me bflonjn t9 go to the Plaj-}x>u/e.
-M 3 Havia.
i66 The RUDIMENTS of
Havia cien foldados enla Embofcada, T/jere ^ere one hundred
Soldiers in the Amhujh .
No havia mas que treinta y aos^There nvere no more than thirty-tnf:o.
Que haya o no haya poco imporia, that there be, or noty is but
of little Importance, &c.
Ser, ^0 hc^ as in what concerns the EJfence^ or ^ia^
lilies of a Things &c.
Indicative,
Pre/. Es, no es // is, it is nor.
J/nperf. era, // ivas.
Perf. Eue, It hath been,
and fo in the other Tenfes.
Examples.
Es noche, or es de ndche, It is Kighi.
Es verdsd. It is true.
Era afs!. It 'was fo.
Que fea 6 no Tea, que fe me da, fhat it be, or not be, nvhai is
it to me.
In the fame manner is conjugated the Verb Ser
MencfJr, to be neceilury, or requifue, as
Es Menefter, que yo vaya a ver la Ciadad the Londres, pucs
es un Mundo pequeno, enque florecen tddas las Artes y Ciencias
que eUaa divididas per las quatro partes de el Mundo, // is ne-
crjfary that 1 go to fee theCity of Londion, becaufe it is a little
World, in '-Lvhich all the Arts and Sciences that are dinjidcd in the
four Parts of the World do flour if j.
Sera Menefler, que Pedro y Juan fe avcngan, // ^ill he ne-
ceffary or requifte, that Peter and John agree together.
Si fuera Menefler, yo vinicra, 1 nvould comt if it fould he r^
qui fit e or r.e ceffary, ^c.
m
the Spanish Grammar. 167
l^je Verb Jmperfonal Placer, Ti plcafe.
Indicative Mood.
Pref. Place, It pkafes.
Imperf. Placid, It d':dpleafe.
Firfi Perf. Plugo, It pie a fed.
Second Per/. Ha Placido, // has pleafed,
and fo in the other Tenfcs.
Imperative,
Plega, Let it pkafey &c.
Llover^ To Rain.
Llueve, Jt rains.
Llovia, It did rain, Src,
Heder, To Stink.
Hiede, It flinks,
Hedia, // didjiink, &c.
0/e>, To fmell.
This Verbs changes 0 into hue in the Prefent
Tenfes, as
Huele, It fmelU.
Huela, Let it fmell.
Que hucla, 'That it may fmell, &c.
Acontecer^ acaeccr^ To happen.
Acontece, // happe?ts, &c.
Perteneccr^ To belong.
Pertenece, // belongs, Sec.
M 4 Enough
i68 "The RU D IMENTS of
Enough of the Imperfonal Adlivcs, let us now
put an Example of the Imperfonal PafTive,
Leerfe^ To be read.
Se L-p, // is reading.
Se Leia, ^ It ivas reading.
Sc Leyd, // /jas kern read, 5rc.
And fo are conjugated ejlahkcerfe^ to be cftablifli-
ed or ordered by Parliament, ^c.
Se efiablece. It is ejiahlijhed.
6e eftablecia. It ixas eftahlijking.
Se eiiablecid , It has been ejiablijhed, kc.
Im^eraiiie, Eflablefcafc, Let it be ejlablipedy &c.
Saherfcy To be known.
Se fabe, or fabefe. It is knoivn.
Se labia, or fabiaie. It ^was km'wn.
Se fupo, cr fupofe. It has been knoivn, kz.
Jmperati've, Sepafe, Let it be knoivn, &c.
N. B. That all the Verbs regular or irregular
of the Second Conjugation, may be conjugated in
the fame manner as thofe of the firfl Conjugation
by the auxiliar Verb efldr, and the Gerund of the
yerb: as,
Prefent Tenfe. Indicative.
€ Leo, or eiloi Leyendo "^
§wg, < Lees, or eft as Leyendo i
f LeemoSjoreftamosLeyendo (^ ^ ' ' &» ' '
f/ur^i Leeis, or eftais Leyendo I
4 Leen, or ellan Leyendo J
and fo ill the reft of the Mopds and Tenfes.
Of
/;&^ Spanish Grammar. 169
Of Verbs Regular of the third Conjugation
in ir, as
Subir, *To go up or afcend.
Indicative Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
f Subo
Sing. < Subes
(SuW
f Subimos
Plur. I Subis
^ Suben
I go up or afctncl, &C.
Preterimperfed:,
C Subia
Sing. < Subias
t Subia
r Subiamos
Plur. < Subiadeis, or fubiais
^ Subian
]
/ njoas going up, &C.
Firft Prctcrperfcd.
f Subi
Si??g. < Subiile
I Subio
f Subimos
P/ur. i Subifteis
( Subicron
]■
tufni up or fifcended.
Sec.
"i \
Has
Ha
f Hemos
flur. < Haveis
(Han
Second and Third Preterperfeds
He, or huve T C
Subido, i
Ihave gone up or
afcended. Sec,
Fretcr-
lyo "The RUDIMEN'TS of
Preterpluperfedt,
r Havia "J r
$ifig. < Havias I I
V 5^"^!^ i Subido, \ ^ ^^/^'«' ""P ^^ ^/^^«^-
f Haviamos f * \ e^, &:c,
Tlur. < Haviadeis I I
t Havian J C
Firft Future.
r Subire
Shg. < Subiras
(_ Subira
f Subiremos
Flur. < Subireis
^ Subiran
/y^«// or fwill go lip or af-
cenuy &c.
Second Future,
f He, or tengo de fubir
5i«j". < Has de fubir
^ Ha de fubir \ I am io or muft go up or «/*
r Hemes de fubir \ cend, &c.
P/«»-. < Haveis de fubir
^ Han de fubir
The Third and Fourth Future as in the other Verbs.
Imperative Mood.
^'"^•isubael
f Subamos nofdtrbs
Tlur. < Subid vofdtros
t Suban ellos
Go you up or afcend
Let him go up or afcend
Let us go up or afcend
Do ye go up or afcend
Let them go up or afcend
Subjundllve
the Spanish Grammar. 171
Subjundtivc a?id Optative Mood.
J Como, Aunque, Oxala,
iWheHy God grants Would to God.
Prefent Tenfe.
C Suba ^
Sing. < Subas I
^ Suba ( IVhen or God grant I do go
r Subamos f ' up ox afund, &c.
Plur. < Subals I
^ Suban J
Three Preterimperfe6ts.
f Subiera, fubiefle, or fubiria *J
5'/;/^, < Subieras, lubieiles, or fubirias I ,,,, . , ^
^ I a \-' r u'.r r u- ' I t^hen.m 'would to
(^ Subiera, lubielle, or iubiria ! n j j jj
C Subieramos, fubiefTemos, or fubiriamos f /" l? £
Plur. < Subieradeis, fubieffedeis, or fubiriadeis I y > •
(^ Subieran, fubiefTen, or fubirian J
Preterperfed.
f Haya
Sing. < Hayas
r Hay Los ^^^^^^°'
Plur. < Hayais
^ Hayan
JVhen, ox God grant I ha've gont
up or afcendedy &c.
Firft and Second Preterpluperfeds.
f Huviera, or havielTe "^ f ^
Sing. \ Huvicras, or huviefies • I I ^'^^
t Huviera, or huvieffe f . , , , j '^oMtoGod
CHuvieramos, or huvieflemos \ ^"^'^^' < ^^^^gone^P
Plur. < Huvieradeis, or huvieiTedeis I j ^J ''J^'^nded^
( Huvieran, «r huvielTen J \J^^'
Firft
172 th^ RUDIMENTS of
Firfl Future.
r Subiere "J
Siȣ. < Subieies I
t Subiere I PT^en, or God grant IJhall or
rSubieremos f ^ill go up ov afcend, kc.
Plur, < Subieredeis I
^ Subieren J
Second Future.
f Huviere, or havre 'J C
^hg, < Huvieres I I When, or God grant
(^ Huviere i <; b'H ) ^P^^^ ^^'^^ S°^^
fHuvieremos { * ] a/» or afce7ided,
Plur. < Huvieredeis I I kc,
^ Huvieren J I.
Infinitive Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
Subir, To go up or afiend.
Preterperfed.
Haver fubido, T9 ha'vegone up or afccnded.
Future Tenfe.
Haver er efpcrar de fubir. To ^^ /<? go up or ^^«// hereafler.
Gerund.
Subicndo, Gc/V^ a/> or afcending.
Participle of the Prefent Tenfe and Adive Voice.
EI que fube. Going up or afcending.
Participle Pafiive,
SttbiJo, Cone up or afcended.
In
the Spanish Grammar.^ 173
In the fame manner all other Regular Verbs of
the third Conjugation in ir^ are conjugated ; as
Sufnr^ to fufFer, Hinchir^ or Hencbir^ to fill, ^c.
Thefe four Verbs, Abrir^ to open, Cuhnr^ to
cover, Defcuhrzr, to uncover, and Encuhrzr^ to
conceal, are Regular, except only in the fecond
Preterperfedt Tenfe •, which, inftead of Abndo^ as
other Verbs of this Sort, is Abierto^ Cubierto, Bef-
cubiertOy and Encubierto, Next follow
ne Irregular Verbs of the third Conjugation^
in if, as
Venir, ^0 come.
Indicative Mood.
Prefenc Tenfe.
f Vengo / come
Sing. < Vienes Tou comi
I Viene He comes
f Venimos We come
Plur. < \'enis Te come
t Vienen They come
Preterimperfed.
r Venia
Sing, < Venias
fVeniamos ^I did come, Sec.
P/«r. < Veniadeis, or veniais
t Venian
Firil
174 'I'h^ RUDIMENTS of
Firft Preterperfedt.
f Vine / came
Sing, < Vcnifle Tou came
(^ Vino He came
f Venimos We came
Plur. < Venifteis Te came
(^ Venieron T^ey came
Second and Third Preterperfedls.
f He, or huve "^
^ing. \ Has I
Vlur. \ Haveis
tHan
i
Preterpluperfe6l.
f Havia
Sing, < Havias
Tlur. \ Haviadeis
^ Havian
Firft Future.
f Vendre, or verne
Sing. < Vendras, or vernas
I Vendra, or verna I ^^^^^ ^, ^.^j ^^_
f Vendremos, o/* vernemos |
P/«r. < Vendrcis, or vcrneis
^Vendran, <7rvernan
Second Future.
f He, or tengo de venir
Sing. < Has de venir
^ Ha de venir X^I am to, or /««/f come,
f Hemos de venir
Plur. < Haveis de venir
l^ Han de venir
I lam to.
The Third and Fourth as in the other Verbs.
^ Imperative
the Spanish Grammar, 175
Imperative Mood.
«. ^ C Ven tu Do you come, or come thou
^ ^ \ Venga cl Let htm come
f Vengdmos nofotros Let us come
Plur. < Venid vofotros Do ye come, or let ye come
(^ Vengan ellos Let them come
Subjundive and Optative Mood.
( Como, Oxala, Aunque.
( Wherty God graiit^ Though.
Prefent Tenfe.
f Venga
Sing. < Vengas
C Venga f When, or God grant 1 do
engamos ( come, &c.
r Venga
< Venga
/ Venga
Plur. •< Vengais
'engan
Three Preterimperfeds.
Viniera, vinielTe, vernia, or ven- '
dria
Vinieras, vlniefles, vernias, or
vendrias
Viniera, viniefle, vernia, or ven-
^ _ ^^^ria ^ ^^ IWhen^or rwould to God
C Vinieramos, viniefTemos, vernia- [ I did come, &:c,
I mos, or vendriamos
J Vinieradeis, viniefTedeis, v(
Sing.
Plur.
,'ernia-
J deis, or vendriadeis
I Vinieran, viniefTen, vernian, or
L vendrian
Pretcr-
176 rhe RUDIMENTS of
Preterperfedt,
ing. < Ha]
fHa:
Haya
Hayas
_Haya
r Hayamos
Plur. \ Hayais
/ Hayan
have come^ &c.
Firft and Second Preterpluperfc6ts.
f Huviera, 9r huvIefTe
Bing. \ Huvieras, or huviefles
^ Huviera, or huviclTe
When, ©r
nvould to
|_ nuviera, or nuvicnc Vv '^ J ^^"***^ *<'
f Huvieramos, or huvieflemos f ^^^^^^> \ God 1 had
Tlur. \ Huvieradeis, or huviefTedeis
/ Huvieran, or huviefTen
comey &c°
Firft Future.
f Viniere
tling. < Vinieres
^ Viniere
r Vinieremos
fhr. < Vinieredeis
( Vinieren
When^QX God grant
I JhallyOVwill
come, &c.
Second Future,
f Huvlere, or havre
Sing. < Huvieres,
{ Huviere I VenidoJ ^^^^^' °'" ^^^ ^^^^ IJhall
f Huvieremos f 1 o*^ ^^'^^ ^^^^> ^c.
P/«r. < Huvieredeis
4 Huviercn
Infinitive Mood.
Prefent.
Venij-, Tq m
Future,
the Spanish Grammar, i^y
Future.
Haver de venir, To be to comei
Gerund.
Vinlendo, Coming.
Participle of the Prefent Tenfe and Adive Voice,'
El que viene. He that comes.
Participle of the Preter Tenfe and PalTive Voice,
Venido, Come»
The Compounds of this Verb Venzr., are declined
m every refped in all Moods and Tenfes through-
out as their original ; as Revenlr^ to return. Re-
vengo., Revhw^ &c. Convenir^ to agree, Convengo^
Convlne, &:c. DeveJiir, to become, Devengo.^ De-
vhie^ &c. Sobrevefur, to come upon fuddenly, So'
hrevengOy Sohrevzne., &c.
^be Irregular Verb, Decir^ TCo fay.
Indicative Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
C DjgO 'I fay
Chig. < Dices Tgu fay
C Dice , He fays
f Decimos We fay
/>/«/•. ^Decis Tefay
C^iccn ^hiyfa^
N Prit^r^
178 "The RUDIMENTS of
Preterimperfed.
f Decia
5i^^. < Decias
^ Decia
C Deciamos
Plur. < Deciadeis, or deciais
(_ Decian
/ did fa^
Toil did fay
He did fay
We did fay
Ye did fay
T^hey did fay
Firft Pr^terperfed.
f Dixe
Sing. \ Dixifte
f Dixo
f Diximos
Flur. \ Dixifteis
/ Dixeron
Ifaid
You faid
He f aid
We faid
Ye faid
Iheyfaid
Zing,
Plur.
Second and third Preterperfecls.
fHe
He, or huve dicho
[as dicho
dicho
r Hemes dicho
< Haveis dicho
^ Han dicho
/ ha've faid
Tou have faid
He has faid
We hanje faid
Ye ha<ve faid
Jhey ha'vejaid
Preterpluperfecl.
Sing.
C Havia
< Havifs
^ Havia
f f laviamos
Tlur, < Haviadeis
(^ Havian
Dicho,
7 had faid
Tou had faid
He had faid
We had faid
Te had Jaid
They had faid
Sing
1
Dire
Diras
Dira
f Diremos
PhrA Direis
(Diran
I
Firft Future.
Iflmll or fwill fay
Tou fhall or <u:iil fay
Hefhail or ^1 II fay
Wejhall or ^illjay
Te fhall or nxiU fay
They fhall or nvill fay
Second
the Spanish Grammar^
Second Future.
179
r He, or \
'hig, < Has de
( Ha de d
or tengo de decir
decir
decir
r Hemos de decir
Plur. < Haveis de decir
^ Han de decir
7 am to or tnuji fay
Toil are to or muji fay
He is to or muf fay
IVe are to or muf fay
Te are to or muJi fay
They are to or mufi fay
the reft as in other Verbs,
C Di tu,
'* ( Diga el
igamos nofo'tros
IPlur. -^ Decid vofotros
^an cilos
^^^^^- \ Diga
C Digai
^lur. I Decic
Imperative Mood.
or dice tu Do thou fay
Let him fay
Let us fay
Do ye fay
Let them fay
Subjundive and Optative Mood,
Como, Aunque, Oxala.
When^ Though^ Would to God.
Prefent I'enfe,
i^ing
Plur
ga
gas
ga
C Digam
.^Digdls
V/herij or Qod grant 1
do fay y &c.
Preterimperfed.
f DIxera, dixeiTe, dlria
iiing, < Dixeras, dixelTes, dirias
(_ Dixera, dixelle, diria
C Dixeramos, dixeiTemos, diriamos
Vlur. X Dixeradeis, dixeiTsdcis, diriadeis
{ Dixtran, dixeiTen, dirian
N %
IVhen, orn^jouldtoGod
I did fay, &c,
Pret€r-
'l8o Tie RUD IMENTS of
Preterperfed.
f Haya dicho
Shi^. < Hayas dicho
( Haya dicho iM^'^beXf or God grant I havi
f Hayamos dicho ( faidy &c.
Thr. < Hayais dicho
f Hayan dicho
Firft and Second Preterpluperfccfts,
f Huviera, or huvieilb ^ C
^itig. < Huvieras, or huvieffes / I When^ or
^ Huviera, or huviefTe S D' h J i^ouldto God
f Huvieramos, or huvieflemos f ^ \ ^ ^^^ f^^^*
Plur. < Huvieradeis, or huvielTedeis i I &c.
^ Huvieran, or huvieffen J L
Firft Future.
f Dixere
Sing. < Dixeres
^ Dixere \ When^ or Gi?^ grant I Jhall or
r Dixeremos | ^vjillfay. Sec.
Plur. < Dixeredeis
^ Dixeren
Second Future.
f Huviere, or havre "J T
5/«^. j Huvieres I \ ^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^
f Huvieremos J I &c
P/«r. < Huvieredeis I I
t Huvieren J L
Infinitive Mood.
Frefent Tenfe.
Decir, ^7^«
Preter-
the Spanish Grammar. i8i
Preterperfeifl Tenfe.
Haver dicho, ^& have /aid.
Future Tenfe,
Aver de decir, Tc hi io fay hereafter.
Gerund,
Diciendo, ^^'?'^*
• Participle Adive of the Prefent Tenfe.
EI que dice. Out fayti^*
Participle of the Preter Tenfe and Paflive Voice.
Die ho. Said.
Participle of the Future Tenfe.
El que ha, cr efpera de decir. He that is ts fay hereafter.
The Compounds of this Verb Dear, in all Points,
through all Moods and Tenfes, are declined like the
Simple, as,
Bendecir, to l/ejs, Bendigo, Bendixe.
Maldecir, to curfe, Maldigo, Maldixe.
Defdecir, ta unfay, Defdigo, Defdixe.
N 3 lie
l82 "J^he RUD IMENTS of
T'he Irregular Verb^ Ir, T^o go.
Indicative Mood.
Prefent Tenfe,
f Vol
Igo
Sing. \ Vrs
Tou go
h^a
He goes
r Vamos
We go
P/;..r J VAis
Te go
^ Van
rheyg.
Pretcrimperfedl:.
riba
I did gG
Sirg, \ 'Ibas
Tou did ga
I 'Iba
He did go
r 'Ibamos
We did gd
i*/;,;- J 'Jbais
Tedidgo
( Iban
Vnydid gn
Firfl
Preterperfea:.
CFiii
Sirg, < Fuifte
(Fue
1 nvent
Ton iveni
He ivent
r Fuimos
We tvent
PA-r. I Fuifleis
77 aven/
{ Fueron
'They iveni
Second and third Preterperfeds,
(He, or
huve
1 r
Shg. \ Flas
1 \
(Ha
f Hemes
> 'Ido, ^ Iiavegme,iiii
?/;^r.-jHaveis
\ \
(Haii
J I
Preter-
the Spanish Grammar. 183
Preterpluperfefl:.
f Havia
^Ing. < Havias
(Havia I ,jj J nadgone,kc:'
fHaviamos ^ ^ o -
Plur. < Haviadeis
( Havian
Firft Future,
Sing. < Iras
Plur. < Ireis
( Iran
Second Future.
r He, {?r tengo de ir
5'/>|', < Has de ir
(Hadeir i /;;?«/? or «« /^ ^^. &C.
C Hemos de ir ' '' *
i'/Mr, < Haveis de ir
( Han de ir
the Reft of the Futures as in the other Verbs.
Imperative Mood.
\ Vaya el Let him g&
f Vamos nofotros Let us gs
Plur.i Id vofdtros Do ye go
i Vayan elloi Let tkm g9
N 4 Subjunftive
i84 "J^he RUDIMENTS of
Subjundlive and Optative Mood,
r Como, Aunqiie, Oxala,
I Wkoi, "Though, Would to God.
Prefent Tenfe.
S.ing, -l Vayas
{ Vaya
'. -i Vayas
tVaya
r Vayamcs ( &c.
Whett, or God grant I dogs^
Tkr, < Vayais
£ Vayan
Preterimperfed Tenfe.
f Fuera, fueile, iria "J
5'/V. < Fueras, fueiTes, iiias I ,,« ,,
/Fuera, fuelTe, iria I ^ ,.' . , ...
Crueramos, fueiiemos, iriamos f „ ^ '
Tlur. X Fueradeis, fueiTedeis, iriadeis I
^ Fueran, fueilen, irian J
Preterperfedl,
C Haya
^inz. -J Hay as
^Haya I ., \ U^en. ox God grant 1 ha've gQr.r,
Hayamos f '"^' \ Sec.
CHaya
f /«r. ^ Haya
(Haya
Two Preterpluperfcfts
f Huvlera, or IiuviefTe
Sif2g. < Huvieras, cr huviefles
(_ Huviera, or huviefle
When^ or
<voouldtoGod
f Huvieramos, or huviefTemos € ' 1 -^ ^^^^ ^^"^>
Tlur, < Huvieradeis, or huvielTedeis | \ &c.
(Huvieran, er huvielTen
Firft
the Spanish Grammar.
Firft Future.
185
f Fuerc
Sing. < Fueres
^ Fuere
f Fueremos
Plur. < Fneredeis
f Fueren
Wljen^ or God grant IJhall ©r
fwill gOj SiC.
Second Future.
C Huviere, cr havre
Sing. < Huvieres
I Huviere
C Huvieremos
P/ur. < Huvieredeis
^ Huvieren
ido.
i
When, or God grant
I Jhall or luill
haije goney &c«
Ir,
Haver ido.
Infinitive Mood.
Pfefent Tenfe.
Togo.
Preterperfedb.
To have gone.
Future Tenfe.
To he to go hereafter.
Gerund.
Going.
Participle of the Prefent Tenfe and Adive Voice.
El que va, He that is going.
Participle of the Preter Tenfe and Paffive Voice.
)d0, QOJJ0,
Haver de ir.
Yendo,
^e
i86 The RUDIMENTS of
^e Irregular Verb, Oir, To bear.
Indicative Mood.
Prcfent Tenfe.
f'Ols
iOy
iOy,
igo / hear
Sing, ^ Oyes Tou hear
Oye He hears
f Oimos We hear
Tlur, \ Cib Ye hear
l^ Oyen Thej hear
Preterimperfe(5l.
)ia / did hear
SinZ' ^ Oias Tou did hear
Oia He did hear
f Oiamos We did hear
Flur, < Oiais Te did hear
(^ Oian ^ej did hear
f Ois
Firft Preterperfed.
\ Oifte
tOyo
/ heard
Sing, ^ Oifte Tou heard
'6 He heard
t Oimos We heard
Plur, < Oiftei* Te heard
JOyeron f hey heard
CHe,
Sing. <Has
CHa
Second and Third Pretcrperfeds.
or hiJve
^,j J I haveheardy
fKemos f ^^^'' 1 &c.
P/i/r. •? Haveis
XHan
Preter-
the S?ANisn Grammar. 187
Preterpluperfefl.
f Havia "^ r
Sing. < Havias I I
(Stmos [o!doJ/WW,&c.
P/ur. < Haviadeia I i
( Havian J L
Firft Future,
f OIre -J
Sing, < Oiras I
f OirLos f ^^^^^' °' -^''^^ ^^^'•' ^<^-
?/«r. < Oireis I
( Oiran J
Second Future,
oir
f He, or tengo de oi
?/Ǥ-, < Has de oir
^ Ha de oir
/ mufl, or am to hear,
f Hemes de oir ( &c,
flur. < Haveis de oir
^ Han de oir
the Third and Fourth as in other Verbs.
Imperative Mood.
J 'Oye ttt Do you hear
I Oiga aquel Let him hear
Oigamos nofdtros Let us hear
b'tros Do ye hear
aquellos Let them heat-
f Oigamos nof
fkr^ < Oid vofdtros
{ Oigan aque]
Subjunflive
i88 "The RUDIMENTS of
Subjundtive a7id Optative Moods nsoith the St'gm
C Como, Aunque, Oxala.
2 iVheny Though y Would to God.
Prefent Tenfe.
'Oiga
Stng. -^ Oigas
Oiga ^ When^ or God grant Ida
hear, &c.
roij
\tng. -l Oil
Vhr.
Three Preterimperfedls.
f Oyera, oyeiTe, or oiria "J
^ing. < Oyeras, oyefies, or oirias I
^ Oyera, oyelTe, o/- oiria f When, or ivould to Gdd
f Oyeramos,oyefiemos,o;' oiriamos J / <///^ ^^«r, &c.
Flur. < Oyeradeis, oyefTedeis, i>r oriadeis I
( Oyeran, oyellen, or oirian J
Preterperfedl Tenfe.
r Haya
Sing. < Hayas
/ Haya \ r\'A J ^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^ S*'^^^ ^
{ Hayamos f * 1 ^^^^'^ ^^^rd, &c,
Plur,
r Hayam
'. < Kay a is
^ Hayan
Two Preterpluperfedls.
r Huviera, or huviefte "J T '?
Sing, \ Havicras, er huvieiTes I I J^'hcn^ ©r
t Huviera, or huviefie ^ I qj^^ J <z^oaA/ to
(f Huvieramos, or huvielTcmos ( ' j Go^:/ / ^tfi'
Tlur. \ Huvieradeis, or huviededeis I I heard, 6cQ.
t Huvierin, cr huvieffea J L
Firft
the Spanish Grammar. 189
Firft Future.
f Oyere
Sing. < Oyeres
^ Oyere
f Oyeremos
Pkr. < Oyeredeis
^ Oyeren
When.or God grant
1 Jhall^ or at'///
heary &c.
Second Future.
f Huvlere, or Havre "1
5/»^. < Huvieres, I
( Huviere f q. , 1 ^f«, or God grant IJhall
r Huvieremos j ' I or w/// ^^Ji/^ ^f^rrf', &c*
P/;<r. < Huvleredeis I
t Huvieren J
Infinitive Mood.
Prefent.
Oir, % hear,
Preterperfedt.
Haver oido, % hanje heard.
Future.
Haver de oir, To he to hear hereafter.
Gerund.
Oyendo, Hearing,
Participle of the Prefent Tenfe and Adlive Voice.
Oyente, or el que oyty He that is hearing.
Participle of the Preter Tenfe and Paflive Voice.
Oido, Heard.
I Ths
190 The RUDIMENTS ef
T^he Irregular Verb^ Herir, 7i hurt or wound.
Indicative Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
fHiero
I nxound
ttng, •
\ Hieres
Ton <VJOund
i Hiere
tie 'Wounds
r Herimos
We ^wound
Pkr.
I Heris
7e nuQund
t Hieren
7hey nuound
• All the other Tenfes of the Indicative Mood arc
as in Verbs Regular \ as
Preterimperfed.
Heria, Herlas, i^c, 1 did ^wound, fee.
Firft Preterperfed.
Heri, Herifle, ^r. 1 ^wounded. Sec,
Second Preterperfed.
He, has, ^c, herido, 1 ha^ve tvounded, ScCs
Preterpluperfed.
Havia, havias, ^c. herido, 1 had luoundedy ScCc
Firft Future.
Herire, Heriras, b*f . / ivi/J ox Jhall <wound, &c.
Second Future.
He Qr tengo, ^c^ dc herir, /, kQ, am to m mufl 'woundy kC,
Imperative
the Spanish Grammar. lyi
Imperative Mood,
«. CHier
5'«^. I Hiei
iiere ta
[iera el
f Hiramos nofo'tros
Flur. < Herid vofotros
^ Hieran ello«
Do you Jlrike or 'nound
Let him Jlrike or ^vound
Let us Jirike or ivound
Da ye jirike or ^juound
Lejt them Jirike or ivoiind
Subjundive and Optative Mood<
Como, Oxala, Aunque.
Whe?i, God grant, 'T'hough.
Sing.
f Hle'i
\ Hiei
(Hier
Prefent Tenfe,
Hiera
ieras
IT3.
C Hiramos
Plur. i Hirais
^ Hieran
^ Wheftf or God grant I ds
nvound, Scz,
Three Preterimperfedls.
or herjria
or heririas
or heriria
C Hirieramos, hiriellemos, or heririamos
Plur. < Hirieradeis, hirie/Tedeis, or heririadeis
( Hirieran, hiriefTen, or heririan
JVhefiy or ivould
to God 1 did
ixound^ ScQ.
When, or njoouJd t9
God I /hall or -will
Future.
f Hiriere
Sing. }. Hirieres
^ Hiriere
f Hirieremos
Plur. ^ Hirieredeis
t Hirieren
The other Tenfes as in Regular Verbs. The In-
finitive Mood the fame. The Gerund Uirmdo^
Wounding.
Tee
J92 "the RUDIMENTS of
T'he Irregular Verbsy Dormir, to Jlcep^ and
Morir, to dye.
Dormir, To jleep.
Indicative Mood,
Prefent Tenfe.
r Duermo ijl^^p
Sing, < Duermes Toujleep
I Duerme Hejleeps
r Dormimos Wejleep
Plur. < Dormis Ye Jleep
t Duermen ^ey Jleep
Preterimperfe(5t.
f Dormia > 7 did Jleep
Sing. < Dormias Tou did Jleep
(^ Dormia He did Jleep
f Dormiamos We did Jleep
Plur. < Dormiadeis Te did Jleep
l_ Dormian they did (leep
Firft Preterperfed.
f Dormi IJlept
Sing. .? Dormifte Toujlept
f'Durmio He Jlept
r Dormimos We Jlept
Plur, < Dormilteis Te Jlept
t Durmieron 1'hey Jlept
Second and Third Preterperfeds.
f He, or huve dormido 1 ha^ve Jlept
Sing. < Has dormido Tou han;e Jlept
( Ha dormido He has Jlept
( Hemos dormido We hwue Jlept
Plur. < Haveis dormido Te have Jlept
i Han dormido they have Jlept
freter-
the Spanish Grammar. 19 j
Preterplupcrfedt.
f Havia "^ r
(HrvLos >Dorm:do. /WA/,&e.
Flur. < Haviadeis I I
^ Havian J L
Firft Future.
r Dormire
^ing. ^ Dormiras
( Dormira I ^^^^^ ^^ c^y////,,/, &c;
r Dormiremos ' •' •' ^
Plur. < Dormireis
^ Dormiran
Second Future.
f He,<?r tengo de dormir
^ing. < Has de dormir
/*/«♦-. -c Haveis de dormir
^ Han de dormir
The other Futures as in the other Verbs.
Imperative Mo6da
*. 5 I^uerme tu Doyoujteep
^'"<^- \ Duerma Let him jleep
f Durmarhos Let us Jleep
//»r. -jDormid Do ye Jleep
^ Duermsn Let them Jleep
Sub'
194 l^he RUDIMENrS of
Subjunctive and Optative Mood,
Como, Aunque, Oxala.
ffhen, though. Would to God.
Prefent Tenfe.
lerma
Sing. -^ Duermas
•rma I When, or God grant I
f Durmamos | dojleep. Sec*
C Duel
ing. < Duel
tDuei
1
P/ur.< Durmais
t Duerman
Three Preterimperfefls.
f Durmiera, durmiefle, or dormiria
Sing. < Durmieras, durmieffes, or dormirias I Whn, or
^ Durmiera,> durmieiTe, or dormiria \ 'would to
f Durmieramos, durmiclTemos, or dormiriamos f God I did
Tlur. X Durmieradeis, durmiefTedeis, or dormiriadeis \ Jleep, &c.
{^ Durmieran, durmiefien, or dormirian J
Preterperfed:.
f Haya dormido "^
Zing. < Hayas dormido I
^ Maya dormido I When, or God grant 1
f Hayamos dormido f ha^e Jlepty Sec.
Plur. < Hayais dormido I
(^ Hayan dormido J
Two Preterpluperfedls*
r Huviera, or huviefle "^ C
Shg. X Huvieras, »r huviefles / \ ^y .^
t huviera, ..huvieffe I Dormido J to God 1 had
CHuvieramos, or huvielTemos J \ II tt Scz
Plur. < Huvieradeis, or huviefledeis I \ J P f '
i Huvieran, cr huvieffen J L
I Fiift
the Spanish GramMAi^. 195
Firfl Future.
f Durmiere "1
^ing. \ Durmieres I ^ ^^ ^^^
I Durmiere I r .,, ^^ ^.,j
Durraieremos
Plur. "{ Durmieredeis
Durmieren
f Dm
'.i Dui
(Dui
/ J^a// or iviU
Jlcsp, &:c.
Second Future.
r Huviere, or havre "J C
Shg, j Huvjeres I \ ^.^^^^ ^^ ^^^ ^^^^^ j
^Huviere ^DormidoJ /«// or W// ^a'vg
C Huvieremos ( I /T/.. c^
?/«r.-jHuvieredeis > ' ■^'^^'' ^'-
( Huvieren
Infinitive Mood.
Prefcnt Tenfe.
Dormir, To fieep,
Preterperfedt.
Haver dormido^ To havejlepu
Future Tenfe.
Haver de dormir> To be tofaep.
Gerund.
Durmiendo) Sleeping.
Participle of the Prefent Tenfe and A6live Voice.
Dormiente, or el que Duerme, He that is Jleeping.
Participle of the Preter Tenfe and PaflTive Voice.
Dormido, Slept.
Participle of the Future Tenfe.
El que ha, or efpera de dormir. About tojleep hereafter,
O z Morir,
196 fhe RUDIMENTS of
Mon'r, To dye.
Indicative Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
f Muero / dye
Sing. < Mueres Tou dye
t Muere He dyes
f Morimos We dye
Plur. < Moris Te dye
(^ Mueren T^ey dye
Preterimperfc6t Tenfe.
f Moria / did dye
Sing. < Morias Tou did dye
f Moria He did dye
f Moriamos M^e did dye
Plur, < Moriais Te did dye
^Morian T^h^ did dye
Firft Preterperfed.
fMori Idy'd
Sing. < Morifle Tou dfd
^ Murio He dfd
C Morimos We dyd
Plur. \ Morifteis Te dfd
t Murieron They dfd
Second and Third Preterperfeds.
f He, or huve muerto / ha^ue dy'd
Sing. < Haa muerto Tou ha^ve dy'd
Ha muerto He has dyd
C Hemos muerto We ha^ve dfd
Plur. < Haveis muerto Te ha've dyd
£ Han muerto fhey have dfd
Pretcr
the Spanish Grammar. 197
Preterpluperfed.
f Ha via
%ing. < Havias
Plur. X Haviadeis
\ Havian
'^i^ \
Firft Future.
Morire
Sing. ^ Moriras
Morira Xljhall, ox ix'ill dyh
f Moriremos ( &c.
Plur. < Morireis
t Moriran
Second Future,
r He or tengo de morir
$ing. < Has de morir
/ Ha de morir . , ^ /j j . «,«
> rr / , ' ?J am tOsQT mutt aje, &c.
f Hemos de morir {^ * J J ^
flur. < Haveis de morir
{^ Han de morir
Imperative Mood.
^ I Muera Let him dye
t Muramos Let us dye
Plur. < Morid Do ye dye
I Mueran let them djf
O I Sub
198 T^he RUDIMENTS of
Subjunftive a^id Optative Mood,
Como, Aunque, Oxala.
JVhe?2^ T'hoiigh, Would to God,
Prefent Tenfe.
r Muera
Sing. < Mueras
{ Muera
r Muramos
Flur. < Aiurais
(. Mueran
!
Wherif or God grant
1 do djCy Sec.
Three Preterimperfefts.
r Muriera, murieffe, or mori- '
I ria
-,. I Murieras, muriefies, or mori-
I Muriera, muriefTe, or mori-
[^ ria Lt , — -
rMurieramos, murielTemos, or \ God 1 did dye y <S:c.
I moririamos
. j Murieradeis, murieffedeis, or
^■' \ moririadcis
\ I Murieran, murielTen, or mori-
When, or ivould U
CHa]
ing. \ Ha;
Preterperfedt.
Haya muerto
Hayas muerto
_ Haya muerto
r Hayamos muerto
flur. \ Hayais muerto
^ Hayan muerto
Wloen^ or God grant I
ha<ve djd. Sec.
Two Preterpluperfeds.
5HuvIera, or huvielTe
Huvieras, or huviefTes
i Huviera, or huviefle ^ ( ^^^^^^^
C Huvicramos, or huvieiTemos f '
^/t*r. < Huvieradeis, or huvieffedeis I
if Huyie^n, sr huviiiTcn J
When, Of
nvou/d to
Godlhad
dyd, &c.
Firft
the Spanish Grammar. 199
Firfl Future.
f Muriere "J
Sing. I Murieres / j^rj ^, c.od grant
y^Y''^,'^ \ lJhalKox\mll
r Alurieremos f ,/ .
Plur. \ Murieredeis I ^^*
^ Murieren J
Second Future.
f Huviere, or havrc ^ C
Sing. ] Huvieres / \ j^y^^^^^ ^^ ^^^ ^^^^^ j
^ Huvieren J l_
Infinitive Mood.
Prefenc Tenfe.
Morir,
To dye.
Preterperfed.
Haver muerto.
To have dy'd.
Future Tenfe.
Haver de morir,
% he to dye
Gerund.
Muriendo,
Dying.
Participle of the Prefent Tenfe and Adlive Voice.
El que muere. He that is dying.
Participle of the Preter Tenfe and PafTive Voice.
Muerto, Dyed.
Participle of the Future Tenfe.
El que ha, or efpera de morir. About to dye hereafter.
O 4 The
^©o "The RUD I M'EN'TS of
The following Irregular Verbs of the third Con-
jugation, change e of the Penultima or laft Syllable
but one of the infinitive Mood into f, jn the firft,
facond, and third Perfons fmgular, and the third
Perfon plural of the Prefent Tenfe of the Indicative
Mo(ft j the fecond and third Perfons fingular, and
the firft and third plural of the Imperative Mood -,
and throughout the Prefent Tenfe of the Optative
and Subjundtive Moods ^ thus,
Servir^ to ferve, Strvo^ I ferve, Sirves, Strve^
S^rvhncs^ Servh^ Szrven. Imparative, Shve^ Sirvdj
SirvdmcSy Servid, Sirvan. Optative and Sub-
junctive, Sjrva^ Sirvas^ Sec. All other Tenfes in
each Mood as the regular Verbs. The others that
are conjugated after this manner ; are,
Reir, To lav.gh^ pao, / latighy Ries, Rie, ^c.
Concebir,'7(? concei've, Qonzibo, I conceive , Concibes,Concibe,^V
Genur, Tofigh, Gimo, IJigh^ Gimes, Gime, ^c.
The next that follow. add i before e in the fai:i)e
Moods, Tenfes, and Perfons, as above ♦, as
AdiVeniTfTo take ndics, Advie'rto, 1 take mticey Adviertes, ^r.
Arrepentir, To r*?/^;;/", Arrepiento, / r^/f«/, Arrepientes, 6?f.
Confentir, To confent, Confiento, 1 confenty Confientes, isc.
Mentir, To lye^ Miento, / ^v, Mientes, ^'c.
The Verbs Ekgir, To chufe, and Regzr, To
rule, change eg into ij in the fame Moods, Tenfes,
and Perfons, as above *, thus Elegir^ Elijo -, Re-
gti\ Rijo,
Fiugir^ To feign, and Ungir^ To anoint, in the
fame manner make Fhjo^ and Unjo^ and fo in
the other Moods, Tenfes, and Perfons above
mention'd.
Seguir^ To follov/, makes Stgo^ Sigues^ ^2gue^
and fo in the other Mood?, Tenfes, and Perfons,
as above.
Thefe that follow in the fame Moods, Tenfes,
and Perfons abpve mentioned, are conjugated a?
\)fXQ noted,
Qonducfr^
the Spanish Gramma al, 20 i
Conductr^ To condudl, Condiizgo^ Conduces^ Con^
iiice^ Condiuimoi^ Conducis^ Conducon, Preterper-
fed, Conduxe^ Conduxifte, &c. Optative and Sub-
JLindlive, Prefent, Condilzga. Precerimperfed:,
Conduxera^ or Conduxeffe. Future, Conduxere. In
the fame manner, Introducir, Induczr^ Traduciry
and Producir.
Salzr, To go out. Prefent, Indicative. Sdlgo^
Sales, Sale, Salhnos, Salts, Sdlen, Imperative
Mood, Sal, or Sale, Saiga, Salgdmos, Saltd, Sdlgan,
Optative and Subjundiive Prefent, Sdlga^ Sal-
gas^ &c. The reft Regular.
Of Verbs PaJJive, Ser oido, To be heard.
Indicative.
Prefent.
oido
oido
f Soi oidc
Sing. < Eres oi
f Es oido
C S6mo« oidos
Pluf. ^ Sois oidcs
4 Son oidos
Imperfe£L
/ am heard.
\
Era oido
Eras oido
Era oido
Eramos oidos
Erais oidos
Eran oidos
Invas heard.
Perfeft.
Sing.
ido
oido
oido
f Fuimos, or hemos sido oidos
Plur. < Fuiileis, or havcis siJo oiJos
( Fueron, or han sido oidos, &c.
/ ha-ve been heard, &c
The Reciprocal thus ;
Reirfc^ To Laugh.
Prefent
202 The RUDIMENTS of
Prefent Tenfe.
Preterimperfedl.
Sing.
PIu
Me rio
Te ries
Se rie
Nos reimos
Os reis
Se rien
/ laugh.
C Me reia '^
i Te reias I
f Se reian ( ,
Me reia
Te reias
Se reian
Nos reiamos (
Os reiadeis l
Se reian. Sec. J
luas laughing.
Introduczrfey To be introduced,
Prefent.
Me introduzgo
Te introduces
Se introduce
ntroducimos
ntroducis
introducen
Birtg. )
f Nos int
Pkr. < Os intrc
(^ Se intrc
f^
\
Imperfe5i.
Me introducia
Te introducias
Se introducia . ;,
Nos introduciamos i 5
Os intreduciais
Se introducian j si.
Preterperfed.
Sing.
Plur. ■
Me introduxe, or heme introducido
Te introduxifte, or hafte introducido
Se introduxo, or hafe introducido
Nos introduximos, or hemofnos intro-
ducido, or nos hemos introducido
Os introduxiileis, or os haveis intro-
ducido
Se introduxeron, or fe han introduci-
do
;>
/ ha<ve heen in-
troducidy or /
introduced my-^
Sing.
PL
Imperative.
ilntroducete tu
Introduzgafe el
itroduzgamonos nofdtros
itroduced os vofotros
itroduzganfe aquellos
I int
f Inl
.\ rm
(Ini
Be introduced thott
Let him be introduced
Let us he introduced
Be ye introduced
Let them be introduced
And fo in the reft of the Reciprocals, which are
terminated in fe in the Infinitive, except the Im-
peribnal PafTive.
Imperfonal
the Spanish Grammar. 203
Imperfonal A^ives.
Convenir, To be convenient. Jit, or proper.
Indicative.
Pre/, Conviene
Imperf. Convenia
Firft Per/. Convino
Second Perf. Ha convenido
Plufperf. Havia convenido
Firft Future, Convendra
// is con<ventent
It ivas cofi'venient
^'
has heen convenient
It had been con'venient
It nuill he convenient
Second Future, Ha de convenir // muji he convenient
Imperative^ Convenga Let it he convenient, 8cc.
CumpUr^ To behove.
Prefent. Cumpic It hehoves.
Imperfea. Cumplia It did hehove.
Firft PerfeSl. Cumplio It hehoveth.
Second Perfect, Ha cumplido // has behoved.
Plufperf e^. Havia cumplido It had behoved,
future. Cumplira, // W// behove.
and fo through the third Perfon of the other
Moods. It is to be obferved, that this Verb Cum-
fljr^ is given here as Imperfonal, only in this Sig-
nification of Behoving, or hdni meet j for Cumptzr^
204 "fhe. RUD IMENTS of
when it fignifies to compleat, or fulfill, is a regular
Verb, and has ail its Perlbns accordingly.
Of the Impeifonal Pajjives,
Decirfe, l^o be f aid.
Indicative.
Pre/en/. Se dice, or dicefe It is /aid,
Imferfift. Se decia li nvas /aid.
Firft PcrfeB. Se dixo // was, or has been /aid.
Second PerfeSi. Se ha dicho // has been /aid.
TlufperfeB. Se havia dicho It had been /aid.
future. Se dira It Jhally m wo'ill he faid, U^*
Afcer the fame Manner are conjugated,
Efcribirfe^ To be written.
Trefent. Se efcribe, // is nvrttten,
Referlrfe, To be related or referred.
Pre/e^it. Se Refiere, I^ ?V related, or referred, Sec.
The Verbs of this Conjugation are likewifc de-
clined by the Verb EJlar and the Gerund, as
'Oigo, or elloi oyendo, J hear, or lam hearing.
Efcribo, er eftdi efcribiendo, J nvriie, or J am nvriting.
Pido, or efioi pidiendo, ^c / beg, or / am begging.
There
the Spanish Grammar. 205
There are likewifeTome few Defedtive Verbs ia
the Spanijh Tongue, which are perfedl Latin^ viz.
Sdlve^ hail, God fave you, which is a falucing
Verb, much ufed in their Prayers to the Virgin
Mary^ and in Poetry, and has no other Tcnfe in
Spanijh than the Imperative.
fjve. All hail, God fave you, &c. is like wife
ufed in Spaniflj^ and found in feveral Books in a
faluting manner, but never ufed odierwife than at
Prayers, i^c.
Vcile^ farewell, adieu, God be with you, Is much
ufed by the ^panmrds^ efpecially in writing, inftead
of Tour moft Ohediejit Humble Servant •, and has but
two Perfons in the Imperative Mood, viz, Vdle^
and Valete.
This may fuffice as to Verbs, the Necefllty of
pving an Account of the Irregulars, and Imper-
fonals having taken up much time.
A
CHAP. IV.
Of Participles:
LTHO' there has been faid enough of the
_ _ Participles, as to what concerns the Grammar,
in the third Chapter before the Conjugauon of Verbs \
yet I think it proper to oblerve,
That this Name Participle, comes from the Latin
Participium, and is ^o called for its partaking of the
Verb and Noun, as it has been faid before."^
Some are Simple, and ethers Compound, as
Andante^ Bo^o,
Comandd:ite, Indo^o.
K\\
2o6 The RUD I MENTS of
All the Spanijh Verbs have not the Participles
Prefent,and of the Future ; and they are fupplied by
elque^ and the third Perfon Singular of the Prefenc
Tenfe of the Indicative Mood, ^c, as it is ob-
ferved before.
Note^ That the Participles of the Prefent Tenfe
are often made Nouns in Spanijhy as O'jintey Efcri-
liente^ Antecedente^ &c.
CHAP. V.
Of Adverbs.
HAving treated at large of the four declinable
Parts of Speech, we now come to the four
that are undeclinable ; the firft of which is the Ad-
verb, Cand fo called becaufe it is joined to
Verbs, to declare the manner, or the Circumftances
of the Adioh, or Paffion -, as el Ddnza^ or Bdila
lien^ he dances well -, el pudecio cruelmente^ he fuf-
fer'd cruelly : it often explains likewife the Nouns,
as iin homhre muj fdbio^ a very learned Man j ^otal-
mente impudentey intirely impudent, ^c.
Of Adverbs there are feveral Sorts, fome being
Primitives, as Si^ Yes ; No^ No, &c. Others
are Derivatives, as particularly thofe which pro-
ceed from the Feminine Gender of Adjedives, as
from dlta^ high, aliamente, highly ; from graciofa,
pretty, graciofa7nente^ prettily ; or from thofe in
ente^ z, ^/, ?/, &:c. as prudentemente^ prudently ;
Felizmente^ happily •, Moralmhtey morally ; Facil-
mente, eafiiy, &c.
There are Adverbs of Quality, of Quantity, of
Time, &c. as may be feen here following.
Adverh
the Spanish Grammar. 207
Adverbs of ^ality.
Fielmente, faithfully Santamente, holil-j
Buenamente, or bien, well Fieramente, fiercely^ &c.
Malamente, or mal, ill
And fo the like may be form'd of all Adjedives.
Adverbs of ^antity.
Mucho, much Pordemas, to no purpofe
Poco, little Demafiado, too initcb
Mas, more
Adverbs of I'ime.
Hoi, to day Nunca, or jamas, never
Ahier, yejlerday Quando, when
Maiiana, to morrow Siempre, always
Antehier, the day before Entonces, then
yejlerday Mientras, whiiji
Mucho ha, long ftnce Subito, or repentemente,
Poco ha, lately fuddenly
Ahora, nozv Tarde, late
'Antes, before Temprano, early
Ahun, yet^ even a la tarde, in the evening
Amenudo, often A delhora, unfeafonably^
Luego, forthwith Sec.
Adverbs of Place.
Aqui, here Delante. before
AHi, there Atras, behind
Adonde, where Aparte, apart^ or aflds
De donde, from whence Arriba, above
Aca, hither Abaxo, below
Aculla, yonder Cerca, near
Ahi, inthatj)lace Cabe, clofe by
De
^o8 rhe RUD IMENTS df
De aqui, from hence Junto, adjoining
De aJli, from thence, Lexos, far off
Dentro, within Encima, upon
Fuera, without Debaxo, underneath
Adverbs of Affirmation,
Si, -jes Verdaderamente, truly
Cierto, trul'j Tambien, as weU^ alfi
Ciertameiiie, certainly Antes^* rather
En verdad, in truth ^
Of Denying,
No, no^ or not Ni, neither
N^a, nothing Tampoco, neithef
Of Number,
^Una vez, once Muchas veces, often
Dos veces, twice Pocas veces, feldotn
Tres veces, three times Amenudoy often
Of Shewing.
He aqui, Behsld here
Of Eytcour aging,
Ea, ea pues Go to then
Of Jncreafmg,
Mas, More
Adverbs of Biminijhing.
Menos, lefs Paflb, foft and fair
Poco, littU
OJ
the Spanish Grammar. ^09
OfWijlAng.
Oxala, would to God O Ci^ O if it would be
Of 4/king:
Porque, whfj De donde, from whenci
Que, what Quando, when
Donde, where Como, how
Adonde, wJfither
Of Doiibtmg.
Quiza, perhaps Porventura, peradventure
Of Order.
Primeramente, firfil^ Aquende, cm this fide
Defpues, after Finalmente, in fine
Allende, beyond ' A lo ultimo 7 7 >i; ^ .
Alfin, at the end 'A la Poftre J ^""^^^^^ ^^'
Alcabo, at the end
Of Likenefu
Como, as Afsi, fo
Cafi, almofi Tan, tanto, fo much^ &c.
Of Chance.
A cafo, accidentally, Por dicha, perchance
Of Comparifon.
Mas, more Mejor, letter
Menos, lej$ Peor, worfs
p 0/
tio fhe RUDIMENTS of
Of gathering together.
Junto, or Juntamente together
^A montones In heaps
Of Severing.
Aparte Jfunder
The Adverb HdrtOy Enough, varies as to the
Gender before Subftantives ; for the Spaniards fay,
Hdrto Party Bread enough, where it is Mafculine \
and Hart a Agua^ Water enough, where it is Femi-
nine : But before Adjedives it always retains the
Mafculine Termination ; as Hdrto bueno^ and Hdrto
luena^ though hueno and huena are Mafculine and
Feminine. There are fome other Adverbs of the
fame Sort j but it would be too tedious to mention
all Things.
Note^ That the Adjedives are often taken as
Adverbs, and then they retain the Mafculine Ter-
mination ; as Hdgafe efto primerOy let this be done
firft -y ponga efto derscho^ put this right, or to rights^
CHAP. VI.
Of Conjunctions.
COnjundlions are a Part of Speech that joins
Words and puts Sentences together. Some
Conjun6lions are Copulative, as uniting Words,
and connecting the Senfe ; others are Disjundive,
dividing the Senfe, and only joining the Expref-
fions ;
the Spanish Grammar. 211
fions *, others are conditional, fhewing the Caufes of
Things •, others Rarion;il or Conclufive, which fome
call Colledtive or Illative \ and others Adverfatives,
by which is demonftrated that which we fay can-
not hurt or obftrudl. Befides thefe, the Latin hath
others which they call Ordinatives, as alfo Exple-
tives *, but thefe lad only ferve for Ornament, for
they no way add to, or take from the Difcourfe.
Conjunctions Copulative are }! and e^ fignifying
and \ viz. 31 before all Words, excepting thofe that
begin with i Vowel, inflead of which is put ^, as
we have faid in the Obfervation on the Vowels ;
Como^ as s T^amhun^ alfo.
Conjundlions Disjundlive are, M', i^ither ; O, or
//, or, either \ yd^ either, as yd ejlo, yd aquello^ either
this or that.
Caufative, as Porque^ why, wherefore.
Conditional, 6"/, if-, dado que ^ granting that.
Exceptive, as Sino^ if not ; inas^ but 5 otramente^
other wife.
There are others of other Sorts, as Alommos^ at
leaft i Aunque^ although ; toda via^ notwithitand-
ing, neverthelefs.
C H A P. VII.
0/ Prepositions.
PRepofitions are a Part ofSpeech moll commonly
fet before other parts, either in AppoOtion ; ias
o^yiie la jujlma^ before a Jullice ; or elfe in Compo-
fition j as difvoner^ to difpofe, injiijh^ unjufl.
.^ Thofe us'd in Compofition are ^, ad, dl^ Ara-
bick, am, co, com, con, de, des\ dl^ diSy eri;^ ey!%
t^,,^b, prey pro, re, fe, fi, fu, &c. ' --
P 2 ' In
212 "The RUDIMENTS of
In J, as Acanaldr^ to cut in Gutters or Chan-
nels i abatandr^ to full or mill Cloth.
ad^ as Advenedizoy a ftranger , advert tr^ to ad-
vertife.
; aU AlcdzaKy a Royal Caftle or Palace ; Alquitdra^
a Limbeck.
am^ Ampdroy Protection ; amparddo^ proteded,
co^ coberedero, coheir •, cg- or dinar, to co- ordain,
or ordain together.
cofUy compardr, to compare *, comprometer^ to
compromife.
■ con.t convenir^ to agree ; condefcender, to con-
deicend. *
de^ degenercfh^ to degenerate j deponer, to de-
pofe,
deSy dejhacer, to undo •, desfigurddo, disfigured.
diy diferzr, to defer ; difundir, to diffufe, to
fpread abroad.
dis, difculpdr, to excufe ; dtfponer^ to difpofe.
eriy entorpecer^ to grow dull or ftupid •, enver-
gonzdr, to make afhamed.
ex^ exporter, to expound, interpret •, expander, to
fpread.
in, Indignacion, Indignation ; inferir, to infer.
oh, ohtener, to obtain ; ohtenido, obtained.
pre, preponer, to fet before j prevenir, to pre-
vent.
pro, proponer, to propofe ; profeguzr, to pro-
fecute.
re, reedificdr, to rebuild ; reponer, to put again.
fe, fepardr, to feparate -, feparddo, feparated.
fo, 'focorrer, to fuccour ; folicitdr, to follicite.
Su, fuponer, to fuppofe ; fuportdr, to fupporc,
&c. , ^ .
Thefe Prepofitions following ferve to the Geni-
tive Cafe.
Antes, as Antes del dia, before Day-break.
DeldntSy before, as Dehmte del Juez^ before the
the Spanish Grammar. 213
D^, of; as la Muger de Pedro ^ Peter's Wife, that
is, the Wife of Peter.
DentrOy within , as Dentro de mi cdfa, within my
Houfe.
Detrds, behind , as detrds del Cocke, behind the
Coach.
DefpueSy after ; as defpues de efto^ after this.
Bdxo^ -k under ; as llevdha un Coleto bdxo de fu cdpa^
DebdxoS he had on a Buff- Coat, under his
Cloak. Debdxo de mi Manto, al
Rey mdto, under my Cloak Pll kill
the King.
Ahdxo^ down, below, is an Adverb.
Bncima^ upon •, as encima del Agua^ upon the Water.
Derreddr, round about, as al derreddr de Caftilloy
round about the Caille.
Circa, near , as Pedro eftd cerca de Juan, Peter is
near to John.
Accrca, Though formerly ufed as a Propofition in-
ftead of Circa, it is now ufed only as an
Adverb, and fignifies concerning, near^ and
governs a Genitive •, as acirca de efto que dice ?
what fay you concerning this ? los dias
acerca del Nacimiento de Chrifto [on mid frios^
the Days about or near Chriftmas are very
cold.
Fuira, out ; as Vdya fuira de mi Cdfa^ go out of
my Houfe.
Fuira, afuira, without, are Adverbs.
Entorno \ about -, as entorno de mi, about me, round
Cent or no J about me.
Enfrinte, over-againft ; as Enfrente de fan Pdhlo^
over-againft St Pauls, &c.
The following ferve for the Dative Cafe.
a } to, f as, ^ Dies folofeha de dar la Adoraciou^
pdra \ for 1 to God alone we muft pay W^orlhip : di
P 3 eflo
JI4 "The RUD IMENrS of
ejio a PedrOy I gave this to Peter j efto
es para miy this is for me.
And though there are fome Authors, who place
here the Prepofitions hdcia, towards, and bajia^
even to ; I am of Opinion that they belong to the
Accufative, becaufe they are equivalent to the Latin
ergay verfuSy verfuvi \ ufquCy ad. Sec. and I fee no
Reafon to the contrary.
Prepofitions governing the Accufative.
^, as dmo a DioSy I love God ; voy d Romay I go
to Rome. Mire a tal parley look on fuch fide,
toward fuch a place, and (lands por bdciay to-
wards ; a modo dc Converjdcicny by way of Con-
verfation, inltead of pory by.
Ante^ before *, as hoi el doce de Junio parccid ante
mi^ this Day the twelfeth of June appeared
or came before me.
^Entre^ among, between j as habldndo entre nofdtroSy
le dire la diferenciay que hdi entre las Cortes de
Londres y Madrid y fpeaking between us,
(among us) I will tell you the Difference
that there is between the Courts of London
and Madrid.
Sezun^ according ; as fegiin loque fe me dixoy creOy que
todo es un emhufte y?iCcovd\v]g\.o what is told me,
I believe, that every thing is a fly Lie,
Deceit, Falfehood, or Impofuion.
SobrCj upon, as todo lo que tengOy lo puedo llevar fohre
ejie Caballo, every thing I have, I can carry
it upon this Horfe.
fldjla^ until, even to ; as Pajfeare hafla las ocho de la
Nochey I will walk until nine a Clock in the
Night; hafta Mandnay till to morrow, ire
hafta Roina^ I will go as far as Rome, even
to Rome.
'llacjay towards ; voyme bdcia el Rio^ I go towards
the Riven
/i>^ Spanish Grammar. 215
por^ for, by, through ; Confueleme for amor de
Dtos^ Comfort me for God's fake ; Las
diez tocaron quando pajfaba por efta calk, it
ftruck ten a Clock when I went through
this Street. Le ajfeguro ejlo por mi paldhra^
for mi vida, por mi Fe\ I afiure you this by
my Word, by my Life, by my Faith. Por
is fometimes taken for para^ but of this wc
will take notice afterwards.
Cdbe, near, as Le halle cdhe la Ciuddd (Cdbe, an
old Wordj I found him near the City.
En, in ; as efpero y creo en DioSy I hope, and believe
in God.
Contra, again ft, as lo que bahlas es cofitra los Atri-
hutos de Bzos, what you do fpeak is againft
the Attributes of God, &c.
Prepofitions governing the Ablative.
d, as cteo que le Cajiigardn d pen a de Privacion de
Oficio, I believe that they will punifh him,
with the Privation, or depriving him of his
Office or Employment. Lo hizo a color de
engandrnos, he has done it with an Intention
to deceive under the Colour, &c. d is taken
here as con.
Con, with ; ven con migo, come with me,
De, as Bios formo a Eva de la Coftilla, que es hvzjjb
tuerto, God formed Eve from the Rib,
which is a crooked Bone. Vine de Roma, I
came from Rome.
Sin, without. Lo bice fin ayuda, I have done it with-
out help.
En, in ; no tengo dinero en el BolfUlo, I have no
Money in the Purfe.
Por, for, Lo h ice por ti, I have done it for you, &c.
P 4 CHAR
ti6 "The RUD IMENTS ef
CHAP. VIII.
Of Interjections.
INterje6lions are Parriclcs thrown into Difcourfe,
which denote, or fhow the PafTions of the Mind.
Of Mirth, or Rejoycing. ^ la gdla^ a la gala.
Which is O fine, O rare, £5?c.
Wondering, Falgame Dids^ God help me, which
is alfo ufual in a Fright, and upon other Occafions,
Grieving, Guay^ Alas! or Jy de mi! Alas for
me.
Wifhing, Oxald^ Would to God, &c.
Hay ah ! he^ as be que dices, he ! what you fay !
'0, as 0 Bios I 0 Dolor ! O God ! O pain, or
grief !
^, as a Fuldnoy ho, there fuch a one, &c.
Remarks upon fome Spanifli Words
and Phrafes.
ALL Languages have fome peculiar Expref-^
fions to themfelves, which are not the fame
in other Tongues, and the Spanijh is not without
fome of that Sort. Having therefore already run
through all, that, belongs to the ufual Parts of Dif-
courfe, and their Nature ; it will not be improper
to add fomething concerning thefe Words and Phrafes
in the S^aniJh Tongue, which are not to be found in
Others.
In the firft place, the Prepofition Bes is infepa-
fable from fome other Woi-d, and never to be lifed
the Spanish Grammar. 217
but in Compofition, as fignifying nothing by itfdf :
but being join'd to another Word, denotes a Pri-
vation of what the other imports, as the Syllable
Dis does in fome Englijh Words ; thus Honra^ is
Honour, Befljonra^ Difhonour, or Difgrace : Df-
cha^ good Fortune, Defduba, Misfortune. The
fameEffed it has when join'd withVerbs , as Hacer^
to make, Dejhacer^ to undo ; Armdr^ to arm,
Defarmdr^ to difarm.
En is commonly in, as en cdfa^ in the Houfe; en
la cdlle^ in the Street, i^c, but in fome Cafes it has
a peculiar Signification, not to be exprefs'd in any
other Language, that I know of ; as for inftance,
Efidr en cuerpo, literally in Englijb is, to be in Body,
which is nonfenfe ; but the true Meaning of it, is, to
be without a Coat or Cloak for a Man, or for a Wo-
man without a Scarf or a Veil, fo that the Body is
more expofed to View, without an upper Garment.
EJId en pernas^ literally he is in Legs, which has
no Meaning, but it fignifies, he is bare legg'd, that
is, his Legs are expos'd without Stockings. EJioi
en cdrnes, literally I am in Flefh, but the true
Meaning is, I am ftark naked, I have nothing to
cover my Flefh. En cueros^ fignifies the fame as
En cdrnes^ that is ftark naked, the Difference being
that en cdrneSy is in naked Flefh, and en cueros^ is
in naked Skin ; rrmch like the Engli/h ExprefHon,
that a Man is in BufF, when he is ftark naked.
En fhews, or it notes the laft end of a Thing ;
as creo en Dios^ I believe in God. When it's found
before the Infinitive, then it turns the Infinitive
into an Englijh Gerund, as confifte en habldr bien^ it
confifts or depends in fpeaking well. When before
a Gerund, it is the fame as after and at in Englijh ; as
en cendndo^ after Supper, or when at Supper ; en
confejfando la Verddd^ after your confefTing the Truth,
or when you confefs the Truth ; ir fignifies ai foon^
^s en acahdndo lo dir(, as foon as I have done I will tell
ic
2i8 Tie RUD IMENTS of
it to you. En defpertdndo^ me levantare^ as foon as
I wake, I will get up ; and then it (lands for luego^
or tan prefto que^ como^ or quando \ as en des per-
tando, viz. ^ando difpertdre^ when I fhall, or
Ihould wake.
Hideputa in its Genuine and ufual Acceptation, is
the Contraction of Hijo de piita^ Son of a Whore,
a mod fcandalous Word in all Languages, and as
fuch, fcarce ever us'd by Spaniards of any Polite-
nefs, in its vulgar and true Meaning : Yet as bad
as it is in itfelf, it is become a Sort of Exclamation,
moftly 'us'd by vulgar People, and that in Con-
tempt, and by way of Scorn, as 0 hideputa y que
gran per/on age que es ! O the Son of a Whore, or
the Scoundrel, what a great Perfon he is ! to de-
note a mean Perfon, a vile Wretch, carrying him-
felf loftily. Yet fome, through Ignorance, not re-
fieding on the Bafenefs of the Exprefiion, will let
it fly without thinking even to commend any thing
that furprifes them, as O hideputa y que bien que lo
ha hecho I where that fcandalous word drops with-
out thinking, and the whole imports no more, than,
O how bravely he has done it ! even as among us,
we too often hear a Rake fay to his Friend, Damn
you ^om^ Pm glad to fee you ! thus curfmg him
out of meer Affedion.
Hidalgo^ is a Gentleman, a Man of good Birth,
being a Contradion of Hijo dalgo, or rather Hijo de
dlgOy the Son of fomething, that is, of a Perfon of
note, or one remarkable for fomething ; not for
much Money, which in Spain^ does not make a
Gentleman, but for fomething that is honourable ;
as Virtue, Learning, Wifdom, or Valour.
Vuejlra merced, fas it is faid beforej is generally
contraded into UJled in fpeaking, and in writing ex-
prefs'd by thefe two Letters V, M, This is a cour-
teous exprefTion to be found in no other Language,
being always us'd where there is any Civility, the
Spaniards never faying you to one another, which
would
the Spanish Grammar. 219
would be very unmannerly •, for T«, you. Is only
us'd from a Mailer to a Servant, or from a Superior
to fome very mean Ferfon. Where the Jeaft re-
fpedl is fhown, and this prad:ifed even to very in-
different Perfons ; they fay VoSy ye ; and even this
is not allow'd of, unlefs the Perfon fo exprefling
himfelf, be much fuperior to the other. The com-
mon word therefore in Difcourfe between People of
any Fafhion, or good Manners is ufted^ for Vueftra
merced^ which has nothing to anfwer it in Englijh,
buc is in the Nature of your Worfhip •, for in fpeak-
i-ng to a Nobleman, they ufe Vuejtra Senorza, fome-
times contracted into Usm^ your Lordfhip : Vueftra
ExcclUncid^ your Excellency, ^c. but they have
not the Title of your Grace, as in Englijh, There
is another refpedlful Way of fpeaking, which is cal-
ling a Man by his Name, though fpeaking to him.
Sea fervido de fentdrfe el Senor Don Juan^ May it
pleafe Bon John to fit down, i£c. Where we may
alfo obferve, that the word Bon is alfo peculiar to
the Spanijh^ formerly a Title more fparingly us'd,
and given only to Knights, and Perfons of Diftin-
dion •, but now grown common to all that can claim
any thing of Gentility, but yet not to Tradefmen,
and inferior Perfons. Sendr, is like the Latin Bo-
minus^ either Sir, or Lord, and therefore equivocal ;
for they fay, 6'/ Senor^ yii% Sir, to the King ; and
Si Senor, yes Sir, to the lead Gentleman ; juft as
we do. Sir, to the King, and to any other. Yet
is Senor, a Lord, as has been faid ; the which Dif-
ference is found by the manner of fpeaking -, for
though in fpeaking they fay, Senor Bon Juan, Se-
nor Don Pedro, yet a Letter muft not be fuperfcrib'd,
Al Senor Bon Pedro, unlefs he be a Lord ; becaufe
then it implies Dignity, and in common fpeaking
it does not. So in fpeaking to fay, es un Senor, or
es un gran Senor, implies that he is a Lord, or a
great Lord. However within a Letter, as we be-
gin Sir, fo they begin, Mui Senor mto, without
thereby meaning to gif e the tide of Lord, but as
if
220 "The RUDIMENTS of
if we fhould fay, my good Mafter, or good Sir.
Much more may be faid to this purpofe, but this
Place will not allow of it ; thefe few Inftru6lions are
convenient for Learners, that they may not only
fpeak true Spant/k^ but with good manners, and
polirely.
FuldnOy zutdno or citdno^ with their Diminutives
Fulanico^ or Fulanillo^ zutajiko or cilanko, and
citamlloy are Words us'd to fignify a third Perfon
namclefs, as we fay, fuch a one, and all of them
import the fame : the two firll being us'd to exprefs
two diftind Perfons, not named, as fuch a one;
and fuch a one -, the firft of them always us'd if
only one Perfon be fpoke of, and the fecond never
but when there is occafion to mention two. They
are often us'd in the Feminine Gender, as Fuldna^
ciidna.
Ahdxo^ in ii's own Senfe fignifies below, and £)<?-
Idxo^ under ; but as apply'd, the iirfl may have
the fame meaning with the latter ; as De Dm ahdxo
yo lo hzze hombre^ under God I made him a Man.
Del Rey abdxo no ay mayor Perfonaje, next the King
there is no greater Perfon.
^ vueitas^ though it feems to come from vuelvOj
I turn, or return, fignifies among -, as /^ vueltas de
otras cofas le did una cadma : among other things he
gave him a chain. ,
Cdho^ properly fignifies the end -, but it extends
to other meanings, as Eftdi al cdbo, in one fenfe is,
lam reduced to extremity, either with Sicknefs, or
Poverty ; and the fame Words import, I fully un-
derftand, or I am entirely apprized of the thing.
Again, Muger bermdfa por el cdbo^ is a Wom.an
perfectly beautiful ; and ^omdr la cofa muz -por el
cdbo^ is to take a thing in the hardeft fenfe.
Recdudo^ or Recddo, for it is written both ways,
though moft commonly pronounced the latter, is a
word of various SignifiGations. El dinero eftd a
tuen recddo. The Money is fafely plac'd, it is in
good
the Spanish Grammar. 221
good Hands, or fafe. Recado para efcrivhy the
necefTaries for writing. Dile un recado^ I deliver'd
him a MefTage. Buen recado trdbigo, I come well
provided. Recado^ is alfo us'd for a Subpena, and
feveral other ways.
Jldahdda^ is properly, a Knock at a Door ; but
dar aldabddas^ is fometimes meant of muclvbabling,
or talking to no purpofe. : , ;
A pies juntillas^ is a very odd Expreflion, with-
out any real Signification of it felf, and yet there
is a way of ufmg it thus, Creo a pies juntillas^ I
pofitively believe, I am ftedfaft in the Belief, _ with-
out afking any further Queftions. ; ,: .
'Tomdr las de villa Diego^ is to run away.
Hahldr de chacota^ to banter, or talk idly, a word
feldom us'd, but by way of Contempt of the Per-
fon it is applied to.
Dar xabdn a la Ropa^ to foap Linnen for wafli-
ing ; but Dar un xahm a iina perfona^ is what wc
call to rattle one, to give a fevere Reprimand.
A Few Comparifons.
JVf^i hldnco que la Nieve, whiter than Snow.
Mas negro que la Pez^ blacker than PjtchV, .
Mas amdrgo que la Hiel^ more bitter than Gaul.
Mas duke que la Miel^ fweeter than Honey.
Mas brdvo que un Lean:, fiercer than a .Lyon.
Mas mdnfo que una oveja^ tamer than a Sheep*
Comparifons to exprefs doing Things, im-
pradlicable.
Es comq dar con el puno en el Cielo. That is like
ftriking at Heaven.
Es CO mo bee bar Idnzas en la Mar, That i$.;jike
darting at the Sea. r/.f :.',- -^^
Es cdmolpredkdr en Defurto, It is like preaching
in a Defert. '
* Es
222 The RUD IMENTS of
Es como coger dgua en Cejio. It is like drawing
Water in a Bafket.
Es como querer holar fin alas. It is like attempt-
ing to fly without Wings.
Es como el perro del Horteldno^ que ni come las her-
zas, ni las dexa comer a los otros. He is like the Gar-
diner's Dog, that neither cat's Cabbage, nor lets
others eat it. We fay, like a Dog in a Manger,
that will neither eat Hay, nor let the Horfe eat it.
Obferve, That mod of the Adverbs Adjedives
are turned likewife in Spanijh by the Prepoficion
eon^ and the Subftantive, as prudentemente^ pru-
dently, is the very fame as con prudencia^ with
prudence.
Atrevidamentey boldly, con atrevimientOy with
boldnefs.
Elegant etnenley elegantly.
Con elegdncia^ with elegance.
Dichofamente^ happily.
Con -dzcha^ with happinefs.
Liheralmente^ liberally, con liberalidddy with libe-
rality, ^c.
There are Degrees of Comparlfon among the
Adverbs, as Do^amente^ mas do5famentey do5i'iffi-
mamentey wifely.
d^y hdi, ahz.
There are feveral who make no Difference be-
tween a'j the Interjection, d'j the Verb, and ay the
Adverb ; but there is a vaft one, in their being
fpelt and pronounced right. The Interjection dy^
alafs, is rightly fpelt, and the Accent is to be on
the dy and 'tis to be pronounced long ; the Verb is
written thus hdi^ there is but one Syllable, and to be
pronounced as fuch : the Adverb thus ahz there ; and
a ftrong Accent is to be put on the f, as dy de mi !
que hdi mticho^ Atheos or Atheiftas ahz en Londres^ y
temo el zr^ alafs for me ! that there are many Atheifts
there
the Spanish Grammar. 223
there Cor in that place London) in London^ and I am
afraid to go.
a(iuiy acdy &c.
A(iuz here, in the Place where one (lands ; ard^
hither •, poraqui, por acd^ here-abouts ^ ahi^ there, a
little farther •, alld^ thither, to that place ; acidldy
yonder, there, in that place j for ah t porallz, there-
abouts ; por aht poralld^ on that fide, that way ;
and they arejoin'd to the Prepofitions ^^, from, por^
by ; as de aqut^ de acd^ from, hence \ de alld^ d&
acidla^ from, thence ; por aqut^ by here, by this
place ; por aca, by thefe Parts, in thefe Parts ;
por alld^ by thofe Parts 5 por aculla^ by thofe other
remote Parts or Places.
ante, antes,
Ante^ before, is a Prepofition, as no conviene
hahldr afiz ante la pre/encia del Rey, it is not fit or
convenient to fpeak (o, or thus, before the King's
Prefence : ante is an Adverb, and is ufed as dnteSy
as in the Lav/ of la Pattzda 2, Tit. 4. L. i. but
at prefent never ufed fo : . It fignifies fometimes that
which is firft in time, or of a greater importance,
as ante tddas las cdfas, before all things : ante figni-
fies likewife a Bufibloe's Hide, and the Fruit Plates
that are ferved up at Dinner or Supper before the
Meat: antes h2.s likewife this lad Signification.
ylntesy as an Adverb, fignifies thepreceeding Time
or Place ; as lo dixe dntes^ I faid it before •, con-
fervd ios Criddos en los cargos de antes ^ he kept the
Servants in the fame Places they had before i it is
likewife ^z Prepofition Adverfative, and (^gnifies
rather, as antts quiero morzr que pecdr^ 1 rather
love to die, then to fin : k requires like wife. a. Geni-
tive, as antes de la Musr'te del Rey aparscioUn Comet a y
a Coincc
224 7X^ RUD IMENTS of
a Comet did appear before the Death of the King,
or the King's Death.
y^Htes is taken as antecedente^ preceeding, or
before, as el exercito del dne antes nos talo los Campos^
the Army of the preceeding Year fpoiled, ravaged,
or wafted the Fields.
j^ntes con antes y adverbial, imfnedialely^ and more
than immediately, if poflible ; a fudden diligence,
ex improvifoy fuddenly, unexpected ; as it will be
feen in the feveral Phrafes that often happen in
Writings.
Antes del dia^ before Day break ; antefque, a
Prepofition conjundlive, as antefque vdyas a (raha-
jar^ vete ; a Rezdr^ before you go to JVork^ go to
or do your Prayers,
Ante and antes are likewife Prepofions, and help
in the Compofition of fome Words, but never
change e or es into i as an Author obferves wrong-
fully, becaufe we don't fay, Anticdmara^ but Ante*
cdmara^ Anti-chamber, Antefdla^ a Room before
the Saloon^ or the State Room.
Delante^ adelante,
Delante^ before, in prefence, fronting, is a Pre-
pofition governing the Genitive, as vzvo delante dela
Lonja, I live fronting the Change : ejle Crimen fe comitid
delante del Gohernaddr^ this Crime was committed
before the Governor : ^itefe de delante de mi^ go
away, or from thy prefence. It is likewife an Adverb,
as el General va delante^ the General goes at the
Head, or before, &c.
Adelanie, an Adverb, fignifies fronting, forwards,
before, as vd?nos adelante^ let us go on, or forwards. It
fignifies Time, when it has before it en^ pdra^ deaqui^
de allzy &c. 2ls en adelante, afterwards, in time to
come •, para en adelante^ for the time to come ; de
aqui adclante, from hence forward , mas adelante^
farther
theSpAmsH Grammar.^ 12:25
farther yef ; Js hot en adeldnte^ from this time for-
ward, &c.
fJina^ dinas,
fJinay Adverb, foon, fooner, as mds dina h hare
'^0 que tu^ I will do it fooner than you •, tu apren-
difte la leccion en una hora^ pero yo la aprendere maS
dina, you did learn your LtlTon in an Hour,
but T will learn it fooner. So that dim always has
mas before it.
fjinas, Adverb, almoft, near atend •, as dims
me matOy he almoft kill'd me ; eftdi dinas de la
Muerte^ I am near my Death. Thefe words are
but feldom ufed in Spantjh.
Balde, de Balde^ en halde.
Balde is a Word ufed generally in Andalufia^ and
fignifies a Bucket to draw Water from a Well, &c^
but in Spani/h has no Signification, but when in
Compofition, and then is an Adverb ; as debdlde^
gratis, free coft, for nothing, without occafion ; as
le he fervzdo debdlde, I have ferved him for no-
thing •, comhnos de halde, we eat free coft j le caftigo
de balde, punifhed him without occafion, Enhalde
(not embalde, as fome do write it carelefly) in vain,
without ^ffedt ; as, defpues de tSdo^ nueftro trabdjo
[era cnhdid^, after all, our Labour will be in vain ;
Pvedique enhalde, I preached without effed, in
vain.
ISIote, This frequent ExprefTion of fome Shop-
keepers to the Buyers -, fe lo vendere de halde, I
will fell it to you for nothing, that is, almoft for
nothing, fo cheap that the like will be found no
where for Cheapnefs.
O Atruiqut
226 "The RUDIMENTS of
Atrueq^ue.
Is an Adverb, vamos atrueque^ let us change ;
but when it fignifies infleady or in the room of^ then it
is a Prepofition, and requires the Genitive ; as, atrue-
que de fu anilloy or fortija^ le dare la midy I will
give you my Ring inftead, or in the room of
yours.
Of Para and Por.
Thefe Prepofitions are often confounded by the
Gentlemen that learn the Spanijby nay even by
fome Spanijh Authors, fo that I think it neceffary
to obferve that,
Pdruy for ; fervcs to denote the Utility, or
Detriment to a Perfon -, as ejtos cien reales [on fdra
Pedroy que es pobre^ thefe hundred Reals are for
Peter^ who is poor, or becaufe he is poor. Los
di 'para vmd. I gave them for you *, vine aqui para
bahldr con vmd, I came here to fpeak with you.
When the Englijh puts to before the Infinitive,
the Spaniards make ufe of de^ d^ para^ or por 5
but with this Diftindtion, that de is put before the
Infinitive, and when the Verbs venir^ haver ^ tener^
&c. or a Noun is before the Infinitive ; as Vengo
de cenar^ I come from Supper ; he de de amdr, I
muft love j tengo de ir^ I muft go ; tengo neceffiddd
de fer confolddoy I want to be comforted, &c.
when a Verb of Motion preceeds the Infinitive, as
la Ley de Dzos me compile a hacer Men, Divine Law
compels me to do good ; voi a leer efte lihro, I go
to read this Book. Para, when the Verb tends
to an Habit, Ufe, Cuftom, or its Quality, as b
fenor ! dadme vuejlra Grdcia, y hacedme hdhil para
dmaroSy conftdnte para fufrzr^ y firme para perfe*
2 verdr^
the Spanish Grammar. 227
verdr^ O Lord ! give me thy Grace, and make
me able to love you, conftanc to fuffer, and firm
or ftable to continue or perlevere. Por^ and
j)dra, when they denote the End that moves
or inclines, the Caufe and the Means to obtain
it *, as ftrvo a Dios por gozdr de el premio^ I
ferve God to enjoy the Reward, or that I may, or
in order to enjoy the Rev/ard. El eJi^iritu mdlo noi
fone amenudo malos penfamientos para dejviarnos del
camzno de la virftld^ the evil Spirit puts on us often
bad Thoughts to fet us out of the way of
Vi tue.
Para is ufed in queftioningand anfwering, and fig-
nifies, for what ? why ? for whom ? to what purpofe,
&c. as Paraqiiefe dlxo efto ? to what purpofe ? to what
end, for what is this faid ? No bdi paraque^ there is
no Reafon, no Occafion, no Caufe : Para quien es
ejla carta ? para mt^ for whom is this Letter ? for
me. Paraque fignifies likewife that^ and is a Sign
that denotes the fubjundlive Mood *, as, paraque )(?
dnie^ that I may love : It exprefTes alfo, to what
End, Office, or Place, a Thing, or a Perfon is
good for ; as efte Cahallero es bueno para Minijiro^
aquel para Secret drio^ y el otro para Mayor ddmo^ this
Gentleman is good for a Minifler, viz. to be a
M miller, that for a Secretary, and the other for a
Steward. EJle epejo es hueno para efte quarto^ y
aquellas cortinas para mi cdma^ this Looking-Giafs is
good for this Room, and thofe Curtains for my
Bed.
It denotes prefent and future Time; as, efte veftido
es hueno para hoi^ Vara Mandna^ y para cada dia^
this Suit of Cloth is good tor this Dav, for To-
morrow, and for everv Day : he comprddo trigo para
an dno^ I hi^.ve bought Corn for a Year : Ahoi'a y
p)arafiempre^ alahemos a Dzos^ let us praife God now
and tor ever. Exceptions, Para el dm pajfddo fe
com^rdron eftas provifidncs^ y duran haun^ thele Pro-
Q 2 vifioriS
228 "The RUDIMENTS of
vifions were bought for laft Year, that is, for the
fervice of laft Year, and laft as yet : Para ayer (el
dza de ayer) fe hicieron eftos Verfos^ thefe Verfes were
made for Yefterday, that is, to celebrate that
Day.
Para poco^ good for little, of fmall capacity.
Par aeon ^ between us, or in my, or our Opinion 5
as, para conmigo es c'lerto^ in my opinion it is true.
Por fometimes denotes that the Thing is not yet
done ; as, eft a obra eft a poracahdr^ this Work is not
yet finifhed : por hacerfe^ to be done.
It fignifieslikewife the End of, or Means to do a
Thing ; as, fe rineron pormz, they quarrelled on my
account, &c.
Por^ by, for, through ; as Por eftos medios h aU
canzo^ he obtain'd it by thefe Means ; fuz al Banco
for ducientas Izbras, I went to the Bank for 200 /.
pajjemos por efta cdlle^ let us go through this
Street.
Por^ though, although, &c. por pequma que fea
la tomare^ tho' fo fmall I will take it, altho' it be
fmall I will take it, and then it denotes a Tenfe
in the Optative, as por do5fo que ftm^ though he be
a learned Man, &c.
In Compofition, as por tdl, fo that ; por un idly
for fuch a one ; porloque, porloqual^ for which 5
Pordonde, which way ; pcrende, therefore ; por
ejfo^ for that Reafon ; por que ^ why ; por ventura^
peradventure, perhaps. But pro for provecho^ as
huen pro le hdga^ much good may it do you : pro^
el proy the reafon of a Thing, as el pro de las
MugereSy Women's Reafon *, pro y contra^ pro and
con^ for and againft ; por acdfto^ by chance, by
accident -, por dinero hdila el Perro, the Dog dances
for Money j or as we fay in EngUJh^ Money makes
the Mare to go.
PrimerOy
the Spanish Grammar, 229
Primero^ Primo^ Sec,
Are Adjedlive Ordinals, but with Diftindllon ;
becaufe we ufe Primo, and 'not Pr'wicro in the
great Numbers, as an Author wrongfully faith ;
we don't fay vigejmo primero^ but vigcfimo Primo^
2ifl ; trigefimo primo^ 31ft. Primer 0 itands fome-
times for primer amente ^ and when it has lo before
it, it is taken as Subftantive ; it is often us'd before
and after the Subftantives, when before them loofes
0^ as primer lugdr^ lugar prijnero ; when an Adverb
it fignifiesfirft, before, in the firft place, rather; as
primero ire a la Guerra^ que a la Efcuela, I rather
chufe to ferve in the War, then to go to School,
&c. Prmo, the firft, the beft, chiefeft, a deli-
cate curious Thing : Primo rarely is join'd to any
Subftantive, becaufe it ftands as a Subftantive itfelf,
and varies its Termination, and then fignifies a
Coufin, as Primo Hermdno^ a Coufin German ;
Prima Eermdna^ a fhe Coufin German : ohra
Prima^ curious Work, the beft ; lo Primo^ the
very beft, &c.
NO.
Akho* m^ be a Negative, in queftioning it
is a Note of Interrogation -, as me eftare aquzno?
fhall I not wait here ? No me hard eft e favor ? Will
you not do me this favour ? and then it ftands for
whether or no,
'Tanto^ ^anto^ tan^ ^an>
The Adverbs Tanto^ fo much, as much ; 9uanio^
how much, are often put before Subftantivos,
Verbs, &c. to fignify the Quantity, Manner, or
Circumftances of the Adion, &c. as, por tanto
0^3 comer
230 "The RUD IMENTS of
comer eftds efjfermo^ you are fick for having eat fo
much, for over eating ; ^ianto hebo me hace mal^
every thing I drink, fall that 1 drinkj does me
no good. ^dnto fide por ejios gudntes ? tantOy
how much do you alk for thefe Gloves ? fo much.
^anto quanto, every thing, fo much as •, tanlo mas^
fo much more. Tanto fignifies likewife a Counter
to play : ^idnto^ all, every thing, as quanta dice es
faljo^ all, \7hat, or every thing he faith is falfe j
quanta mas ? how much more ? quantos ? how
many ? quanta quiera^ how much foever.
^dn, fo, as ; as aquel Pdno es tan huena como
ejle^ that Cloth is as good as this ; iiene tan buenos
amigos^ he hath as good Friends : qudn^ how ; as
h quan mdlo eres^ y quan bueno te bdces entre los
Nobles^ O how bad y6u are, and how good do you
make yourfelf among the Nobility.
Tanbien, fo well, as well -, eftoi tan Men convale-
cido^ I am fo well recovered : efto ejld tan bien hecho
€omofepueda hacer^ this is as well done as it could be
done ', fo that Tanbien muft not be confounded with
Tambien^ as an Author does, becaufe tambien figni*
fies alfoy and not a^ '^'^H
^demds^
The Adverb Adsmds^ fignifies, befides, moreover,
over and above, in vain ;as Ademds^ conviene faber que^
befides, moreover, it is to be known that *, penfativo
ademds quedo Bon ^ixote, efperando^ (ffc, over and
above thoughtful remained Don fixate, waiting,
&C, Vol. II. Chap. III. Ademds fe canfa^ takes
pains in vain. Pordemds^ that is, in vain, to no
purpofe \ it governs likewife Genitive, as ademas de
^0, befides this, &c,
Segmi, when before a Verb is an Adverb, and fig-
nifies ciccprding, as j as Se^thi dice Don Judn^ as Sir
Johs
the Spanish Grammar. 231
John faith ; it is likewife a Prepofition governing the
Accufativc j as, fegun mi fareccr^ according to my
Opinion.
Ayufo^ an old Adverb, is the fame as aldxoy be-
low, under -, as lo echdron ayufo^ they throw'd it
down, below, under ; it fignifies likewife after
and under ^ as ahdxo ; as de Dzos en Ayi(foy or de Dios
abdxo yo le cure, under God, or after God, I am
the Perfon who cured him, or made him well.
Hajla^ till, even, up to, as far as ; as, hajla
quando ? till when ? hajla que venga^ untill I come ;
baft a quanto ? how much ? haft a tanto^ fo much ;
hafta el borde^ up to the brink ; hafta Palacio^ as
far as the Palace ; hafta las doce^ till Noon.
This may ferve by way of Specimen, and Pra-
<5tice will teach v/hat can't be fo well committed to
writing, without far exceeding the Bounds of a
Grammar,
Q_4 THE
THE
SECOND PART
O F T H E
SPANISH GRAMMAR
Called Syntax.
HE SpaniJIo has fo great an Affinity
with the Laiin^ that whofoever un-
derftands the latter, will find little
difficulty in the Conftrudion of the
other.
Having hitherto treated of the
eight Parts of Speech, as they be-
long to Etymology, it remains now to treat of them
as belonging to the Syntax Ccalled Conftruftion, or
the order of Conftruftion. j
C H A Jifi
A New Spanish Grammar. 333
CHAP. L
Of the Concords and Articles.
THERE are three Concords in the Spanifi)
Speech, viz, ^
1. Between the nominative Cafe, and the Verb;
as, '^0 dmoy 1 love ; Pedro fcrihey Feier writes.
2. Between the Subftantive and the Adjedlive ;
as, homhre curiofoy 3. curious Man 5 Muger virtuofa,
a virtuous Woman.
3. Between the Antecedent and the Relative, as
Feltz fj, quien vive contentOy happy is he who lives
contented, or with content.
Of the firft Concord.
A Verb perfonal agreeth with his Nominative
Cafe in Number and Perfon ; as yo Leo^ tu Apren^
deSy el Maefiro enfena^ I read, thou learns, the
Mailer teaches, &c. Note^ That many Nominative
Cafes, with a Conjunction Copulative between
them, will have a Verb Plural -, as, Pedro y Juan
vinieron a verme Ayer^ Peter and John came to fee
me Ycfterday.
Sometimes a whole Claufe, and the infinitive
Mood of a Verb, may be the Nominative to the Verb
following ; as, iodo loque fe dixo ayr^ me movio a totndr
ijla refoluciouy all that was faid Yeflerd^y moved
me to take this Refolution : el comer fatisfdce at
hamhriento^ to ear, eating, fatisfies the Hungry ; el
levantarfe temprdno es faludabky to rife betime in
the Morning, is wholfome.
Exceptions,
^34 -^ ^^'^ Spanish Grammar.
Exceptions.
When a Queftion is alked, then the Nomina-
tive goes after the Verb ; as, ejld d Sr. Fuldno en
cd[a ? is Mr fuch a one at home ? como fe entiende
efto ? how is this underilood ♦, que tiene vmd. .?
"What is the Matter v/ith you ? And fo in the Ne-
gatives, as no es efto ? no es verddd ? Is it not this ?
is it not true ? Thefe Relatives are excepted ; que
hora es? What is it a Clock ? puien es ? who is ?
quien idea ? who knocks ? quten Udma ? who calls,
&c.
Some of the Reciprocal Verbs, and the Impera-
tives of all the Verbs have their Nominative after
them ; as, pefame mucho^ I am very forry 5 dma tu^
love thou.
When a Verb comes between two Nominatives
of diverfe Numbers, the Verb may indifferently
accord with either of them •, as, tantas palabras juntas
es confufton, or fan confufion^ fo many Words toge-
ther are a Confufion : las fuperfluidddes Jon Excejfo
Superfluities are an Excefs.
Of the Second Concord,
The Adjedive, whether it be a Noun, Pronoun,
or Participle, agreeth with his Subftantive in Cafe,
Gender, and Number •, as, el hombre fdbio^ y la
Muger virtuofa fon dignos de alabdnza, a learned
Man, and a virtuous Woman are worthy ofpraife;
by which you fee how they agree, and that the
Mafculine Gender is more worthy than the Femi-
nine; and fo it is faid dignos and not dignas: It is
likewife plain by the above Example, that, many
Subftantives with a Conjundion copulative between
them will have an Adjedive Plural,
When
A New Spanish Grammar. 23 5
When a Claufe ferves as a Subftantive, then the
Adjedive is to be put in the Neuter Gender ; as,
el Rogdr a Dm en todo tiempo es hueno ; fero en
tiempo calamitofo es neceffdriOy it is always good to
pray to God j but in calamitous time it is necef-
fary.
Exceptions,
Before the Nouns Subftantives beginning with a^
Eubonicd gratia^ for the fake of the good Sound, the
Spaniards ufe the Mafculine Article, as has been
faid before, as el dgua^ the Water \ al alma^ the
Soul •, which proceeds from the Spaniards not ufing
the Apoftrophe, as fome other Nations do, &c.
After Vueftra Merced the Adjedlive does not
agree in Gender with vm^' but with the Perfon to
whom one fpeaks, as we obferv'd before ; fo that
when we fpeak to a Man, we fay, bien venzdo fea
V. md' Sir you art welcome ; and in the Plural, hien
venidos fean v.m^^^^ Gentlemen you are welcome ;
when to a Woman, vmd. ss mui huena^ Madam you
are very good, &c.
Note, rhat Buino^ malo^ unOy primero, tercero^
^c, when before a Subftantive, they lofe the Let-
ter 0 ; and ciento lofes to : and tho' fome Authors
are of Opinion, that tanto and quanto lofe to before
the Subftantives, I fay, that it is falfe, and wrong i
becaufe tanto and quanto always remain whole, and
are derived of the L^/z« Adverbs T'^^^/i?, quanto-, as,
quanto Ma) or eres^ tanto mas te humillards^ how much
the greater you are, fo much the more you fhould be
humbled. But tan and qudn are derived from the
Latin tarn and quam,
Grande^ lofes de before the Subftantives that be-
gin with a Confonant *, as, gran Muger^ a great
Woman % Gran Cdfa^ a great Houfe : but if the
Subftantive begins with ~a then it is often in-
differently
236 ^ New Spanish Grammar.
differently ufed, and when begins with another
Vowel always retains de,
Obferve likewife, that the Spaniards do generally
ufethe Adjectives after the Subltantives, as it has been
faid : but the Epithets are ufed by the bell Spanijlo Au-
thors before the Subftantives -, as, el Serdphico San
Francifco^ the Seraphick St Francis ; el Melifluo St
Bernardo, the Mellifluous St Bernard ; el intrepido
General, the intrepid General ; el Philofopho Arifto^
teles, the Philofopher Ariftocle : San5ftffmo Pddre^
Beatiffimo Padre, the Holy Faiher -, Excelentiffimo
Senor, moft excellent Sir ; ilufirijjimo Senor, moft
illuftrious Sir, &c. and fo we fay es huen homhre,
he is a good Man ; ejie es tin mal homhre, this is a
bad Man.
Of the third Concord.
The Antecedent is a Word, or Claufe that goes
before the Relative, and is rehearfed again by che
Relative.
The Relative agreeth with his Antecedent in
Gender, Number and Perfon ; as, es fahio, quien
hdhla poco y bien, that Man is wife, that fpeaketh but
little and to the purpofe.
When a Relative is between two Antecedents of
diverfe Genders, then it agreeth with either ; as, el
Rey fe ird luego a una cafa de campo, la que eft a en
Windfor, the King will foon go to a Country Houfe,
which is at Wind for -, he recehido tres cartas, cuyo
contenido me gufta mucho, I have received three
Letters, whofe Contents pleafe me much ; atacdron
al Enemtgo, cuya infanteria tomo luego la derrota,
they attack'd the Enemy, whofe Foot foon gave
way and fled.
Sometimes the Relative hath for his Antecedent
the whole Sentence that goeth before it, and then it
mud be put in the Neuter Gender, and in the Singu-
lar
A New Spanish Grammar. 237
lar Number •, as, alzdronfe losfoldddos en elfuerte contra
fu Gobernador^ lo que le obligo a entregarle^ the Soldiers
revoked in the Fore or Fortrefs againft their Go-
vernor, which obhg'd him to deliver it up.
Many Antecedents Singular having a Conjundion
Copulative between them, will have a Relative
Plural, which fhall agree with the Antecedent of
the mod worthy Gender ; as, recebz el Cabdlio y la
Mula que me embid^ lofque prefente al Sr, Fuldno^ I
receiv'd the Horfe and the Mule that you fent me,
which I prefented to Mr fach a one.
When there is no Nominative between the Re-
lative and the Verb, then the Relative (lands for
the Nominative ; as, quien dice efto ? who faith this ?
but v/aen there is a Nominative between the Re-
lative and the Verb, tiien the Relative fhall be put
in the Cafe governed by the Verb, or any other
Word ; as, la grdcia que le pzdo^ the Favour which
I beg of you ; el Rey a quien obedefco^ the King to
whom I obey \ el Embaxaddr, de cuya proteliidn
gozo^ me efcnbe ejla carta^ the Embaffador whofe
Protedlion I enjoy, wrote this Letter to me.
Note^ that the Relatives you may make ufe of,
are le^ les^ la, lo^ las^ lo: ; (to thefe four laft you
may add que ; as, laque^ loque, lafque, lofque) quien^
tal^ qudU ciiyo^ que •, to which you may likewife add
a Prepofition \ as, d loque Dzgo^ to which I fay ; de-
loque recebz gufto^ of which I received Pleafure ; de
quien es ? to whom it belongs ^ pdra quien ? para el \
for whom ? for him , cuyo es ejie fombrero ? then
you may anfwer, mio^ tuyo, or fuyo^ ov del Sr, Fu-
Idno^ de aquel Caballero^ mine, thine, or yours, or
of Mr fuch a one, of that Gentleman.
Obferve likewife, that thefe Relatives are
called ellyptic Articles, becaufe they exprefs the
Subftantive which is not there ; as, recebz la de v.m^,
la for la carta^ I received yours ; lez los Izbros de
^.evcdo, pero los del Padre Feijoo no^ I read ^eve-
2 do'i
238 A New Spanish Grammar,
do'^ Books, but not thofe of Father Feijoo ; and then
they govern the Cafe of the Subflantive ; as recibi
la de Pedro^ pro no la de Judn^ I receiv'd that of
Peter^Sy but not that of Jo/^^, &c.
Of the Articles.
There are three Articles in Spamjh, as is faid
before, viz. el for the Mafculines, la for the Femi-
nines, and lo for the Neuters ; and it can't be taken
amifs, if I fhow here the manner, how they are
to be ufed.
Firft, All proper Names of Men, Women,
Gods, GoddefTes, Angels good or bad •, of Months,
Cities, Towns, and Villages, &c, have no Article
before them ; as, Phelipe V. Rej de Efpana Luh
XV. Re'j de Frdncia ; Jorge II. Rey de Ingalaterra^
&c. Philip V. King of Spain, &c. Carolina Reina
de Ingalaterra^ Calorine Queen of England : Ju-
pter^ Juno, Lucrecia, St Miguel^ St Miciiael ;
Enero, January ; Febrero, February, &c.
Secondly, If we put an Adjedlive between pro-
per Names, or exprefs their Epithets, or fpecify
fome Adlion, PafTion, or Motion, and take notice
of their Qualities, &c. then we put the Article be-
fore them ', as, el Omnipotente DioSy el Dios de Mife-
ricordia ; the Almighty God, the God of Mercy ;
el invencible e intrepido General^ the invincible, and
intrepid General : el Rey^ la Reina, el Principe, la
Prince/a, y el Duque de Cufnberland irdn a la comedia
ejie noche, the King, the Queen, the Prince, the
Princefs, and the Duke of Cumberland will go to
the Play-houfc this Night 5 and fo before other
common Words.
Thirdly, Before the Numerals is never made ufe
of the Article, but when they are taken relatively ;
as, lo5 doi vinieron, the two came ; los doce mefes del
ano^ the twelve Months of the Year 5 los fie te dtas
de la
A New Spanish Grammar. 239
de lafemdna^ the feven Days of the Week ; las d ce
^rzbus^ los doce jipojloksy los doce pares de Frdncia^
las qudiro partes del Mundo^ tkc and fo are uno^
otro^ quaU the Participles, and fome of the Infini-
tives ; as, el uno^ the one, &c. lo dicbo^ the above
faid, el corner^ el heher y el dormir^ con Moderadon^
h'acen hen al cuerpo^ to eat, to drink, and to deep
with Moderation, does good to the Body.
The Particle an fo much us'd in Englijh is omit-
ted in Spanijh ; for tho' we fay, another Man, ano-
ther Day, they only fay as the Latin, Stro homhre^
Giro dia^ not un otro bomhre^ or un otro dia,
Efpdna has but fcldom an Article, and Serdena,
Portugdly Sedliay and cdndia never.
CHAP. II.
Of the ConflriiBion of thuns,
WHEN two Subftantives of diverfe Significa-^
tions, do fo come together, that the Latter
in fome kind or other feem to be poflefTed, or de-
pend of the former, then the latter is put in the
Genitive Cafe j as, el amor de Dios es mas perfeEio^
the Love of God is the mod perfed : amor del
Pddre^ the Love of a Father ; la Terneza de la Mddre,
the Tendernefs of a Mother ; la Eloquencia de Cice^
ron^ the Eloquenc^e of Cicero^ &c. And often this
Genitive is turned into an Adjective ; as, el amor
'Divhio^ the Divine Love ; el Amor Paterno^ the
fatherly Love ; la 'Terneza Maternay the Motherly
Tendernefs, ^c.
An Adjedlive in the Neuter Gender put alone
without a Subftantive, ftandcth for a Subftantive,
and
240 -^ ^^'^ Spanish Grammar.
and may have a Genitive Cafe after it ; deme u^
foco de lo miichoj y algo de lo pco^ give me a little
of the much, and fomething of the little you have 5
lo prudente de Don Pedro nos admira^ the prudent
Part of Don Peter furprifes us, Cs?r.
The Nouns of Praife, and Difpraife, of "Want,
oF Arts, Sciences, all proper Names of Cities,
Towns, &c. of God, all proper Names of Men,
Women, Spirits good and bad, of irrational
Creatures, of inanimates, of Months, Nouns of
Meafure, 8e:c. coming after a Noun Subftantive,
or a Verb Subftantive may be put with the Prepo-
iition de ; as Muchdcho de hum ingenio^ a Boy of a
good Wit ; h ombre de mal Credzto^ a. Man of bad
Credit or Reputation ; Maeftro de Mufica^ a Matter
of Mufic ; Profe[f6r de Theologza, a ProfefTor of
Divinity ; la Cdfa de Pedro, Peter's Houfe *, la
ciuddd de Ldndres, the City of London ; la voluntdd
de Diosj the Will of God, &c.
Sometimes the Genitive Cafe is put alone, the
former Subftantive being underftood by Eclypfis ;
as recehz dos Cartas^ la de Pedro lez^ pero no la de
ml Correfpondiente, I received two Letters, I read
that of Peter's, but not that of my Correfpon-
dcnt.
Of the Conftru5lion of Adjeofives,
Adjedlives that fignify Defire, Knowledge, Re-
membrance, Ignorance, or Forgeting, and fuch
other like require a Genitive ; as codtcwfo de dinero^
covetous of Money ; ignorante de todo, ignorant of
all things, ^c.
Nouns Partitives, and certain Interrogatives,
with certain Nouns of Numbers, require Genitive ;
as alguno^ ninguno^ folo^ ilno, qualquier^ dos, tres^
Primer 0, fegundoy &c. algimo de vofotros, fomebody
of you, elprimero de vofotros^ the firft of you.
Romulo
A New Spanish Gra7?2mar. 241
Romulo fue el Primer 0 de los Reys de Roma, Ro-
mulus was the firft of the Kings of Rome ^ de que
f€ (rata en Londres ? de Guerra, what are you about
in London ? or whattalke you inLondon ? of War;
de quien fe hdbia ? de los Turcos, of whom fpeak
they ? of the Turks.
Adjedives fignifying Fulnefs, Emptinefs, Plen-
ty, or Want, require de ; as, llcno de dgaa^ full
of Water -, fallo de juicio^ without his Senfes.
And fometime they require the Prepofition en ; as
abundant e de todo, or en todo, plentiful, or well
ftored with every Thing •, Ruode bienes, or en bienes
tempordles, y Pobre de los, or en los efpiritudles, rich
in temporal Goods, and poor in the fpiritual, &c.
Dzgno^^nd indzgno^vcqu'ire. aGenitive ; as, fdi dzgno^
or indigno de bdnra, I am worthy or unworthy of
Honour. But adornddo, contento, defcontento, alegre,
&c. will have de or con, as, efte quarto ejid adornddo
de precidfas aldjas, or con preciofas aldjas, this Room is
adorned with fine Furniture ; Contento and Defcon-
tento^ require likewife en, as, ejldi contento de eftoy
con efto, or en efio, I am contented with this, &c.
Adjedlives, whereby is fignified Prolk, Difprofit,
Likenefs, Unlikenefs, fubm.iting or belonging to
fomething, govern a Dative Cafe ; as, tilil, prove-
chdfo, cof/iodo, Bueno, convcniente, guftofo, mdlo,
rendido -, igudl, defigudl, femejdnte, parecido, con-
forme, &c. 2.%, [era util a Pedro el trabajdr, working
will be profitable to Peter •, and fo are diofe of
Affinity, which likewife are conftrued with a Geni-
tive ; as, fdi Pariente de Fuldno or d Fuldno, I am a
Relation of, or to fuch a one.
Add to thefe fome of the Verbals in hie, as amd-
hie, d able J Sec.
N, B. That the Nouns of Meafure of Length,
Breadth,or Thicknefs of any Thing, is put in the Ac-
curative,and theAdjedive in theGcr.itivc-, 2i%Jfta torre
tune cien pies de alto^ this Tower is one hundred Feet
R high 5
242 A New Spanish Grammar.
high ; efte Pdno time dos vdras de dncho^ this Cloth
has two Yards in Breadth,
Some Adjedives govern the Ablative Cafe;
as, con^ or enla colera efioi amarillo^ y con la ira coU^
rko, y con fus amendzas temerofo^ I am pale for be-
ing angry, angry with Wrath, and with his
Threatning timorous.
There are Ablatives Abfolutes, (To called for
their having no dependance in the Speech) as aca-
hdda la cena^ the Supper being finifhed, or having
fupt ; quitdda la Cdu/a, cefa el efe^Io^ the Caufe
being remov'd, the effedl ceafed.
The Ablative of the Inftrument is made in Spanijh
with the Prepofition con^ with •, as lo hue con el
MaYtillo^ I have done it with the Hammer.
The Words ei^perto^ experimentado^ Perzto^ ver^
fddoy curfddo, &c. require an Ablative with en ; as
verfddo en iibros^ verfed in Books.
Of the Numerals,
The Numerals may be divided into Cardinals ; as*
uno, doSy tres^ 6cc,
Ordinals ; as, Pri?nero^ fegundoy tercero, &c.
Diflributives, as, de una en jmo^ de dos en dos^ de tres
en tres^ Sec,
Partitives, as cada uno^ mo y otro^ alguno, &c.
Collectives, as una docena^ quincena, veintena^ trein-
tena^ &c. a dozen and no more in Englijh^ they
faying in its (lead twenty, thirty, &c. el quznto^
the fifth ; la diezma^ a tenth, &c.
Of Augmentation , as lo doble^ lo triple^ lo quadru-
hk, &c.
Univerfal, as todo, ninguno^ ndda.
Particular 5 as, algtino^ alguien, &c.
All which govern the Genitive Cafe ; as, el
Prirniro de todos^ the firft of all.
Of
A New Spanish Granwiar, 243
Of the Comparatives,
The Comparatives mas^ more -, i7unos, lefs, go-
vern que^ than, in which the force of the Compari-
fon lies \ el todo es Mayor que la parte, the Whole,
or the Compound is greater or bigger than the Part ;
fu Malicia es peor que la de el diablo, it's Malice
is worfe than that of the Devil's *, and fo in mejor^
menor. Now for the Regular Comparatives ; as, es
mas fcibio que Salomon, is wifer than Solomon ; es mas
Herfnoja que Rachel, is more beautiful than Rachel ;
es menos prudente que fu Hermdno^ is lefs prudent
than his Brother.
They govern likewife deloque, than what ; as, es
mas Do^o deloque fe pihfa, is more learned than
what it is thought ; es 7nas afortunddo deloque merece^
is more lucky than what he deferves.
When the Articles el, la, lo are put before mas, thea
it governs the Genitive ♦, as, es el mas difcreto de los
homhres, he is the difcreeteft of Men ; la mas afdble de
to das las Mugeres, the mod affable of all Women ;
lo mas fele^fo de todo, the moft felect of all, of every
Thing.
They govern alfo the PrepoGtIon entre ; as, es la
mas Hermofa entre todas las Mugeres, is the moft beau-
tiful among all Women -, es el mas Docfo entre todos
los del Colegio, is the moft learned among all thofe
of the College. Some SpaniJI: Writers put de before
entre -, as, ^j el mas fen aid do de entre Jus condifdpulos^
is the moft fignilized from among his School-
Fellows. By which the curious may obferve the
feveral Conftrudions that the Comparatives will
bear.
The Examples Vr'ith the Article before mas^
are called Relative Superlatives, and the follow-
ing abfolute or independing -, which end in ijjitno
iffima errmo-ma^ &cc, as prudcntiJfi?7io, moft
R 2 difcreet ;
244 -^ ^^'^ Spanish Grammar.
difcreet *, proximo^ neareft ; minimo^ the leaft, the
imalleft ; acerrimo^ moft vehement, mod obftinate.
When the Adverb mui^ very, is before the Pofi-
tive, then the Pofitive is made Superlative -, as
Dodlifllmo, \ Mui Dofto, ver'j learned.
Prudentiflimo, 3 M.xxWvMdiint^^ver'^ prudent^
&:c.
CHAP. III.
OfV
R O N O U N S.
NO 5, and fos^ though in reality they fignify
the fame as Nofotros, and Vofotros^ that is.
We, and Ye -, yet they differ in the ufe, and in
that the two latter have the Feminine Gen-
der, Nofdiras and Fofotrai, which the other have
not, being always the fame in all Genders. Nofd-
tros is in all common ufe, as IVe with us ; but
No5^ is generally ufed by a fingle Perfon, as a
Sovereign, or the like, where We is alfo imployed
in Englijh. But fometimes Nos fignifies Ui, when
it follows a Verb, as dddnos de corner^ give us to
eat ; guiddnos a la cdfa^ lead us to the Houfe ; and
after no^ as no nos rnaltrdtep^ do not abufe us.
Vos^ is alfo apply 'd to a fingle Perfon, that is
infpeaking to inferiors, or between familiar Friends,
to avoid the word tUy thou -, which is too grofs
in Spanijhy as has been faid before, and to fave
the refped of V, M. alfo above fpoken of •, thus
they fay, vos os engandis^ you are miftaken : and
fo before Verbs Plural, as vos amdis, you love ;
vos perdeis, you lofe ; but in the other Cafes the
V is cut off i as yo os dare^ I will give you ; el os
llevard.
A New Spanish Grammar. 245
llevard^ he will carry you ; and the fame when it
follows the Verb ; as quitdos de ahz, get you from
thence ; and fo in many other Cafes.
Note^ That Los^ Las, are conftrued with the firft
and fecond Perfons of the Plural ; as, lofque fomos
ChriJlidmSy vivdmos como idles. We that are Chri-
ftians, let us live as fuch. Dken los Apoftoles, que
lafque fdmos cafddas ohedefcdmos d los Maridos, The
Apoftles fay, that we married fhould obey the
Hufbands : Lofque fueredes Cbrijlidnos, ohfervdd y
cuinplid los Preceptos de Dzos, you that are Chri-
ftian, keep and accomplifh the Commandments
of God, &c,
El^ and Ella have a Dative Cafe of a different
Termination, which is contrary to the general
Spanijh Rule ; for they fometimes make le and les,
and thefe two are only ufed, when they imply fome-
thing of Acquifition, and denote the Perfon re-
ceiving ; as, Vi a Pedro y dzle^ or le di [us cartas^
I faw Peter and gave him his Letters. Vide mil
amigoSy y communiqueles mis ctiidddos^ I faw my
Friends, and imparted my Affairs to them ; where
it appears in both places, there is an im.parting, or
giving. In thefe Cafes there is no ufing of lo^
or los for le, or les, becaufe it would breed Confu-
fion, as will appear in this Inftance, Los que per-
dieron fus haziendas, pzden a los juezes, que los ahor^
quen los ladrdnes^ They that have been robb'd of
their Goods, require of the Judges that they hang
the Thieves. Now were it faid, Pzden a losjuezes
que los ahorken los ladrones, th^rt would be no deciding
whether they required that the Thieves fhould be
hang'd, or that the Thieves fhould hang them.
Mi, ti, /, are ufed after Prepofitions ; as a mi^
to me ; para ti, for you ; por fi, by himfelf 5 but
after con, with, they muft all have the Syllable go
added to them ; as con mzgo, with me i con tzgOy
with you \ con szgo^ with himfelf,
R 3 Me,
246 A New Spanish Grammar.
Me, te, fe, are join'd to Verbs, and ftand for
the Dative, and Accufative Cafes •, as, dixome^ he told
me ; fervirte^ to ferve you ; amdrfe^ to love himfelf.
They may alfo be placed before the Verb, pro-
vided a Nominative Cafe is before them *, as }'(? me
ire^ I will be gone •, tu te irds, you will be gone i
el fe ird, he will be gone ; fometimes the Nomi-
native Cafe is not expreffed, but always under-
llood ; as me dma, he loves me •, where el is un-
der flood, as el, he ; or Juar/, John, or Pedro, Peter.
Obferve here, that me, te, fe, fometimes are us'd
in the Dative by the Figure Pleonafm ; as, 0 fenor I y
a dondeos me llevan ? O Lord ! where are they going
to carry you from me ? Qu'ien te feme cuhr'io de dolor /
Who is he that came here to cover or fill you up
with Grief r inftead of qiden te cubrio de dolor ?
5^ before the third Perfon of a Verb, generally
fignifies what we exprefs by // fi, or the^ ; as, fe
d'ize, it is faid, or reported, or they fay, or re-
port I for if it be ufed to fignify himfelf, as has
been obferved above, it is ufual to add a ft, or a
ft mifmo, which denotes himfelf; as, fe dma a fi
mifmo, he loves himfelf
La, U, lo, las, les, los, me, te, fe, nos, andi;^;,
are frequently joined to Verbs -, as, oirela, I will
hear her ; direle, I will tell him •, harelo, I will do
it; llevdrilos, I will carry them ; efcriviriles, I will
write to them ; defpedirelos, 1 will difmifs them \
ireme, I will be gone ; vcte, be you gone -, vdyafe^
let him be gone ; paffeemonos, \tt us walk ; but in
joining vos to the Verb, the v is always cutoff; as,
amdros, to love you, not amdrvos ; and if the Verb be
the third Perfon Plural of the Imperative Mood, the
laft Letter of it which is always d, muft be alfo cut
off; as, calcntdos^ warm yourfelves, and fo in others.
When le, lo, las, los, are joined to the Infinitive
Mood, the laft r of it is fometimes changed 'mto /,
for the fofter Sound, as for dezirle^ fay dezUle ; buf
£bi$ is HQ general Rule,
^ NoU,
A New Spanish Grammar. 247
Note^ That when a Relative is referred to a
Noun Mafculine, then we make ufe of le^ wiien to
a Feminine of la, when to a whole Sentence or
Claufe of lo in the Neuter.
Mto^ tuyOy fiyo, nueflro, vuejlro^ and mijmo^
have the Article added to them, when they are
fpoken abfolutely, and without a Subftantive •, as, lo
mio, what is mine ; lo tmo, what is thine. Unlels
they are fpoken in Anfwer to a Queflion ♦, as if it
be afked, Cuyo es efie cavallo ? whofe Horfe is this?
the Anfwer is, mzo^ tnyo, or fuyo^ mine, yours, or his.
Ci{yo is naturally an Interrogation *, ^LS.cuyo es ejlo ?
Whofe is this ? But it is often us'd to fignify the
Perfon a Thing belongs to ; as El hombre ciiyo es efte
cavallo, the Man whofe Horfe this is, or to whom
this Horfe belongs.
Mi, tu, fu, Plur. rnisy tus, [us, are us'd for 7niOy
tuyo, fuyo ; but always before a Subftantive ; as, mi
cafa, my Houfe ; tu Izhro, your Book ; fu ccira^
his Face ; mis gudntes, my Gloves •, tus efpuelas^
your Spurs ; fus papeles, his Papers,
^EJle, effe, aquel, are all Demonftratives ; but
ejie denotes a Thing near the Perfon fpeaking ; ej/e^
a Thing rather near him that is fpoken to ; and
aquel, that which is at a Diftance from both -, as, efte
cuchillo, this Knife ; ejfe Plato, that Difh ; aquel
perro, that Dog. The fame is to be underftood of
the Feminine Gender of thefc Words, ^ Efta, ejfa,
aquella, and of the Neuter, ^Efto, ejfo, aquello ; and
fo of the Plural Number of them, ^Eftos, effos,
aquello s, eft as, ejjas, aquellas. Aquel pronounced
with energy, (lands for the firft Perfon Singular,
and aquellos for the firft Plural ; as, yo aquel que en
Ids pafddos tiempos cante, &c. I he who in former
Times fung, ^c.
The Relatives, or Interrogatives. ^dl, fome-
times is interrogatory, as ^dl dellos? which of
them ? and fometimes Comparative, as ^dl es el
verdno^ tal si invicrno. Such as the Summer is, fuch
R 4 is
248 -^ New Spanish Grammar.
is the Winter •, and fometimes it is diftributive, as
Qudl coge el oro^ qudllapidta. One gathers the Gold,
another the Silver.
^e taly differs herein from ^/i/, that the latter
afks the particular Perfon, or Thing, and is IVhicb
cf them f whereas the other quedions the Quality
of the Perfon, or Thing, as ^/^ td es efte cavdllo?
What fort of Horfe is that ?
^le is alfo an Interrogation, as S^e dizes?
What do you fay ? It is alfo Demonltrative, as
El Homhre que hdbla^ The Man that fpeaks. It
alfo figniiies than ; as, Mas vdle hahldr pdco, que ha-
hldr mal^ It is better to fay little than to talk amifs.
It is fometimes in the Nature of an Exclamation,
as ^e Defgrdcla I What a Misfortune 1 ^ue linda
mugcr I What a fine Woman! ^e^ the fame as
ihat^ as que ^0 vdja^ that I may go ; ^e for pcrque,
why, becaufe ; as, bazio tu^ que yo no puedo, do it
thou, becaufe I can^t. Obferve that dque is not
one SpamJJj Word, becaufe ^ is a Prepofition, and
denotes /<?, and then is not an Adverb, for a que^ is
the fame as to what End, to what Purpofe *, as a
que vino ejle ho?nbre ! we underftand, a que fin, to
what end came this Man? a que juego perd'w fu
dincro ? At what, or at which Game did you loofe
your Money ? And always is a Relative, the fame
as qudl, or cuyo, dec.
CHAP. IV.
Of Verbs.
PRoperly fpeaking, the Spanijh Verbs have only
thefe following fimple Tenfes, viz. the Prefent^
the Preterimperftct, the Preterpcrfed, and the
Future, of the Indicative Mood , the Imperative
Mood ; and the Prefent, Preterimperfedl, and Fu-
turcj of the Optative or Subjundlive j as
Indicative,
Seiv S
p A N I s H Grammar.
Indicative,
'Amo,
7 lo've.
Amaba,
J did love.
Ame,
I hanje lo'ved.
Araare,
IJImll, or ay/// lonje.
249
Trefent,
Preterimperf.
Preterperfe^.
Future,
Imperative,
'Ama, Do you lo've.
Optative and Subjundlivc.
Prefent. Plega a Dios que yo ame, God grant 1 love.
Preterm. Amara, amafle, or amaria, Would to God I did love.
Future. Amare, When I Jhall love.
Infinitive,
Prefent. Amar, To love.
Gerund. Amando, Loving.
Participle PaJJive, Amado, Loved.
All the reft are formed by Circumlocution, putting
feveral Words together to fupply the Defedt of fuch
Tenfes, as it has been faid before.
And altho' there has been faid enough of this Part
of Speech in Part II. yet as the Verbs are the prin-
cipal and moft eflential Part of a Grammar, I think
it proper to obferve here what none of the Gram-
marians has taken notice of before, in order to re-
move the feveral Difficulties that ftart to Begin,
ners.
I. Verbs Subftantives, and certain PafTive Verbs,
as fer^ fer llamddo^ fer Nombrddo, with other like
will have fuch Cafe after them, as they have be-
fore them, that is the Nominative Cafe ; as, Pedro
es ho?nbrey Peter is a Man *, yo me lldmo Jiian., I am
call'd John, ^c, all Verbs of Gefture, that is thofe
that betoken bodily moving, going, refting, or
doing ; as alfo all the Verbs that have the Word
that goeth before, and the Word that comes after,
both belonging to one Thing, require theNominative
after them ; as, Fedro vd cojo, Peter goeth lame ;
el Rey duerme feguro., the King fleepeth void of
Care, i^^c, Alfo the Verb of the Infinitive Mood
250 A New Spanish Grammar.
has the fame Cafes, when Verbs of wifhing and
the like come near them ; as, Pedro defea fer fanto^
Peter wifheth to be Holy : lo antes quifterafer RUo^
que parecerlo^ I had rather be rich, than to be ac-
counted fo, 6fr.
2. Of the Auxiliary Verbs. Haver governs the Ac-
cufative ; as, Pedro ha el Izhro^ Peter hath the
Book. Efidr^ when it fignifies to be in a Place, re-
quires the Ablative with en ; but when to be with
fomebody, an Ablative with con ; as, eftarev, m^ en
fu cdfa ! will you be at home ? To eftare en la Lonja^
I fhall be on the Change j ejloi con v. md, I am with
you ; here con is ufed for fhortnefs, becaufe the
meaning is. To ejloi en companid de v. m^y I am in
your Company. Obferve this Phrafe, eftdr en ejfoy
en ello^ &:c. ejld v. md- en ejfo ? do you remem-
ber of that ? have you obferved, or taken notice
of that ? are you in the fame Mind, &c. Ser when
it fignifies PoffefTion, or pertaining to a Thing,
will have the Genitive ; (except when the Pro-
nouns mto^ tuyo, fuyo^ nueftro^ vueftro are to be us'd,
becaufe then they are in the Nominative •, as, efte
lihro es mh, &c,) as, efte Peine es de mi Muger^ this
Comb belongs to my Wife. But when it denotes
the Property of a Thing, it has a Dative after
it ; as, efto es para mi^ this is for me ; ^i ^ Pedro^
it belongs to Peter, i^c. Noie^ That wf, // jf,
feldom can be put in the Genitive by themfelves, or
without a Subftantive ; tho' they may in the Dative ;
as, es de mi Hermdno^ it belongs to my Brother ; you
may fay, es para mi, para ti^ para fi^ is for me,
for you, for him : except de it 0 Muger digo efto,
of you O my Wife I fay this -, como hdhlas tan mal
de mi P why do you fpeak fo bad of me, (^c.
Of the Genitive.
Verbs fignifying Grief, Compaflion, Remeni-
brance. Want, Forgetting, ^c. will have a Geni-
tive 5 as, Pejame de la Muer^e de fu Padre^ I am
forry
A New Spanish Grammar. 251
forry for the Death of your Father : Me compadefco
de fus Mjas^ I pity his Daughters ; Carefco^ necefiito
de dineros^ I want Money. And thus de is put be-
fore the Thing fpoke in the Speech, es menefter a^
cordarfe de lo que me dzxo^ it is neceflary to remem-
ber of what you faid to me : Me olvide de eflo^ I
forgot that.
The Reciprocals of geering, boafting, and dif-
trufting, govern the Genitive, as vanagloriarfey pi»
carfe^ defconfiarfe, &c.
Of the Dative,
A(5live Verbs have either Dative or Accufa-
tive; as, conofco efta Letra, I know this Writing;
conofco a Don Antonio fii Amigo^ I know Don An-
thony your Friend.
The Prepofitions of the Dative are a or fdra.
To this Rule of the Dative belong the Verbs,
Jugdr^ to play ; as, Juego a los ndipes, I play at
Cards.
Obedecer^ defobedecer^ &c. Ohedefio al Rey^ I obey
the King.
Manddr^ when it fignifies to command an Army,
&c. requires theAccufative ^ when other Things, the
Dative ; as, el Duque de Montemdr Mando el Exercito
Efpanol en Italia^ the Duke of Montemar com-
manded the Spanijh Army in Italy -, el Rey mandd
al Emhaxador de Venecia de falir de Londres en tres
dlas^ the King ordered the Venetian Ambaflador to
go out of London in three Days.
ir, to go ; as, v6i d Roma^ I go to Rome.
Ajjiftir^ to help or a (Till ; as, ajfiftire d Pedro^ I
will help or affift Peter.
Saluddr^ to falute ; as, faludo a Fuldno^ he faluted
fuch a one. Habldr^ to fpeak ; llamdr^ to call ;
fatisfacer^ to fatisfy ; fervir^ to ferve, favorecer^ to
favour ; defafidr^ to chalenge ; abfolver^ to abfolve i
aconfejdr^ to give Advice ; Amenazd'\ to threaten :
The Verbs of pleafing, difpleafing, granting, deny-
ing.
252 A New Spanish Grammar.
ing, pardoning, and fo all manner of Verbs put
acquifitively, that is, with thefe Tokens to^ or for^
after them, will have a Dative Cafeof thePerfon5and
often the Accufative of the Thing.
The Imperfonals acontecer^ avenir^ convenir^
importdr, pertenecer, placer^ and the like to thefe,
will have often two Datives of Perfon ; as, a fni
me acontecioy it happened to me ; a tz te conviene^
it is convenient for you j no le imporla a ely it does
not concern him, &c.
^he Accufative.
The Latin Verbs, which govern the Accufative
of the Thing, and the Dative of the Perfon, go-
vern generally the fame in Spanifh \ as, reftituid
al Cefar lo qiie pertenke al Cefar^ render ye to
Cefar what is belonging to Cefar ; dz el Izbro al Im-
preffor^ I gave the Book to the Printer, ^c»
Verbs of afking, teaching, arraying \ alfo moft
€f the Verbs Tranfitives, viz. all fuch as have after
them an Accufative Cafe of the Doer, or Sufferer,
whether they be Adtive, or Commune, and fome-
times the Verbs Neuters, will have an Accufative of
the Thing*, as, Gozo faWd, 1 enjoy Health ^ pzdo
ejia Grdcia, ruego ejle favor ^ I afl< this Favour -, tocdr
d OrgdnOy to play on the Organ.
Generally all the Adive Verbs require an Accu-
fative or Dative ; as, amdr d Dzos^ bacer Men, to
do good ; Guardar los Mandamientos de Dzos, to
keep God's Commandments -, defcuhrzr la verddd,
to difcover the Truth ; gandr- el pleitOy to get the
Suit of Law,
Ssr^x.0 be 5 fometimes governs an Accufacive,in the
Infinitive ; as, es hueno fer hojnbre bonrddo^ it is
good to be an honeft Man,
Of
^NewS?ANisu Grammar. 253
Of the Ablativs.
All PaiTive Verbs, and generally mofl of the Reci-
procals,will have the Ablative with de •, as, foi amado
de mi Padre, I am loved of my Father ; me levanto
de la Cdma, I get up from the Bed ; except acoftdrfey
recoftdrfe^ fentarfe, which have the Ablative with en.
The Price of a Thing is put after Verbs in the Ac-
cufative with por^ zs^lo comprepor unpefo, I bought
it for a piece of Eight *, lo vendi por ires reales, or
a tres redles la ydrda, I fell it at three Reals per
Yard.
Verbs of Plenty, Filling, Emptying, Loading,
or Unloading, will have an Ablative 5 as, ahundo
de riquezas, I abound of Riches -, te llenare de opro-
hrios, I will load you with Injuries, ^c.
Verbs that betoken Receiving, or Difbance, or
taking away, will have an Ablative -, as, recibz
mil pefos de Pedro, I received one thoufand Pieces
of Eight of Peter : Kenftngton difta tres m^llas de
Londres, Kenfington is three Miles from London,
Verbs of arguing, quarrelling, fighting, i^c. re-
quire the Ablative with con \ as, argtiir, rentr, peledr.
The Verbs that govern in Latin thefe Frepofitions
a, ex, ah, will have in Spanijh an Ablative with de,
if cu7n, con -, pro, por -, poft, defpues -, vjque, hdfta,
&c.
Obferve at the laft, that the following Rules are
retained by the Spanijh Authors, for the Verbs, viz,
I. If the Word governed by the Verb fignifies a
thing animate, generally it is put in the Dative Cafe ;
as, voi a ver a mi Padre, I go to fee my Father,
dmo d mi Mddre, I love my Mother.
The Verbs of Motion to a Place, always govern
the Dative ; as, voi d Madrid, I go to Madrid : the
Verbs of Motion, from a Place, govern the Abla-
tive -w'lihde; as, vengo de Efpdna, I come from
Spain i if the Action, Motion, or PafTion is through
I a Thinti
254 -^ '^^'^ Spanish Grammar,
a Thing or Place, then theVerbs govern the Accufa-
tive with por ; as, vendre for Paris ^ I (hall come
by way of Paris ; fufri por v. m^> I fuffered for
you, &c.
3. To exprefs a Thing indifinitly, the Spaniards
always ufe the Accufative Cafe ; as trdhigo pan y
vino j as in Latin, affero panem & vinum,
4. The Verbs ver^ to fee ; mirdr^ to look ;
differ; becaufe ver requires Accufative; as, ver d
Palacio^ to fee the Palace ; and mirdr^ Dative and
Accufative, as Mzro el juego ; mtro a los que juegan^
but when they fignify to look for one, then they
govern the Accufative with por ; as Eftoi mirdnda
por V. mdy I am looking for you.
Of the Particles requiftte to fome 'tenfes,
5. The Prefent Tenfe of the Subjunftive, &c.
and the firft and fecond Preterimperfeds of the faid
Mood, are conftrued with que^ paraque^ porque^
aunque^ hienque^ oxala^ fupueftoque^ puejlo qiie^ da
ioque, a fin que, conque^ puefque^ &c. as,
Es hueno que yo vdya^ it is good, that I go.
Paraque el 'venga. To the end that he may
come.
Porque tu aprendie[fes a ordr^ for that you might
learn how to pray.
Aunque el venga^ &c. altho he come, &c.
jifin que Aprendiera^ b aprendiej/e^ to the end
that he might learn, &c.
The imperlbnal Verbs generally govern the Sub-
jundlive with^//^, but with this Diftindtion ; that when
the imperfonal is in the Prefent Tenfe, or Future
of the Indicative Mood, then they always govern
the prefent of the Subjunctive Mood ; but_ when
the Imperfonal (or any other Verb taken imper-
fonaliy) is in any of the Preterits of the Indicative,
then it governs the Imperfeia, the Perfe(5l, the Plus-
I perfc<^5
A New Spanish Grammar. 25 j
perfed, or the Future of the Subjundive, accord-
ing to the meaning of the Speech -, as,
ConvUne or Convendrd, que el Rey en Perfona
Comdnde el ExercitOy it is convenient, or it will be
convenient, that the King in Perfon do com-
mand the Army.
Convino que el Principe fueffe con ely it was con-
venient that the Prince fhould go with him.
The Prefent Subjundive is likewife conftrued
with the Particles por futile por Do^o^ por fdbio,
por pequenoy por Grande, &c. but por (lands there
for aunque, although , as,
^alqutera cofa cofa por pequcna que fea hdce fa
papel en el mundo, any thing, although it be little
or fmall, does fome fervice in the World, that is,
ferves for fome Thing or Purpofe in the World.
An Imperative often requires the Prefent, the
firft and fecond Preterimperfedt, and the Future of
the Subjundlive Mood, zs^fea loque fea, let it be as
it will, altho' it be fo : fea lo que fu era ox fueffe , let
the Thing be, or happen as it would; fea loque
fuere, happen what it fhall happen, at all Events.
All the Tenfes of the Subjundlive may be con-
ftrued with luegoque^ quando, fi^ como, aunque ; but
plega a BioSy 3,nd fea Dios fervido, require only the
Prefent Subjun6tive ; znd plugiera or plugulejfe, fuera
or fueffe Bios fervido may be conftrued with all the
Tenfes of the Subjundive, except the Prefent
Tenfe.
The third Imperfed of the Subjundlivc Mood re-
quires yJ, qudndo, aunque, b y como, de gujlo, con
gtifto, de mui huena b mala gana, b quan de gdna, por
Ventura, acdfo, &c.
Pues, puefque, aunque, oomo, quando, luego, may
be conftrued with all the Tenfes of the Indicative
Mood ; as, quando vine del campo, cai del cabdllo^
pues perdi el ejlribo, v/hen I came from the Country
I fell from the Horfe, becaufe I loft th.^- Stirrup',
&c.
The
^^6 A New Spanish Grammar.
The third Imperfea: of the Subjundive Mood
IS fometimes conftrued by Circumlocution, viz.
with the Infinitive and the Words, Ma^ Mas, hia^
Sec. as baUarte hia (for hablaria), efcribirle hta por
el correo (for efcribiriale), ahrazdrla hza (for abra-
zariala) ; and the Reader will find, that if the Pro-
noun and the Letter h are taken away, it remains
that Tenfe ; as, if from hahlarte hia, te and h is
taken, there it will remain haUarza, And although
fome Authors are of Opinion that hablarte hia^
flands for hablarte tba^ I was going to fpeak to
you •, yet Father VaUra obferves that that manner
of fpeaking is a Circumlocution proper to the
third Preterimperfed, and often ufed in the SpaniJIj
Poetry, adding h to la by the Figure Epenthefis,
to denote that the Accent fhould lie on the f, as
hacerte hia Men, ft fuejfes hueno, (hacerte hid for
haria) he would do good for you, if you was
good.
The fecond Future of the Indicative Moodj
which is made by the Auxiliary Verb haver, is con-
ftrued with Elegancy with the Particles me, te, fe^
te, la, lo, les, las, los, at the End of the Infinitive ;
as, Gidarme has for me guiards, or rather for has
de guidrme, you muft guide me ; darte he mi hzja en
cafamiento for he de darte, or te dare mi hzja en cafa-'
miento, I will or mud give you my Daughter in
Marriage ; darte la he^ for he de ddrtela^ or te la
dare, I will give her to you.
7. The Englijh Tongue has one Sign to the In-
finitive, viz. to ; and in Spanijh there is none for
the Infinitive, as Infinitive, as Amdr, to love •,
Leer, to read ; ozr, to hear : Altho' there are fe-
veral Particles ufed in Spaniflj before the Infinitive,
they are governed by other preceeding Verbs or
Nouns Subftantives, and thefe are a, pdra, de, con,
en, por, hafta, defpuefde, and el when the Infinitive
ferves as a Nominative to another Verb.
CHAP.
A New Spanish Grammar. z^f
CHAP. V.
Of Prepofitions,
TH E Cafes to be given to fome Parts of Speech^
being one principal Part of Syntax, and there
being properly no Cafes in Spanijh^ as there are m
Latiriy we will therefore treat of the Prepofitions,
which anfwer the End of the Latin Cafes.
When the Noun in Speech denotes the Perfon
pofTeffing, or fignifies whofe a Thing is, we always
make ufe of the Prepofition de -, as, lEJio Izbro es de
Juan^ This is John's Book ; unlefs we ufe the po-
fitive Degree of that fame Perfon, making it an
Adje6live to the Thing poflefTed ; as, ' Efta ley es de
Dios cr divina^ This is God's Law, or divine Law.
This Ufe of the Pofuive is fo neceflary, when the
PoUefTion belongs to any of the Pronouns, yo^ tii^
fe^ that we mud always fay, ^Efta Cdfa es mza, iuya^
fuya^ This Houfe is mine, yours, his -, not de ?m,
tf, or ft. But they may be ufed when they do noc
denote PofTeflion ; as, acuerdate de wi, remember me ;•
duelete de ti^ have Compaffion on your felf; did
huena cuenta de fiy he gave a good ilccount of him-
felf
The Prepofition de is alfo applied to the Place
from whence we come ; as, Vengo de PaldciOy I come
from Court.
When the Prepofition denotes Acquifition, or the
Perfon for whom a Thing is, we ufe the Prepofitions
«, or 'para *, as, dale a Juan efta cdrta^ give John
this Letter •, ^Efta carta es para Judn^ this Letter is
for John. Except here the Terminations, me^ te^
fe^ of the Pronouns yOy tu^ el^ which though they
S denote
2 J§ A New Spanish Grammar.
denote Acquificion, do not admit of thefe Prepofi-
tions ; as, dioine el dinero^ he gave me the Money.
They are alfo applied to the Place we are going
tOjWhether proper or appellative ; as, Voi a Madrid^
de dSnde partire pdra Roma^ I am going to Madrid^
from whence I will fet out for Rome.
A is alfo applied to the Noun Pafiive •, as, Tedro
dma a Judn^ Peter loves John ; but when the Noun
is an Appellative, it is fometimes ufed, and fome-
times omitted; as,£/ 7naeftro enfena los DifdpuloSy or
a los DifcipuloSj the Mailer teaches the Scholars.
The Prepofition Con^ before mi, ti, ft, requires,
that the Syllable go fhould be added to them *, as,'z;^»
conmzgo, come with me ; ire contzgo, I will go with
you, Pedro es dfpero com j go, Peter is harfh to him-
felf. When Con is before an Infinitive, then the
Verb is turned into a Gerund in Engltjh\ zs,con amdr^
with loving.
Prepofitions in Compofition are frequent in Spa-
vijh, that is, joined to other Words and made one
with them. Thefe are commonly a, and en, em, &c.
as, Diner 0, is Money, thence homhre adinerddo, a
money'd Man ; and we fee the like in the Englijhy
where adding ed to Money makes the fame as the
Spanijh a : But this does not hold in moll other
Words: from Noche, Night, anochecery to grow
Night, which the Englijh does not exprefs without
fuch Circumlocutions. Vide^ the fecpnd Part, and
the Remarks.
CHAP,
A t^ew Spanish Grammar. 259
CHAP. VI.
Of Adverbs^ Conjun^ioiis^ and Interje6lions.
VERY little need be faid of thefe three Parts
of Speech more than has been obferved before.
As for thofe Adverbs, that are formed by adding
minte to Adjedtives, as is done in Engli/h^ by the
Addition of the Syllable ly ; when two of this Sort
follow one another, the two additional Syllables^
mente^ of the firft of them, are always cut offs
thus, Camindr fegura^ y alegremenie^ To travel fafe-
ly, and merrily.
A Negative Adverb joined to any other Negative
Part of Speech, does not make an Affirmative, as
in Latin ^ and other Languages -, for,A^<? veo a nddie^
is, I fee No-body ; JSo te hdlla ningunOy No-body
can find you ; nor can the fame Words be takea
negatively without both the Negatives ; for, it can
not properly be faid in Spanijh^ ^eo a nddie^ for, I
fee No-body *, but if we would avoid the two Ne-
gatives, we mud fay, No veo' a persona algma^ I
fee not any Perfon ; JSIddie te balla. No-body can
find you.
Thus, No quiero mda^ is, I will have Nothing ;
but, un no ndda^ is next to Nothing ; as, Fdltale
un no ndda del pefo^ It v/ants as much as Nothing of
the Weight. Notwithflanding which, the learned
in Spain are of a contrary Opinion •, and do rightly
fay, that in the Spani/h^ as well as in Lativ^ two
Negative Parts of Speech make an Affirmative ;
as. No ndda^ algo, fomething, ^c,
Noy is alfo fometimes ufed by way of Interroga-
tion ; as. No vsndrcis pr acd ? Will not you come
this Way ^
S 2 The
26o A New Spanish Grammar.
The Conjundlion Tambten^ alfo, and TampdcOy
neither, are ufed thus ; El va^ y yo ire tamhien^
He goes, and I will go alfo ; El no quiere, ni yo
ta7np6co^ He will not, nor I neither.
Of Interjedlions, there is no more to add to what
has been faid already.
Of Figurative ConJtruBion,
THERE are two Sorts of Conftrudion, the
Proper, or Simple-, and the Improper, or
Figurative. The firft of them is that which in all
Points is agreeable to the Rules of Grammar,
which has been fufficiently fpoken of before. The
Figurative is a Way of fpeaking that departs in
fome refpedl from the eftablifhed Rules, and yet
is admitted and received, becaufe in common Ufe,
not only among the Illiterate, but alfo among the
Learned.
What little there is of this Sort in the Spanijh
Tongue moft necefiary to be known, (hall be com-
prehended in a few Lines.
The Paragoge, a Figure which adds fome Let-
ter, or Syllable at the End of a Word, is now
quite out of Ufe in Spanijh^ but may be found in
fome old Poems, efpecially common Songs and
Ballads, where they fometimes, to make up a Verfe,
fay, Amore for Amor^ Love ; Cantare^ for Cantdr^
,a Song, or to fing : But thefe fuperfluous Additions
are now, as has been faid, quite laid afide, and
only found in the Verb, Soi^ and V6i^ from the
Verbs Ser^ to be, and /r, to go; and therefore
according to the general Rule of Spanijh Verbs,
ought to be So^ and Vo^ as they were ufed in for-
mer Ages, but of latter Times the i has been ad-
ded for the better Sound,
2 The
A New Spanish Gramjnar. 26 1
The Syncope is the cutting off fome Letter, in
the Middle of a Word •, as, yo via, I faw, tu vias^
you faw ; for veia, veias. The fame is frequently
ufed in the fecond Perfon Plural of the Preter-
imperfedt Tenfe of the Optative, and Subjundlive
Moods, of Verbs > as Anduviejfeis, for Jnduvieffedeis ;
Jndariais, for Andariadeis ; Anduvi'irais^ for An-
duvieradeis, &c.
The Apocope, is cutting off a Letter at the End
of a Word •, as, Mas val prevemr, quefer prevemdo^
It is better to prevent, than to be prevented -, where
we have mas val, for mas vale. The fame may be
feen in other Words, but now little ufed.
Metathefis, is Inverting the natural Order of the
Letters in a Word •, as, fome are apt to fay, haceldo^
do it ; decUdo^ fay it *, quitdldo, take it away •, in-
ftead of hacedlo, deczdlo^ quitddlo, which are the
propereft and mod polite Way of fpeaking, and
therefore the other Way not to be imitated.
There is another Figurative Conftrudlion, called
Eclipfis, when feveral Words are left out of a Sen-
tence, and to be underflood j as, Buenos dias, Good-
cKorrow, where is to be underflood, os de DioSy
God give you ; hum Vtage, a. good Voyage ; fub-
vjtelligitur, os de Dids, God give you *, and fo ia
many other Cafes, which are common in all Lan-
guages, and therefore do not need to have much
faid of them.
The fame may be faid of many other Figures,
which if ail were to be mentbned, would rather
tire, than inform the Reader •, and it would be
likewife fuperfluous to mention here, and to burden
the Memory with the Rules of the Profody, which
are the fame as thofe of the Latin, and no ways ne-
cefTary to learn the Spanifh Language, befides what
has been faid in the Orthography.
S3 Some
262 A Neio Spanish Grammar,
Some General Obfervations for forming
the Spamjh from the Latin.
Latin Stibjiantives which have their Ablative in
tate become Spanifh by changing tate into dad,
layijig the Accent as in the Latin^ aSy
Lcitin
Charitate
Caridad
Fidelitate
\
\Fidelidad
Obfcuritate
Voluntate
Spamjh ,
JObfuridad
\ Voluntad
Infinitate
Jinfinidad
Magnanimitate
1
I Magnanimidad
Many Latin Words beginning with pi change if
into 11 in Spanifli ; as^
rPlenus
rLleno
NPluvia
NLluvia
i^/i«<cPlaga
Spamjh <!\A2ig2L
yPlorare
^Llorar
CPlandus
C Llanto
But this is nothing of a general Rule, for very
many Latin Words beginning with pi retain the
fame in Spamjh ; as, Planta^ a Plant ; Placer^ De-
light \ Plebe^t\it Multitude 5 Plma^ a Feather, ^c.
Latin
A New Spanish Grammar. 263
Latin Words beginfiing "with f, in Spanifh often
change it into H, thus
' Face re
Faba
Falco
J . J Farina
^ Formofus
Ferrum
Fervor
Furnus
' Hacer
Haba
Halcon
p^ ./7 J Harina
Hierro
Hervor
Horno
Latin Subjiantives ending in one in the Ablative^
become Spani{h by taki?jg off the laji Vowel^ as
Educatione
iCongregatione
.Generatione
Spanijh
Educacion
(Religion
iCongregacion
Generacion
Where note, that they change / into r, as above.
iSermone
Cicerone
Platone
{Sermon
Ciceron
Platon
Latin Subjiantives ending in o in the Ablative^
are true Spanifh, as
rOrnamento
I Experimento
Latin i Exemplo
I Argumcnto
L Ancidoto
rOrnamento
I Experimento
Spanijh } Exemplo
I Argumento
l^Antidoto
S4
Latin
264 A New Spanish Grammar.
Latin AdjeBives ending in lis, in Spanifli caji
away is, thus
Materialis r Material
T . jFinalis «., -ru jFinal
^^^^'^ Vacilis ^^^^^-^ SFacil
.Debilis CDebil
Latin AdjeBives ending in us, are made Spanifh
by their Ablative in o, as
Malus rMalo
-^"^^'^ ^Siccus ^^""'-^ isico
Humidus cHumido
Latin Ferbs become Spanifli by only cutting off
the lajl e, thus
rCaftigare rCafligar
I A mare i A mar
Latin} Tenere Spanijh ) Tener
I Perdere 1 Perder
LSentire LSentir
It would be endlefs to pretend to (hew all the
Affinity between the Spanijh and the Latin^ the main
Body of the former being derived from the latter,
with only fuch fmall Difference as may eafily be
conceived from what has been faid above,
A VO-
265
VOCABULARY.
CONTAINING
Such Words as mofl: frequently occur In com-
mon Ufe, and are therefore moft neceflary
to be firft known by Learners; as, The
Parts of the Body, Houfehold-Furniture ;
Names of Beafts, Birds, and Fiflies ; the Ser-
vice at Table ; Fruit, Trees, Cloathing, and
many other Sorts, all under their refpedive
Heads.
'/J U U *J > J U U U tji^ U t;^ ^;s i^;J^ &s -/jJ^ '/;.; y ^^4 5 J ^ J ^^1 y ^^^ v^ iJ
The Parts of Human Body.
Partes del Cuerpo Humano.
LA cabeza, the bead. Las fienes, the temples.
¥Act\ihro^the brain. Laoreja, the ear.
El cogote, the part La ternilla de la oreja, /^^
behind^ where the griftle of the ear.
head and neck join. El hueco de la oreja, the
La coroniila, the crown of hollow of the ear,
the head. La tela del oido, the drum
La mollera, the mould of of the ear,
the head. La ceja, the eyebrow.
Lafrente, the forehead. El parpado, the eyelid.
Las
266 A New Spanish Grammar,
^he Parts of Human Body,
Partes del Cuerpo Humano.
Laspe{lanas,^^^^3'^-/^7^^;. La nuca, the nape of the
El lagrimal, or la cuenca neck.
del ojo, the corner of the La garganta, the throat.
eye. El gaznace, the gullet.
'E\i>\^^C'0 dt\ op ythe white El feno, the hofom,
of the eye. La teta, a pap.
La nifia del ojo, the eye- El pezon de la teta, the
bally or fight of the eye. nipple of the hreafl.
Tela del ojo, the film of El pecho, the hreaft,
the eye. El eftomago, the flomach.
Niervo optico, the optic Las coftillas, the ribs.
nerve. La barriga, the belly.
La nariz, 'the nofe. El ombligo, the navel.
Las ventanas de la nariz, La ingle, the groyn.
the noftrils. El brazo, the arm.
La ternilla de la nariz, the El codo, the elbow.
grijlle of the nofe. El fobaco, the armpit.
La punta de la nariz, the La mano, the hand.
tip of the nofe. La mufieca, the wrijl.
La mexilla, or el carrillo. La pal ma de la mano, the
the cheek. palm of the hand.
La boca, the mouth. Los dedos, the fingers.
La enzia, the gum. Las junturas, or juntas de
Los dientes, the fore teeth. los dedos, the joints of
Las muelas, the grinders. the fingers.
^L.osco\mi\\o%the eye teeth. La yema del dedo, the
La lengua, the tongue. brawn of the finger.
El paladar, the palate. El pulgar, the thumb.
Laquixada, the jaw. El dedo indice, the fore-
La barba, the chin, or the finger.
heard:, but in the latter El dedo del corazon, the
fenfe commonly ufed in the middle finger.
plural., Barbas. El dedo annular, ^^^/(?^r/l?
El cuello, the neck. fiw^-
La cerviz, the hinder part B dedo menique, or au-
of the neck. ricular^ the little finger .
La
A New Spanish Grammar. 267
ne Parts of Human Body.
Partes del Cuerpo Humano.
La una, the nail El pie, the foot.
Las efpaldas, the hack. La planta del pie, the fok
Ijoshombros^the Jboulders. of the foot.
Los lomos, the loins. La garganta del pie, the
Los lados, the fides. joint of the foot.
Las nalgas, the buttocks. El empeine, the inflep.
Las partes vergonzofas, El calcanal, the heel.
the privities. El dedo del pie, a toe.
El muflo, the thigh. El dedo gordo, the great
La rodilla, the knee. toe,
Eljarrete, the ham. La piel, orelpellejo, the
La pierna, the leg, Jkin.
La pantorriUa, the calf of El cabello, the hair.
the leg. ' Un pelo, a fingle hair.
'Lztipimlhythefhine-hone. La cara, the face.
El tovillo, the ankle. El visage, the vifage.
The inferior Parts ofHmnan Body.
Partes interiores del Cuerpo Humano.
MOreciIlo,^ mufcle. La efpaldilla, thefhoulder*
GrafiTa, crgordu- hone.
ra, fat. La canilla del brazo, the
Membrana, a membrane. arm bone.
Nervio,or n'lirvo, a nerve. Hueflb facro, 7 the rump
Vena, a vein. orRabadilla, J hone.
Arteria, an artery, Efqueleto, ajkeleton,
Ternflla, a grifile. El corazon, the heart.
Hueflb, a hone, Los bofes, or \ the lungs
Meollo, or 1 _^^^,^„ Lospulm6nes,or ^ or the
T- ' > marrow, t i- -^ \ ;• ? .
1 uetano, J Los livianos, J lights.
La calavera, thejkull. El higado, the liver.
Choquezuelas, the chine El bazo, the fpleen,
bones. Los riiiones, the kidneys^
El efpinazo, the back bone. Los iefos, the brains.
Las coftillas, the ribs. El celebro, the brains.
El
268 A New Spanish Grammar.
^he interior Parts of Human Body,
Partes interiores del Cuerpo Humano.
El eftomago, the ftomach. La flema, flegm.
La boca del eftomago, the El quile, the chile,
pit of the ftomach. La leche, the milk.
Las tripas, the guts, Orina, or urina, urine,
Los inteft:inos, the bowels, Eftiercol, dung.
La madrr',or 7 the matrix ^ Sudor, fweat.
La marriz, J or womb, Moco, fnot.
La vexiga, the bladder, Cafpa, fcurf.
La fangre, the blood. Saliva, fpittle.
La colera, the choler. Lagrima, a tear,
T'he Jive SenfeSy
Los cinco Sentldos.
La vifta, the fight. El gufto, the tafte.
El oido, the hearing. El tado, the feeling.
El olfato, thefmell.
Good ^/alkies in Human Bodies^
Buenas Calidades del Cuerpo Humano.
Salud, health. Brio, fprightlinefs,
Hermofura, beauty. Buen talk, a goodfhape,
Defedts in Human Bodies^
Defectos del Cuerpo Humano.
Fealdad, deformity, Flaqueza, weaknefs,
Arrugas, wrinkles, Ser tuerto, to have but one
Pecas, freckles, eye,
Laganas, blear-eyes, Coxez, lamenefs.
Verruga, a wart. SemrumudOyto ftammer.
Lunar, a mole. Corcova, crookednefs,
Nube en el ojo, a pearl Stv colvo Jo be bald-headed.
in the eye. Str x omo yt o have a flat nofe.
Catarata, a cataraEl. Eftareftropeado,/o^^^r/p-
Cegucdad, or ceguera, pled.
blindnefs, Tullido, lame of the limbs.
Magrura, kannefs. Eunucho, an eunuch.
Zurdo,
A New Spanish Grammar, 269
Defers in Human Bodies^
Defedlos del Cuerpo Humane.
Zurdo, left'handed, Manco, lame 0/ a hand*
Vifco, or vilojo, /quint- Mudo, dumb,
efd. Sordo, deaf.
Of all that appertains to Cloathiiig.
De lo que toca al veftir.
Pano, cloth,
Pano fino, fine cloth,
Pano baito, coarfe cloth,
Pano tundido, milVd cloth.
Grana, or\ ^ , .
^c V 7 Scarlet.
Elcarlata, J
Raxa, cloth rafh,
Sayal, fackcloth,
Frifa, frtze,
Eftamena, ferge.
Eftofa, fluff,
Tafetan, taffet^,
Rafo, fatin,
Terciopelo, velvet,
Damafco, damajk,
Brocado, Irocade,
Gorgoran, grogram,
Chamelote, tahy.
Tela de ore, cloth of gold,
Algodon, cotton,
Fuftan, fuftian.
Lino, flax,
Cambray, camhrick,
Holanda, holland.
Ruan, fine French linnen.
Tela de cafiamo, hempen
cloth.
Terliz, ticken,
Calicu, calico,
Gaza, mu7>lin.
Fieltro, felt.
Angeo, canvas.
Bay eta, hays.
Lana, wooll,
Eftambre, worjled,
Seda, filk, •
Bocaci, buckram.
Joya, a jewel.
Hevilla, a buckle.
Alamares, loops on coats.
Ojal, a button-hole.
Bordadura, embroidery.
Boton, a button,
Frania, orl ^ .
Flueque, j" f'''"^'-
Puntas, or encaxe, lace,
Cinta, a ribbon.
Lifton, a broad ribbon.
PalTamano, gold or filver
lace.
R ibete, an edging.
Sombrero, a hat.
Copa del fombrero, thi
crown of the hat.
Falda del fombrero, the
brim of the hat.
Trencillo, the hat-band.
Plumage, a feather.
Bonetillo de viejo, ajkull-
cap,
Bonete,
270 A New Spanish Grammar.
Of all that appertains to Cloathing,
De lo que toca al veftir.
Bonete, a cap, Botas, hoots,
Bonece para dormir, a Polainas, fpatterdafhes.
night-cap, Efpuelas, fpurs,
Bonete de clerigo,^ clerg'^-- Punos, or ^ ^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^
man^s fquare cap. Bueltas, y -^ '^ '
Gorra, an old fajhion cap, Tahalf, ajhoulder-helt,
Caperuza, another fort of Tiros, a wafte-helt.
cap. Efpada, a fword,
Camifa, afhirt, E)%a, a dagger.
Almilla, a waftecoat, Capa, a cloak,
Chupa, a waftecoat, Cafaca, a coat,
Calzoncillos, drawers^ Ungarina, a coat.
Jubon, a doublet, Guante, a glove.
Manga, afleeve, Cenidor, a girdle.
Manga perdida, a loofe Cabellera, a wig,
hanging fteeve, Panuelo, or "^ a pocket
Faldillas de jubon, the Paiiizuelo, or ^ hand-
fkirts of a doublet, Lienzo de fal-^ ker^
Calzones, breeches, triquera, J chief.
Balona, a band, Ropa, or^
Cuello, a collar, Ropon, j ^
Coleto, a buff coat, Ropa de levantar, « wor»-
Agujeta, a point. ing gown.
Fal triquera, <?/>:'^/^<?/. Pelico, orl a Jhepherd*s
Bolfillo, a coat or wafte- Zamarra, J jerkin,
^oaupcket PkaMugeres,
Medias, ftochns, /="
Medias de feda, ftlhftock^ ^^^ JVome?2,
ings, ^ Tocado, a head-drefs.
Medias deeftambre,^^;^^/?- Toca, a quoif
ed ftockings, Manto, a veil,
Ligas, garters, Saya, a petticoat,
Zapatos, fhoes, YaCquin^L^an upper petticoat
Efcarpines, focks. Guardapies, a petticoat.
Pantuflo, a flipper. En^igmSy the petticoat ?jext
Borcegui, a bufkin, to them.
2 " ^vantal.
A New Spanish Grammar. 27 1
Of all that appertains to Cloathivg for Women.
De lo que toca al veftir para Mugeres.
Avantal, or delantal, an Avanico, a fan,
apron, GuardarQL£?r7 , 7, .
Bdims,ftap. Quitafol, ^'^n umbrella.
Ropa, a gown, Relox, or 1 ,
Mantilla, a 7nantle. Mueltra, / ^ '^^^^'^^
Capillo, a hood, Tablillas, tables,
Chapin, properly a Spanifh Efpejo, a looking-glafs.
high clog^ made of corky Buxeca, a little box,
hut applied tofignify any Eftufilla, a muff,
other, Calcetas, under ftockings of
Lienzo del cuello, a neck- thread or cotton,
handkerchief, Peinador, a combing cloth,
Zarcillos, ear-rings, Cofas de ninos, things for
Arracadas, pendants, children.
Gargantilla, a necklace, Panales, clouts.
Collar, a collar. Mantillas, fnantles,
Manillas, or 1 J^j^acelets •^^^^' ^ bowler or fwaith
Braceletes, j * Juguetes, play-things,
Joyas, jewels, Cuna, a cradle,
Sortijas, rings, A ma, a nurfe,
Pedrerias, precious ftone 5 » Dixes, toys,
Anillo, a ring.
Of what concerns Eating and Drinking,
De lo tocante al Comer y Beber.
LA comida del medio Haftio, a loathing of meat
dia, dinner, for want of fiomach,
Cena, fupper, 'Afco, a loathing at the
Almuerzo, breakfafi, fight of nafiinefs,
Merienda, bever^ or after- Borracho, a drunkard,
noon*s luncheon, Buen bebedor, a good
Colacion, collation, drinker,
Ba.nqu6iQyan entertainment, Buenapetito, agoodappe-
Combidado, a guefi, iite.
Hambre, hunger, Gloton, a glutton,
Sed, thirji. Pan, bread,
fsLn
272 A New Spanish Grammar.
Of what concerns Eating and Drinking,
De lo tocante al Comer y Beber.
Pan bianco, white bread, Pepitoria, gihleti.
Pan candial, the whiteft C2Lrbon2ida.y meat broil' don
bread, the coals.
Pan bazo, brown bread, PicadiUo, a hajh.
Pan ixioWht ^French bread, Cecina, hung meat.
Pan reciente, new bread. Pernil, or la gammon or
Pan de todo el trigo, Jamon, j ham,
wheaten bread. Carnero, mutton.
Pan de centeno, r'^e bread, Vaca, beef.
'Pandectvida.^bar ley bread, Cordero, lamb.
Pan de avena, oaten bread. Ternera, veal.
Pan de mijo, millet bread. Puerco, fork.
Pan de levadura, leavened Cabra, goat'*s flefh,
bread. Cabrico, kid.
Bifcocho, bifket, Tocino, bacon,
Rebanada de pan, a flice Pierna de carnero, a leg
of bread. of mutton.
Cantero de pan, a crufi of Efpalda de carnero, a
bread, fhoulder of mutton.
La corteza, the cruft, Lomo, a loin.
MaflTa, dough. Pecho, a breajf,
Torta, a cake, Manos de C2,rntrOy Jheep*s
Rofquilla, a fine fort of trotters.
cake., made like a roll, Rueda de ternera, a fillet
Bunuelo, a fritter. of veal.
Tarta, a tart. Afladura, the pluck,
Quefadilla, acheefecake, Salchicha, a faucidge,
Empanada, a pye. Longaniza, a great fan-
Carne, flefh. cidge.
Carne cozida, bciVd meat, Salchichon, the biggeft fan-
Carne aflada, roaft meat. cidge.
Carneeftofada,y?^^'Jw^^/. Morcilla, a bloodpudding.
Carne frita, frfd meat. Paftel, a pafty,
Civntgn\\^d^^broil*dmeat, Caldo, broth.
Carne momia, flejb with- Sopa, foop.
out bones. Potage, pottage,
♦ " Papas,
A New Spanish Gram?nar. 273
Of what concerns Eating and Drinking,
De lo tocante al Comer y Beber.
Papas, or 1 any fort of Huevos y torrefnos, coU
JPuches, J pap, Iops and eggs.
Pifto, ;W/)i broth, Huevos rebaeltos,^«//^r'^
Leche, milk, eggs,
Nata, cream, Huevos de faltriquera,
Suero, whey. yolks of eggs in ajhell of
Requefon, curds, Pg^^^ to carry in the
Manteca, butter, pocket,
Quelb, cheefe, Yhi^^wos xt^lts^-yfweet eggs
Cuajo, rennet, or Cabellos>^K« out
Cui]d.da.^7mlk hardned with de angeles, j like hairs,
rennety before it breaks Sazon, feafoning.
into curds and whey, Salmuera, brine,
Huevo, an egg. Efpecias, [pice.
Ye ma de huevo, the yolk Pimienta, pepper,
of an egg. Gengibre, ginger,
Clara del huevo, the white Clavo de efpecias, cloves,
of the egg. Canela, cinnamon,
Huevo bjando, a foft egg. Nuez mufcada, or de
Huevo duro, a hard egg. efpecia, nutmeg.
Huevo frefco, a new egg. Flor de efpecia, mace,
Huevo en cafcara, an egg Moftaza, muftard,
in the fhell. Agraz, Verjuice.
HuGvo cozido, a boil' d egg. Vinagre, vinegar.
Hut V 0 3.is2ido^ an egg roaji' Azeite, oyl,
ed in the embers. Sal, fait,
Huevo ellrellado, afrfd Azuq^v, fugar,
egg, Efcabeches, pickles,
HutvohuSro^an addle egg. Dulces, fweatmeats,
Huevo empollado, an egg Almivar, fugar boil'd up
with a chicken in it, for conferves.
Huevos de pefcado, the Confervas, confervis.
fpawnoffi/h, Confites, comfits>
Huevos mexidos, yolks of Mermelada, marmelade.
^gV f^^^^^d with white Ftrid^, pears preferv'd like
wine 0nd fugar, marmelade>
T PaflilJas
274 -^ ^^'^ Spanish Grammar.
Of what concerns Eating and Drinking,
De lo tocante al comer y Beber.
Paftillas de boca, fweet Vino anejo, old wine,
lozenges. Mofto, new wine,
'S^Tdin]2Ldd.^candy^doranges, Vino ligero, light wine,
Turron, a rich fweetmeat Vinazo, a ftrong wine,
made of abnondsy honey y Vino mofcatel, mujkadine
&c. wine.
Barquillos, orl fweet- Malvasia, malmfey,
Suplicaciones, J wafers, 'Agua pie, liquor made of
Bebida, drink, "water put to the grapes
Vino, wine, after they have been
Vino puro, pure wine, prefd.
Vino aguado, wine and Hez del vino, wine lees,
water, Hypocras, hypocras.
Vino vuelto, pricked wine. Aguardiente, brandy,
Vinotinto, red wine, Cerveza, ale ov beer.
Vino bianco, white wine, Alqja, meath or metheglin,
Vinohaloque,/)^/^ wf/?^. Cidra, cyder,
\ mo Q\2ixiiQy claret wine. Chocolate, chocolate.
Vino dulce, fweet wine. Tea, or The tea.
Vino picante, fharp wine. Limonada, limonade,
Los Animales, 'Aves, Feces, Friitas, Hierbas>
Raices, &c\ comeflibles, fe hallaran debaxo
de fus proprios Titulos.
T'he Beajis, Fowls, Fijhes, Fruits, Herbs, Roots,
&c. that are eatable, ivill be found under
thofe Heads.
Beftias. Beafts.
Beftia, a beafl. Vaca, a cow,
Beftia domeftica, or Buey, an ox.
M?in{?L,a tame beafi, Carnero, afheep,
Beftia feroz, a fierce beafl, Oveja, an eive.
Ganado, cattle. Cordero, a lamb.
G^n7idom2iy6r, great cattle. Bezerro, a calf,
Toro, a bull. Javaii, a wild boar.
Puerco,
A New Spanish Grammar. 275
Puerco, an hog, Alazan toft ado, a dark
Bufalo, a buffalo, JorreL
Caballo, an horfe. Flovero, that has a white
Cabalio caftrado, a gelding, fpot on the off hind foot,
Garanon, a ftal'don. "Rubic-kn, flea-bitten,
Cabaiio enccro, a Jlone- Caoalio aguado, />^-^^W,
horfe. Yegja, a mare.
Caballo corredor, a race- Cabron, a he-goat.
horfe. Cabra, afhe-goat,
Caballo dealquiler,tf^(?r/^ Cabriro, a kid,
to he let. Perro, a dog,
Caballo de mano, a led Perro de caza, a hound.
horfe. SabuelTo, a blood-hound,
Caballo de pofta, a poft^ Podenco.-^r \ r. - j ^
horfe. Perdiguero J -^ i' I'
Caballo rebeldc, a reftive FGrro cjiilido^a hound that
horfe. does not o^en well,
Caballo defbocado, a hard Parro baxo, a terrier,
mouthed horfe. Lebrel, a gre'j^hound,
Caballo medrolb, a Jlart- Perro ventor, a finder,
ing horfe. Perro del agua, a water*
Caballo tropezador, a dog.
Jlumhling horfe. Maftin, a maflif,
Caballo que facude, a jolt- Perro de pallor, a Jhep^
ing horfe. herd's dog.
Caballo afmatico, a broken Perro velador, a houfe dog.
winded horfe. Perrillo de falda,^ lap-dog.
Caballo indomito, a horfe i\lano, a bull- dog,
that has not been broke, Galgo, a hare hound,
or will not he broke. Lechon, a fucking-pig,
Caballo bavo, ^ ba^^ horfe. Cochino, a y^>ung hog,
B':iYOc.2i{i2Lno,achefnutbay. Cor^eio, a rabbit.
B^yo efcuro, a brown bay. Hacanea, a pad^
Bayo dorado, a bryght bay. Muleto, ■ a young mule*
Picazo,^' py\i horfe. Mulo, an he mule,
'B^uziorod^diO^ dapple grey. Mula, a fhe mule.
De eolor ue gamuza, or Potro, a colt.
^ctmuSzZya cream colour, Pollino, an affes^s colt,
Alazan^ aforreU Ciervo, a flag.
T 2 Cierva,
276 A New Spanish Grammar ^
Cierva, a hind, Raton, a moufe,
Cachorro de ciervo, a Rata, a rat,
fawn. Zorra, orl ^
/AiTas de ciervo, a fta^s Rapofa, J^/^^*
horns. Topo, a mole.
Raftro,opifadasde ciervo, Hiena, an hiena.
the track of a flag. Leopardo, a leopard.
Comadreja, a weafel, Leon, a lyon.
Texon, a badger, Leona, a lyonefs.
Gamuza, a wild goat. L.tonciWo^ a lyon* s wheljp*
Cabra montes, a roe-buck. Lobo. a wolf.
Gato de algal ia,^ civet-cat. Lobo cerval, an ounce.
Gamo, a fallow-deer. ^OfTo, a bear.
Dama, a doe. Ofsillo, a beards cub,
Hardilla, a fquirrei Pantera, a panther.
Elephante, an elephant. Abada, or la rhino-
^ ana, or 1 • ^ ^,^^.- Rhinoceronte, J ceros.
y.K' y a mar tin % rr-, ^. •'
Marta, J T^S^^' ^ ^^^^^:
Mono, a monkey. Puerco montes, a wild
Gimio, an ape. boar,
Arminio, an ermin. Navajas, or colmillos de
Erizo, an hedge-hog. javali, the tujks of a wild
Liebre, an hare. boar,
Liebrilla, a levret. Lavajal de javali, the foil
Contp^ a rabbit. of a wild boar.
Liron, adormoufe.
Creatures that drag on the Earth.
Animales que fe arraftran per Tierra.
Serpiente, aferpent. Cocodrillo, a crocodile.
Serpiente alada, a flying Lagartija, a lizard.
ferpent. Lagarto, an alligator. ^
Dragon, a dragon, Bivora, or vibora, a viper.
'Afpid, anafp. Bivorefno, or viborefno,
Culebra, afnake. a young viper.
Amphibioui
A New Spanish Grammar. 2yy
Amphibious Creatures.
Animales Amphibios.
Bivaro, or'X^a bever, or Tortuga, or 1 ^^^^^..
Caftor, J cajion Galapago, j -' '
Nutria, <?r 7
Lodra, I "'"""'•
Savandijas. Infers.
Arana, afpider, Chinche, a bug.
Aranuela, a little Jpider , Langofta, alocuft.
Carcoma, a worm in wood, Efcorpion, a fcorpion.
Oruga, a caterpillar. Tarantula, a tarantula,
Arador dc la mano, an Polilla, a moth,
hand-worm, Mofca, afl^,
Sapo, a toad. Mofcarda, a wafp.
Efcarabajo, a beetle. Abeja, a bee.
Caracol, a [nail. Morcon, a great fl^.
Hormiga^a pifmire^or ant. Zangano, a drone.
Rana, a frog. Cigarra, a grafehopper.
Grillo, a cricket. Abifpa, or avifpa, a wafp.
Rebolton, an infe5i that Tdhon^a gad bee ^ or hornet,
fpoils vines, Lucerneja, afire-fl'j,
Piojo, a loufe. Maripofa, a butter-fly.
Liendrc, a mV. Vaquilla de dios, a ladj*
Pulga, a flea. bird.
'Aves. " Birds.
'Aguila, an eagle. Garza, an heron.
Aguilucho, an eaglet. Garzota, afmallheron.
Buicre, a vulture. Milano, a kite.
Efmerejon, a merlin. Cuervo, a crow^ or raven.
Ga.vi\iny a fparrow-hawk. Corneja, a rook.
Mochuelo, a tajfel-hawk. Calandria, a lark.
Halcon, a falcon. Nevecilla, a wagtail.
Torzuelo, a male f aeon. Canario, a canary bird.
Giritalte, a gerfalcon^ Gilguero, a goldfinch.
Alcotan, a lanner. Mirla, a blackbird.
Sacre, a facre. Pinzon, a chaflnch.
T 3 Ruifenor,
278 A New Spanish Grammar.
Ruifciior, a nightingale,
"VvTCjcron, a gi revhird,
P.-ipagayo, a parrot.
Ur-aca, afnagpye.
Grajo, a daw,
Lechuza, an qwL
Morcielago, a hat.
Mochuelo, a chough,
Cumaya, a night raven.
Pavo, a turkey,
Ellornino, a jterliiig^
Francolin, a oodwit.
Faiian, afhcojant,
Zorzal, a thrujh.
Hortolano, an ortolan,
Gorrion, a fparrow.
Perdiz, a partridge,
Paloma, a dove.
Q\iQi2iC^bx?iS^agoat-fucker. Pichon, a pigeon.
'Anade, a duck. Palomino, a young pigeon,
Qtxctidi^ a teal, Tortola, a turtle-dove.
Chirlito, a curlieu, Alcion, a king^s-fjher.
Cuervo marine, a cormo- Golondrina, afwaliow.
rant. Aveftruz, an oftrich.
Gdnfo, agoofe. Cigucfia, a ftork,
Pato, agoofe. Cucliilo, acuckow.
^Aiilar, ^^XfT^ r Cifne, a fwan.
Anferon, J •' * Ymvoxo^arohin-redhreajl.
Qtrmcz\o..awindwhiffer. Grulla, a crane.
FuJga, a moorhen.
i a di'
diver.
Pezpitalo,^r 7 , •;
r>L- • - > ^ waotaiL
Chirivia, J ^
Abuillo, a lapwing.
Oropendola, awitwaL
Vencejo, a martlet.
Abion, a martin.
Gaviora, a gull.
Somorguj6n,or
Cerceta,
Cuervo marine, a cormo- Abejaruco, a titmoufe.
rant. Abutarda, a huflard.
Chocha, or 1 a wood- Tordo loco, an owfel.
Gallinaciega J cock. Pelicano, a pelican.
TordOj a flare,, or ft ar ling, Feniz, or phemx ^apbenix.
Codorniz, a quail. CliirJo, a wood-pecker.
Capon, a capon. Picoverde, a green heak>
Galjo, a cock. Reyezuelo, a plover,
Gallina, a hen, Aguzanieve, a wren,
Poilo, a chicken;- TalaviUa, a hinting.
Pdlla, a jpulleto Mergo, a pujjin.
Parts
A New Spanish Grammar. 279.
Parts of a Bird.
Partes de 'Ave.
El pico, the beak, Biiche, ihe craw.
Pluma, a feather, Garras, or 1 the daws ^ or
PJumazo, the down, Unas, j talons,
'AJa, the wing. RabadiUa, the rump.
Fchohs, or y quills y or pen- Pechuga, the wing of a
Penulas, 3 feathers. fowl drefi'd.
Pie, the foot, Entrepechuga, /^^ ^r^w;/.
Cola, the tail.
Pezes.
Aburno, a hlech.
Sabalo, a rich fifh like faU
mon.
Anchova, an anchove.
Anguila, an eel,
Ballena. a whale.
Barbo, a barbie.
Mero, the holy but »
Lufo, a pike,
Carpa, a carp.
CalamarejOj a calamary,
Talpaire,/^<? ?niller's thumb,
Caballo msLrino^afea horfe,
Congrio, a conger,
Delphin, a dolphin,
Doradillo, the gilt back.
Lenguado, a foal,
Langofta, a lobfter,
Ellurion, a fturgeon.
Gobio, a gudgeon.
Harenque, a herring.
^Oltra, an oyfler.
Fijloes.
Lamprea, a lamprey.
Langoftilla, a prawn.
Lobo, a bafs,
Sarda, a mackarel.
Marfopa, a porpoife.
Abadexo, poor jack.
Merluza, ftock-fi/h,
Almeja, a mufcle,
Ortiga pez, the flinging-
Perca, a pearch.
Pulpo, a polipus.
Raya, a thornhack.
Liza, fkate,
Sardina, a pilchard.
Salmon, falmon,
Xibia, a cuttle fifh.
Tenca, a tench.
Atun, a tunny fifh.
Trcmielga, a cramp fifh.
Trucha, a trout.
Rodovallo, a iurbot.
Parti
.280 A Ne%iD Spanish Grammar.
Parts of a Fifh,
Partes del Fez.
Hocico, the fnout, Hutvos dtptz, the /pawn
Agallas, the gils, properly the hard row^
'Alasconquenada,^^^/;^. which is in [mall grains,
Efcamas, thefcales. Leche del pez, is the foft
Efpinas, the hones. row,
Concha, the Jhell of fuch
as have one,
'Arboles. l^rees,
Alvaricoque, an apricot Manzano, an apple tree,
tree, 'Alamo negro, an alder
Almendro5<3« almond tree. tree^ or black poplar,
Durazno, a peach tree. Alamo bianco, the common
Guindo, a cherry tree, poplar.
QtxizQ^an hart cherry tree, Cedro, a cedar tree,
CaftafiO) a chefnut tree. Sahuco, an elder tree,
Cidro, a citron tree. Enzina, orl .
Membrillo, a quince tree. Roble, J an ca ,
Serval, a fervice tree, Cornizo, the cornll tree,
Palma, a date tree. Cypres, the cyprefs tree,
Higiiera, a fig tree. 'Ebano, the ebony tree,
Azufeifo, a jujuh tree, Arze, the ?naple.
Gr3.Vi^do,apomgranatetree, Haya, the beach,
Limon, a lemon tree, Frefno, ths ajh.
Moral, a mulberry tree, Azebo, theholmy or holy
Nifpelo, a medlar tree. oak,
Avellano, a nut tree, Texo, the ewe tree,
Nogai, a walnut tree. Laurel, the laurel,
OliVo, or Azeituno, an AIcorn6que,/i?^ corck tree.
olive tree. Olmo, the elm.
^z^hxioht^a wild olive tree, Pmo, a pine tree^ or fir
Naranjo, an orange tree. tree.
Alverchigo, a peach tree. PJantano, a plane tree,
Ciruelo, a plumb tree. Sauze, a willoxi; tree,
V^rhlp a pear tree, Tejo, the linden tree,
ArboHllos,
A New Spanish Grammar. 281
ArboliUoS, orMatas.
Agnocafto,^^^ agnus cajlus,
Aiifo, ibe lote tree,
Balfamo, the half am tree.
Box, the box tree.
Madrefelva, the honey
fuck! e- tree,
Zarzamoro,^^^ blackberry-
hufh,
Hiniefta, broom,
Uva efpinoj a goofcberry
bujh,
Adelpha, ivy,
Fruta,
Albaricoque, an apricot,
Almendra, an almond.
Madrono, a fruit like a
flraW'berry,
Durazno, a peach,
Guinda, a cherry,
Cereza, an heart-cherry.
Caftaiia, a chefnui,
Cidra, a citron,
Membrillo, a quince.
Serva, fervice,
Datil, a date,
Higo, a jig.
Breva, the fir fi jig,
Azufaifa, a jujub,
Granada, a pomegranate.
Limon, a lemon.
Mora, a mulberry,
Nifpero, a medlar,
Avellana, a hazel nut.
Nuez, a walnut.
Azeituna, an olive*
Shrubs.
Brufco, butcher*s broom,
Alhocigo, the pijlacho tree,
Regaliz, or regalicia, the
liquorice tree.
Romero, rofemary.
Rofal, a rofe tree.
Savina, favin.
Tamariz, a tamarind tree.
Alena, privet.
Vina, a vine,
Labrufca, a wild vine.
Parra, a wall vine.
Fruit.
Naranja, an orange.
Alverchigo, a peach.
Ciruela, a plumb.
Ciruela paffa, a prune.
Pera, a pear.
Pera bergamota, a her-
gamot'pear,
Manzana, an apple.
Camuefa, a pippin.
Manzana de S. Juan, a
John- apple.
'Uva efpin, a goofeberry,
Melocoton, a melocotoon*
Melon, a melon.
Bellota, an acorn.
Algarroba, a carob,
Alcaparra, a caper.
Zarza mora, a blackberry^
Tamariz, a tamarind.
Pinon, the kernel of a pine*
apple.
/Uva, a grape.
^ings
iSz A New Spanish Grammar.
Things belonging to Fruit and Tt^es^
Cofas tocantes a Fnitas y 'Arboles.
Cafcara de granada, nuez, Raiz, a root,
&c. the Jhell of a fome- Hebras de raiz, the fibres
granate^ nut, or the like. of a root,
Telita de granada, o otra Arraigar, to take root,
femejante fruta, the thin Tvonco, the trunk of a tree,
film in the pomegranate, Qoxttz^6t\hho\^thehark.
or fucb fruit, Zumo del arbci, the fap.
Pimpollo, the fucker or Moho, the mofs,
fprout of a vine, Ramo, a hraiicb,
Sarmi€nto,a twig of a vine, Hqja, a leaf,
Yema de viiia, the hud of Cuefco dc fruta, theflone
a vine, of fruit.
Zarcillos de la vid, the Mondaduras de fruta, the
tendrels of a vine, paring of fruit.
Pampano, a vine branch, Pezon, thejlalk,
Renuevo de vid, a ^oung Engerir, or ingerir, to
fhoot of a vine. engraft.
Racimo de uvas, a bunch Almaciga, a nurfer^ of
of grapes, trees,
Pepica de la uva, a grape- Arboleda, a grove.
ftone. Arbol filveftre,^ wild tree.
Podar, to prune. Plantar, to plant.
Efcavar, to lay open the Marhojar, to bark trees.
roots. Engerir de pua,/o engraft.
Rodrlgar, to prop a vine. Engerir de cafiuto, to in-
Defojar, to nip the fuper- oculaie.
fluous leaves of the vine. Engerto, a graft.
C? var, to dig about a vine. Pepita, the feed or fmall
Rozar, to weed. kernel of fruit.
Corn, and its Parts,
Trigos, y fus Partes.
Trigo, wheat. Trigo rubion, red wheat.
Trigo candial, the beft Efcandia, bearded wheat.
wheat. Herren, mafling corn.
2 Efpeita,
A New Spanish Grammar. 283
Efpelta, fyelt. Tallo de la ei'pigz^tbeftem.
Centeno, rye, Nudo de la efpiga, the
Cevada, barley. knot under the ear.
Avena, oats. Nudo del tallo, the joynt
Arroz, rice. of the ft em.
Mijo, millet. Granza, the hujk or chaff.
Mijo grande, or *} iniian Ralpa de la efpiga, the
Maiz, I wheat. heard.
Legiimbres, Pulfes.
Alverjon, a great vetch. Lanteja, a lentil
Qd^ivTcciZ^^^ajort of [^anifo Altramuz, a lupin,
peas. Judia, a french bean.
Arvejas, or \ Zicerchas, tares.
Guifantes, j-^ * Cafcara, the cod.
Haba, a bean. HoUejo, the hujk.
RootSy Plants^ and Herbs.
Rayces, Plantas, y Yervas.
Ajenjo, wormwood. Coles, coleworts.
'Apio, fmallage. Berza, cabbage.
'Ajo, garlick. Repollo, afprout.
Eneldo, dil. Colyflor, coliflower.
An IS, anifeed. Calabaza, a pumpion or
Armuelles, orach^or golden gourd.
flowers. Pepino, a cucumber,
Aicachofa, an artichoke. Perexil de la mar, fam-
Efparago, afparragus. phire.
Abrotano, fouthernwood. Maftuerzo, garden creffes.
Acelga, while beet, Efcalona, afcallion,
Bledo, a blite. Efcarola, endive.
Borraja, borage, Efpinaca, fpinage.
Cardo, a thiftle. Hinojo, fennel,
Zanahorias, carrots, Hoblon, hops.
Voieza, chervil. Lechuga, a lettice,
Hongo, a mufhrome. Lechuga cerra- 7 cabbage
Chirivia, ajkirret. da,(9rMurciana, j lettice.
Achicoriaj fuccory or en^ Lechuga crefpa, curl'd
dive. ktticc,
Nabo,
284 -^ J^^'^ Span
Nabo, a turnep.
Cebolla, an onion,
Acetofa, french forrel
Romaza, long forrel
Azedera, common forrel.
Perexil, parfle'j.
Puerro, a leek,
Verdolaga, purflain,
Ruiponces, tampions,
Xaramago, ^''l ^,,^,/,
Ruqueta, J
Ruda, rue.
Salvia, fage,
Criadilla de tierra, a trujle
or pignut.
Marjerdna, fweet marje-
torn.
Culantro, coriander.
Agarico, agarick.
Gafete, or \
itorio, J
Epatorio, J "^ ^
Acibar, aloes.
Angelica, angelica,
Celidonia, celandine,
Betonica, betony,
Biftorta, hifiort or fnake-
weed.
Manzanilla, camomile,
Culantrillo de pozo, mai-
den-hair.
Center ia, cent or y,
Coloquintida, coloquintida,
VerbafcOjOr? wolflade or
Gardolobo, (greatlungwort.
Hamapola, a poppe-j.
Ditamo, ditony.
Artadegua, fieahane,
Eleboro, belehore.
Tartago, fpurge.
I s H Grammar,
Genciana, gentian.
Camedreos de agua, ger-
mander,
Hierba puntera, houfeleeh
Vdeno, henbane.
Marrubio, horebound.
Matricaria, feverfew,
Malvas, mallows.
Corona de rey, melilot.
Torongil, balm.
Mercunal, mercury,
l^^il hojas, or 1 .;^ .,
n /^ . > milfoil,
Centoenrama, J -'
Corazoncillo, St. John^s
wort,
Nardoj fpikenard,
Oregano, origanum,
Tabaco, tobacco,
Parietaria, pellitory,
Ct^zc2iV2\\o, ground thiflle.
Dormidera, poppey,
Perficaria, arfefmart,
Pervinca, perwinkle.
Rofa montes, piony,
Llanten, plantain,
Polipodio, polypody.
Axenuz.orl ..n ,
Neguilla, ^^^'M'swort.
Hierba cidrera, briony.
Poleo, penniroyal,
Eleboro, helebore.
Ruybarbo, rbeubarb,
Sanguinaria, bloodwort.
Sanicula, felfheal.
Sarazinefca, heart-wort.
Satyr ion, ragwort,
Saxifragia, faxifrage,
Efcabiofa, fcahious.
Efcamonea, fcammony,
Cebolla
A New S p A N I
Cebolla albarrana, a wild
onion,
Alforvas, Jenugreek,
Hierba cana, ground- fell
Valeriana, valerian.
Verbena, vervein.
Branca urfina, he an foot,
Aconito, wolfsbane.
Efpliego, lavender f pike.
Amor del hortelano, bur-
dock.
Perexil de agua, ivater
parfley.
Tamariz fil^eftre, tama-
rijk fhrub.
Afarabaca, afarabacca,
Calaminto, catmint,
Cana, a reed.
Doradilla, mules fern.
Canamo, hemp.
Flores,
Jacinto, the hyacinth.
Jafmin, jafmin.
Junqaillo, the junquil.
Azucena, a lilly.
Maya, a daify.
NarcifTo, the daffodil.
CJavel, a pink.
Amaranto,/i?^ velvet flow-
er.
Peonia, a peony.
Colores,
Morado, purple.
Color de aurora, aurora
colour.
Blanco, white.
s H Grammar. 285
LinQ, fax.
Ceguca, hemlock,
halecho, fern.
Palomilla, fuinitory.
YizgOydanewort^or dwarf
elder,
Junco, a rufh.
Cerraja, fow thiflle.
Mand i agora, fnandrake..
Morella, night fhade.
Correhuela, knot grafs.
Orriga, a nettle.
Vale fa, pepper wort.
Azafran, faffron.
Xabonera, foap-wort.
Alfalfa, darnel
Albahaca, fweet hafiL
Hierbabuena, mint.
Serpol, wild thyme.
Tomillo, thyme.
Flowers.
Vellorita, a cowflip.
Ranunculo, the ranunca*
lus.
Rofa, a rofe.
Mara VI 11a, a marigold.
Girafol, the fun-fiower.
Tulipan, a tulip.
Violeta, a violet.
Aleli, a white violet.
Capullo, a rofe- bud.
Colours.
Color de ladriilo, brick
colour.
Azul, blue.
Colombino, dove-colour.
Limonado,
286 A New Spanish Grammar
Limonado, lemon colour, Grana, fcarlet.
Amufco, filamot.
Color de llama, flame Co
lour.
Color de fuego, fire co
lour.
Carmefi, crimfon,
Pardo, gre'j.
Ceniciento, ajh colour.
Amarillo, 'jellow.
Encarnado, carnation.
Lconado, tawny.
Negro, black. •
Anaranjado, orange colour.
Azeitunado, olive colour.
Roxo, or 1 ,
Colorado, I ^^'^•
Bermejo, reddijh.
Color de rofa, rofe colour,
Verde, green.
Color de mar, feagreen.
Virtiides y Vicios, buenas y malas Calidades
de los Hombres.
Virtues and Vices^ good and bad ^alities
of Men.
Ecatado, cautious. Reboltofo, mutinous.
£\ Dieftro, dextrous.
Docil, docil.
Galan, gallant.
Simple, harmlefs,
Agudo, Jharp.
Vivo, fprigbtly.
Sutil, fubtil.
Bien criado, well-bred,
Cortes, courteous.
Grave, fiber.
Julto, juft.
Prude nte, difcreet.
Defvergonzado, impudent,
Fogofo, fiery.
Chocarrero, given to buf- Impertinente, impertinent
foonry,
Necio, foolijh.
Aftuto, crafty.
Loco, mad.
Maliciofo, malicious
Temerofo, fearful.
Importuno, t^oublefome,
Ligero, light,
Defcuidado, carelefs,
Temerario, rajh.
Afable, affable,
Amigable, friendly.
Efpantadizo, apt to he Bizarro, brave
frighted,
Valerofo, brave,
Tonto, ftupid.
Fantaftico, fantaftical
Embuftero, deceitful.
Defatinado, dtjlra^ed,
Groffero, clownijh.
Charitativo, charitable.
Cafto, chafte.
Conftante, conftant,
Devoto, devout.
Dlligente, diligent,
Fiel, faithful.
Generofo, generous.
Humilde,
A New S p A N I
Humilde, bumble.
Mifericordiofo, merciful,
Pacience, patient,
Religiofo, religious.
Ambiciofo, ambitious.
Soberbio, proud,
Avariento, covetous,
Hypocrita, an hypocrite,
Cobarde, a coward.
Hjlgazan, idle,
Altivo, haughty.
Chifmoib, a tale-hearer,
Aduladcr, a fuitterer,
Golofo, a gluiton.
DeQeal, faitblefs.
Delkgradeciao, ungratefuL
Inhum^no, inhumane
Infolente, infolent.
Luxuriofo, kwd,
Porfiado, pofitive.
Perezofo, Jlothful
Prodigo, prodigal.
Vano, vain.
Mugeriego, given to wo-
men.
Atrevido, bold,
Colerico, pajjionate.
s H Grammar, 287
Rabiofo, outragious*
Alegre, merry,
Ufano, gay,
Indecifo, irrefolute,
Zclofo, jealous,
Adultero, an adulterer,
Rufian, a ruffian.
Matador, a murderer,
Blafphemaoor, a blafpbc"
mer,
Salteador,^: highzvay-man.
Jurador, a f nearer,
Calamniador, ajlanderer.
Murmurador, a cenjurer^
Hechiccro, aforcerer.
Trampofo, a cheat,
Homicida, a wvrderer,
Inceftuofo, inceftuous,
Ladron, a thief,
Mentirofo, a lyar.
Perjuro, perjured,
Perfido, perfidious,
Profano, profane,
Rebelde, a rebel.
Sacrilege, a facrilegwus
perfon,
Traidor, a traytor.
Partes de un Relno,
Parts of a Kingdom.
Provincia, a province. Aldea, a village.
Ciudad, a city, Diftrito, a diJiriH,
Villa, a fnarket town.
Partes de una Ciudad,
Parts of a City.
Cafa, a houfe. Iglefia, orl , .
Tienda, a /hop. Templo, S^ '^"^ .
Palacio,
288 A New Spanish Grammar,
Palacio, a palace. Mercado, a market.
Hofpital, an hofpital. Carniceria, the Jhamhles.
Cafa de la villa, or del Encrucijada, a crofs way.
ayuntamiento,/i^/ow«- Lonia, orl ,
houfe. B61fa, ] '^'^ ^''^^^W-
Tribunal, acourtofjujlice. Carcel, a prifon.
Arfenal, an arfenal Muros,or K^^ ^^^^^
Academia, an academy. Murallas, |
Colegio, a college. Fortificaciones, fortifica*
Calle, a ftreet. iions.
Callejon, an ally. Plazuela, a little market
^^"fj^.rl a lane. ^ ^i""""'-
Callejucia, j
Of the Inhabitants of Cities^
De los Moradores de las Ciudades.
Nino, a child. El poblacho, or la plebe,
Muchacho, a hoy. the mob.
Muchacha, a girl. Canalla, the rabble.
Mozo, a youth, Ciudadano, a citizen.
Hombre, a man. Oficial, a tradefman.
Muger, a woman. Mecanico, a mechanick,
Viejo, an old man. Labrador, a peafant.
Vieja, an old woman. Aldeano, a countryman^
Decrepito, one that is de- Picaro, a rogue.
crepit. Efclavo, a Jlave.
Coxo, lame of the legs. Platero, a goldfmith.
Manco, lame of the hands. Librero, a hookfeller.
Ciego, blind. ^ Barbero, a barber.
Sordo, lame. Mercader de feda, a mer-
Magiftrado, a magtflrate, cer.
Noble, noble. Mercader de pane, a
Hidalgo, a gentleman. woollen -draper.
Caballero, a knight. Mercader de lienzo, ct
Tendero, ajhop-keeper, linnen- draper.
Mercader, orN Saftre, a taylor.
Hombre de >a merchant. Cofturera, a femjlrefs.
negQcio, J^ Sombrerero, a hatter.
Calcetero, a hofier.
Zapatero,
A Ne^) Spanish Grammar.
Zapatero, a /hoe- maker,
Herrero, a fmith.
Albeitar, a farrier,
Cei rajero, a lock- fmith,
Lavandera, a laundrefs.
Medico, a f by feci an.
Cirujano, a furgeon
289
Juez, a fudge,
CaiceJero, a goalor,
Verdugo, the executioner^
Cerero^ a wax-chandler,
r^ / ^ a porter to
Cjanapcin, or \ ^ , ^
efpordllero, | ^n] ""
Remendon, a botcher^ or
cobler.
Charlatan, a mountebank, Tataravuclo, a grandfa^
SacamueJas,(^ tooth drawer.
Sillero, a fadler,
Carpintero, a carpenter,
Peon^ a labourer,
Albanil, a bricklayer.
Pintor, a fainter,
Panadero, a baker,
Carnicero, a butcher,
Frutera, a fruiterer,
Verdulera,tf« herb woman,
Paftelero, a pajlry-cook.
Taberncro, a vintner,
Cervezero, a brewer.
Mefonero, an inn-keeper,
Ventero, the fame,
Reloxero, a watchmaker,
Pregonero, a cryer^ or
hawker,
Joyero, a jeweller.
Boticarioi an apothecary,
Buhonero, a pedlar,
Vidriero, a glazier.
Carbonero, a collier,
Jardinero, a gardiner,
Letrado, a learned man,
or a lawyer.
Procurador, afollicitor,
Abogado, an advocate^ or
counfellor at law.
ther's grandfather.
Biflavuelo, a great grand'
father,
Avuelo, a grandfather.
Padre, a father,
Madre, a mother.
Hijo, a fon.
Hija, a daughter,
Nietc), a grandfon,
Bifnieco, a great grandfon,
Hermano, a brother,
Cunado, a brother in law..
Padraftro, a ft ep- father.
Madraftra, a ftepmother,
Suegro, the hufhand'i^ or
the wife's father.
Nuera, the wife of the fon.
y^rno, the hufband of the
daughter,
Primo hermano, a coufin
german.
Tio, an uncle.
Sobrino, a nephew.
Primo fegundo, a fecond
coufin.
Marido, an hufhand.
Muger, a wife.
Novio, a bridegroom.
Defpofado, one betrothed.
U Ahijado,
290 A New Spanish Grammar.
Ahijado, a godfon, Viudo, a widower,
Padrino, a godfather. Hermanodeleche,tf/^7?^*
Madrina, a godmother. brother,
Compadre, an he-gofip. Niiiodela piedra,^/o««i-
Comadre, agoffip. ling,
Compaiiero, or la com- Wmo^n^ut^o^ a falfechild^
Camarada, J panion. Baftardo, a haftard.
Mellizo, a twin. Donzella, a maiden.
Cofrade, a hr other of the Mugcr cafada, a married
famefociety. woman.
Cofr2idh^ a guild or fociety. Muger parida, a lying-in
Communidad, a company, woman.
Huerfano, an orphan, ^Amz^QMcht^awetnurfe,
Soltero, a hatchelor, Manceba, a lewd miftrefh
Heredero, an heir, Ramera, oril ^ , _
Tntor, a tutor. Puta, '| ''■^^''''
Curador, a guardian.
AHoufe^ and all that belongs to it,
Cafa, y todo lo perteneciente a ella.
Cafa, ahoufe. An^zon^ an arch' d deling.
El folar, the ground the Boveda, a vault.
houfe ftands upon. f Ako deca^a^ a Jiory of a
Cimiento, the foundation, houfe.
Pared, a wall. Efcalera, a flair-cafe.
Patio, a court, Tejado, a tit'd roof.
Fachada, the front. Puerta, a door.
Un andar or alto, a floor, PafTadizo, a pajfage or en-
Portal, a porch. try,
Ventana, a window. Corral, a court-yard.
Entrefuelo, a low room &r Trafcorral, a hack-yard.
floor between the upper Camara, a bed-chamber,
and lower that are more Apofento,(?r > ^ chamber
lofty, Pieza, J
Zaquizami, or cicio, the Quarto, an apartment.
deling ; alfo thefpace be^ Anticamara, an anticham*
iween the deling and the her,
roof of ahoujey anH a Requadra, aback room.
cock-loft^ Sala, a hall.
Corrcd($r,
A New Spanish Grammar, 291
Corredor, a gallery, Umbral, ths threjhold,
Retrere, a clofet, Baftidores de Ja pucrta,
Eitudio, a ftitdy, the frame of the door,
Armario, orl ^^. . Poll mo, a zvicket.
., ^' > a cupboard, ^ ^ ^ ' ^
Alazena, J ^ Quicios, or 1 , . ^
Efcaparace, a prefs for Goznes, J ^^^g^^'
cloaths^ or the like. Cerradura, a lock,
Guarda roba, a wardrobe, Cerradura de golpe, a
Alcova, an alcove, fpriiig-lock,
Defvan, a garret, Candado, a padlock,
Balcon, orl ribalcojn ^^^'^^^^^ ^^^ ^olt of a lock,
Mirador, j ^* Cerrojo, a bolt.
Azutea, the flat roof of an U^lvq^ a key.
houfe, Ytnt2ini\l2L,a little wwdow»
Camaranchon, a cockloft, Picaportc, a latch.
Torre, a tower, Tranca de puerta, the bar
Bodega, orl ^ ^^//^^ of a door,
Cueva, J * Guardas de la llTwe, the
Repofteria, the butler* s wards of a lock,
r 00771, Cafiuto de Have, the pipe
Defpenfa,^ buttery or pan- of a key,
try. Vidriera, the glafs of the
Co z in a, a kit chin, window,
Caballeriza, the ft able. Rejas de ventana, the bars
Perreria, a dog-kennel, of a window.
Palomar, a dove-houfe, Efcalera de caracol, ^
Gallinero, ahen^rooft, winding ft air -cafe,
Jardin, a garden. Llanos de efcalera, the
Parque, a park, landing places cf ftairs.
Privada, or 1 , . Defcanfo de efcalera, the
NecelTaria, J ^ w* half pace cf ftairs,
Coronilla del edificio, the Grada, orl n
top of the ftru^ure. Efcalon, j -^ ^'
Teja, a tile. Efcalera fecretaj^i^r^/^/r/.'
Pizarra, a fate. "^ig^i ^ beam,
Ripia, a Jhingle, VJgon, the girder^ or main
'Ala de tejado, the eves of beam,
the houfe, Tabla, a board.
Canal, the gutter^ Cruzero, a rafter.
- U2 Ladrillo;
292 -^ 1^^'^^ Spanish Grammar.
Ladrillo, a brick. Rodapies, the hafes of the
Pared maeiti'a, the main bed,
wall, Tapere, a carpet.
Pared de en medio, the Savanas, Jheets.
party -wall. Frazadas, blankets.
Pared de cal y canto, a Covertor, the counterpane,
wall of lime andftone. Almohadas, pillows.
Tabique,^ lath andplaifter Tapiceria, iapejlry.
partition, Pintura, or quadro, a
Cal, lime or plalfter, pi5iure.
ArgamafTa, mortar, Efpejo, a looking-glafs.
Encoftradura de pared, Candelero, a candleftick.
the plaijier of a wall, Defpaviladeras, fnuffers,
y eflb, very fine white lime. Arana, a branch to hold
Jaloegue, white-wafJj. many candles.
Mefla, a table. Yefca, tinder.
Banco, a bench. Pajuela, a match.
Silla, a chair. Pedernal, a flint.
Silla de brazos, j» arm^ Eflabon, the fteel to Jlriks
chair. fire.
Taburete, a chair with a Orinal, a chamber-pot.
hack. Coichon, a quilt to lye on,
Sitidl.aftoolwithoutaback. Colcha, a quilt to lay o?i
Banquillo, afiool. the bed,
Caxa, a box. Catie, a couch.
^Arca, or arcon, a chefl. Cama de campo, a field-
Caxon, a cafe of drawers, bed.
Tirador, a drawer. Teftera de cama,/^^ bed^s-
Efcritorio, a cabinet. head.
Cama, a bed. Colunas de cama, the bed-
Lecho, the part of the bed pofts.
that is laid on. Xergon, afiraw-bed.
Armadura, or maderage Eftera, a mat.
de cama, a bed/lead. Calentador de cama, a
Cielo de la cama , the bed's warming pan.
tefter. Chimenea, a kitchen.
Cortinas de cama,t^rf-r//r. Refpiradero, or canon de
tins, chimenea, the funnel of
the chimney,
Morillos,
A New Span
Morillos, andirons,
Fuelles, bellows,
Tenazas, tongues.
Pala, or badil, a Jhcvel,
Guarda fuego, a fkreen.
Urgador, atifador, a p-
ker,
'011a, a pttage.pot,
Tapadera, the pot-lid.
' Afa, the ear of the pt.
Puchero, a pipkin,
Cucharon, a ladle,
Caldera, a kettle,
Elcaifador, achafing-dijh.
Trevedes, a trevet,
Hornillo, ajlove.
Homo, an oven,
Sarten, a frying-pan,
Cazo, afauce-pan.
Cazuela, a little pan,
Efcumedera, ajkimmer,
Parrillas, a gridiron,
Coladero, a cullander, or
Jlreiner,
Cedazo, afieve,
Rallo, a grater,
Aguja de mechar, a lard-
ing-pin,
AfTador, a fpit,
Azeitera, or 7 ^,_ 7 ^.
Vinagera, a cruet,
Almirez, a metal mortar,
Mortero, ajlone mortar,
Mano de mortero, a peftle,
Brafcrillo, a chafing- di/h,
Redoma, a vial,
Sumiderp, a fink,
Cantaro, a ptcber.
I s H Grammar, 293
Herrada, a hdtcket or pail*
Cubo, a tub,
Lcxia, or ? ,
Colada,| ^^'^'
Xabon, foap,
Levadura, leaven.
Kodilladecozina, a coarfs
kit chin cloth,
Eftropajo, a dijh- clout, '
Pala del horno, the peel
for the oven,
Harina, vieal.
Salvados, bran.
Artefla, a tray,
Mantelcs, table-cloth,
Servilleta, a napkin,
Aguamanil, an ewer,
Almofia, a bafon,
Toalla, a towel,
Platillos, plates,
Cuchillo, a knife.
Tenedor, a fork,
Salero, fait,
Plato, a dijh,
Efcudilla, a porringer,
Cuchara, a fpoon,
Tajador, a chopping-block,
Jarro, a mug.
Taza, a cup or dijh,
Sal villa, afalver,
Flafco, a fiafk^ or bottle.
Vidrio, a glafs,
Mondadientes, a tooths
picker,
Mayordomo, ajleward,
Trinchante, a carver,
Secretario, afecretary,
Carnarero, a chamberlain^
or valet de cha^^bre.
U 3 Defpenfero,
294 A New Span
Defpenfero, a caterer^ or
clerk of the kitchen,
Capellan, a chaplain,
Limofnero, an almoner.
Page, a page,
Lacayo, a footman,
Cochero, a coachman,
Muzo de C2ih2\\os^agroo?n.
Caballerizo, a gentleman
of the horfe,
Copero, a cupbearer.
isH Grammar.
Maeftre fala, a fewer^
Bodeguero, a butler,
Repoftero, a butler,
Halconero, a falconer*
Cozinero, a cook,
Galopin, a fculUon,
Portero, a porter.
Cafcro, or hu-
efped, du-^ the land-
eno,or amoi
de la cafa.
lord.
Alqueria, a
farm houfe.
Quintero, a farmer
Vaquero, J ^
porquero, or la fwine-
porquerizo, _f herd.
Paftor, afhepherd,
^urron, a fcrip,
Of Country Affairs,
De las cofas del Campo.
country or Raftrillo, the harrov;.
Sembrador, a fower,
Efcardador, a weeder,
Rozador, a weeding-hook,
Segador, a reaper,
Guadana, a fey the,
Trillo, a flail,
Horca, a fork.
Vieldo, a winnowing fan.
Ca^y Mo, afhepherd- s crook. Pefcador, affher.man
Honda, a fling.
Ortelano, or > j.
T J- > \ a oar diner.
Jardinero, ) ^
Cavador, a ditcher,
Vinadiro, a "vine dreffer,
^^radorj or la plough-
Labrador, J man.
Arado, a plough.
Red barred era, a drag-net.
Vara, or caaa para pefcar^^
a fifhing rod.
Sedal de la cana, a fifhing-
line,
Anzuelo, a fifhing-hooK
Cazador, a huntfman.
Cebo, ci bait,
Liga, birdlime,
Jaula, a cage.
Efteva-, or 1 a plough Qbrero, or 1 a day la-;
Manzera, j handle, Jornaiero, J hourer,
Kejadel arado, c^ plough-^ illherp, a keeper of affes,
fhars. ■ " Hombrc
A New Spanish Grammar. 295
Hombre del campo, a Bobeda de parras, an ar^-
country-man. hour.
Campo que defcanfa, a Laberynto, a lahyrinlb.
fallow-field, Gruca, a grotte.
Tierra cntre los fulcos, a Cafcada, a cafcade,
ridge, Fucnte, a fountain.
Sulco, a furrow, Chorro de dgua, awater*
Trigo en hierba, green fpout.
corn, Pilon de fuente, the vafs
Tierra inculca, land not of a fountain,
tilled, Encaniido,(?r7 , „
Monte, or 1 a bill, or aqueducto.r""^"''^"''^*
:}
Montana, J mountain, Hortaliza, all forts of
Cuefta, (^r 7 .-.w r-. berhag
\e.
Collado, J *^^c ^^'^'. pi^nta, ^ //^«/.
Cerro, a rifing ground, Camino real, thehigb-way^
Valle, a valley. Senda, orl ,
Abifmo, a bottomlefs pit. Vereda, | ^ P^^^^'
Zanja, a ditch. Pifada, f7r 1 .
Languna, a lake, or marfb. Raftro, j ^ ^^'' *
Llanura, a plain, Cavalgadura, a heafi for
Roca, J Carreca, a waggon.
Penafco, a great rock. Carro, a cart,
Defpenadero, a precipice. Rueda, a wheel.
Bofque, aforejl, Ray o de rueda, the f poke
Efplanada, a curious plain, of a wheel,
Mata, a thicket, Llantas, or 7 the felloes of
Zarza, a bramble, Cambas, J the wheel.
Efpina, a thorn. Cubo de m^ddi^tbe nave of
Prado, a meadow. the wheel
VtvgSl, a gardenia bower, 'Exe de rueda, the axle-
Hucrta, an orchard. tree.
Jardin, a garden, Eftaca, or 1 the pin of a
^Era de jardin, a bed in a Clavo, J wheel,
garden, CaleiTa, a calocbe or cbaife^
Glorieta de jardin, a bed Litera, a borfe litter.
of flowers, / Andas, thefhafts.
Almaciega J a feed-plot^ C6che,c?r carroza, a coach.
U 4 Railra,
296 ^ ^^^^ Spanish
Raft
^^/>.^^l a fledge.
Narria, J -^ "^
Cefta, « Z'^^/.
Canada, a flajket.
Efpiierta, a dirt-bajket,
Cherrion, a dung- cart.
Grammar-,
Bolfa, a purfe,
Saco, I ^M-
Maleca, a portmanteau,
Talego, ^ bag,
Valija, a cloak- hag.
Banafta, a great hamper. Zurron, a budget or f crip.
Alfqja, a wallet.
^be Churchy and Tubings pertahiing ta Religion.
Iglefia, y cofas Religiofas.
Nave de iglefia, the ifleof Miflal, a mafs-hook.
a church.
Cimborio, the dome.
Pinaculo, a pmiacle.
Ghoro, the choir.
Capill'ii o. chapel.
Atr il, a dijl.
Sacriftia, the vcftr^.
Campanario, the belfry
Gam pan a, a bell.
Soiana, a cajfock.
Sobrepdiiz, afurplice.
Roquete, a Jhort furplice.
Bone re, a cap.
Mitra, a miter.
BacuiO, a crofter.
Patriarcha, a patriarch.
Arzobifpo, an (irchbifljopo
Obifpo, a bijhop.
Badajo, the clapper of the Obifpado, a bifhoprick.
bell. Diocefis, a diocefe.
Pila de bautizar, the font. Coadjutor, a coadjutor.
Ifopo, afprinkler. Sufraganeo, a fuffragan,
ConkKiomiio^a confej/wn- Sacerdote, a pHeft.
feat.
Tribuna, a tribune^ or gal-
lery.
CimenteriQ, the church-
yard.
Ofiiario, the charnel
Altar, an altar.
JF rental, an antipendlum.
Tabernaculo,(;r \ the ta-
Sagrario, \hernacle,
P^ljOs a canopy.
^antcl del dXtkr^the altar-
"(loiL
Sacerdocio, pripflhood.
Diacono, a deacon.
Subdiacono, a fubdeacon,
Ac6\ytOy0ne ihatferves th$
prieft at the altar.
Leftor, a reader.
Clerigo, a clergyman,
Prelado, a prelate.
Abad, an abbot.
AbadefTa, an abbefs,
Abad fa, an abbey.
Canonigo, a canon.
Deiin, a dean,
Prevdftes
A New Spanish Grammcuc. 297
Prevofte, a provoft, Leccion, a leJfon»
Archidiacono, an arch- Verfecc, a verfe,
deacon. Sermon, a fermort.
Precentor, a precentor, Meditacion, ?nedilatwn.
Mae (Ire de choro, the ma- Oracion voc.^l, vocal prayi'
fter of the choir, er.
Cantor, a fining- man, Oracion jnental, mental
Sac rift a n, /^^ veftr'^ keeper, prayer.
Vvthtn^-ado^ a prebendary, Predicar, to preach,
C\ir2i.,the parfon of a parijh, Hacer el catechifmo, to
Parochia, a parijh, catechize,
Vicario, a vicar, Enterrar, or^ ,
Oficial, an official, fepultar, 5 '^'
Promotor, a proElor, Excommunion, excommu^
Encomienda,^ thing given mcation.
in commendam, Sufpenfion, fufpenjion,
Bautifmo, haptifm, Entredicho, an inter di5f^
Confirmacion, confirma- Irregularidad, irregularity.
(ion. Defcomulgar, to excom^
Matrimonio, matrimony, municate.
Comulgar, to receive the Iglefia cathedral, a catbe*
holy facrametit, dral church.
^Ordtntsi^iCroSyholy orders Conventual, the church of
Ceremonia, a ceremony, a monaftery,
Rubrica, the rulrick, Vz-xxocWul^a parijh church.
Ritual, a ritual, Adviento, the time of ad-
Oficio divino, divine fer- vent.
vice, Quarefma, the lent,
Pfalterio, the pfalter, Temporas, ember-week:.
Pfalmo, a pfalm, Vigilia, an eve,
Antiphona, an antiphon, Ayuno, afafi,
things relating to War,
Cofas tocantes a la Guerra.
Artilleria, artillery^ or Canon, a cannon,
great guns. Boca de cafion, the mouth
Pieza de artilleria,^ canon, of the gun,
'Tvtndt^mWtxidi^ths train Fogon, the touch-hole,
of artillery, Culka
298 A New Span
Culata del cznon^ihe hreech
of the gun,
Carreton de canon, a car-
riage of a great gun.
Cargar, to load,
Apuntar, to level
Difparar, to fire.
Tiro de canon, a canon--
Jhot.
Defmontar un canon, to
difinount a gun,
Enclavar un caiion, to nail
up a gun,
Gulebrina, a cuherin,
Falconete, a falconet,
Pedrero, a patterero,
Caiion entero, a whole
cannon.
Medio canon, a half can-
non,
Petardo, a petard,
Bomba, a homh.
Mortero, a ^nortar-plece,
Granada, a granade,
Molquete, a mujkei,
Carabina, a carbine,
Efcopeta, a fire-lock,
Fiftola, apiftol,
Eala, ahullet,
Polvora, powder,
Mecha, match,
Pedernali a flint,
Fiecha, an arrow,
Dardo, a dart,
J.ivalina, a boar-fpear,
Honda, a fling,
'Arco, a bow,
Maza de armas, a battle-
I s H Grammar.
Lanza, a lance.
Alabarda, an halbard.
Partelana, a partefan.
Pica, a pike,
Alfange, a cy miter.
Efpada, a fword,
Purio de la efpada, the
handle of the fword.
Porno de la efpada, the
pommel of the fword,
Guarnicion de efpada, the
hilt of the fword.
La hoja, the blade.
Puiial, a poniard,
Bayoneta, a bayonet.
Daga, a dagger,
Yelmo, a whole helmet.
Celada, the fame,
Morrion, a morrion,
Vifera, the vizor of an
helmet,
Gorjal, the gorget.
Peto, a breafl 'plate.
Coraza, a cuirafs,
Efpaldar, the back-plate.
CofTelete, a corflet.
Bracelete, armour for the
arms,
Efcarcclon, armour from
the wafle to the thighs,
Grevas, greaves for the
thighs,
Inojeras, armour for the
knees*
Broquel, a luckier.
Efcudo, afJfield,
Adarga, a target.
Cota de malka a coat of
maih
General,
A New Spanish Grammar. 299
General, a general Centinela, afentinel
Teniente general, a lieu- Avanguardia, the van-*
tenant-general, guard,
Sargento mayor de batal- Cuerpo de batalla, th^
la, a major 'general main body of the army.
Maeflre de campo, or Retaguardia. the rear.
coronel, a colonel. Cuerpo de referva, the
Sargento mayor, a major, corps de referve,
Capitan, a captain, Cuerpo de guardia, the
Teniente, a lieutenant.
Corn eta, a cornet,
Alferez, an enfign,
Sargento, aferjeant,
Cabo de efqiiadra, a cor-
poral.
Quad rill ero, a brigadier,
Soldado, afoldier,
Caudillo, a leader ^ or com-
mander,
Tambor, a drum,
Pifano, a fife,
Trompeta, a trumpet,
Atabal, a kettle-drum,
Soldado de acaballo,
trooper,
Soldado de apie,
foldier.
Dragon, a dragoon,
Piquero, a pikeman.
Mofquetero, a mufketeer.
Efcopetero, afufiiier.
Infante, a foot foldier.
Infanteria, the infantry,
Caballeria, the cavalry.
Artillero, a gunner,
Bombardero,^ bombardier,
Ingeniero, an ingeneer.
Minero, a miner,
paftadorj a pioneer^
Cuerpo de guardia,
corps de guard.
'Ala, the wing of an army.
Batallon, a batallion,
RegimientOjCr?
Tercio, \^^'^''^'^^^*
Tropa de caballos, a troop
of horfe,
Compama de infanteria,^
company of foot.
Hilera, a rank.
Fila, a file,
Efquadron, a fquadron^
Mochillero, afoldier^s boy.
Bagage, the baggage,
a Vivandero, afutler.
Partida, a party,
a foot' Conedovts^theforlornhope
Batidores, difcoverers,
Murallas, or > „
Muros, \ '^^^^'-
Almena, a battlement.
Parapeto, the parapet.
Caftillo, a caftle.
Fuerte, a fort.
Fortaleza, a fortrefs,
Fortificacion, a fortified
tion,
Torre, a tower.
Ciudadela, a citadeL
Baftion, a baflion.
Cortina^
300 A New Spanish Grammar.
Cortina, a curtin. Contramarcha, a counter-
Media luna, an half-moon, march,
Tronera, a loop'hole, Efcaramuza, ajkirmijb.
Terrapleno, a rampart. Batalla, a battle.
Cabailero, a cavalier^ or Sitio, a ftege,
mount, Quartel, quarter,
Rebelin, a ravelin, Encamifada, a camifade^
Contraefcarpa,^^^ counter- orfurprize,
[carp, Salida, a fall^.
Barrera, a harrier, Batir, to hatter,
Falfabraga, afaujfe-hra'j, Brecha, a breach.
Foflb, the ditch, Efc^^lada, an efcalade,
Repecho, a breaji-tvork, A^T^ko, an ajfault or attack.
Gurica, a fentinel^s boD^, Llamada, the chamade,
CafeTaca,^ cafemate, Capitulacion, a capitula-
Galeria, or i ., tion,
Corredor, 5 ^ /• Guarnicion, a garrifon,
Eftrada cubierta, the co- Tocar la caxa, to heat the
vered way, drum,
Cefton, a gabion. Levantar gente, to raife
Eftaca, a palifade, men,
Reduto, a redoubt. Pagar el fueldo, to pay the
Atalaya, a place for dif- men,
covery^ortheperfonthat Batir la eftrada, to fcour
is to difcover, the country,
Manta, a mantlet^ or cover Lev :.icar el skio, to raife
for men from the fhot, the feige,
Fagina, fafcines, Marchar a vanderas de-
Mina, a fnine, {pleg^dsiS^ to march witb
Contr3.n]in?i^a countermine. flying colours.
Trinchera, a trench. Reforzar el exercito,/^ re-^
El real, the camp. inforce the army.
Vituallas, provijions, Tocar a recoger, to found
Municiones, ammunition. a retreat,
Vifono, afrefh water foU Entregar una plazaj/^y«r*
diir, render a place.
Picorero, a marauder.
A New Spanish Grammar,
The Tear, and Us Parts.
El 'Ano y fus Partes,
301
'Ano, a year.
Mes, a month.
Semana, a week,
Dia, a day,
Noche, a night.
Enero, January.
Febrero, fehruary,
Marzo, march.
Abril, april.
Mayo, may.
Junio, June,
Manana, the morning.
Tarde, the evening.
Hora, an hour,
Minuto, a minute.
Momento, a moment.
T'he Months.
Los Mefes.
Julio, July.
Agofto, auguft,
Setiembre, feptemher.
06lubre, oBober^
Noviembre, novemher;
Deciembrc, decemier.
^he Days of the Week.
Dias de la Semana.
Domingo, funday.
Lunes, monday,
Martes, tuefday,
Miercoles, wednefday.
Navegacion.
Navio, or 1
nave, or >a Jhip,
nao, J
Navio de guerra, a man
of war,
Navio mercantil, a mer-
chant-Jhip,
Navio ligero, a light vej-
fel for failing,
Galera, a galley,
Galeaza, a galeafs.
Galeon, a galleon.
Gakota, a galliot.
Jueves, thuffday.
VierneSj friday,
Sabado, faturday.
Navtgatwu
Frag'.ta, a frigate.
Saica, a faick,
Caraca, a carrack.
Fufta, afoift,
Pinaza, a pinnace,
Barca de paffage, aferr^^
boat,
Canoa, a canoe.
Piragua, a piragua.
Gondola, a fort of boat fo
called,
Efquife, ajktff,
Barqucta,
^02 A New Spanish Grammar.
Barqueta, ori ^iQr,f Vela del trinquete5//6^/(?rd'-
Barquilla, J " fail.
Balfa, afloat. Vela cevadera, /^<? f^rit"
Capitana real,/^<? admiral. fail.
Almiranta, the vice-admi- Vela latina, a fhoulder of
ral, mutton faiL
Armada> a navy of men of Remo, an oar.
war. Pah de remo, the blade of
Flota, a fleet of merchants. the oar,
Efquadra, a fquadron. Troneras, the port- holes.
Abordo, aboard, Empavefadas, the nettings^
Popa, the poopyorflern. Gallardete, a pendant.
Proa, the prowy or head. Vanderola, a flag.
Tartdna, a tartan. Vandera, the colours.
Bergantin, a hrigantin. Bruxula, the compafs.
Navio de fuego, afirejhip, Punta de la proa^J he fler;js
Patache, a patach. Puente, the deck.
Feluca, a felucca, Cubierta, the fame.
Barca, a hark. Tilla, the hatches.
Barco, or\ , Bancos de galera, the
Batel, 5 ^ thaughts of a galley.
Sentina, the well. Timon, the helm.
l.aftre, ballafl. Quilla, the keel.
Maftil, or} .,^ ^f, fAncorsi^ an anchor.
'Arbol, I '^' """fi' Am^rra, or > ^ ^^j^^_
^Arbol mayor, the fnain- Maroma, 3
mafl. Sonda, the founding lead.
Lj'. gabia, the round top. Piloto, a pilots or mafter.
Tiinquete, the forc'maft. Gu^Lvdnnytheboat-fwain,
Quilla del arbo], the flep Marinero, afailor.
of the mafl. Forzados, or 1 u p^.^.
Entena, a yard. Galeotes, S^ ^ -^
Vela, a fail. Efpalder, the hindermofl
Vthma.yorythe main-lheet. rower in a gaily.
Vela de gabia, the top-fail. Vogavante, the fore-man
Perroquete, the top-gallant in rowing.
fail. Comitre, the boQt-fwain in
Vela mefana, the mizzen a gaily.
fail.
Coffino;
A New Spanish Gra??mar. 303
Coffario, ^^\ ^ i)-rate ^^^"^^» a calm.
Pirata, 5 ^^ ' Viento en popa, tbe wind
Camara grande, ihe great full aftcrn,
cahhin, Coger cl viento, to ply to
Tormenta, a tempejl, windward.
Borrafca, aJior?n. ^Ir a la bolina, to^ ply and
Bonanza, fair weather, tack upon a wind.
Algunas Sentencias, y Refnines Efpanoles,
So^ne Spanijld Sentences^ and Proverbs.
AZeite, vino, y ami- ^^\lL^wine^and a friend^
go, antiguo. ^ \^ ihe older the better.
Aunque Teas prudente vie- nough you be a difcreet old
jo, no defdenes el con- man, do 'not difdain to be
fejo. advifed,
Aunque compuefta la men- Al^e though never fa well
tira^fiempre es vencida. difguifed.is always worfied.
Aunque viftais a la mona Though you cloatb a monkey
de feda, mona fe queda. infilk^it is full a monkey ;
that is^ there is no making
a filk purfe ofafow's ear.
'Afno de muchos, iobos An afs that has many mafler%
de comen, is devoured by the wolves ;
that is, every bodies bufi^
nefs is 7W bodies bufinefs.
A rio rebueko, ganancia // is befl fifmng in troubled
de pefcadores. waters.
Aquella es bien cafada. She iswell marrfd^whohas
que ni tiene fuegra, ni neither mother^ nor fifler
cuiiada. in law.
Aquien dices tu puridad. When you entruft one with
a efte das tu libertad. your fecret, you give up
your liberty.
Aquellos fon ricos, que They are rich who have
tienen amigos, frimdi.
A quien
304 A J^^'^ Spanish GrammaK
A quien no le fobra el pan. He that has not bread tS
ne crie can. fpare^piuft not keep a dog.
A quien dan, no efcoge. Beggars muft not be choofersi
A padre guardador, hijo A nigardly father has a
galiador. prodigal fon.
Cada oveja,con fu pareja. Alljhould match with their
equals,
/Ande yo caliente, y riafe So 1 keep m-jfelf warm^ no
la gente. matter if people laugh at
vie,
/Antes que te cafes, mira Mind what you do before
lo que haces. you marry ; that isy look
before you leap,
Amigo del buen tiempo, A fair weather friend Jurns
mudafe con el viento. with the wind,
Amigo quebrado, aunque Friendfhip thdt has been
foldado, nuncaesfano. broken.may be patched up,
hit will never be found,
Amigo de uno, enemigo Be a friend but to one^ and
de ninguno, an enemy to none,
A lo que puedes fdlo, lid When you can do a thing
efperes a otro. , yourfelfy do not wait for
another.
Al defdichado,p6co le vale If a man is unfortunate^it a-
fer esforzado. vails him little to be brave,
Allegatc a los buenos, y Keep good company ^ and yoH
feras uno dellos. will be one of them,
Al hombre ofado, la for- Fortune favours the bold,
tuna le da la mano.
Al buen varon, tierras A good man reckons all
ajenas patria le fon. countries his own,
Al agradecido, mas de lo Give a grateful man more
pedido. than he ajks,
Al villano dadle el pie. Give a clown an inch, and
tomarafe la mano. he will take an ell,
Al que da el capon, dale Ifonegivesyouacapon^give
la pierna, y el alon. himtheleg^ and the wing.
Al que tiene muger her- He that has a beautiful wife^
iBofa, 6 caftillo en or a caftle on the frontiers,
frontcra, or
A New Spanish Grammar. 305
frontera, 6 vina en car- or a vineyard upon the
rera, nunca le falta road^ is never without
guerra. quarrels.
A caballo dado, no le Dq ?wtJcok a gift horfe in
miren el diente. they?iouth.
Burlaos con el afno, dares Play with an afs^ and heHl
ha en la barba con el flap you on the face with
rabo. his tail No jeftingwitb
fools.
Buen prlncipio, la me tad j^ good beginning is half the
es hecha. work done,
Bocado de mal pan, ni lo Do not eat a morfel of had
comas, ni lo des a tu breads nor give it to your
can. dog.
Bocado comido, no gana What is eat en gains no friend,
amigo. P aft favours forgotten.
Bien a ma, quien nunca ^hat^s a true lover ^ that
olvida. never forgets.
Bien fabe el fabio que no A wife man is fenfihle of his
fabe, el necio pienfa ignorance^ a fool thinks
que fabe. himfelf wife.
Beftia que anda llano, para / would have a beaft that
mi me la quiero no para carries eafy for myfelf^not
mi hermano, for 7ny brother -, every one
loves the be ft for bimflf
Cria Cuervo, y facarte ha Breed up a crow^ and he* II
el ojo. pull out your eyes.
Con latin, rocin, y florin Latin ^ a nag.^ and money
andaras el mundo. will carry you through
the world.
Cobra buen a fama, y Get a good name^ and you
echate en la cama. may lye abed.
Cortesia dc boca mucho Goodwcrds are worth much,
vale, y poco cuefta. and coft little.
CantariUo que muchas ve- ^he pitcher that goes often
ces va a la fuente, 6 to the well, comes home
dexa la afa, o la frente. broke at laft.
Cada gallo canta en fu Every cock can crow on his
muladar, own dunghih
X* Canta
3o6 A New Spanish Grammar.
Canta la rana, y no tiene ^hefrogfmgs^ and 'jet has
pelo, ni lana. neither hair, nor wooU»
^he poorefi people are
merry,
Cafa labrada, y vina plan- ^ boufe ready built, and a
tada, vineyard ready planted^
I. e. they are heft to buy.
Do entra el beber, fale el When the wine is in^the wit
faber. is out.
Per donde fueres, haz When you are at Rome, do
como vieres. as they do at Rome.
Do falta dicha, por dcmas Ltduftry avails little with*
es diligencia. cut fortune.
Do fuerza viene, derecho Might overcomes right.
fe pierde.
Dicen que eres bueno, ^ey fay you are a good
mete la mano en tu man, but put your hand
feno. into your hofom ; that isy
confult your own confci'
ence.
Dolor de efpofo, dolor de A hujband^s forrow is like
codo, duele mucho, y a pain in the elbow,very
dura poco. Jharp, but foon over,
De amigo reconciliado, Never truft a reconciled
guardate del como del friend any more than you
diablo. would the devil.
Del agua manfa me guarde God deliver me from a ftill
dios, que de la brava water, for 1 will deliver
yo me fabre guardar. myfelffrcm that which is
rough 5 • alluding to the
tempers of people,
De luengas vias, luengas Long travels produce great
mentiras. lies,
De un hombre necio, a A fool fometimes gives good
veces buen confejo. advice.
Defpues de defcalobrado, ^o break a man's head, and
untar el cafco. then give him a plaifter.
Del loco, porrada, 6 mala From a madman you may ex*
paldbrao pe5i a blow^or ill language.
Mas
A .New Spanish Grammar, 3 07
Mas vale un toma, que yl ^'' :/ h band, is worth
dos ♦•e dare. two in the bujjj,
Deipues de beber, cada ^6.:,^- /)^fii/j/^ have drunk^
uno dice fu p^rcccr. they are open hearted.
Defpues de comer, dor- /1ft n- d'lmer /Jeep a while ^
mir ; defpues de cenar, after fuj} per walk a mile,
paflbs mil.
Debaxo de buen fayo, efta A good coat often covers a
el hombre malo. wicked fellow,
t>t quien pone los qjos en Do not trufl a man that
el fuelo, no f les tu di- looks on the ground with
nero. your money : that is, an
hypocrite,
Guardate, de hombre que Take heed of a man that
no habla, y de can que does not talk^ and of a
no ladra. dog that does not hark,
Echar el mango tras el de- To throw the helve after
ftral. the hatchet,
'Echate a enfermar, y fa- Take your led, as if yott
bras quien tequierebien, were fick^ and you will
y quien mal. know who does, and who
does not love you.
El dar limofna, nunca Giving alms never lejfens t hi
mengua la bolfa. flock.
El perezofo fi empre es Afloathful man is always
menefterofo. needy.
El avariento rico,notiene A covetous rich man has
pariente ni amigo. neither relations, nor
friends.
El bobo ^\ es callado, por A fool that fays little pajfes
fefufo es reputado. for a wife man.
El que tiene tejados de vi- He whofe houfe f f covered
drio, no tire piedras al with glafs^muft not throw
de fu vezino. flones at his neighbours.
El huefped, y el pece, a A guefl andfifh flinks when
tres dias, hiede. kept three days.
El harto del ayuno, no He that is full, hasnocom^
iiv'ne duelo alguno, 'paffton on him thai is
falling,
X 2 El
3o8 A New Spanish Grammar.
El dar es honor, y el pe- // is an honour to give^ and
dir dolor. a trouble to ajk.
El hombre es el fucgo, la Man is fire ^ and woman is
miiger la eftopa, viene tow^ the devil comes and
el diablo y fopla. Hows,
El viejo en fu tierra, y el An old man in his own ^and a
mozo en la ajena, mi- y oung man in another coun^
enten de una manera. try, are both lyars alike.
El lobo harto fe mete When the devil was fick^the
fraile. devil a monk would be\
when the devil was welly
the devil a monk was he.
En tal figno naci, que / was born under fuch a
quiero mas para mi que planet, that I have more
para ti. kindnefsfor my [elf than
for you.
En cafa llena prefto fe When the houfe is full, the
guifa la cena. fupper is foon drefs^d,
Fortuna, y azeituna, a Fortune, and olives fome-
veces, mucha, a vcces times come in a glut, and
ninguna. fotnetimes none at all,
Gato efcaldado, del agua The burnt child dreads the
frh ha miedo. fire,
Humo, y gatera, *y mu- A fmoaky houfe, the rain
ger parlera, echan el coming in, and a fcolding
hombre de fu cafa fu- wife, turn a man out of
era. doors,
Hijo malo, mas vale do- A wicked fon is better fick
liente que lano.- than in health,
Juras del que ama muger, l!he oaths of one that loves
no fe han de creer. a woman are net to be
regarded.
Los ninos de pequenos. Children muft be chaflifed
que no hai caftigo de- when they are little, for
fpues para ellos. it is afterwards too late.
Lo que los ojos no ven. What the eye does not fee^
corazon no deffea. the heart does not rue.
Los yerros del medico, The earth hides the mijlakes
la tierra los cubre. ofphyftcians,
X Lo
A New Spanish Grammar, 309
Lo que no quieres para ti, Bo as jou would be doneh^.
no lo quieras para mi.
La oracion breve fube al yl fiort pra)er reaches
cielo. heaven.
La traicion aplace, mas We love the treafonjjut not
no el que la hace. the traitor.
La muger compuella a fu ^ wife well drejfed keeps
marido quita de puerta her hujhand from run-
ajena. ning to other women.
La viuda rica, con un ojo A rich widow weeps with
llora, y con elocro re- one ey^ and laughs with
pica. the other.
La muger, y el vino, fa- Women and wine^ make a
can al hombre de tino. man mad.
Mula, que hace hin,y mu- A mule that kicks^ and a
ger que park latin, woman th at f peaks latin ^
nuncahicieron buen fin. never come to a good end,
Muger, viento, y ventura Women, wind^ and fortune^
prefto fe muda. are given to change.
Mucho sabe la rapofa, pe- The fox is very cunnings but
ro mas el que la toma. he is more cunning that
catches her,
Muger placera, de todos A gojfiping woman talks of
dice, y todos della. all people^ and all of her,
Mucho fabia el cornudo, The cuckold was very fuhtle,
pero mas el que fe los hut he was more crafty
pufo. that cuckolded hiin.
Mete el ruin en tu pajar, Let a fcoundrel into your
y quererte ha heredar. barn, and he will con-
trive to he your heir.
Mas vale favor, que ju- Favour goes farther than
flkia, ni raz6n. juflice and reafon.
Mas vale pedir, y men- // is better to ajk and hegy
digar, que en la horca than to fwing on the gal-
pernear. lows.
Mai me quieren mis com- My gojfips bear me ill will^
madres, porque digo becaufe I fpeak the truth,
las verdadcs.
X 3 Mas
310 A New Spanish Grammar.
Mas vale guardar, que // is better to he /parings
demandar. than to beg.
Mas vale mala avenencia, ^ bad compofttion is better
que buena fentencia. than a favourable judg-
jnent,
Mas fabe el loco en fu ^ mad man knows his own
cafa, que el cuerdo en buftnefs better than a
la ajena. wife man does another* s.
Mas vale a quien diqs ay- He thrives better who has
uda, que el que mucho God's bleffmg^ than be
madruga. that rifes earl'j,
Nunca efperes, que haga Never expe^ sour friend to
tu amigo lo quo tu pu- do that which you can do
dieres. yourfelf.
No es nada, fino que ma- The matter is not much but
tan a mi marido. that they are killing my
hufband.
No hai mejor maeftra,que There is no better miflrefs
neceflidad y pobreza. than neceffity and want.
No hai mal tan Jaflimero, No calamity fo grievous^ as.
como no tener dinero. to be without money.
No hai mejor bocado, que No bit fo fweet as that
el hurtado. which isjlollen.
No hai peor fordo, que el None fo deaf as he that will
que no quiere oir. not bear,
Nina, viiia, peral, y ha- A girl ^ a vineyard^ agar-
bar, malos fon de guar- den of peas ^ and a field
dar. of beansy are bard to be
kept,
Ni por cafa, ni por viHa, Bo not for the fake of an
no tpmes muger ximia. houfe^ or of a vineyard
take a monkey wife \ that
%$y deformed.
No hai fabado fin fol, ni There is no faturday with-
viejo fm dolor, ni mo- out fome funfhine, nor
cfca iin arrebol. an old man without an
ailing^ nor a young
tvencb without a charm.
A New Spanish Grammar. 311
Ni de eftopa, buena ca- ^bere is no having a good
mifa ; ni de puta, bu- Jhirt of tow^ .o- a good
cna amiga. friend of a whj^e,
Ni cavalgues en potro, ni Do not ride upon a colt^ nor
tu muger alabcs a otro. prajfe 'sour wife to ano-
ther man.
Ni firmes carta que no Never fign any writingwith^
Leas,ni bebasaguaque out reading^vor drink wa*
no veas. ter without looking into it,
Ni a rico debas, ni a p6- Never owe f?ioney to a rich
bre promecas. man^nor promife any thing
to a poor one,
Necios, y porfiados hacen Tooh^ and ohjlinate people
ricos los letrados. enrich lawyers,
Oveja que bala, bocado Thefheep that bleats loofes
pierde. a mouthful.
Oir, ver, y callar, recias It is very hard to bear^ fee^
cofas fon de obrar. and fay nothing.
For ningun tempero, Whatfoever the weather is^
dexes el camino real do not leave the highway
per el fendero. to follow the path.
For hacer placer al fuefio, trough indulging of fleepy
ni fayajni camifa tengo. / have neither petticoat ^
nor fmock.
Per mucho madrugar, no Riftng early makes it not
amanece mas aina. day the fooner,
Poco, y en paz, mucho A little in peace is much to
fe me haz. me,
Por el hilo, facaras el o- Tou will find the clue by the
villo ; y por lo pafiado, thready and what is to
lo no venido. come by what is pafi,
Por dinero, baila el per- The dog dances for money ;
ro. money makes the mare to
go-
Por fer Rey, fe quiebra All jufiice is broke to gain a
toda ley. crown,
Pleito, y orinal, llevan cl Lawyers and phyficians fend
hombre al hofpital. a man to the hofpitaL
X 4 Pienia
312 A New Spanish Grammar.
Pienfael ladr6n,que todos The thief thinks all men Sk&
fon dtr fu condicion. him.
Pefcador de vara, mas c6- ^n angler eats more than he
me que gana. gets.
PeleaiiJosladroneSjdefcu- }0oen thieves fall out ^honejl
brenfc los hurtos. men come by their goods,
Perro ladrador, niinca J harking dog never bites,
buen mordedor.
Para amor, ni muerte, no No houfe isftrong enough to
hai cafa fuerte. keep out love and death.
Paiios lucen en palacio, Pine cloaths are regarded at
que no hijos dalgo. courts and not gentility,
Palabras de fanto, y unas <To talk like a faint ^and claw
de gato, like a cat,
Psga \o que debes, fabras p.ay your dehts^ and you'll
lo que tienes. know what you are worth.
Panadera eras antes, y Formerly you was a haker^
aora trahes guantes. and now you wear gloves.
Quien a todos cree, yer- He who believes all men is
ra j quien a ninguno, in the wrong,and he who
no acierta. believes none is not in the
right.
Quien no alza un alfiler, ^e that will not take up a
no eftima a fu muger. pnjoes not value his wife.
Quien fia, o promete, en //^ that is hound for am-
deuda fe mete. ther^ or raakes apromifcy
contra^s a debt.
Quien da lo fuyo antes de He who gives away what
morir, aparejafea bien he has before he dies ^mufi
fufrir. prepare to endure much.
Quien ha criados, ha ene- He who has fervants, has
migOG no efcufados. unavoidable enemies.
Quien no tuviere que ha- He who wants fomething to
cer, afme navio, o tome do^ may fit out afiip^ or
muger. marry a wife.
Quien poco tienc, y eflb He who has little y and gives
da,preftofearrepentir2. it away^willfoon repent.
Qu'im a Ja rapdfa h'4 ds He (hat will deceive thefooc
^ngaiiar, ^umplele n>a- mufl rife betimes.
grugar, "' Q^j^fl
jl New Spanish Grammar. 313
Quicn tiene quatro,y gafta He who gets four^ and
cinco, no ha menefter ff ends Jive ^ has no need
bolsico. of a purfe,
Quien ruin es en fu tierra, He that is hafe in his own
ruin es en la ajena. country^ isfo in another^
Quien lo feo ama, her- •He who loves that which is
mofo le parece, deformed ^fancies it hand-
fome.
Quien a fu perro quiere He that will kill his dog
matar, rabia le ha de muft fay he is mad,
levantar.
Quien come la vaca del He who eats the king*s cow^
Rey, a cien afios paga pays for the hones an
los hue fibs. hundred years after.
Quien te hace la fiefta. He that gives you a treaty
que no te fuele hacer, 6 and did not ufe to do ity
te quiere engaiiar, 6 te either defigns to deceive^
ha menefter. or ftands in need of you,
Quien de prefto deter- He that refolves in hajle^
mina, de efpacio fe ar- repents at leifure,
repiente,
Quien lengua ha, a Roma He who has languages ma*i
va. travel to Rome.
Quien bien quiere a Bel- hove me^ and love my doge
tran, bien quiere a fu
can.
Quien al cielo efcupe, en He that fpitsat heaven^ has
la cara le cae. it fall in his face,
Quien lexos fe va a cafar. He who goes far to he mar^
6 va engaiiado, 6 va a ried, either is deceived^
engaiiar. or goes to deceive,
Quien fiembra en el ca- He that fows in the high-
mino, canfa los bueyes ways, tires his oxen^ and
y pierde el trigo. lofes his corn,
Quieres que te siga el can. If you would have the dog
dale pan. follow you, give him hread,
Quien fe cafa por amores. They that marry for love,
malos dias, y buenas have had days^ and good
poches. nights,
Quien
3 14 A New Spanish Grammar.
Quien pobreza tien, de He that is poor is defpifedby
fus deudos es delden ; his kindred^and be that is
yel rico fin ferlo, de rich is a kin to every body y
todos es deudo. though he he not.
Quando el coflario pro- When the pyr ate makes vows
mete miffas, y cera, . to heaven^ his vejjel is in
con mal aoda la galera. a bad plight,
Quando el hierro efta en- Tou muft ftrike whilft the
cendido, entonces ha de iron is hot.
fer batido.
Quanio el villano efta en Set a beggar a horfe-back^
el mulo, no conoce a and he will ride to the
dios, ni al mun do, devil.
Quando el uombre mea When a man bepijfes his
las botas, no es bueno boots, he is not fit for
para las mozas. young women.
Quando el diablo reza, When the fox preaches^take
enganarte quiere. heed of the geefe,
Qual el dueno,tal el perro. Like mafler, like man.
Riiien las commadres, def- When gojftps quarrel, the
cubrenfe las verdades. truth comes out.
Raton que no fa be mas de 'The cat foon catches the
un horado, prefto le moufe that knows but one
coge el gato. hole.
Sufre por faber, y trabaja Hav? patience to learn, and
por tener. take /nns to be rich.
Si teneis la cabeza de vi- If you havt a glafs head^
drio, no os tomeis a do not pretend to throw
pedradas conmigo. flones at me.
Sientate en tu lugar, no Sit in your own place^ and
te haran levantar. you will not be forced to
rife.
Si el necio no fuefte al If fools did not go to market,
mercado, no fe vende- that which is nought would
ria lo malo. not he fold.
Si quieres aprender a orar, If you would learn to pray ^
cntra en la mar. go tofea.
Si te da el pobre, es por- If a poor man gives, it is in
que mas tome. hopes to receive more.
Si
^N^w Spanish Grammar. 315
Si quieres vivir fanojhazte If 'jou would be healthy ^ be
viejo temprano. old betimes,
Se mozo bien mandado, Be a diligent fervant, and you
y comeras con tu amo. will eat with your majier,
Salio del lodo, y entro en He leaped out of the frying*
el arroyo. pan into the fire.
Topanfe los hombres, y Men meet^ but mountains
no los montes. do not.
Todos los duelosjcon pan Fat for rows are better than
fon menos. lean,
'Una golondrina no hace One fw allow makes no fum-
verano. mer,
Viejo amador, invierno An amorous old man is like
con flor. flowers in winter.
Vender miel al colmene- ^o fell honey to him that
ro. keeps hives -^ that is^ to
carry coals to Newcaftle,
Vanfe los amores,, y que- Love goes off^ but the fling
dan los dolores. of it remains.
Vanfe los gatos, y eftien- When the cat's away^ the
denfe los ratos. mice play,
Yerba mala, no laempece *Thefroft does not hinder the
la helada. growth of weeds % that if^
ill weeds grow apace.
Yantar tarde, y cenar ce- A late dinner^ and an early
do, facan la merienda f^pper^ fave an after»
de en medio. noon's luncheon,
Zorrilla que mucho tarda, ^efox that ftays out longy
caza aguarda. waits for a prey.
Zorrilla tagarnillera, ha- ^he fubtle fox counterfeits
cefe muerta por asir being deady to lay hold of
prefa. the prey,
Por do falta la cabra, faU Where the goat leaps^ the
ta la que la mama. kid follows •, that is, cat
after kind.
Nombrei
3 16 A New Spanish Grammar.
Nombres proprios de Hombres y Mugercs.
Proper Names of Men and Women.
AMbrofio, Amhrofe.
Andres, Andrew,
Auguftin, Auguftin,
'EdLViholomQ ^Bartholomew,
Beniro, Benedi5f,
Bernardo, Bernard.
Catarina, Catherine.
Cecilia, Cecil-j.
Sulana, Sujan.
Chrifoftomo, Chryfojlom,
Chriftoval, Chriftoj^her.
Carlos, Charles,
Domingo, Dominick,
Eftevan, Stephen.
Francifco, Francis.
Guillermo, William.
Jeronimo, Jerome,
Jorge, George.
Diego, James.
Henrique, Henry.
Fernando, Ferdinand.
Juan, John.
Lorenzo, Lawrence.
Luis, Lewis.
Lucas, Luk^.
Lucia, Lucy,
Marcos, Mark.
Martin, Martin.
Mathias, Matthias,
Nicolas, Nicholas.
Pablo, Paul.
Philipe, Philip.
Margarira, Margaret.
Sebaltian, Sehaftian.
Simon, Simon.
Thomas, Thomas.
Ifabel, Elizabeth
Maria, Mary.
'Ana, Anne.
Jofeph, Jofeph.
Verbos tocantes a las Perfonas de Hombres, y
Mugeres.
Verbs r elating to the Perfons of Men and Wo»
men.
Andar, to go.
Correr, to tuny
Sakar, to leap,
Danzar,
bailar
:;},'•
lance.
Comer, to eat.
Beber, to drink.
Hartarfe, to gorge.
Ayunar, to fafi.
Chupar, to fuck,
MafcJrj,
A New Spanish Grammar, 3 17
Mafcar, to chew, Jugar, to play,
Tragar, to /wallow. Trabajar, to work.
Rafcar, to/cratch. Efcribir, to write,
Efpulgar, to pick fleas. Holgar, to he idle.
Acoftarfe, to go to bed. Leer, to read,
Dormir, to fleep. Defpertar, to awake.
Levantarfe, to rife, Huir, to run away<i ^
Veftirfe, to put on on§*s Bravear, to ho aft.
cloaths, Alabar, to praife,
Tocarfe, a woman to drefs Defpreciar, to defpife.
her head, Soltar, to let go,
Hacerfe la barba, to trim, Abrazar, to embrace.
Boftezar, to yaun, Atacar, to lace.
Velar, to watch, Abotonar, to button,
Calzarfe los zapatos, to Llamar, to call,
put onjhoes, Rezar, to pray.
Calzarfe las medias, to Predicar, to preach.]
put onftockings, Obedecer, to obey,
Enfermar, to grow ftck, Mandar, to command,
Curar, to cure. Gobernar, to govern*
Hcrir, to wound, Parir, to bring forth.
Matar, to kill, Bezar, to kifs,
Emborrachar, Ito make Hacer teftamento, /o w^/^tf
embeodar, j drunk. a will,
^y* ^ . ".'^ ^4 if^'i ^'"'4 ^'^ ji^4 ^y* ^'^i ^'^ ^"■i ^i ^'i ^'^t • ^^5 >'^i ^'"'5 ^'^^ i>*i i^<2 i^4 -^'^ y^ ^^
Phrafes Familiares.
Familiar Phrafes.
TEngo mucho fueno, Defpertad, Awake,
I amvery fleepy. Dormis demafiado, Toti
Dexadme dormir. Let me fleep too much.
fleep, Levantaos prefto, Rife
Dormis ? Are you afleep ? quickly.
Eftais aun en la cama ? Porqueno osdaispriefTaf
• Are you in bed flill ? fVhy do you not make hafte >
Eftais
3i8 A New Spanish Grammar.
Eftaislevantado? yfrtf3;(?« Quercis falfa? Will you
up? havefauce?
Cuidado no OS resfrieis. Con fal me contento, /
^ake care you do not get am fatisfied with fait,
cold, Porque no come is ? IVhy
Veil los, Put on your cloatbs. do you not eat ?
Lavad las manos, IVaJh Aqui efta la pechuga de
your hands, una polJa, Here is the
Peinad la cabeza. Comb wing of a pullet,
your head. No comeis pan ? Don^t
Atacadme, Lace me, you eat bread ?
Ayudame, Help me, Quereis beber ? Pedidio,
QdXzTiAmt^Put onmy Jhoes Will you drink? Call
andflockings. for it,
Haveis rezado ? Have you Dadme un bocado de que*
faid your prayers? fo. Give me a bit of
Adonde eftan mis horas ? cheefe.
Where is 7ny prayer-book? Nohaifruta? Is there no
Quereis almorzar ? IVtll fruit ?
you breakfajl ? Quitad los manteles, I'ake
Decidme lo que quereis, off the table- cloth,
^ell me what you will have, Juguemos a los naipes,
'Unos huevos, Some eggs. Let us play at cards,
Una xicara de chocolate, Mas vale irnos al jardin,
A difh of chocolate. We had better go into the
Es hora de comer,// is din^^ garden,
ner time, Hace mucho frio, y nos
Sentaos a la mefa. Sit podremos acatarrar. It
down to table, is very cold^ and we may
No tengo fervilleta, ni get a cold,
cuchillo, ni tencdor, Hace calor y no es fano el
/ have no napkin^ nor andar a medio dia, 'The
knife^ nor fork. weather is hot^ and it is
'Efta 611a efta bien gui- not wholfome to walk at
fada, Thii foup is very noon,
well made, Quedemonos pues aqui.
No como carne gorda, / Then let us flay here,
eat 710 fat meat, Durmamos la fiefta. Let
us take an afternoon^ s nap,
Aqui
A New Spanish Grammar. 319
lica poco gana, 6 pier-
Aqui viene fulano. Here
comes fucb a one.
Rogadle que entre, Defin
him to come in.
Que nuevas trahe v. md.
What news do you bring.
No hai cofa de nuevo,
^here is nothing new,
Cierto que hai muchas no-
vedades. Indeed there is
much news,
Contadnos alguna cofa,
fell us fomething,
Dicen que el conde de N,
fe ha csiizdo ^They fay the
earl of N. is married.
Que fc cafe, 6 fe dexe de
cafar, que nos importa ?
Vinoeiher he marries or
marries not^ what does
it concern us ?
Hai avifo que el duque de
N. fe ha muerto, ^here
is advice that the duke
of N. is dead^
Mas quiero que fe mueran
feisduques, quemorir-
me yo, I had rather fix
dukes fhould die than die
myfelf ^
Si no haceis cafo de mis
nuevas,que quereis que
OS diga ? If you do not
regard my news^ what
would you have me fay
to you ?
Morirfe efte, 6 cafarfe el
otro, cofa es que cad a
dia fucsde, y la repub-
de en ello. For one man
to die and another to be
married is what happens
every day^ and the pub-
lick neither gains nor lofes
much by it,
Muchos fon de parecer
que havra guerra,/l/^«y
are of opinion that there
will be a war,
'Otrosporfian que ha de
haver paz. Others affirm
there will be peace,
Los coflarios de j^rgel ha-
cen mucho dano. The
Algier rovers do much
mifchief,
Pues Ids de Tunes y Tripoli
no eftan ociofos, Thofe
of Tunis and Tripoli
are not idle,
Conoceis aquella dama?
Bo you know that lady f
Bien la conofco, es mui
hermofa, / know her
very welly fhe is a great
beauty,
Mui modefla, y mui dif-
creta. Very modeft^ and
very difcreet,
Tiene gran dote. She hai
(?. great portion,
Su madee fiempre la acom-
pana. Her mother is al-
ways with her.
La hija es mui obediente.
The daughter is very obe-
dient.
320 A New Spanish Grammar,
Y la madre bien lo me- Que nos importa, IVbcii^
rece, /ind the mother is that to us,
deferves it, Vamos a la plaza, Let us
Pues fu hijo es bizarro ca- go to thefquare,
ballero, ^hen her fon is Que haremos alia ? What
a fine gentleman, Jhall we do there f
Ha fervido con reputacion Ver y fer viftos,^^^ andhe
en la guerra. He has feen,
ferved in the war with Que hora es ? What a dock
reputation, is it ?
Ademas, es hombre de Son\z.^(\\Ji2XrOyFour acloch
letras, Befides he is a No putdQ kr^It cannot be,
man of learning. For mi relox afsi es, // is
Mui cortes. Very court e- fo by my watch,
ous. For el fol no falta un quar-
Nada fanfarron. Nothing tOj // does not want a
given to boafting, quarter by the fun.
For fu valor ha medrado, Aun es temprano para fa-
He has been preferred for lir de cafa, // is too ear»
his valour^ ly to go abroad yet,
Es Coronel de un tercio, Mas vale andar de dia^
He is colonel of a regi- que de noche, // is bet-
went, ter to walk by day than
Veis aquel que paffa ? Do by night,
you fee him that goes by ? De noche todos los gatos
Quien es ? Who is he ? fon pardos. At night all
Es todo lo contrario del cats are gray,
otro, He is jufi the re- Muchos robos fe cometen
verfe of the other, de noche, Many rob-
Comoafsi? Howfo? beries are committed in
Es un miferable, He is a the night,
wretched fellow, Siendo tantos, quien fe
Cobarde en eftremo, A ha de atrever ? Being fo
great coward, many^ who will dare to
Sumamente ignorante, Su- attempt us ?
finely ignorant. La noche es mui fria, The
Dtivi^rgonz^ido, Impudent, night is very cold,
Echador de bravatas, Al" Hagamos buena lumbre,
ways bullying. Let us make a good fire,
Trahed
A New Spanish Grammar
321
Trahed carbon, 5m^rW/. Laftima es que fe impri-
¥..Q.\\2id\^n2i^ Lay on wood. man tales difparates. It
Cerrad elfa puerta, Shut
that door,
Lcamos un rdto, Let us
read a while.
Que libros Ton eflos ?
IVhat hooks are thefe ?
T6J0S fon de entrecenl-
niiento, 'The'j are all of
diverfion.
No gufto de novelas, I do
not like novels.
Ahi hai Comedias, There
are plays.
Si fon buenas fe pueden
is pity that fuch fopperies
fkould be printed.
La emprenta hace mucho
bien, y mucho mal.
Printing does much good,
and much harm,
Adonde hai buen gobier-
no no debiera hacer mal.
Where the government is
good it Jhoulddo no harm.
Adonde le halla elTe buen
gobierno ? Where is that
good government to be
found ?
leer, If they are good En todas partes hai fu Ic-
they 7nay be read
Son de los mejores poetas,
ney are writ by the
heft poets.
Mejor es hiftoria, Hiftory
is better,
Pues que os parece de
viages? What do you
think of voyages ?
Nos dan a conocer todo
gua
de mal camino,
'There is fomething amifs
every where.
No hai cofa perfedla en
efle mundo, Nothingis
perfeU in this world,
Dexemonos de cuentos, y
no jufguemos. Let us
leave off ftories^ and not
judge.
el mundo, fm falir de Merendemos, Let'^s eat
nueftra patria. They our afternoon^ s luncheon.
'Effo es de ninos. That is
like children.
make us acquainted with
all the worldy without
going out of our native Mozos fomos, comamos
mientras podemos, We
are youngs let*s eat
whilft we can.
country.
Aveces nos llenan la ca-
beza de m.entiras. Some-
times they fill our heads Palieemonos un race, Let
with lies.
us walk a little.
Lomifmo hacenlashifto- Ei aire es templado, The
xi^^^HiflQriesdQ the fame, air is temperate.
Y YolySmos
322 A New Span
Volvamos a la ciudad.
Let us return to the city,
Linda calle es efta, This
is a fine ftreet.
Las tiendas fon hermofas,
'The /hops are beautiful,
Mirad la pompa de aquel
tendero, See hozvftately
that J/jop'keeper is,
Bien foberbios fon mu-
chos, Many are very
proud.
En tenicndo dinero fe en-
la nchan, fVhen they
have got money they
grow haughty,
Aquella tendera parece
una condefa, That fe-
male Jhopkeeper^ looks
like a countefs,
Compremos alguna cafa-,
het us buy fomething.
Que guftan vueftras mer-
cedes ? What will you
pleafe to have F
Una tabaquera curiofa,
y^ curious fnuff box.
Tixeras de Francia,
French fcizars,
Hevillas de las mejores,
Some of the befl buckles,
Aqui nada falta, Here is
no want of any thing.
Vueftras mercedes vean lo
que les agrada, Gentle-
men^fee whatpleafes you,
Todo nos parece bi^n,
m like all
I s H Grammar,
Y fobre todo la fefiora,
And the lady above all,
Mui obligada les eftoi, /
am much obliged to you,
Adonde hai merito, no
hai obligacion, Where
there is merits there is no
obligation.
Alabad mi hacienda y no
mi perfona, Praife my
goods and not my per/on.
^Eflb fuerainjufticia, That
would be unjufl,
Comprad lo que fevende.
Buy what is to be fold.
Mas quifiera la fenora que
toda la tienda, 1 would
rather have the 7ntflref$
than all the Jhop,
Mi marido no me vende.
My hujhand will not fell
me,
Ni el querra defhacerfe de
tal alaja, ni hai precio
que la com pre, Neither
/will he part with fuch a
jewels nor will any mo*
ne^ purchafe it.
Aqui viene mi marida.
Here comes my hufband.
Dichofo es el. He is a
happy man,
Haveis moftrado a eftos
fenores lo que les agra-
da ? Have you fhown
thefe gentlemen what the'j
lih?
TodQ
A New Spanish Grammar. 323
Todo aqui nos contenta, De mirar un demonio.
All here pleafei us, defpues de haver vifto
^RQo eslo quedeseo, That un Angel, 'To look upon
is what I wijh, a devil after having fern
Mui venturofo fois, Tou an angel.
are very fortunate. Tan fea como es, prefu-
No me puedo quexar de me de fi. As ugly as ftoe
mi fuerte, 1 cannot com- is, fhe has a conceit of
plain of my lot. herfelf.
Dios OS guarde, God keep PalTemos, que no puedo
you. tohviirh. Let us pa fs by ^
El mifmo vaya con vue- for I cannot endure her.
flras mercedes, God go El Rey viene, Dios Iq
with you. guarde, The kingiscom-^
Aca voh^remos por lo i«^, God hlefs him,
que fe ofreciere, JVe Paremonos aqui, Let us
fhall return hither for fiand here,
what we want. Quien viene en el coche
Seran fervidos con toda con fu mageftad ? Who
eftimacion, Tou Jh all he is in the coach with his
ferved with all refpeEl. majefty ?
Haveis vifto mas bella La Reyna nueftra feiiora
criatura ? Uid you ever foberana, Our f over ei^
fee a more charming lady the queen,
creature ? Los otros dos perfonages,
Parece que OS ha enamo- The other two great per^
rado, Tou feem to he in fons,
love with her. El caballerizo mayor,"
Mi amor es cafto. My The mafler of the horfe,
love is chafte. Y el gran teforero, And
Su prefencialo merece, the high treafurer.
Her prefence deferves it. En el primer coche quien
Aqui teneis otro eftremo, hai ? Who is in the firfl
Here you have the con- coach ?
trary extreme, Los gentiles- hombres,
Dios nos libra, God deli- The gefitlemen ufhers,
ver us. Las libreas fon mui ricas,
De que os afuftais ? What The liveries are very
are you frighted atf rich,,
Y 2 Las
324 A New Spanish Gfammar,
Las guardas fon viftofas.
The guards are a ver-j
fine fight.
Adonde va fu mageftnd ?
Whither is his viajefi'j
going f
Alacomedia, fo the flay,
Pues lo fabeisjdecidmeal-
go de la corte, Since you
know ity tell me foine-
thing of the court.
Las cortes todas fe pare-
cen, Jll courts refemhle
one another,
Pero el gobierno de Efpa-
na como es ? But how is
the government of Sp^Lin ?
El Rey es abfoluto, The
king is ahfolute.
Que fon las Cortes ? What
are the Cortes ?
Los procuradoresdel Rei-
no. The reprefentatives
of the kingdom.
Tienen poder fobre el
Rey ? Have they any
fower above the king ?
El Rey de Efpafia no co-
noce fuperior, The king
of Spain owns no fupe-
rior,
De que sirven las Cortes ?
What is the ufe of the
Cortes ?
De repreientar las necef-
fidades del Reino, T'o
reprefent the wants of
the kingdom.
No fenalan los tributes ?
Bo not they fet the Taxes ?
Tambien effo les toca,
That alfo belongs to them.
No lo rehufan a veces ? Do
not they refufe it fome-
times.
Los Efpanoles fon mui
leales, The Spaniards are
very loyal.
No refpondeis a mi pre-
gunta, Tou do not an-
fwer my queflion.
Pareceme que fi, 1 think I
do.
Como afsi ? How fo ?
Porque fiendo tan leales,
le dan a fu Rey lo que
pide, Becaufe being fo
loyaly they give the king
what he ajks.
Y el Rey no pide mas de
lo que ha menefter.
And the king aJks no
more than he wants,
Dichofo Rey, y dichofa
gente, an happy kingy
and an happy people.
Contadme las grandezas
de Efpana, Tell me
what relates to the gran-
dour of Spain.
Hai en Efpana doce Rei-
nos, 6 provincias gran-
des, There are in Spain
twelve kingdoms^ or
large provinces.
Quales
A New Span
Quales fon ? IVhich are
they ?
Caftilla, (Caftile^) Leon,
Aragon, Navarra,(iY<fZ-
varre) Catalufia {Cata-
lonia) Gal icia, Valencia,
Murcia, Bifcaya, (Bif-
cay) Granada, Andalu-
zia, Eftremadura.
Eftas contienen diez y feis
mil, y fetecientas villas,
nefe contcin 16700
towns.
'Once Arzobifpados, 1 1
arMiJho-pricks,
Quarenta y ocho Opifpa-
dos, 48 bi/ho pricks,
Qiiince Univerfidades, 15
univerfities.
Les rentas realcs montan
treinta millones de du-
cad OS, The kin^s re-
venue amounts to ^o
millions of ducats.
La renta de los fufodi-
chos arzobifpados y o-
pifpados, dos millones
deducados,57?^ revenues
of the aforefaid arch-
hifhopricks andhifhopricks
are two millions of ducats.
Las prebendas, parochias,
y otros beneficios otro
tanto. The prebends^ pa-
rifhes^ and other bene-
fices as much more,
Conventos fecuentan mas
de nueve mil^ The mQ-
iSH Grammar. 325
naft cries are reckoned to
be above 9000.
Las perionas religiofas fe-
tenta mil, The religious
ferfons 70000.
Las haziendas de los Du-
ques que fon Grandes
de Efpana fe eftiman
en un millon nueveci-
entos y noventa mil
dijcados. The eftates of
the dukes that are Gran-
dees 1990000 ducats.
Las de los Marquefes
Grandes trecienros y
cinquenta mil, Thofe of
the marquejfes Grandees
at 350000.
Las de los Condes Gran-
des trecientos y cin-
quenta mil, Thofe of the
earls^ Grandees ^soooo.
Las de los Duques, Mar-
quefes, y Condes, que
no fon Grandes, tres
millones ciento y cin-
quenta mil, Thofe of the
dukes^ marqueffeSy and
earls who are not Gran^
dees three millions
150000.
Todo efto en Efpaiia, All
this in Spain,
Los dominios de las In-
dias fon immenfos. The
dominions in the Indies
are immenfe.
Y3
Sa
326 A New Spanish Grammar,
Su theforo enriquece a to- go home to talk of thefe
do el mundo, Its trea- affairs^ for I am much
fures enrich all the delighted with them,
world, Vamos que fe llega la no-
Recojamonos para tratar che, Let us go^ for
defias colas, que gufto night draws on.
mucho dellas. Let us
Coloquio Primcro en una Hofteleria.
Firji difcourfe in an Inn,
^.yXlos fea en efl:a ca- A./^ 0 B he in this
jL/ ^^' OYdi^ quien Vj" ^oufe, Ho-jy who
hai alia dentro ? is there within ?
B. En hora buena venga B. Sir, you are very weU
V. m. come,
A, Sois vos el huefped ? A. Are you the landlord?
B, Soi el mozo, y cria- B. I am the man ^ and fer-
do de cafa, para fervir vant of the houfe, to
a los huefpedes honra- ferve fuch worthy guefts
dos como V. m. as you ^ Sir.
'A, Sere yo bien hofpe- A. Shall I be well enter-
dado aqui efta noche ? tained here to night ?
B. Si fenor, v. m. fera B. Tes^ Sir, you will be
mui bien tratado, y no very well treated, and
le faltara cofa que ape- Jhall want for nothing
tefca. you can defire,
A. Como fe llama el hue- A. What is my landlord's
fped ? name ?
B. Llamafe Guillermo el B. His name is William
Bueno. Good.
A. Quicra Dios que tal A. God grant I may find
le halle. Qual es la en- hijn fuch. What fi^ has
fena de lu cafa ? he to his houfe ?
B. Mejor
A New Spanish Grammar. 3 27
B. Mejor no le hallara B. 7'ou will not find a heU
V. m. en ninguna parte. ter any where, The fign
La enfeiia es la jufti- is Jujiice.
cia.
^. Buen huefped en cafa, A. A good landlord in the
y la jufticia a la puer- houfe^ and jujiice at the
ta, no hai mas que def- door^ there is nothing
fear, fino es que ieais elfetobedefir'd,butthai
vos conforme a Jo de- you be fuitable to the
mas. rejl,
B. V. m. diga de mi lo B. Sir, Tou may /peak of
que la experiencia le me as you Jhall find by
enfefiare -, que no es de experience \ for it is not
hombres honrados a- the part of honejl men t9
labarfe a fi proprios. commend themfelves,
A. Ea pues, ilevad mi A. Well then Jead my horfe
caballo a lo cabal leri- to the ftable^ litter him
T.2i^ dadle harta paja, y well^ and take not off his
no Je quiteis luego la faddle prefently, becaufe
SI 11a, que viene iudado. he is hot,
B. Manda v. m. que le B. Do you pleafe I Jhall
lleve al rio a beber, o lead him to the river to
que le de agua en la drink, or that I give
caballeriza ? him water in the Jiable,
A. Dexadle primero re- A. Let him cool firft, and
frefcar, y defpues dadle then give him his water,
el agua, no le de toro- lefi: he Jhould have the
zon el beber eftando gripes by drinking when
tan caliente. he is hot,
B, V. m. es fervido que B. Does it pleafe you. Sir,
le quite las boras, y le that I draw off your
trahiga linos pantuflos? boots, and bring you a
pair of flippers,
A, Bien dices, trahedlos ; A. Tou are in the right 5
porquc he perdido mis bring them, for I have
zapatos en el camino.. loft my Jhoes by the way,
Trahedme tambien u- Bring me alfo a brujhto
na efcobilla para lim- clean my cloaths, and
piar el veftido, y agua water to cool my hands,
Y 4 para
2 28 A New Spanish Grammar,
pararefrefcarmelasma- and mouthy and get rid
nos y la boca, y quitar of all this duft^
todo efte polvo.
B, Aqui tiene v. m. todo B. Here n all ^ou afk for^
lo que pide j defcanle, 5/>, reft your felf^ and
y mire fi quiere cenar confider whether you
lolo, o con 16s otros will fup alone^ or with
huefpedes. the other guefts,
^, Mas vale cenar adon- A. // is better to fup with
de hai converfacion company^ than aione^
que folo, y en cenando and when Ihavefupped,
meacoftare, quevengo I will go to bed ^ for I
canfado, y quicro def- am weary ^ and will reft
canfar. me.
B, Mui bien hara v. m. B. Ton will do very welly
pero con ayuda de un «Sfr, hut with the help of
traguito de vino, fe aliitlewine^ajnanfteeps
duerme mejor. better.
A. No es mdlo el confe- A. Tour advice is not amifs.^
jo, yo me acomodo it fits me \ let us go then.,
con el 3 Vamos pues, fi if it is time,
es hora.
B, Todo efta aparejado, B. Jll is ready ^ and they
y foloefperan a v. m. only wait for you^ Sir.
A, Pues yo voi, que no A. / go then., for it is not
es razon hacer defco- reafonable to incommode
mod id ad a los demas ; the reft ; and to fay the
y para decir la verdad, truth, I find 7ny f elf well
me hallo bien dilpueRo difpofed to eat, for hun^
para comer ; que la ger begins to pinch. Gen-
hambre empieza a pi- ilemen, I am very glad
car. Mucho me alegro, iofindfuch good compa-
Senores, de hallar tan tiy, be pleafed to fit
buenacompania, v^m^ down^
fe sirvan de fentarfe.
C. En tomando v. m. fu C, Sir, when you are feat-
afliento, nos iremos to- ed, we will all place our
dos acomodando. felves,
A. Mucho
A New Spanish Gram?nar. 329
J. Mucho me honran v^ A. Ton honour me muchy
m'. yo aqui eftoi mui Gentlemen^ I am ver'j
bien ; no gaftemos el well here ; let us not
tiempo en cumplimi- wajie time in compli-
entos, que la cena fria merits^ for the fupper
no cs buena. cold^ is not good.
D. Pues efte Caballero lo D. Since this gentleman
manda, obedelcamos. commands ity let us obey,
Aqui no fon menefter Here is no need of car-
trinchantes, mejor es vers^ it is better for eve-
que cada uno eche ma- ry one to lay hold of what
no a lo que le agradare, he likes^ and let us eat
y comamos ahora ; que noWy for we Jhall have
defpues havra tiempo time to talk as much as
para difcurrir lo necef- is requi/ite afterwards.
iario.
yf. 'Efto es lo que a mi A. That fuits me very well^
me conviene, por ha- becaufe I have made a
ver hecho Jornada lar- long journey^ and eaten
ga, y CO mi do poco. little,
E. Mozo, dame de beber, E. Waiter ^ give me drink
para aguzar el apetito. to Jharpen my appetite.
B. V. m. me diga lo que B. Sir^ you will kll me
giifta de beber. what you pleafe to drink,
E. Dame un buen trago E. Give me a good glafs of
de vino de Francia, que French wine^ which is
es el mejor a mi giifto. the befl in my opinion,
A. A mi, un buen vafo A. Give me a good cup of
de cerveza, que tengo beer^ for I am thirflf^
fed, y es buena para and that is good to quench
matarla. it.
D. Si teneis buena cidra, D. If you have good cyder^
por principio de cena I like it better than any
me agrdda mas que 6- other liquor to begin with
tra bebida. at fupper.
C, Pues para mi, el vino C. For me^ Rhenijh wine
del Rhin es el mayor is mofl delicious^ if it be
regalo, fi es verdadero, right.
*
E. Diccn^
33^ A New Spanish Grammar.
E. Dicen, que el vino de E. They fay Canary is for
Canarias cs para muge- women^ hut for my pa-
rts y per 6 a mi gulto, laie none is to compare to
no hai ninguno que fe it,
le iguale.
\A. El vino en general es A. JVine in general is let-
mejor que quantas cofas ter than all other things^
ban inv^ntado Ids horn- 7nen have invented to
bres para paladearfe, o pleafe their palates^ or
antes para deftruirfe. rather to dejtroy them-
felves,
C. Los que exceden dela C. ^ofe who exceed tern-
templanza, para de- perance^ wajie it to de-
ftruirfe lo galtan *, pe- Jlroy tbemfelves ; hut
TO con moderacion to- with moderaiiun, all li-
dos los liquores le pue- quors 7nay he ufed,
den tomar.
D. Si la gente fe gober- D. If people would govern
nara como debe, todas themfches as they ought ^
las cofas crio Dios para God created all things for
fervicio del genero hu- the fervice of humane
mano, y vemos el ex- race^ yet we fee the ex-
ceflb que hai en todas. cef there is in all,
E. Han dado en abraf- E. ^hey are fallen into a
farfe las entranas con way of hurning out their
aguaardiente de mil howels with a thoufand
generos, y las mugeres forts of flrong waters^
en hartarfe de tea hafta and the women of filling
que no les cabe. themfelves with tea^ till
they cannot hold it.
F. En efta cafa no falta F. There is nothing wanting
' nada, que fe pueda a- in this houfe^ that can he
petecer para comer, o defired to eat and drink
beber regaladamente. daintily,
A. Bien fe echa de ver A. That is vifihle in what
por lo que aqui tene- we have here he/ore us^
mos prefente, y fera and it will he convenient
bien no cometamos las that we do not commit
culpas
A New Spanish Grammar. 331
culpas que condenamos the faults we hlame in
en otros. others.
C. Que hora es, para que C. fVhat a clock is /V, that
nos acoftcmos tan pre- we Jhould gotohedfo ha-
fto, teniendo ocafion Jlily, when we can divert
de divertirnos. ? our/elves ?
B, Han dado las doce. B. // has ft ruck twelve.
C, El tiempo no fe fiente C. ^ime flips azvay in good
en buena converfacion. Company,
D. Bueno fera retirarnos, D. // will be well for us to
que tambien la gente withdraw^ for the peo-
de cafa ha de defcanfar. pie of the houfe muft reji
too.
E. Mui buenas noches les E. God give you a very
de Dios a vueftras mer- good nighty Gentlemen.
cedes.
yf, Venid vos conmigo, A. Do you come along with
mozo ? mey waiter ?
B. Aqui eftoi para fervir B. / am here at your fer-
a fu me reed. vice^ Sir.
A. Ayudadme a defnu- A. Help to undrefs me.
dar.
B. Aqui efta la fervilleta B. Here is the napkin for
para el bonete. a cap,
A, Efta bien enjuta, y las A. Is it very dry^ and
favanas lo eftan ? mirad are the fheets fo ? ^ake
no me mateis con ropa heed you do not kill me
humeda. with damp linnen.
B. Mi ama es mui cuida- B. Mymiftrefsisverycare-
dofa en efle particular, fulinthatparticular^fhe
es muger de concien- is a confcientious woman^
cia, y no quiere que and will not have her
padefcan los huefpedes, guefts fluff er through her
por fu defcuido. negle5i.
A. Pocas hai tan culda- A. Few take fluch care
dofas de fus huefpedes, ofl their gueftsy or of
o de fus almas ; las mas their own floulsy moft of
-como cobren el dinero, them^ fo they get the
2 60
332 A New Spanish Grammar,
no fe acuerdan de otra ptone'j^ think of nothing
cofa, elfe,
J5. V. M. gufta que le B, Does it pleafe 'jou^ Sir^
sirva en otra cofa ? I Jhould ferve you any
farther ?
A, Por ahora no me fal- A. At prefent I only want
ta mas que dormir, y to fleep^ and I find it
el fueno fe va acercan- coming upon me,
do.
B. Dios fe le de a v. m. B. God grant you very
defcanfado. good rejl^ Sir,
Coloqulos Efpanoles e Inglefes.
Spantjh a7td Englijh Colloquies.
Coloqulo fegundo, C o l l o q^u y II.
JEntre do5 Caminantes^ lia- Between two Travellers,
mddos Don Juan, y Don called Mr John^ and
Ricardo; interviniendo a Mr Richard \ their two
tykes fus dos Criddos^ y Servants, and an Holt,
nn Huefped, fomecimes putting in a
word.
D. J.QAlido hemos al ^^IWJ^ ^^^ ^^
j^ tin de Sevllla, VV ^^^gih got
out o/Sevil.
D. R, Harto me pefa Mr R. This parting
a mi de la falida, pero es troubles 7ne fufficiently^ hut
fuerza hacer de la necefli- it is requiftteto make virtue
dad virtud ; que quien of necejjity ; for when a
mas no puede^ morir fe man can do no more^ he
dexa. mujl fuhmit to dye.
D. J, Que haveis dex- Mr J. PJ^hat have you
ado atras que tanto os a- left behind^ that you are fo
flige fu aufencia ? tnuch grieved at its ahfence ?
V.R.
A New Spanish Grammar. 333
D. 2^. No he dexado Mr R. / have left no
menos, que el corazon, y lefs than m^ hearty and foul ^
el alma *, que ha dias, que which have been for fome
eftan en poder de cicrta time pajl at the difpofal of
da ma. a certain lady.
J, Dexadla, pues ella J. Do not mind her,
fe queda quieta enfu cafa, ftnce /be is at eafe in her
y rogara a Dios por nofo- houfe^ and will pray ta
tros, que nos vamos can- God for us^ who are tiring
fando por efte cam 1 no. ourfelves upon our journey,
R, Podreyodeciroslo R. I may fay to you ^ as
que dixo un amigo, a a friend did^ whofe young
quien fe le avia muerto un child was newly dead^ when
nino, que coni^oV^ndoh fo?ne comforted him, faying,
algiKios condecir, tendria he would have one to pray
quien rogafie por el en el for him in heaven, and he
cielo, reipondio ; no fe fi anfwered-, 1 know not whe^
tendra tanta habilidad. ther be is capable of it,
J. Mejor podreis decir J, Tou had better fay as
lo que dixo el otro llevan- another did, who when bis
do a fu muger a enterrar ; wife was buried, being ajk-
que preguntandole como ed^hy he did not go with
no iba con ella en el en- the burial, anfwered, let
tierro, refpondio, Vaya- her go fo for this time, I
fe eft a vez afli, que a otra know what I have to do in
yo fe lo que tengo de ha- the next,
cer.
R. Dexemos gracias, R. Let us leave jefting,
que no puedo tan prefto for I cannot fo foon forget a
olvidar a quien tuve tanta perfon I fo entirely loved.
voluntad.
7. No fe, fi me aven- J. 1 know not whether
ture a decir, que en efta / may venture to fay, that
dama tuvifteis mal gufto. you had no good fancy in the
lad).
R. Porque ? R. IVhy ?
7. Porque es mui gor- J. Buaufs fie is very
t3a, fat.
R. Contra
234 -^ ^^'^ Spanish Grammar,
R. Contra gufto, no R. There is no arguing
hai difputa. Quanto y againft taftes. Befides, a fat
mas, que la muger gorda woman is cool in fummer^
es frelca en el verano, y and keeps a man warm in
en el invierno tiene con winter^ and is not all hones
que abrigarfe un hombre, to hruife h'lm,
y no huelTos que le hagan
mal.
7. No nos metamos en J. Let us not enter upon
femejante difputa ; dexe- fuch a controverfy ; let us
mos a cada loco con fu leave every mad-man to his
tema, y volvamos a ha- own humour ^ and let us a-
blar de Sevilla, que defde gain talk ^/Sevil, for from
efta cuefta fe divifa algii- this hill, there is a view
na parte de fu grandeza, of fome part of its gran-
que no es tan poca que no dour^ which is not fo incon-
fe pueda decir mucho en ftderaUe^ hut that much
fu alabanza. may hefaid in praife of it,
R, La torre es la que R. // is the fteeple that
fe parece. appears,
7. Notable es fu altu- J. The height of it isve-
ra, y mas que pueden ^- ry remarkable^ and it is fo
bir hafta lo alto della dos much more that two perfons
perfonas juntas a caballo. together may ride up a
horfe-hack to the top of it,
R, Y la Giralda, * que R. And what can the
le fajta fi con cada viento * Giralda want, if fhe
fe muck. turns with every wind.
J, 'Efto yo lo jurara. J. I would freely fwear
it,
R. Dire is, que porque R. Tou mean, hecaufe
tiene nombre de hembra. fhe hears a womar^s name.
* Note, That this Giralda is the name cf a "jaji Figure of a Wo-
man, that jiands ofi the top of the aforefaid great Steeple of Sevil, and
fer'vesfor a Weather-cock^ turning 'with the Windy and is called G'l-
ralda for Gil-adla ; and this from Girar, to turn about ^^.vith the
Wind.
7, T
A New Spanish Grammar. 335
7. Y effo no baRa ? Pe- J. Jnd is not that fuf-
ro volvamos a nueftro ficient ? But let us return to
tema. our fubje^,
R. 'Efta torre con las R, This tower ^ with
dos herriianas a los lados, the two fifters on the fides
fon armas de fu fanta i- of ity are the arms of its
glefia. holy church,
J, Quien fon las dos J. IVho are the two ft*
hermanas ? fters ?
R. Santa Ju/la, y San- R. 5"/ Julia, a^dSt Ru-
ta Rufina^ Patronas defta fina, the patronejfes of this
gran ciudad. great city,
J, Siento en el alma el J. // grieves me to the
no haber vifto en ella el heart that I have iwt feen
monumento que hacen el in it the fepulcre they make
jueves fanto. on Maundy Uurfday,
R, Es cofa peregrina R. That is very extra^
cflb, y las limofnas que ordinary^ as are the alms
fc dan efla femana. which are given that week,
J. Por cierto, que la J. The church is cer-
Iglefia es fumtuofa. tainly very fumptuous.
R. Haveis notado las R. Have you obferved
muchas Capillas que tie- how many Chapels^ Doors^
ne, puertas, y Altares ? and Altars it has ?
J. No. J. A^^.
R, Pues paflfan de fe- R. Then^ there are a-
tenta los Altares que hai hove feventy Altars in it*,
ella ; tiene tambien it has alfo nine doors^ and
nueve puertas, y ochenta eighty windows. The gran-
vidrieras. La grandeza de dour oftheftepsis extraordi-
aquellas gradas es cofa nary ^without mentioningthe
peregrina; y fin efto, el Archbifhop^Dignitaries^Ca*
Arzobifpo, Dignidades, nons, Demy-Canons^ Vi^
Canonigos, Racioneros, cars Chorals^ Chaplains^
Veinteneros, CapelJanes, Muficiam^ Sacrifans^ Sing-
Muficos, SacriftaneSjMo- ing-boy 5, Vergers, and ma-
zos de choro, Pertigue- nymore\ but what h a^
ros, y otros muchcs ? bove all the revenue only
fobre
336 A New Spanish Grammar,
fobre todo, palTa la renta for repairs^ is above fifty
de fola fu fabrica de cin- thoufand Ducats,
quenta mil Ducados.
7. La cuftodia, diccn, J. The tabernacle, they
que es cofa SLdmirkhh fay ^ is a wonderful thing to
vella. befeen,
R. Es tan grande que R. It is fo big that it is
la lie van en un carro. carried in a cart.
J. Pucs que tendra de
pefo ?
i?. Mas de mil y tre-
cientos marcos de plata,
que hacen veinte y feis
arrobas; de altiira tres
varas y media ; y efto,
fm la cruz que lleva por
remate, que es de una
quanta ; y el ancho de co-
luna tiene cerca de dos
varas.
y. Sofpecho que es u-
na de las ciudades mas
antiguas Sevilla, de quan-
tas hai en Efpana.
R. Mil fetecientos y
veinte y fiete anos, antes
que Chrifto feencarnafle,
tuvo principio fu antigua
fundacion. Pero dexan-
do efto, es fin niimero la
riqucza que en fi cncier-
ra, y la remota gente que
en ella fe halla.
7. Muchas cofas hai
que aflombran en efta
ciudad, como la Alcai-
zeria, el Real Alcazar,
la Aduana, cafa (4e la Mo-
J. PVhat may it weigh
then,
R. Above a thoufand
three hundred marks of
plate, which amount to fix
hundred weight and a halfy
the height three yards and
a half without including
the crofs on the top, which
is a quarter of a yard long ;
and the breadth of it be-
tween the columns, is near
two yards.
J. I fancy Sevil is one of
the antienteji cities in Spain.
R. The ancient founda-
tion of it was laid a thou^
fand feven hundred and
twenty -fev en years before
the incarnation of Chrijl,
Befides, the wealth it con-
tains is iinmenfe, as is the
number of remote nations
that refort to it,
J. "There are many things
to be admired in this city, as
the exchange of fhops, the
royal palace, the cuftom-
houfe^ the mint, the mer-
neda^
A New Spanish Grammar, 337
neJa, Lonja de los mer- chants exchange^ the goaly
cadcres, la Carcel, la Al- the granaries^ jis jnrifdic-
hondiga, fa juridici(5n con tion with power of life and
horca y cuchillo, ^c. death ^ &c.
R. Sin clto, proved »Sd'- R. Befides^ StvW far-
villa de azeite a todo el nifjjes the whole kingdom^and
Reino, y las Undias. the Weft- Indies with oil.
J. Yo he oido decfr, J. 1 have heard it faid^
que miichos dias fe regi- that fever al days ^ above ten
liran en la aduana mas de thottfand ar?'ohas {that is
diez mil arrobas. 125 tun) are entered in the
cifto?n houfe.
^. Hablar de fus bafti- R. // would beendlefto
mentos de pan, vino, car- talk of ils provifions^ of
ne, fruras, caza, y pelca- bread, wine, flcjh, fruits^
do, feria nunca acabar. fowl^ and ffJo,
y. Las dos col Unas que J. The two jillars in it,
tiene, en Ja una pucfta la wiih the figure of Hercu-
figura de Hercules, primer Ics^ the fir ft founder of this
fundador defta gran ciu- great city on one of them-,
dad \ y en la ocra Julio and on the other, that of
Cefar, que la iluftro.con Julius Cjcfar, who adorn-
Jos muros, y cercas que la ed it with the walls, and
rodcan, y quince puertas works that encompafs 1.%
en eilos que la engrande- and fifteen gates in it that
zen ; Ton, porcierto, me- contribute to its grandour,
morables. are very remarkable.
R. Si miramos en ello -, R. If zve rightly confix
que mayor grandeza que der it \ what more gran-
eftos Caiios de Carmona, dour than this A^ueduU of
que fabricaron los Moros. Carmona, which was built
by the Moors.
J. Pues haveis nom- J. Since you have nam-
brado a Carmona, decid ed Carmona, give fome
algo della, porque yo no account of it, for I have
la he vffto mas que de feen no more than in paffmg
pafTo, y fe que dilta feis through, and know it is fi-^
leguas de Sevilla, leagues from Sevil.
Z R. La
338 A New Spanish Grammar.
R, La ciudad de Car- R. ne city of Carmo-
inona eftd puefta en sitio na is feattd on an eminence^
eminente, con fuertes mil- and has ftrong walls, with
ros, 118 torres, y vifto- 118 towers on them, a
fo alcazar; regando fus heautifulpalace^anditsfpa-
dilatadas vegas Cd?>i?o;;d'jy cious medows are watered
Guaddna. Produce fu ter- hy the rivers Carbones and
mino mucho pan, vino, Guadana. Its territory
azeice, aves, frutas, horca- produces much corn, wine,
lizas, ganados, y todo lo oil, fowl, fruit, herbs, cat-
que es neccfsario para la tie, and all that is necejjary
vida humana. Tiene la for human life. The city
ciudad tres mil vezinos, contains three thoufand fa-
divididos en fiete Parro- viilies, divided into fevenpa^
chias, con cinco conven- rijhcs, with five monajieries
los de Frailes, otros tan- of men, and as many of
tos de Monjas, y buenos nuns, and good Hofpitals.
Hofpitales.
J, No haveis oido ha- J. Have not you heard
blar de una famofa hechi- talk of a famous witch faid
zera que dicen huvo un to have lived fometime in
tiempo en Sevzlla, y def- Sevil, and to have removed
pues fe paflo a Car?ndna ? thence to Carmona ?
R. No folo he oido ha- R. / have not only heard
blar della, pero la conoci, talk of her, hut I knew her,
y vi todos fus inftrumen- and faw all her tools, which
tos, que no eran fino Unas were mere trumpery, and
baratijas, por lo qual no therefore I believe nothing of
creo en hechizos. witchcraft.
J. Yo a la verdad creo J. For my part I verily
que los hai ; pero que los believe there is -, but whe-
haya, o no los haya, de- ther there is, or is not, tell
cidme lo que fabeis de a- me what you know of that
quella vieja embuftera. cheating eld woman.
R. 'Ella feaprovecha- R. She made ufe of a
ba de mil cofas, como fon thoufand things, as heans^
habas, verbena, piedra verbein, eaglets fione, a bad-
del aguila, pie de texon, ger^s foot, a halter one had
foga de ahorcado, granos been hanged in^ the feed of
z de
A New Spanish Grammar. 339
de helecho, efpina de cri- the fern^ the prickle of an
zo, flor de yedra, hueiTos hedge-hog^ the flower of ivy ^
de corazon de ciervo, 6- the bones of a ftag^s hearty
jos de loba, unguencos de the eyes of a Jhe-wolf^ oint-
gato negro, pedazos de merit of a black cat^ pieces
agujas clavadas en cora- of fieedies fluck in hearts of
zones de cabritos, fangre kids^ blood and beard of a
y barbas de cabron berme- reddijh he-goat^ brains of
jo, leilos de alho, y una an afs^ and a little vial of
redomilJa de azeite fer- oil of ferpeyits^ beftdes other
pentino, fin ocras inven- inventions which 1 cannot
clones de que no me acu- call to mind,
erdo.
J. Y en que pararon J. And 'what came cf all
todos eftos hechizos ? the fe [pells ?
R, En que la encoro- R. That Jbe was carted,
zaron, y a ella, y a otros andjhe, and ten more^ had
diez, Ics dieron trecientos three hundred lafJoes a-pece^
azotes, tras lo qual me after which, fjje fent me
embio a avifar que fe iba word fhe was going to An-
a Antequera^ que fi que- tequera, if I pleafed I ?night
ria la fucfle a ver, y fino go fee her, or if not fhe
que me llevaria en bo- would carry me through the
landas. air.
J. Fuela a ver, o fapo J. Bid you go fee her, or
que fin tuvo ? did you hear what end jhe
had.
R. No la VI, que no R. I faw her not, for it
me importabael bufcarla, did not concern me to look
ni pudo ella con todo fu for her, nor could fJoe with
faber, hacerme bolar ; all her a-rt make me fly i
pero fupe que fue a An- hut I heard ffoe went to An-
tequera, donde la cogie- tequera, where fJje was
ron haciendo hilar un ce- taken making a fievefpin,
dazo, y echando unas ha- and cafting beans, and they
has, y le dieron otros do- gave her two hundred lofocs
cientos azotes, partio de inore-, fhe fet out from thence
alli a Malaga, 2id6ndQdi6 /^Malaga, where fhe end-
fin a fu miferable vida. td her wretched hfe.
Z 2 Criddo
240 A New Spanish Gramtnar.
Criddo I. Senores, no Serv. i. Gerjtlejnen, kt
fe olviden v^ m^ con la not your difcotirfe make you
converdicion, que fe va forget that the night draws
llegando la noche, y fi nos on^ andif wejhould take up
queddmos a la fcna de la at the fign oftheftar {that
eftrella, la cama fera dura, is under the canopy of hea-
y la cena ligera. ven) our bed will be hard,
and our fupper light,
y. La hambre debe de ]. It is likely you are
haver llegado, que la no- hungry^ for night is not fa
che no efta tan cercana, near at hand, but the ad-
pero el avifo no es para we is not amifs,
defpreciar.
Criddo 2. En verdad, Serv. 2. In truth , my
ftfiores mios, que mi ca- maflers,?ny comrade is in the
marada tiene razon, que right, for it is beft to get in-
\o mejor es llegar con dia to the inn by daylight, tofup
a la posada, cenar defpa- at leifure, and go to bed be-
cio, y acollarnos tcmpra- ti?7ies, for thefe horfes will
no, pueseftos caballosnos tire us fuificiently, and gst
traheran harco molidos, us good flomachs, or digefl
y los eftomagos bien ga- what we have eaten.
flados.
R. Pues teneis parte en R. Since you partake in
ella, no fabriais aprove- it, could not you improve
charosde la converlacion, upon the difcourfe, and not
y no poner todo vueftro fet all your thoughts upon
cuidado en comer y dor- eating and fleeping, which
mir, que Ton las cofas en are things in coinmon he»
comiin entre los brutos y tween beafts and 7?ien,
los hombres, ficndo la ra- whereas it is reafon that di-
zon la que nos differencia ftinguiJJjes us from them,
dcllos.
Criddo I. Scnor mas Serv. i. Sir, a rajber
vale una lonja de tozino of bacon is better for a man
para quien tiene hambre, that is hungry, and a foft
y una cama mullida para bed for hi?n that is tired,
quien viene canfado, que than all the reafon in the
toda la razon del mundo 5 world j and reafon itfelf
2 y la
A J.SCW Spanish <^i u<u,n,., , j^»
y k mifma razon nos en- teaches us to feek for that
fena que bulquemos Jo which necejftty requires^ and
que requiere la ncceflidad, to maintain our bodies,
y el lultentar nueftros cu-
erpos.
7. Ea,caminemospues, J. JVell^ let us put on ^
aunque no fea por mas que tho" it he 07ilj to pleafe our
complacer a eftos mozos men^'-ui^hofeem to he hungry -^
que parece que van con and what is Jlill worfe^ I
hambre -, y lo peor, que am afraid ive have lofi our
temo havemos errado el way^ and here is no body to
camino, y aqui no hai a enquire of,
quien preguntar.
R. En quanto al cami- R. As for the way^ I
no,creo que vamos bien fe- helieve we are fafe enough ;
giiros •, pero con todo, howeverfttwill nothe amifs
bueno fera preguntar, pu- to afk^for^ if I mijlake not^
es, fi no me engano, alii I fee afhepherd yonder,
veo un paftor.
J, Lleguemonos alia a J. Let us go thither to
preguntar. ajk.
R. Amigo, decidnos, R. 'Tell us friend, is this
es efte el camino a Car- the way to Carmona ?
7nona ?
Paftor, Bien van v-. m'. Shep. Tou are right,,
el camino es derecho, no Gentlemen^ the way is
le pueden errar. firaight^ you cannot m'lfs it,
J, Qu'into camino ncs J. How far have we yet
queda aun hafla la ciu- to the city ?
dad ?
Paftor, Dos Icguas y Shep. 7wo leagues and
media, todo llano, fin fu- an half without any afcent
bidanibaxada, tierrarafa, or defcenty plain ground,
y limpia. and fair,
R. Dios quede con vos, R. God he with you^
ami go. friend,
Paftor, y vaya con v^ Shep. And go alongwitb
ms. you^ Gentlemen,
Z 3 7. Bien
342 A Nemo Spanish Grammar,
J. Bien podemos ca- J. IFe vtay very well
minar de efpacio, pues te- ride leifurely, fence we have
nemos baftante dia, y con- day enough^ and it is good to
viene aliviar los caballos, eafe the horfes^ who are to
que han de caminar mana- travel to morrow,
na.
Criddo i.Porcierto, ftn- Serv. i. In truths Sir^
or, que es mucha la cari- your charity is very great
dad para con los caballos, towards the horfes, with-
fin acordarfe de que tarn- out confidering that we are
bien nofocros no nos he- not like to lie a-bed,
mos de qucdar en la cama.
Criddo 2. Y fi nos co- Stxv.2. Andifwe JJoould
gen los falceadores, que al fall into the hands of the
anochecer fakn de fus ef- bigh-waymen^ who in the
condrijos, quedarcmos pe- evening come out of their
or librddos, y podra fer lurking holes ^ we fJoall he
que fin cama, ni camfla. in a worfe plight^ and per-
haps have fieither bed nor
Jhirt.
R, Pues quien te dixo R. ^Fhy, who told you^
a ti, que aqui havia fal- that here zvere any high-
teadores ? eftos quando los waymen ? when there are
hai es alia en Sierra Mo* any it is yonder on the moun-
rena ; que en tierra defcu- tain Sierra Morena •, for
bierta como efta no fe a- they dare not fhozv their fa-
treven a moftrar la cara. ces in fuch an open country
as this is.
J. Quanto y ma-s que J. Befides that, we being
fiendo nofotros quatro, y four of us, and all carrying
todos con buenas armas de /rc'-^?';;2j, it mufl he no
fuego, no han de fer pocos fmall number that can rob
los que nos han de poder us ; for hefedes that of our
robar •, porque ademas dt\ money y it would be a great
dinero, fuera mucha per- lofs of reputation to fuffer
dida de reputacion dexar- ourfelves to be firippedwhen
nos defvalijar, vmicndo we are fo well p>rovided.
tan prevenidos.
Criado
A New Spanish Grammar. 343
Criddo i. Yoledoimi Serv. i. I give 'jou my
palabra a v. m. que antes word. Sir, they Jballfooner
me maten que me quiten kill vie than take what I
lo que Uevo, que no me have from ine, for I have
inclmo a palTar Ja noche normndto lie allmghl^Jlar-
en un cam 1 no muriendo ving with hunger^ upon the
de hambre; pero, con to- high^way, and yet it is
do, mas vale guardar lo better to fave what we have
que tenemos en paz, que in peace, than to hazard
no aventurar las vidas en our lives in defence of it^
defenfa dello, fm necefii- without any need.
dad.
R. Bien has dicho, y R. I'ou fay well, and I
yo creo que Dios nos ha believe God has delivered us
librado de femej antes a- from any fuch adventures^
Venturas, pues hemos lie- for we are now at the ci-
gado a las puertas de la ty gates,
ciudad.
J. Apeemonos en efte J. Let us alight at thk
albergue, que es uno de inn, which is one of the
los mejores. befl,
R, Dios fea en efta ca- R. God be in this houfe,
fa.
Huefped. Vs. m^ fean Ho^. T^ou are very weU
mui bien venidos mis fen- come, my maflers,
ores.
J. Tendremosaquito- J. Shall we be furnifhed
do lo necelfario, Huef- with all that is necejjary^
ped ? mire, que fomos landlord? take notice, that
perfonas que nos tratamos we are men who make much
bien. of our felves.
Huefped. Quanto qui- Hoil. Tou will find eve^
fieren vs. ms hallaran, a ry thing you would have
pedir de boca, camas af- here. Gentlemen, ajk and
feadas y sabanas limpias. have neat beds, and clean
fheets.
Criado i. SI, pero pa- Serv. i . Ay , but the fup^
ra cenar, que la cama fm per, for abed without fupper^
cena no hace buen fueno. willnot make one fleep found,
Z 4 R. Mirad
344 ^ ^^'^ Spanish Grammar,
R. Mirad vos por los R. Bo yo look to the
cabal los, que tengan mu- horfes^ that they have plen-
cha y buena paja, buen /}', and good Jiraw, good
heno, y bucna cevada, o hay^ and good barley^ or
avena, y dexad el cuida- oats^ and take no care of
do de la cena, que en the /upper ^ for that is in
buenas manos queda. good hands.
J. Ahora, huefped, J. Now ^ landlord ^zvh at
que hai que comer ? is there to eat ?
Huefped. ¥{2i\\\^hrQ^ CO' Holl. 'There is hare^
nejos, perdices, polios, rabbits^ partridges^ chickens^
pollas, capones, ganfos, pullets^ capon: ^geefe., ducks ^
anades, pavos, carnero, turkeys.^ mutton., beef ^ pork^
vaca, puerco, cabrico ; kid\ do you choofe., Gen-
efcojan mis Senores. tleimn.
K. Con un par de per- R. J couple cf par^
dices, & una buena polia, t ridges., and a good pullet^
havra paranofotros ; pero will be enough for us ; but
para los mozos fera me- cur men muft have feme*
nefler cofa de mas peib. thing more fubftantial,
Huefped. Dexenlo v^ Hofl". Leave it to me^
ms. a mi cuenta que yo Gentlemen., and I will en-
procurare agradar aamos, deavour to pUafe both ma^
y criados. fters andfervants.
J. Sea afsi, haya ba- J. Let it be fo., provide
flante para todcs ; y dad- enough for all \ and now let
nos ahora a probar de us tafie ycur wine., whilfi
vueftro vino, mientras fe the f upper is drejfwg,
guifa la cena.
Huefped. En quanto al Ho^. Js for wine^ there
vino, no le hai mejor en is no better in Spain ; for
toda Efpana -, que aunque tho* I am no drunkard., nor
no foi bcrracho, ni bebe- yet a drinker., what I drink
dor, lo cue yo gado qui- 7?iuft be very good, and
ero que sea bueno, y tal fuch I give to my worthy
]e doi a mis huefpedes guejh,
honrados.
R, No quifiera deci'r R. I would not talk foo^
difparates, peio los bue- lijhlyy but great drinkers
nos
A New Spanish Grammar. 345
nos bebedores tienen por have a faying, that good
refran, que el buen vino wine carries men to heaven.
lleva los hombres al cielo.
J, No entiendo como J. / do not underftand
effo pueda fer. how that can be,
R, Diceii ellos, que el R. 'They fay good wine
buen vino cria buena san- breeds good blood, good blood
gre, la buena sangre en- begets good conditions, good
gendra buena condicion, conditions bring forth good
la buena condicion pare works, good works carr'j
buenas obras, las buenas men to heaven,
obras llevan los hombres
a) cielo.
J. Dexemos eftos di- J. Let us lay afide thefe
chos profanos, y vamonos frofane fayings, and go to
a la iglefia mas cercana, a the next church, to return
dar gracias a Dios que nos thanks to God for having
ha trahido aqui con bien, brought us hither in fafety,
y rogar nos guarde en a- and pray he will prote^
delante. us for the future,
Platicas entre cena. Difcourfe at fupper.
R, No hai mayor re- R. There is no greater
galo que una perdiz. dainty than a -partridge,
J, Para mi no le hai ], There is 710 greater for
mayor, que una buena me, than a good pullet,
poJIa.
R. Contra gufto no hai R. There is no difputing
difputa. Por efto fe gafta againft tafies. That is the
todo. reafon that all things go off",
J. La experiencia nos J. Experience fhows^
mueftra, que lo mas ef- that whatfoever is mofi
cafo es fiempre lo mas e- fcarce, is ever 7nofl valued ;
ftimado •, que lo que an- for that which is over plen-
da fobrado, en poco es tiful, is made little account
tenido. of
R. 'Eflaesverdadmui R. That is a truth well
conocida, y arguir contra known ^ and to argue ugainfi
ella
346 A New Spanish Grammar.
el la fuera negarfe a Jo que /V, would be oppofing that
eflamos viendo con los o- which we daily fee with our
jos ; pcro hai perfonas tan eyes -, but there are fome
amigas de porfiar, que men fo fond of contending^
aun io que efta patente a that they will not believe
Jos ojos no quieren conce- what is evident to their eyes.
der.
y. Por efTo hai tantas J. That is the reafon^
dil'putas en el mundo, por why there are fo many df
el mal natural de tales per- putes in the worlds through
fonas, que noquieren dex- the ill difpofition of fuchper-
arfe lie var de la razon, fi- fons^ who will not fuffer
no de fu vanidad, la qual themfelves to be led by rea-
los hace necios por no pa- fon^ but by their vanity^
recerlo. which makes them fools for
fear of being thought fo,
R, ElTa vanidad es la R. That vanity has the
que mas parte tieneen to- greateft fhare in mofi things
do lo que hacemos, y de- we do^ and fay \ for there
Gimos ; porque pocas 6- arefewwords or anions free
bras, o palabras hai que from fome touch of that
no tengan fu punta defte vice,
vicio.
Huefped. Con fu buena Hoft. With your good
licencia de v^ m^ vengo leave^ Gentlemen^ I come
a faber fi efta la cena a to know whether you like
gufto ; fi faltaalgunaco- your fupper \ or whether
fa en que les podamos fer- any thing be wanting that
Vir en efta cafa, y fi con- this houfe affords^ andwhe-
tenta el vii^o. ther the wine is to your It-
king.
y. Si nos quexaramos, ], If we fhould complain^
la culpa fuera nueftra ; it would be our own fault -y
que en verdad las avesno for in truth the fowls cannot
pueden fer mejores, ni be better, nor better dreffed,
mejor guifadas, y el vino and the wine is fuch^ that
es tal, que fi tuvieramos if we were wont fo to do,
tal coftumbre nos hiciera it would intice us to drink
bebermasdeloneceflarioj more than is nee effary, but
pero
A New Spanish Grammar, 347
pero fin cometer txci^o we will make much of our
nos hemos de regalar con felves without exceeding^ for
el, porque alegra el cora- it chean the heart.
z6n.
R, Es mui honrado R. Our Hofl is a very
nueftro huefped, y fu era- honejl man^ and behaves
to es conforme, y tal lera himfelf accordifigly^ and on
de nueftra parte la paga. our part the pay Jh all befui-
table.
Huefped.Yiv'^nmis kno' Hoft. God preferve you
res muchos anos, por la majty yean^ my majlers^
mucha merced que me for the great favour you do
hacen, y el contento que me, and the fatisfa5fion I
me dan en fervir perfonas receive in ferving perfons of
que tanto merecen ; por- fo much worth ^ for fome-
que a veces defpues de time i after all pojjihle pains
haver trabajado lopofsible has been taken to pleafe^
por agradar, hai algunos there are fome that cannot
que no pueden dar buena give a good word.
palabra.
7, Eflb 6 precede de J. ^at either proceeds
tener mui perverfa condi- from a perverfe temper, or
cion, 6 de fu natural mi- from their covetous nature^
ferable ; por parecerles, believing that defpifing all
que defpreciando quanto that is fet before them, they
Ics ponen delante, quedan are the lefs obliged to pay
menos obligados a J a bu- generoufly, always making
ena paga, rinendo fiem- a broil about the reckoning,
pre fobre la cuenta.
R. Eflb manana Ic ve- R. We Jhall fee that to
remos -, y tengo en tan morrow, and 1 have fo good
buena opinion a nuellro an opinion of my hofl, that*
huefped, que no creo / do yiot believe there will
havra porque renir \ quan- be any caufe to differ -, be-
to y mas que no me hallo fides that, I am no way in^
inclinado a eflas penden- dined to thofe quarreU, and
cias, y fi me la hacen una if I am once put upon, I
vez me guardo de la fe- take care of being fo a fecond
gunda.
348 ^A New Spanish Grammar.
gunda, y avifo a todos los time^ and give notice to as
que puedoquefe guarden. many as I can, that they
may fecure themfelves.
Huefped. Yo]csprom6- Hod. I pro?nife you,
to a v^ m'. que no tendran Gentlemen, you Jhall have
de que guardarfe, fi lacu- 7io occafion to Jhun me, if
enta no les contentare, pa- the reckoning does not pleafe
garan lo que guftaren *, you,you Jhall pay what you
que yo fe que no han de pleafe, for I know you
querer que les sirvan de would not hefervedfor no-
valde, 6 que pierda quien thing, or have me lofe by
les sirve. ferving you,
J. Amigo, vueftrobu- J. Friend, your civility
en proceder nos tiene ob • has obliged us, and we will
ligados, y nofotros no not fail to do accordingly ;
dexaremos de correfpon- let us now go to bed, and
der ; acoftemonos ahora, a good night to you,
y quedad a buenas no-
ches.
Huefped, Nlui buenas fe Hod. God give you a
las de Dios a v^ m^ very good nighty Gentlemen,
Coloquios
A New Spanish Grammar. 349
M5tel >*.' SJfiJj^^ ^/JXA yJi /-c5 ^^5 j*^ ;>^< J^^ ;^< • ;^^ /^5 J.*^ ^>^^ l^ ^/J. ^/^"/Ji y^ ?j^
Coloquios Efpanoles e Inglefes.
Spanijh a7td EngliJ}j Colloquies.
Coloquio tercero. C o l l o qjj y III.
Entre un ' A?no llamddo Between a Mafter called
Don Alonfo, 7 fu Cri- Don Alonfo^ and his
ddo^ un Sdjire, y una Servant, a Taylor, and
Lavandera, y Don Pe- a Laundrefs, and Don
dro. Pedro,
jiccrca de lo que idea al ve- About what belongs to
Jiirfe^ cortesia^ y me- drefilng, civility, and
vas, news.
^;«i?./^Yes, m6zo,que Mafter. T^O you hear^
\^ hora es ? i^ ^^^> what
time of the day is it ?
' Criddo, Son las nueve Servant. It has ftruck
dad as. jiine,
A. Porque me dexafte A. Why did you let me
dormir, fabiendo que te- fleep^ knowing that I had
nia que hacer } bujinefs to do ?
C. Por no enojar a v. S. For fear of making
m. pues quien duerme {\' you angry ^ Sir ^ for they that
empre fiente que le inqui- fleep^ are always vexed to he
ecen. diflurhed.
A. Ya no fe puede re- M. There is no remed'f
mediar. Enciende ahora jww. Light the fire^ and
la lumbre, y calientame war7n me a fhirt^ and a
una camifa, y unas cal- pair of under -flockings^ and
cetas, y lacame otros cal- take me out another pair of
zones, que me quiero le- hreeches^ for I will rife,
vamar,
C Qua!
350 A New Spanish Grammar.
C. Qual veftido gufta S. What fuit of cloaths
V. m. de ponerle ? will you pleafe to put on^
Sir ?
A. Dame el negro. M. Give me the black.
C. Lo peor es, que no S. The worft of it is,
hai camifa limpia. that there is no clean Jhirt,
A. Pues como, tenien- M. How fo, when I
do tantas ? Eres defcuida- have fo many ? Ton are ex-
do en extremo, y me ga- cejfive carelefs, and tire my
ftas la paciencia. paiience,
C. No fe impaciente S. Sir, he not impatient ;
V. m. pues bien fabe que for you know they were all
todas vinieron trahidas worn, upon our journey,
del camino, y que no ha and there has not been
havido tiempo de lavar, time to wafh and dry them,
y enjugarlas, aunque yo though I gave the Lauji-
mucho fe lo encomende a drefs a great charge about
la lavandera \ pero ella fe it •, but fhe is come, without
ha venido, fin Ijamarla. fending for.
A. Bien ha fucedido, M. It has hapned well,
y ella merece fer mui bi- and fhe deferves to be very
en pagada por fu cuidado, well paid for her care, and
y diligencia. expedition.
Lavandera. Dios le pa- Laundrefs. God reward
gue a V. m. efla buena you. Sir, for that good con-
confideracion, y ch3.n- fideration, and charity ; for
dad ; que muchos cabal- there are many Gentlemen,
leros hai, que quieren que who would have the poor to
Ids pobres les sirvan de ferve them for nothing.
valde.
A. No fe eatiende eflb M. That is not my tern-
conmigo ; dec id lo que per -, fay what the Linn en
monca la ropa, y fe os comes to, and you fhall be
pagara. paid.
L. El criado, Senor, la L. The Servant, Sir,
conrara, y me dara lo que may count it, and give me
daba a otras. as he gave another.
C. A mi cuenta, monta S. According to my rec-
diez reales, koning, it comes to ten royals.
A. Effe
A New Span i s h Grammar, 351
yf. 'Effe es hacer la cu- M. That is reckoning
cnta fin la huelpeda •, de- without jour Hojlefs ; do
zid vos, Senora, Joqueos joufaj, mijlrefs^ what will
contentara ? content 'jou ?
L. 'Efle, Senor, es pre- L. That^ Sir^ is a known
cio fabido, no hai que re- price^ there is nothing to fay
plicar •, fi V. m. fuere fer- to it ; if it fhall pleafe you
vido de darme alguna c6- to give me fomething for
fa por haver trafnocha- having fat up to ferve yoUy
do para fervirle, le efti- / will he thankful for the
mare la merced. favour,
A, Bien lo haveis me- M. Ton have well de-
recido, ahi teneys los di- fervedit^ there are the ten
ez reales que monta la ro- royals the linnen amounts tOy
pa, y eftos dos de ventaja. and two royals over.
L. Mil anos viva mi L. May my mafler live
Senor, a quien fuplico a thoufand years^ and I be-
mande fiempre a efta fu feech you always to employ
pobre criada. this your poor ferv ant.
A. Id con Dios, y bol- M. God go with yoUy
ved el fabado. Mozo, and come again on Satur*
mandaftes venirei Saftre? day. Lad., did you order
the Taylor to come ?
C. Dos horas ha que le S. 1 called him two hours
llame, y creo que el es ago., and believe it is he that
que fube la efcalera. is coming up the flairs,
A. A buen tiempo He- M. Tou are juft come in
gais, que ya eftaba para time y for I was ready to go
falir ; como haveis tarda- abroad \ what made you flay
do tan to ? fo long ?
Saflre. No pude mas, Taylor. I could not help^
Sefior ; que quien sirve a it, Sir-, for he that is to ferve
muchos, no es dueiio de tnajiy., is not mafler of his
fu tiempo. own time.
A. Bien efta, yo os he M. // is well., I have
embiado a llamar para que fent for you to jnakeme two
me hagais un par de ve- fuits of deaths,
llidos,
S, Ordenc
3 52 A New Spanish Grammar.
S. Ordene v. m. como T. Give '^our orders^
los quiere, y para quan- Sir^how^ou will have them
do. made, and againft what ti?ne.
A. Hareifme un vefti- M. Tou muft make me
do entero de efcarlata, a whole fuit of fcarlet^with
con fus guarnicionesdeo- gold trimming of the hefi.
ro, de las mejores. El The other of a whitifh co-
otro fera blanquecino 11a- lour plain, without any la^
no> fin guarnicion alguna. cing.
S, Aqui trahigo buena T. I have brought a con*
cantidad de mueftras de fideraUe quantity of pat-
todos generos, v. m. mire terns of all forts y fee. Sir,
fi le agradan. whether you like them,
A. No es menefter mi- M. There is no need of
rallo mas ; eftas dos mue- looking any farther \ Ichoofe
Itras efcqjo, y los vcfti- thefe two patterns, and let
dos fe hagancon toda bre- the cloaths be made as foon
vedad. as pojfible,
S. Si V. m. no manda T. If you have no other
otra cofa, me voi a dif- commands. Sir, I will go to
poner lo que me ha or- provide what you have or-
denado. dered.
A. Bien fabeis la con- M. Tou know how much
fianza que hago de vos, / confide in you, buy me
compradme un par de onepairoffilkftockins, and
mcdias de feda, y otro de another ofworfted, I mean
edambre, digode medias flockins for each fiiit : and
para cada veltido : y me- half a dozen of white gloves ;
dia docena de guantes all as foon as may be, be-
blancos ; todo que fea caufe being come off a jour-
prefto, porque comoven- ney, I have not necejfarics
go de camino no tcngo lo to appear at court,
necefsario para parecer en
la corte.
S. Manana a la noche T. To-morrow night, the
eflara aqui el veftido lla- plain fuit fhall be here, and^
no, y de alii a dos dias el two days after, the laced^
guamecido, en efto no there Jloall U no failure in
avra faka. it.
A, Si
A New Spanish Grammar, 3 53
A. Si afsi lo cumplis, M. If 'jou perform it^ 1
no pido mas. defire no more.
C. Senor, aqui elta Don S. Sir, Don Pedro is
Pedro. here.
A. Entre fu merced, M. Let him come in^
pues me la hace tan gran- fince he does me fo great a
de en adelantarfe en ve- favour as to he before-hand
nirme a ver, fiendo mi with 7ne in coming to fee me y
obligacion haver ido a be- when it was my duty to have
farle la mano. gone to kifs his hands.
D. P. Dexemos cum- B. P. Let us lay aftds
plimientos, que parecen compliments^ which do not
mal entre amigos verda- look well among real friends.
deros. V. m^. fea mui Ton are very welcome., Sir^
bien venido, y me alegro a?jd I am glad to fee you in
de verle bucno. good health.
A. Y yo lo mifmo de M. Andfo am I to find
hallarle aqui y bueno. you here and well.
D. P. Ya que ha lie- D. P. Since the happy
gado la feliz hora de vol- hour is come., that we are
vernos a juntar, decidme met again, tell me fomething
alguna cofa de lo que ha- of what you have feen in
veis VI do en Frdncia^ France, which I have fo
que tanto la he defleado 7nuch coveted to fee my
ver. felf.
A. Los que han cami- A. travellers are often
nado a veces fon fofpe- liable to he fufpe^fed^ as
chofos, tomandofe la li- taking the liberty to invent
bertad de inventar lo que whatfoever their imagina-
les dida fu imaginacion ; tion dilates to them , fom&
unos exagerando las cofas extolling things far beyond
mui alia de la verdad, y truth., and others defpifing
otros defpreciando quanto all that is out of their own
hai fuera de fus propias countries. France is fuch
tierras. Frdncia es tal que a one., that it needs no hy-
no necefsita de hyper- perboles to commend it, as
boles para alabarla, te- having fo much truly to he
niendo tanto verdadero admired^ that the eyes are
A a que
354 -^ ^^"^ Spanish Grammar.
que admirar, que no fe mt fatiated with heholdtngy
hartan los ojos de mirar •, and it is a Jhame there
y es verguenza, que haya jhould he fuch foul tongues
lenguas maldicientes que as do /peak ill of it,
fe atrevan a hablar mal
della.
D. P. For faber con D, P. Js I very well
quanto defenfado algunas know with what an air
perfonas cuentan lo que fo?ne perfons tell what they
apenas han foiiado, yo fcarce dreamed^ I give lit-
doi poco credito a lo que tie credit to what I hear in
oigo en las converfaci- c onverfation that accident al-
ones que acaib fe ofrecen, ly occurs^ being fatisfied there
conociendo, que no taltan are men that value them-
hombres, que fe precian felves upon lying ; whereas
de mentir ; fiendo un vi- it is a vice thai all men who
cio de que todo hombre are well horn ought to be
bien nacido fe debe afren- ajhamed of,
tar.
J, In fa me cofa es no A. // is an infam$iis
tratar verdad. thing not to fpeak truth.
D. P. Infinites fon los D, P. Infinite mifchiefs
danos que acarrean eflas are the confequence of that
malditas hablillas. curfed tittle tattle,
A, Quantos predica- M. All the preachers in
dores hai no fon baftan- the world are not able to
tes para poner freno a las curb tongues^ it is not likely
lenguas, mal lo haremos that we Jhould do it.
nofotros.
D. P. A que propofito D. P. To whatpurpofe is
es el predica r, fi la vida it to preach.ifthe preacher^s
del predicador no corref- life is not fuitahle to the fer-
ponde con el fern^on. mon. One bad example is
Mas fuerza tiene un mal more prevalent than ten ho-
exemplo que diez plaricas ly difcourfes. And what is
lantas. Y io que peer es, flill worfe, the fermons he-
come los fermones fe ha- ing made for worldly ends,
cen por fines mundanos, it is not to be wondered
I no
A New Spanish Grammar, 355
no hai que efpantar que that they produce no fpiri^
no hagan frucos efpiritu- tual fruit.
ales.
A. La mala vida de M. ne ill lives of the
los ecclefiafticos es la churchmen are the ruin of
perdicion de Jos feglares. the laity. But let us not
Pero no nos vamos em- launch out too far in other
barcando en vidas ajenas ; mens lives ; let every 7nan
cada uno mire pof (i, y look to himfelf^ and thg
andara el mundo mejor. world will go better,
D. P. Afsi es :, volva- D. P. That is right -, let
mos pues a vueftro viage, us therefore return to your
y contadme alguna cofa travels^ and tell me fome*
del. thing of them.
A. Que OS he de con- A. What fhall I tell
tar ? Efias relaciones pi- you ? Thofe relations re-
den mucho efpacio ; fi quire much leifure •, if you
defleais informaros, leed defire to be informed^ read
eflbs borradores, en los thef notes ^ in which you
quales hallareis muchas will find many particulars^
particularidades, que iba that I fill wrote down^
aflentando mientras las te- whilfi they were frefh in
nia frefcas en la memoria. 7ny inemory.
D. P. Para mi no D. P. Nothing can be
havra mayor placer. Pe- more pleafing to me. But
ro decidme que os pare- tell me your opinion of the
ce de la nacion Francefa. French nation,
A. Acerca de la Na- A. As to the French na-
cion Francefa no tengo tion^ I have nothing elfe to
que decir otra cofa, sino fay^ than that all in gene-
que todos, en comun, fon ral are very civil \ but to
mui civiles, pero es me- treat with them^ is requifite
nefter una grande arte pa- great confederation^ becaufe
ra tratar con ellos, pues they are very cunning and
fon mui fagaces y enga- deceitful,
nofos.
D. P. Eflb ya me lo D. P. That 1 knew le^
fabia yo antes, pues uno fcre^ fence one of them
de ellos me engano condos cheated me of 200 pieces of
A a 2 mil
2^6 A New Spanish Grammar.
mil pefos que le prefte •, eight that I lent him ; and
y lo peor es, que jamas what is the worft^ is^ that
oi palabra de el hafta la I never heard a word from
femana pafada, que rece- him till lajl week^ that I
bi una carta fuya. received a letter from him.
A, Apoftare, que es la M. I will lay a wager
mifma perfona que yo vi that is the fame perfon I
en Orleans^ pues me ha- faw at Orleans, hecaufe he
bio de V. m . efte fe 11a- fpoke to me of you, his name
maba "^^as
D. P. El mifmo, pero D. P. The very fame^
la carta que ten go, lleva but the letter I have from
la fecha de Paris. him^ hears its date from
Paris.
A. Bien puede fer, M. That may well he^
porque fegun me dixo, hecaufe as he told me, he
tenia intencion de partirfe had a mind to fet out for
para Paris el cia figui- Paris the next day.
cnte.
D. P. Que hare yo pa- D. P. What Jhall I do
ra cobrar mi dinero ? to get my money ?
A. Que ? Venirfe con- M. What ? Come to
migo a Parh, y obligarle Paris with me, and ohlige
alii que le pague ; yo in- him there to pay you ; I in-
tento volver alia dentio tend to return thither within
de dos mefes, y el me two months, and he told me
dixo que queria eftable- that he would fettle himfelf
cerce alia en la calle dc /^^r^f^^/Anthony'j/r^^-/,
San Antonio, en dorde vi- where his parents live. And
ven fus Padres. Y con with this opportunity you
efto V. m^. tendra el gufto will have thepleafure of fee-
de ver las muchas y mag- ing the many and magnifi-
niflcas fabricas que hai en cent buildings that are
Frdncia, y efpecialmente in France, and efpecially
el Palacio y jardines de the palace and gardens of
Verfailles, que fon los me- Verfailles, which are the
lores del mundo. befl in the world.
D. P. Am lo hare, y D. P. So 1 will, and 1
voime ahora a hablar fo- go now to fpsak to my fa-
I bre
A New Spanish Gram?nar. 257
bre ello a mi Padre que thcr about //, who is at
efta en cafa. ho7ne.
A. A Dios pues, pero M. Farewel then^ hut
dixt^c ver manana, y ha- let me fee you to-morrow ^
blaremos mas Ibbre eflo. and we will [peak more up^
on this fuhjeh.
D. P. Efta bien ; a Di- D, P. // is well ; fare-
OS. well.
5^'» 1^1 ".\ J^'i ^'\ ^'"i TA ^y* --i T/i t^*/^ ^"^ TA >?'^4. "^ • "^y* "'4 ""^ '^'^t ^"^ >""4 ^"'^ ^'"'{ ^'"'1 J-^'-i
Coloquios Efpanoles e Inglcfes.
SpaniJJd and Englip Colloquies.
Colo'quio quarto. C o l l o qjj y IV.
^ohre vdrias Materias, en- Upon feveral Subjects,
tre qudtro Camarddas^ between four Compa-
Diego, Fernando, Tho- nions,- James^ Ferdi-
mas, y Eduardo. nand^ 'Thomas^ and Ed-
ward.
D.TT'A que hemos co- J. "XT OIV we have
X mido, vamonos X^ dined^ let us go
a pafTear al jardin, que walk in the garden, which
dlcen es bueno para la di- they fay isgoodfor digeftiony
geftion, y efcufaremos de and we f hall avoid fleeping
dormir la fiefta. the afternoon nap.
F. Dezis bien, que efta P. I'ou are in the rights
coftumbre de dormir es for this cuftom of fleeping is
mui perezofa, y fi no es very hurtful, ami unlefs it
en tiempo de grandiftima he when the heat is excej/ivey
calor, mejor es divertir- it is better to take fome di'
nos. verfion.
T*. No gaftemos el ti- T. Let us not fpend time
empo en ceremonias, que in ceremonies^ for it is very
A a 3 es
358 A New Spanish Grammar.
es mui mal gaftado, y no ill fpent^ and I do not love
gufto dellas. them,
E, A mi no me agra- E. / like them not, but
dan, mas lacortesia fiem- civility is always good,
pre es buena.
D. Reparen bien en lo J. Take good notice of
que vieren, y veran mu- what you fee^ and you will
cha curiofidad en elte jar- yc''<? much curiofity in this
din, que es uno de los me- garden, which is one of the
jores que fe hallanen eftas bejl that are in thefe parts.
partes.
F. 'Eflos andamios Ton F. Thefe walks are very
mui agradables per la agreeable for the Jhade of
fombra de los arboles, y the trees, and the fweet
loodorifero delasmurtas. fcent of the mirtle.
T, 'Ocra buena calidad T. They have another
tienen, que es, fer largos good quality, which is, that
para evirar las muchas they are long to fave the of-
vueltas a que obligan los ten turning there mufi be in
cortos ; y lo ancho que fhort ones ; and their
pueden andarfeisperfonas breadth, that fix perfom
a la par con defcanfo. can walk abreaft in them,
E. Las eras tan limpias E. The beds are fo neat
que fe puede dormir en that they are fit to fleep on
ellaS', y fegun la yerba e~ thejn ; andthegrafsfo green ^
fla verde parecen mulli- that they look foft, and iii-
das, y comvidan a echarle vite to lie down upon them,
en ellas.
D. ^Efla enramada es D. That arbour is de-
deleitofa en el verano, ef- lightful in fummer, expofed
puefta a todos los vientos to all winds to refrefh, and
para refrefcar, y libre de free from the fun-beams,
los ray OS del fol.
F. ^Efta gruta con todo, F. However this grotto^
en mi opinion, le haze mu- in ?ny opinion, is much he-
rha ventaja en lo frefco, y yo^sd it for coolnefs, and a-
^n lo apacible, femejafe greeablenefs, it looks very
mucho eon lo natural, y natural, and has the or na-
gpza los adornos del arte, tnents of art,
T. Aquel}^
A New Spanish Grammar. 3 59
t. AqueJIa fuente es 1^ ,nat fountain is hcau-
bclla, y aquella cafcada t'lfuU and that cafcade
hace un ruido que parece makes a noife that feems to
alegra, y al milmo tiem- exhilarate^ and at the fame
po adormece los fentidos tirr^e lulls the fenfes ajleep
con lo incefsable del Ibni- with the incejfant found,
do.
E. Adelantemonos un E. Let us advance a lit-
poco a ver los frutales, y tie to fee the fruit trees ^ and
gozar de fu fruta. enjo'^ the fruit,
D. Pdra mi no la hai J. None is more delicious
mas deliciofa que los hi- to me than fgs^ and here
gos, y aqui los hai en per- the) are in perfection,
feccion.
F, Yo me contento con F. / am fatisfied with
duraznos, quando {on peaches ^wh en the^ are large
grandes y maduros, como and ripe^ as thefe on this
los defte arbol. tree.
T. 'Eftos melocotones T. ^efe melocotones
me lie van a mi los ojos, charm m^ e-^es^ and the^
y tienen ellos un gufto have a fovereign tafie,
foberano.
E. Por no querer lo E. Bee aufe I will not he
que otro quiere, pues to- for the fame as another is,
dos fe han diferenciado, fnce you have all varied, I
yo efcojo para mi eftas make choice of thofe berga-
Peras berga moras, y rega- mot pears, and let us treat
lemonos cadaqual confor- ourfelves every one to his
me a fu apetito. own appetite.
D, No nos dexemos J. Let us not he delud-
llevar, como les nifios, ed like children, by the fruit,
de la fruta, que Dios crio which God made for fufte-
para el fuftento, y no pa- nance, and not to indulge
ra engolofinarnos, Efcu- our appetite. Let us a while
chemos un rato el dulce liflen to the fweet finging of
canto de los pajariUos, the little birds, who with-
que fm ayuda de maeftros out the help offnaflers make
bacea una mufica, quan- fuch muftck^ as is the more
A a 4 to
^6o A New Spanish Grammar.
to mas natural, mas mara- wonderful^ the more natU"
villofa. ral it is.
F, Ellos los unos dc los F. They learn of one ^-
ptros aprenden, y los que nother^ and thofe which
mas habilidad tienen salen have the heft capacity prove
mas dieftros, como entre moft Jkilfid^ as it is among
los hombres ; que cada men ; for every learner
difcipulo sale conforme a) proves according to the ta-
talenco que Dios le dio, y lent God has given him, and
no conforme al maeftro. not according to the mafter.
T, El Ruifenor es mi- T. The nightingale is a
lagro de la naturaleza, y wonder in nature, and fur-
hace ventaja a todos los pajfes all others, I have
demas. No lo he vifto, not feen it, hut it is affirm-
pero afirman que es tanta ed, that they fornetimesftrain
a veces la fuerza que p6- themfelves fo much with
nen en cantar, que fe caen ftnging, that they drop down
muertos. • dead.
E, La calandria no le E. The lark comes not
queda a deber mucho al far hehind the nightingale^
ruifeiipr, y no fe fi a ve- and perhaps fometimes equals
ces no le iguala , ni es him ; nor is the goldfinch
menos de eftimar al gil- lefs valuable, hut the cana-
guero, pero fobre todos ry hird is beyond them all.
€s el canario.
D, De los cantores ha- J. Tou have named the
Veis nombrado los prjn- chiefeft of the fingers, and
cipales y merecen fer efti- they deferve to be valued ;
mados ; peroquehayapa- hut that there fhouldhe birds
xaros que aprendan a for- thctt learn to form an human
mar voz humana, y ha- voice, and fpeak diftin^l
blar palabras diftindtas, es words., is moft tobeadmiredy
lo mas de maravillar, y and I fny felf have heard a
he oido yo mifmoun pa- parrot thatfung after fuch
pagayo que cantava de tal a manner^ that all who
manera, que quantos le heard and did not fee him^
plan iin vcrle, juzgavan concluded it was fome hU'
que era perfona humana. man perfon,
F, Tarn-
A New S p A N I
F, Tambien hablan las
maricas, y los tordos-, pero
jamas con la perfecion que
Jos Papagayos -, y es dig-
no de reparar que tenien-
do eftas aves picos y no
bocas como nofotros, pu-
edan formar palabras, lo
qual por efto ellas hacen
alia en el gaznate.
'T, Mucho hai que con-
fiderar en el hablar y can-
tar de las aves ; pero tam-
bien me parece que me-
rece nueftra atencion a-
quella prodigiofa varie-
dad de colores, que fe hal-
la entre ellas, porque a-
penas el arte ha llegado a
igualarlas.
E, Mui hermofas las
produce nueftra Europa^
pero no llegan con mucho
a las que fe hallan en la
j^fia^ y la America,
D. Converfando acer-
c^delas aves nos hallamos
entre eftos eftanques, que
fe hallan mui bien prove-
idos de todos los generos
de peces que viven en fe-
mejantes aguas, y hai dif-
ferences generos dellos.
F, Lo principal en eftos
eftanques fon picas, o lu-
fos, y carpas -, pero en efte
rio fe cogen infinitas tru-
chas, y a fu tiempo fal-
niones que fuben de la
SH Grammar. 361
E. Magpies^ ani black-
birds^ alfo talk -, but never
[0 perfehl^ as parrots ; and
it is worth ohferving^ that
thofe birds having beaks^ and
not tnouths like us, they can
form wordsy which they do
within their throats.
F. Much reflexion may
he made upon the talking
and finging of birds \ but I
am of opinion that the pro*
digious variety of colour Sy
that is found among them^
deferves our ohfervation^for
art has fcarce been able to
match them,
E. Euvopt produces ve-
ry beautiful birds, but they
do not come near thofe that
are found in Ada, and A-
merica.
D. Difcourfing concern-
ing the birds we are come
among thefe ponds, which
are very wellftored with all
the forts of fifh that live in
fuch waters, there are fe-
ver al forts of them,
F. The chiefeft in thefe
ponds are pikes, or jacks,
and carps \ hut in this river
an infinite number oftrouts
are taken, and in the fea-
fon^ falmon^ that come up
niar
362 A New Spanish Grammar.
mar a defovar, y defpues from the fea to /pawn ^ and
en fu fazon los falmonzil- afterwards at their time the
los que baxan a criarfe en fmall falmon that go down
J a mar. to thrive in the fea.
y. 'Efta es otra de las T. nis is another of the
maravillas de la natura- wonders of nature, or to
leza, o hablando con mas fpeak more properl'j, of the
propriedad, de la divina divine wifdom^ the immen-
fabiduria, la immenfidad fty of the forts of fifhes,
de generos de peces, fus their different fhapes, that
diferentes formas, aquel- hideous magnitude of fome,
la efpantofa grandeza de and the ftrange fmallnefs of
los unos, y la rara peque- others.
nez de otros.
E, Mucha es la diftin- E. There is a great di-
clon en los tanianos, como verfity in fizes^ as alfo in
tambien en la figura, o the figure, or make, but as
hechura, pero en io que for beauty, I know not of
toca a hermofura, no le any that is among them all,
que fe halje en alguno del- on the contrary mojl of them
los, antes los mas fon dif- are mijhapen, and no way
formes, y poco agradables pleafing to the fight ^ having
a la vifta, fin tener cofa nothingagreeaUe to the eyes,
que contente a los ojos^ a- befides their being dumb, and
demas de fer mudos, y having no voice,
faltarles voz.
D. Si no pueden entre- J. Though they cannot
tener los 6jos,ni los oidos ; entertain the eyes, nor the
aiomenos no les falta con ears ; however, they do not
que fatisfacer el gufto *, want fomethingtopleafethe
pues no hai mayor regalo tafte ; for there are no
que el que nos dan la mar, greater dainties than thofe
y los rios, en tan varios the fea, and rivers afford
platos como dellos fe ia- us, in fuch variety of difljes
can, fi no faltan buenos as are taken from them,
cocineros que los lepan if there be no want of cooks
guifar. that know hoz^ to drefs
them,
P. No
A New Spanish Grammar. 363
F. No qulero dcfpre- F. / will 7iot undervalue
eiar lo que tanta parte del that which fo great part of
mundo eftima •, pero pa- the world values ; but for
ra mi mas vale una pier-
na de carnero, o un lomo
de vaca que quanto las a-
guas producen •, y fiva-
mos a las aves, eftas en
delicadeza fobrepujan
quanto hai en el univerfo
para el fuftento humane.
J". Digo que teneis bu-
en gufto, y me atengo
yo a la carne que cria car-
ne, y fatisface, dexando el
my part I had rather have
a leg of mutton^ or a fur^
loin of beef^ than all that
the waters -produce ; and if
we go on to the fowls ^ they
in delicacy exceed all the
world affords for the fujle-
nance of men.
T. I fay you are in the
rights and I am for flefh
which breeds flefh ^ and fa^
tisfies^ leaving the ftomacb
eftomago bien proveido well fur nifhed for the time
para en adelante ; fiendo to come \ whereas fifh is of
el pefcado de la naturale- the nature of the element it
za del elemento en que fe is bred in, fo that though a
cria, que por mas que fe 7nan eat never fo much to
harte una perfona, luego fatiety, he is prefently hun»
fe halla con hambre, por- gry again, becaufe no fub-
que no queda fubftancia.
E. No puedo ir contra
efle parecer, pero con to-
do vemos que hai genres
en el mundo que mas vi-
ven de pefcado que de
carne, y noobftante fon
robuftas, y en las gran-
des mefas tienen en mu-
cho el falmon, las lango-
flance remains,
E. I cannot oppofe that
opinion, however we fee
there are people in the world
who live more upon fifh than
upon flefh, and neverthelefs
they are ftrong, and at
great tables they highly va-
lue falmon, lob ft ers, oyfters,
and many other forts \ and
ftas, las oftras, y otros fiflo that is falted, or pick^
muchos generos j y los led affords more nutriment^
pcfcados falados, y en ef-
cabeche dan mas nutri-
mento, entre los quales fe tunny fifh,
pueden contar el abadejo,
^1 efturion, y el atun.
among which may be reckon^
ed poor jack, flurgeon^ and
JD.Con
364 ^ ^^'^ Spanish Grammar.
D. Con qualquier cofa D. JVhatfoever it is that
que nos criemos es cierto we are hred with, it is cer-
que hemos de crecer, y tain that we Jhall thrive^
hallarnos bien ; afli ve- and do well\ thus we fee
mos que no hai hombres there are no men Jlronger^
mas fuertes y bien difpu- and luftier than thofe of
eftos que los de algunas fome of the ver'j northern
partes mui feptentriona- parts^ where from their in-
les, donde defde la niiiez, fancy ^ their main fujlenance
fu principal fuftento, es is barley^ or oaten breads
pan de cebada, y avena, fome milk^ roots, without
alguna leche, raices, fin being ever acquainted with
faber que cofa es vino, y wine, and very little with
mui poco de carne, o pef- fiefh, or fiflo,
cado.
F. Los que fe crian con F. Thofe who are dainti-
regalo no pueden con e- ly hred cannot bear that fort
ftos mantenimientos. La of food. Nature is fatisfed
naturaleza con poco fe with little, hut the body
contenta, pero hafe de ha- mujl be innured to it from
cer el cuerpo a ello defde the firft years, for after-
los primeros aiios, que def- wards it is too late. Let
pues es tarde. Miremos us look upon our fqueamifh
nueftras damas melindro- ladies, if they fhould have
fas, fi les pufieran delante fuch things fet before them^
lo que fon regalos para as are dainties for our coun-
nueftras labradoras, no les try women, not one morfel
entrara bocado en el cuer- would go into their fiomach.
y. Ya que fe ha habla- T. Since fo much has
do tanto del comer, razon beenfaid of eating, it is but
fera no nos olvidemos que reafonable we fhould not for-
tambien fe ha de beber, y get that we are alfo to drink,
dexando aparte el agua and leaving afide the water
que crio Dios en general which God created 7iot only
no folo para los hombres, for men, but alfo for all the
fino tambien para quantos creatures he has placed in
animales ha puefto en efte this world in general, wine
miJndo, es el vmo el mas ii the tnofi fovereign of all
foberano
A New Spanish Grammar, 365
foberano de quantos li- the liquors that have heen
quores haft a efte dfa fe han known to this day^ or that
conocido, o que las eda- future ages^ and hutnan in-
des venideras, y la huma- vention will ever find out for
na invencion hallaran pa- the benefit of rational crea'-
ra bien de las criaturas ra- tures.
cionales.
E. Los vinos que pro- E. The wines Spain a-
duce folo Efpana apenas lone -produces are hardly to
fe pueden contar, pues he reckoned up, what then
que fera de todas las otras mujl there he in all other
tierras ? Hablar deflb fue- countries ? 'To talk of that
ra nunca acabar. El vi- would he endlefs. Wine in
no en general tiene mu- general has many virtues
chas virtudes templada- moderately ufed^ and with-
mente ufado, y fin fer me- out being obliged to have re-
nefter acudir a los medi- courfe to phyficians^ or an-
cos que nos las digan, o cient authors^ experience
a los autores antiguos, la teaches us, that it gives
efperiencia nos enfena que flrength, makes the coun-
da fuerzas, alegra el ro- tenance chearful^ fortifies
ftro, fortifica los nervios, the nerves, helps the fight
ayudaa la vifta delos ojos, of the eyes, cherifhes thefto-
esfuerza el eftomigo, ha- mach, caufes good digeflion^
ce buena digeftion, defpi- fharpens the appetite, caufes
erta el apetito, hace buen found feep, drives away me-*
fueho, quica la trifteza, y lancholy, and rejoyces the
pone alegrfaenelcorazon, heart, which are Jufficient
que fon baftantes alaban- commendations, and known
zas, y verdades conoci- truths, which no 7nan can
das, que no hai quien las deny, and hefides all this it
pueda negar, y fin todo isfo agreeable to the palate^
efto es tan agradable al that fo many are ruined on-
paladar que por efle folo ly for that pleafure,
gufto hai tantos que fe pi-
erden.
D. En verdad que ha- J. In truth you have
veis acertado en no can- been in the right in not tir^
iaraos cgn los difparates ing us with the ahfurdities
de
366 A New Spanish Grammar.
de muchos de los anti- of man'^ of the ancients^ with
guos, con que fiempre nos which the moderns who
eftanempalagando los mo- would gain the reputation of
dernos que quieren ganar having read much are at-
fama de mui leidos, por- wap cloying us^ for their
que fon tan enfadofas fus rules are fo difagreeahle^
reglas, que no hai pacien- that no patience can hear
cia que bade para el las. with them. One of them
'Uno nos enfefia quanta teaches us how much water
agua fe ha de mefclar con muft he mixed with our
el vino ; otro pone tafifa wine ; another fiyies the
en las veces que fe ha de number of glaffes that is to
beber ; otro nos dize ha- he drunk ; another tells us
fta que edad nos hemos till what age we muft ah-
de abftener ; otro no qui- ftain ; another will not aU
ere que lo beban las mu- low women to drink it ; and
geres ; y affi otras mil pa- thus a thoufand fopperies y
taratas conforme a lo que according to what every one
cada uno dellos tenia en- of them had at that time in
tonces en la cabeza. his head.
F, Yo no entiendo pa- F. I do not underftand
ra que ion tantos precep- what fo many precepts are
tos, todo hombre templa- for, every moderate man
do la be lo que en efle ca- knows what is fit for him in
fo le conviene, fin que this cafe, without ftanding
fean menefter cuentos vi- in need ofoldftories of two
ejos de dos mil aiios j y thoufand years % anddrun-
los borrachos fe rien, y re- kards laugh at, and curfe all
niegan de todas eflas veje- thofe antiquities. Befides
zes. Quanto y mas que that, there are fome young
hai mozos que no necefsi- men who have no lefs occa-
tan menos de un trago de ftonfor a glafs of wine than
vino que los viejos, y hai the old, and there are fto*
eftomagos que requieren machs that require double
doblada la cantitad que 6- the quantity as others. Then
tros. Pues decir que no to fay that women muft not
lo beban las mugercs drink it, is alfo a piece of
tambien tiene fu pedazo madnefs ; as if their bodies
de locura, como fi fus cu- wsrs not human^ and did
crpos
A New Spanish Grammar. 367
erpos no fueran humanos, not ftand in need of that
y no neceflitaran de aquel comfort as well as men^
alivio tambien como los
hombres.
T. Que mayor locura T. What greater mad*
puede haver que el ir a pe- nefs can there be than to go
dir confejo de los muertos ajk advice of the dead, for
para lo que eftamos vien- tbofe things we fee with our
do con los ojos, y palpan- eyes^ and feel with our
do con las manos ? Pero hands ? But that cuftom is
efta efla coftumbre tan in- fo eflablifhed, that the hea-
troducida, que no folo en then fhilofophers arenoton-
ldis converfaciones entran ly thruft into converfation^
los philofophos gentiles, without head or tail •, hut
fin que ni para que ; mas the very preachers ftun us
los mifmos predicadores with fentences from Plato,
nos aturden con fenten- Seneca, Pliny, Socrates,
cias de Platon, de Seneca, &c, as if there were no ho-
de Plinio, de Socrates, &c. ly fathers, and chrifttan
como fi no huviera, fan- doifors to have recourfe to,
tos padres, y dodtores
chriftianos a quien acudir.
E, No hai cofa mas e- E. Nothing is 7nore noto-
vidente que los grandes rious than the great bene-
bienes que hace el vino al fits human race receives
genero humano ; pero from wine ; but at the fame
tambien es gran laftima time it is a great pity that
que la demasia caufe tan- the excefs of it fhould occa^
tos danos, y no es de ef- fion fo many mischiefs, nor
pantar, porque fegun re- is it to be wondered at, for
glas de philofophia la cor- according to the maxims of
rupcion de lo mcjcr es la phikfophy, the corruption of
peor, es a faber, quQ the beji things is worjl, that
quanto mejores Ton las c6- is, how much the better
fas en fi mifmas tanto things are in ihemfelves, fo
masperniciofasfon, quan- w»^^ -//^^ inore pernicious
do o ellas fe corrompen, they ar^, when either they
o nofotros ufamos mal are themfelves corrupted, or
dcllas. we make an ill ufe of them.
ABien
368 A New Spanish Grammar.
D, Bien haveis repara- J. Tou have ohferved
do en ello, porque es ci- rights for it is certain that
erco que no hai cofa que nothing produces more 7?iif.
mas males acarree que el chiefs than too much drink-
demafiado beber. Quan- ing. How man'j murders^
tas muertes, quantos al- how man'j uproars^ how
borotos, quantas defhone- many lewd practices has
ftidades ha occafionado la drunkennefs occajioned i and
embriaguez ; y quantos how many thoufands^ with-
millares, fin hacer daiio a out doing harm to others
otros ban deftruido fu fa- have deftroyed their own
iud, e incurridoen infini- health^and fallen into infinite
tas defgracias, por haverfe misfortunes by having put
facado de juicio con efte themfelves heftde their rea-
abominable vicio •, fm ha- fon by this abominable vice y
blar de la defhonra, o por not tofpeakofthedifhonoury
mejor decir infamia de or tofpeak more properly of
ponerfe un hombre en the infamy of a man's put-
peor eftado que las beftias ting himfelf into a worfe
mas brutas, por tan eftra- condition than the moft bru-
gado apetito como es el tal beajls^ for the fake of fo
beber con dcmasia. depraved an appetite as
drinking too much,
F, En muchas partes F. In feveral parts of
del mundo, no las quiero the worlds I will not name
nombrar por no ofender them to avoid giving offence
a nadie, y por no fer ne- to any body^ and becaufe it
cefliirio, pues todos los is not neceffary^ fince all
conocen, fe ha introduci- 7nen know them^ this curf
do tanto efta maldita co- ed cuftom has fo far taken
flumbre, que el emborra- place^ that to be drunk is
charfc no le tiene por a- not looked upon as a dif
frenta-, antes hai locos, que grace \ on the contrary there
no les puedo dar otro ti- are mad men^ for I can
tulo, que fe precian de give them no other iitle^
cmborrachar a otros, y who value themfelves upon
cuentan eftasfealdadesco- ?naking others drunk^ and
mofi fueran las mayores relate thofe fhameful a^onsj
hazanas. Y me avergu- as if they were the greatefi
engo
A Nezc; Spanish Grammar. 369
inzo de decilio, hai ya exploits. And I am ajha^
mugeres que fe iguaUn en rned to tell it^ there are
cfta vileza con los horn- now women that can match
bres mas intames, elpo- the mofl infamous men in
niendofe ^ qualquier defa- this vile practice, expoftng
tino *, paes haviendo per- tbefnfelves to any folly \ for
dido la razon, poco hai when they have loft their
que irar de lo demas. reafon^ there is little truft"
ing to the reft,
T. Con fer cofa natural T. Though it he natural
el beber agua, no fe han to drink water^ men havs
contentado los hombres not been fatisfied with it^
con cila ; que en las tier- for in thofe countries which
ras adonde no race vino, produce 170 wine ^ they havs
han iriventado ocros ge- invented other forts of li»
neros de brevages, encre quor^j^ among which^ the
los quales el mas ufaclo moft ufual is heer^ which
es la cervcza, la qual ha- they make fo ftrong^ that it
cen tan fuerte que a veces fometimes exceeds wine,
foprepuja el v^no, aunque though it is not fo whole-
no es tan fana -, con que Je fome^ fo that it wants the
falta lo bueno, y le lobra good^ and has too much of
lo malo, y en particular the evil^ and particularly it
liena Ids cu'erpos de ven- fills the bodies with wind.
tofidad.
E. Pnes la cidra, aun- E. Then as for cider^
que es mas natural, y le though it is more natural,
hace mucha ventaja a la andmuch preferable to beer ^
c^rveza, no puede com- it cannot ftand in competi-
pctir con el vino, fiendo tion with wine, as being ve-
mui cruda •, con que caufa ry raw, fo that it occafions
defconcierto en los que no fluxes in fuch as are not
fe han bi^n acoftumbradp well ufed to it,
a ella.
D. Tambien fe bebe J. The juice of pears
t\ zumo de las peras, y (perry) is alfo drunk, and
cs tenido por m.as perni- is looked upon as inore mif
ciofo que la cidra. La a- chievous than cider. Mead
loja e$ cgfa regalada en el is very delicious infummer,
B b verano.
370 A Neis) Spanish Grammar,
verano, fi fe repara en fo- if we only look to our pa-
)o elapetito ; pero ^\ mira- late ; hut if we regard
mos la falud, es mui fria healthy it is too cold for the
para el eftomago, y por Jlomach^ and therefore it is
eflb fe ha introducido el become cujlomary, to tern-
mefclarla con un poco de per it with a little brandy ;
agua ardiente ; pero aim hut even in that cafe it is
en eflb es menefter andar requifite to ufe caution^ that
con tiento que no fea de- it be not too much,
mafiada.
F. En buena converfa- V. We are got into ave-
cion nos hemos metido, ry fine difcourfe, that if any
que quien nos oyefle, pu- fhould hear us they might
diera tenernos en opinion take us for good drinker s^
de buenos bebedores, fin though we have not deferV'
haver merecido tan mala ed that had name. Let us
fama. Volvamos pues a then return home^ whilfl
cafa mientras fe hace ho- fupper-time comes on^ for it
ra de cenar, que ya pre- will foon draw near^ and
do fe ira llegando, y no we fh all not want fomething
faltara en que entretener- to divert us,
nos.
'T, Teneis mucha ra- T. Ton are much in the
zon, pues agora da el re- rights for the clock now
l6x las fiete, y es buino fir ikes feven^ and it is good
cenar temprano, para no to fup early^ to avoid go^
acoftarfe con el eftomago ing to bed with a full fio-
cargado, y tener tiempo mach, and to have time to
de parlar, y divertirnos. chat and to divert ourfelves,
E, 'Eflb mui bien fe E. nat can be very
hace fobre cena, y mas well done after fupper, ef-
con un traguito de vino pecially with a moderate
moderado, que afsi alegra glafs of wine^ for fo it
cl corazon, chears the heart.
Coloquios
A New Spanish Grammar, 27^
^-'i^^-t '•' i'''ii'.''i i-'.'<i >"."< i^'i >".'"* >"'< y"'i f'i >"^< j^'^ >""< • ^"'i :""i ^'"'j >"'i. >'^i ^"''i^'"''4 '•"^ ^""^ >f4
Coloquios Efpanoles e Inglcfes.
Spa72f/b ami E^ig/ijh Colloquies.
Coloquio quinto. C o l l o qjj y V.
fEntre dos Ddmas, dos Ca- Between two Ladies, two
bailer 05^ y dos Criddas. Gentlemen, and two
Maid-Servants.
Sdbre vdrias Materias, Upon various Subjeds.
D. i.T TEnid aca Ma- i Lady-^^O/;;*? hither
V ^^^7 y compo- \^ Mary, and
nedme eile tocado -, no os order this head-drefs for
detengais en impcrtinen- me-, do not dwell upon im-
cias, bi:in fabeis que no pertinence^ you know I
prefumo de mi, ni defeo have no conceit cf my felf^
enamorar a inadie i bafta nor do I defire to make any
para mi el adorno decen- body fall in love \ it is e^
te, para no parecer ridi- nougb for me to he decently
cula. drejfedi not to appear ridi*
culous,
Cr. I. Es V. m. mui i, Serv. Madam^ yon
facil de contentar, dicho- are cafily pleafed^ I am
fa yo en fervir a quien happy in ferving one that
tiene tan buen gurto j y has fo good a fancy ; and
bien defdichadas de las unhappy they who mufi he
que han de eflar quacro four hours /landing to drefs
horas en pie para compo- a lady, and after all they
ner una Dama, y por ca- think nothing well done.
bo les parece que no hai
cofa bien hecha.
D. I, Si en mi halla- i "L. If you fee any thing
res cgfa buepa, no quiero that is good in me^ I wculd
B b 2 que
372 A Neiv Spanish Grammar.
que me lo digas, que pa- jjot have you tell me of it^
rece adulacion, cuentalo, for it looks like flattery, you
fi quifieres, en mi aufen- may tell it^ if you will, in
cia ; lo malo que en mi my ahfence ; what ill you
vieres, dimelo a mi, que fee in me, tell me of it, and
te lo agradecere ^ y callalo / will thank you ; and con-
afuera. cealit abroad.
Cr, 2, Mi Senora Do- 2 Serv. My Lady Su-
m Sufdna eft a aqui. fanna is here,
D. I . Pues la tienes al- i L. Do you keep her
la, fin decirle que entre ? there ^ without bringing her
Como OS haceis Senora in ? Madam, why do you
tan eftrana ; fiendo tan a- make your felf fo great
migas, para que ufays de a ftranger, when we are
cumplimientos, fabiendo fuch friends, why do you
que no gufto dellos ? ufe co7JipUments, knowing I
do not love them?
D, 2. No parece cor- 2 L. It does not look like
tesia entrarfe fin avifar •, y good breeding, to come in
aunque nueftra amiftad without giving notice ; and
parece difculpa, fiempre tho^ourfriendfhipfeemsan
es bueno el decoro, y di- excufe^ yet decency is al-
cen que la demafiada fa- ways good, and it is a fay*
miliaridad caufa defpre- ing, th^t too much familia-
cio, rity breeds co?itempt,
D. I. ^EfTo no fe en- i L. That is not to he
tiende entre nofotras ; pe- underfiood between us ; hut
ro aqui viene Don Juan, here comes Don John, who
que es perfona de mucho is a perfon of much worthy
merito, y mui entreteni- and very good company,
do.
Cabal, I. Mil aiios vi- i Gent. Long may they
va quien tanta honra me live who do me fo much hO'
hace, mereciendo yo tan nour^ when I defervefo lit-
poco ; aunque no eftoi tie ; thd* I am not quite
(in merito, pues trahigo a- void of merits for I have
qui a Don Rodrzgo, en brought Don Rodrigo, on
quien feran bien emple- whom thofe commendations
idas elTas alabanzas. ^nay be well iefiowed,
2 Cav, 2.'
A New Spanish Grammar. 375
Cah. 2. No quiero ref- 2 Gent. / will mt an-
ponder, no pienfen eftas vyk;^r, left thefe ladies Jhould
Senoras que venimos de think, that we have agreed
concierto a decir bien de to [peak favourably of our
nofocros mifmos. felves,
D. I. Sientenfe v^ m% 1 L, Be pleafed to fit
fin ceremonias, que es down without ceremony, for
tiempo perdido el que fe all the time that is fpent in
gafta en ellas. it is loft.
Cab, I. No es ceremo- i Gent, ^he refpeEl that
nia el refpeto que fe debe is due to Ladies is no cere-
a las Damas ; ni es lifon- mony ; nor is it any flat"
ja decir lo que efta paten- tery to utter that which is
te a todos •, y por eftb po- apparent to all men -<, and
dre afirmar que entre las therefore I may affirm, that
orras perfeciones que a- among all the perfe^ions
companan a mi Senora that attend my Lady I-
Dona Ifahel, fe efmera en fabel, fJoe excels in the
efcQger criadas ; que fi no choice of her maids ; for if
eftuvieran prefentes dos there were not two fuch
tales bellezas, parcciera beauties prefent, that of
foberana la defta donzel- this maiden would feem fur*
la, a quien Dios haga di- prizing, God make her ve*
chofa. ry fortunate,
D. I, Si le decis a la i L. If you tell a wo-
muger que es hermofa u- man once that fhe is hand'
na vez, el diablo fe lo fome, the devil will tell her
dira diez, fegun la vul- fo ten times ^ according to
gar opinion ; por efto me- /i'(? vulgar notion \ for
jor es callar lasalabanzas, which reafon it is better to
aunque fean verdaderas, forbear praifes, though they
que no ponerles motivos be true, than to give them
de vanidad, que fie m pre occafion for vanity, which
fobran en nolotras. is always overflowing in us,
D. 2. No fe que tienen 2 L. / know not what
los hombres, que por mas ails men, that though they
que apetezcan las hermo- are never fo fond of beauti*
fas CO mo haya dineros (e ful women, provided there be
cafan con las feas. money, they marry the ugly,
B b 3 Cab. 2,
274 -^ '^^'^ Spanish Grammar,
Cab, 2, 'Ellos diccn 2 Gent. They fay ibey
que las toman a pefo, fin tah them by weight, with-
iiiirar en la hechura. c«/ regarding the fajlnon.
D. I . Si no fuera afsi, i L. If it were not for
muchas defgraciadas fe that^ many unfortunate
fueran virgenes a la fepul- ones would carry their mai-
tura. denheads to their graves.
Cab, I. Defpoblarafe 1 G. 'That way the
defla manera el mundo, world would be unpeopled^
pues es verdad conocida, fince it is a known truths
que para una buena cara that fur one good face there
hai tres malas, y mas de are three bad ones, and a-
qultro que apenas fe puc- bove four that can fear ce be
den 11am ar pafladeras. called tolerable,
D, 2, For lo que fe ha 2 L. That which has
dicho, hai tantos mal ca- been faid is the reafm that
fados •, porque tomandofe there are fo many unhappy
a pefo, no pueden con la couples ; for as they take
carga, y dan con ella en one another by weighty they
el fuelo, bufcando otros cannot bear the burden, but
entretenimientos. let it drop to feck other di-
ver fions.
Cab. 2, No falen fiem- 2 Gent. Marriages are
pre defgraciados los cafa- not always unhappy by rea-
mientos por las malas ca- fin of the bad faces, but
ras, antes mas veces por oftner on account of the
las peorcs condiciones. worfe conditions.
I), I, Pues afsi es, me i L. Since it is fo, 1 am
parece que como hai Tri- of opinion, that as there
bunales paratodosdelitos, are Courts for all crimes,
lehaviadehaver particular there ought to he in partis
para los que cometen los cular for thofe that mar-
cafados 5 no digo folo pa- ried perfins are guilty 0^ \
ra los adulterios, pero / do not mean only for a-
tambien para caftigar las dulteries, but alfo to punifh
culpas que fe cometen en- the faults that are commit'
tre marido y muger en ted bettveen hiifband and
no traiarfe como deben wife in not treating one a-
COU amor, y refpeto, nother as they ought, with
Z dexandofe
A New Spanish Grammar. 375
dexandofe llevar de fus affe^llon^ and refpeH^ giv-
pafliones, con que fe pi- ing way to their pajfions^
erde la paz para fiempre. which deft rojsfome for ever.
Cab. r. ^Efifos jueces i G. 'Thofe judges ought
havian de tener don de to have the gift of prophecy^
prophecia ; que de ocra for ctherwife it would he
manera fucra impofgfble rmpojfble to decide who bad
averiguar quien tenia mas been mofl to blame in thofe
culpa en ellas pendencias home broils \ and for the
caferas *, y las mas veces moft part the women are
Ton las mugeres las que- the plaintiffs.^ the men being
xofas, callando los horn- filent to avoid difcovering
bres por no defcubrir fu their fhame,
afrenta.
Cab, 2. Pues fe ha ha- 2 G. Since mention has
blado de juicios, aunque been made of judgments ^
no fea a efte propofito, though it be not to this pur^
fino les defagrada a e- pofe, if it be not difpleafing
Has Senoras, dire uno no- to thefe Ladies, 1 will ra-
table del Rey Don Pedro, late a very notable one of
que por fcr defgraciado. King Peter, whojn becaufe
k llamaron el cruel. he was unfortunate, they
called the cruel,
D. 2. Diga V. m. mu< 2 L. 'Tell it, in God's
en buena hora, pues no name. Sir, fmce we are
tenemos obligacion de a- 770t bound to confine our
tarnos a una materia, y felves to one fubjeB, and
la variedad es agradable. variety is pleafing,
Cav, 2, Con elTa licen- 2 G. Upon that per mif-
ch dfgo, que un Arcedi- fion, I fay, that an Arch^
ano de la Iglefia de Sevih deacon of the church ofSe-
la, mato a un zapatero, v\\ killed a fhoemaker, and
y un hijo fuyo fue ^ pe- a fon of his went to defnand
dir jufticia. Condenole juftice. 'The ecciefiaftical
el Jucz Ecclefiaftico en Judge condemned him not to
que no dixelTe milTa un fay mafs in one year. Soon
ano. Dcfde a pocos di- after King Peter came to
as vino el Rey Don Fedro Sevil, and the dead man's
a Sevilla, y el hijo del fon complained to him of
B b 4 muer;#
376 A New Spanish Grammar.
muerto fe le quexo de la that murder. The King ajk-
dicha muerre. El Rey Is ed him., whether he bad
peregunto, fi havia pedi- demanded juftice. He told
do judicia. El le conto him the cafe as it was. The
eJ calb como pafiaba. king [aid to him., Have '^ou
> Dixo elRey,Seras tu hoin- courage enough to kill him^
bre para maialle, pues no fence ihc^ will tiot do you
te hacen jufticia ? Si Se- juftice ? Tes., Sir, anfwered
nor, refpondio el zapate- the jhoemaker. Do fo then^
ro. Pues h^zlo afsi, dixo faid the king. The next day
cl Rey. El dia figuiente the arch-deacon walking ve-
yeado el Arcediano biea ry near the king in a pro-
cerca del Rey enuna pro- cejTion^ the injured man
cefTion, llegoie el agravi- feept tip, and ftabbed him
ado, y diole dos pufiala- in two places., fo that he
das de que cayo muerto. dropt down dead. The of-
PrendioJe la jullicia, y ficers apprehended him^ and
mandoel Rey quele truX' the king ordered that he
eflen ante el, y prtgun- feoou Id be brought before him,
tole, porque havia muerto and ajked him why he killed
el hombre. El mozodixo, that man. The young man
Seiior, porque mato a mi y^^/W, Sir, becaiife he killed
padre •, y aunque pedi ju- my father, and though 1
fticia no me ia hicieron. demanded juftice, it was
EI juez ecclefiiftico, que 7iot done me. The ecclefe-
cerca eftaba, refpondio aftical judge, who was hy^
por ri,que fe la havia he- anfwered for himfelf, that
cho, y mui cumplida. El he had done him juftiice^ and
Rey quifo faber la jufticia. very fully. The king would
El juez refpondio que le know what juftice it was.
havia condenado queen un The judge anfwered he had
-mo no dixeffe milTa. El condemned hi?n not to fay
Hey dixo a fu alcalde, Sol- mafe in a year. The king
tad efle hornbre, y yo le then faid to the goaJer, Dif-
condeno, que en un ano mifs thai man, and I con-
no cofa zapatos. demn him not to fow any
Jhoes in a year.
D, I . Si miramos en el i L. if we look upon
modo de proceder, bien tbs manner of the. ;procted'.
£3
A New Spanish Grammar, ^jj
fe ve que no es conforme f«g, it is plain it is not ac-
a las lej^es •, mas fi en las cording to law ; hut if the
Jeycs no fe halla la jufti- law will not afford juftice^
cia, razon es que no fake it is hut reafonahle that o-
por otra via. El matar al ther means he found for it,
clerigo el ofendido, pa- The plaintiff ^s killing a cler-
rece lacrilegio tambien gyman^ looks like facrilege
como venganza, fegun la as well as revenge^ accord^
opinion chriftiana, y con ing to the chrijtian notion^
lodo tiene fu juftificacion, and yet it is in [ome manner
fiendo por mandado de juftifiahle^ heing done hy the
un Rey,que es juez fupre- cojninand of a king, who is
mo, y por no haver otro fupr erne judge, and there he-
camino de cadi gar tan ing no other way to punijh
grave deluo : pues el no fo heinous a crime: for the
decir mifia en un aiio no not faying mafs during a
era pena competente a tal year, was not an equiva-
maldad, y las que come- lent penalty to fucb an of*
ten las perfonas dedica- fence, and thofe that are
das a Dios, merecen ma- committed hy perfons dedi-
yor cad 1 go que las de los cated to God, defer ve grea-
feglares. ter punifhment than thofi
of the laity,
Cah, I. No pudiera a- i G. The ahleft lawyer
verlo decidido mejor el could not have decided it
mas famofo letrado ; y e- hetter-, and this cafe puts me
fte cafo me trahe a la me- in mind of what the Alcalde
moria lo que hizo el Al- Calderon did, A fervant
calde Calderon, Fuefe a helonging to certain religious
quexar a el un criado de men went to complain to
unosReligiofos, deque ha- hltn, that having ferved
viendoles fervido el tiem- them the time he was ohlig-
po a que eftava obligado ed to hy contra^, they
por concierto, no le que- would not pay him, that he
rian pagar, porque fe might ft ay with them, they
quedafle con ellos, pare- liking his fervice. The Al-
ciendoles bien fu fervicio. calde, or judge, fent for
El Alcalde embio a 11a- the father procurator, in-
mar al padre Procuradora treating him as a favour^
fupli^
378 A New Spanish Grammar.
fuplicando por merced that he would come to his
vinielTe li fa cafa, a tratar houfe, to difcourfe about a
fobre cierto negocio \ y certain affair ; and charge
avilo a un Alguazil, que ed an Alguazil^ {^^ officer^)
en viniendo le tomalTe la that when he came^ he
mula, en que venia, y la fbould take the mule he rode
pufieiTe a baen recaudo. cn^ and fecure her. IVhen
Venido el, recibiole el he came., the Alcalde re-
Alcalde con mucha cor- ceived him very courteoujiyy
tesia, y le rogo pagaffe a- and dejired him to pay that
quel pobre hombre, que poor man, who had a mind
fe queria ir a fu tierra. to go away into' his own
EI procurador fe fonrio, country. ^e procurator
diciendo, v. m. no es nu~ fmiling, faid^ Sir, you are
eftrojuez, fmo de los fe- not our judge, hut only for
glares, fi algo debemos a laymen, if we owe that
eile hombre, pidalo ante 7nan any thing, let him de-
nueftro juez, el qual le 7nand it before our judge,
hara' jufticia. Con efto who will do him juflice.
fe defpidio, y pldiendo fu IVith this he took his leave,
mula, dixo el mozo, que and enquiring for his mule,
ua Alguazil fe la havia Wt- the fervant faid an Algua-
vado. Bolvio a quexarfe zil had carried her away.
a] Alcalde, el qual le ref- He went hack to complain
pondio: Senor, vueiXrz to the Alcalde, who anfwer-
reverencia no me podra ed him. I'our reverence
negar que la mula es fe- cannot deny but that your
glar. Como tal la guar- 7)iiile is of the laity. As
do, hafta que pague el fuch he kept her, till the
procurador al criado. procurator paid the fcr-
ZHint.
D. 2. Buena gracia tu- 2 L. Indeed the Alcalde
vo por cierto el Alcalde, was very pie afant. All judges
Tales debieran de fer to- ought to he like him, for the
dos los jueces, para ali- benefit of thofe who cannot
vio de los que no le hal- be otherwife relieved. And
Ian por otra manera. Y fince we ar e upon 'judgments ^
pues va de fentencias, va- take this alfo. ihere was
ya tambien efta. Trahian a controvcrfy in an univer-
pleyto
A New Spanish Grammar. 379
pleito en una univerfidad y//^?, about precedency be-
lobre quien iria delante, tween the doufors of law,
Jos dodlores juriftas, y los and the doBors of pbyfick.
de medicina. Pregunto.el The judge ajked the parties,
juez a las partes *, Quan- When a man is carried to
do llevan alguno a jufti- execution for being a thief,
ciar por ladron, qual va which goes foremoft^ the
delante, el que ajuftician, criminal ^ or the execution
o el verdugo ? Refpondi- ner ? They anfwered^ the
eron, el que ajuftician vz. criminal goes before. If it
delante. Si afsi es, dixo is fo, faid the judge, let the
el juez, vayan delante los lawyers go foremojt as
juriftas como ladrones, y thieves, and let the phyfi-
sigan los medicos como dans follow them as exe-
verdugos. cutioners.
Cab. 2. Ya que hemos 2 G. Since we are fal-
dado con los medicos, len upon phyficiatis, I will
dare yo mi badajada. En let my clapper go. At pope
la mefa del papa Alexdn- Alexander the vith^s table
dro vi. fe difputaba un it was argued one day..,
dia, fi era provechofoque whether it were advanta^
huvieffe en la republica gious to the public to have
medicos ? La mayor parte ^My;a'^«/. The majority
tuvo que no •, y alegar on affirmed it was not, and
en fu razon, que Roma e- aUedged to ?nake good their
ftuvo 600 anos fin ellos. affertion, that Rome fub-
Dixo el papa, que el no fified 600 years without
cradeaquel parecer ; por- them, T'he pope faid he
que a fahar ellos, crece- was not of that opinion -, be-
ria tanto la multitud de caufe if there were none of
los hombres, que no ca- them, the multitude of men
brian en el mundo, would increafe fo much,
that the world could not
contain them.
D. I. No digamos^mal i L. Let us notfpeakill
de los medicos, pues en of phyficians, fince when
teniendonecefTidadlos ha- we fhall be in want, we
vemos de ilamar aunque mufi fend for them^ though
nos
3S0 A New Spanish Grammar.
nos pefe, y ellos a veces ever fo much againft our
nos hacen mal porque af- wills^ md they fometimes
SI \o qucremos, como le do us harm hecaufe we will
pudo fuceder a un hom- have it fo, as might hap-
bre mui rico, que havi- pen to a very rich man^
endofe hallado algo in- who having found himfelf
difpuefto la noche antes, fomewhat indifpofed the
embio a Uamar un medi- night before, he had a phy-
CO *, eiqual venido, havi- ftcian called , who heing
endole tornado el pulfo, come, and having felt his
pregunto, fi comia bien ? pulfe, ajked, whether he
Refpondio, que fi. Bol- did eat his meat heartily ?
vio a preguntar el me- He anfwered he did. fhe
dico, fi dormia bien ? phyfician afked again, whe-
Refpondio, que fi. Re- ther hejleptwell^heanfwer^
plico el medico, Pues yo ed he did. The phyfician
OS daj-e con que fe os qui- replied, Then I will give
te todo elto. you fomething that fh all re*
move all that.
C^^.i. Buena refpuella^ i G. A good anfwer \
y bien empleado el qui- and it is not done amifs to
tarle la falud a quien no deprive one of his healthy
eila contento con ella. A- who is not fatisfied with it,
unque no parefca tan a- Though it looks not fo exa5i
juflado en t6do,por haver in all points, ftnce it con-
cura y falud, dire lo que cerns curing, and health:
me ha venido a la cabe- I will tell what is come in-
za. Defcalabro uno a fu to my head. A man broke
muger, por cierta terri- his wife^s head for her in-
bilidad que en ella havi a, tolerable temper, and had
J curola con mucha cofta her cured with much cofi
y cuidado, tanto que ella afid care, in fo much, that
decia entre fi : Yo eftoi fhe faid to her f elf: I am
fegura de aqui adelanre no fafe enough, that for the
ofe mi marido hacerme future, my hufband will
mal, por no gaftar orro not dare hurt me, for fear
tanto como ha gaftado. of being at fo great an ex-
Conmunico efte penfami- pence as he has now been,
kii^ con fus vezinas y no She iold her neighbours
falto
A New Spanish Grammar. 381
falto quien fe lo contaflfe al what/he thought, andfo7?ie»
niarido. Callo el hafta body told her bujhand. He
que eftuvo lana, quando took no notice till floe was
Jlamando al cirujano ante vjell, when calling the fur-
ella, y fabido lo que mon- geon before her, and under*
taba la cura, le dixo. A- ftanding what the cure came
qui tiene v. m. lo que le tOy he /aid to him. Sir,
debo, y otro tanto para here is what I owe you^
otra vez, fi fe le ofreci- and as much more for ano-
ere que lo haya menefter ther time, if 7ny wife floall
mi muger. happen to have occafion.
D. 2. Tales mugeres 2 L. Such women de-
tal trato merecen : que a- ferve fuch ufage: for though
unque no es de hombres it does not become men of
de porte poner las manos fafloionto Jlrike them^ there
en ellas, lenguas hai, y are fuch tongues and tern-
condiciones que obligan pers as oblige people to do
a lo que no fe pienfa. Por what they never thought.
efto fe dice que el padre therefore they fay the fa-
da el dote, y Dios la bu- ther gives the portion^ and
ena muger. Pero hai God the good wife. But
hombres tan fufridos que there are fome men fo pa-
por todo paffan \ tal era tient, that they bear with
un cornudo, a quien itn- all things •, fuch a one was
tencio la jufticia, que le a cuckold, who was adjudge
azotalTe fu muger, y que ed in court to be whipped
fi no le diefTe recio le di- by his wife, and in cafe fhe
efie a ella el verdugo. El did not flrike hard, the ex*
buen hombre volvio la ecutioner was to firike her,
cabeza, y dixo. Dame ^he good man looked about y
recio a mi Catarina^ no and faid, firike me hard
te den a ti. Catherine, that they maj
not firike you.
Cab. 2. No era tan fu- 2 G. yf fon -in-law was
frido un yerno que rogo not fo patient, who defired
a fu fuegro que caftigaffe his father-in-law to chaftife
fu hija, porque fi el la ca- his daughter^ becaufe if be
fligaba feria mui peor, y did it himfelf, Jhe would be
ei fabla que k hacia trai- worfe^ and he knew fhe
cion.
382 A New Spanish Grammar.
cion. Refpondio el fue- was falfe to him, ^he fa-
gro, repoiaos hijo, que ther-inJaw anfweredy Be
por vida deencrambos, io eafj^ my fon^ for by both
rnifmo hizo fu madre ha- our lives^ her inother did
fta que IJego a los fefenta. the fame^ till fie came to
Ella lo perdera, que afsi fixty years of age. She
]o hizo elTotra. Por efto will leave it off^ for fo the
fe dice, que fe van al ci- other did. T^berefore they
clo los cornudos, por- fay cuckolds go to heaven^
que tanta paciencia no becaufe fo much patience
puede quedar fin premio. cannot go unrewarded,
D. I . Algo grofleros, i L. Begging your par-
con perdon, fon eftos cu- don^ thefe tales are fome-
enros, y por mudar, ya what coarfe^ and to change^
que en lo ultirrio fe hablo fince in the laft there was
de ir al cielo, dire lo que mention of going to heaven^
he oido acerca de irfe al / will fay what I have
infierno. A un buen heard about going to hell,
predicador, porque de- Becaufe a good preacher
ci'a las verdades, le daban fpoke the naked truths they
un opifpado en las In- offered him a biflooprick in
dias^ en tiempo del Em- the Weft-Indies, in the
perador Carlos quinto. daysof the Emperor Chd-vlcs
Propufofelo el fecre- the fifth. The Secretary of
tario de eftado, y el ftate propofed it to him^
refpondio defta manera. and he anfwered thus,
Sepa vueftra fcfioria, que Tour lordfhip mujl under-
el oficio de obifpo es fi;and^ that the office of a
may gran trabajo, para hifhop is very iroublefome,
quien le ha de fervir c6- for one that will execute it
mo es obllgado ; y afsi according to his duty ; fo
conociendo yo mi flaque- that I being fenfible of my
za de no le poder admi- incapacity to perform it as 1
niftrar como debo, creo ought ^ do think that if I
que puefto en el feria ca- zvere cnce fettled in it., I
minar al infierno, pues ir floould be in the way to hell^
por las IndiaSy pareceme and to go by thezvay cfthe
gran rodeo. Weft-Indies, is very far
about*
Cab. I.
A New Span
Cab, I. Grandeza de
animo chriftiano tue no
admitir un obilpado, co-
fa harto rara en nueftras
dias, quando mas fe tra-
baja por ganar lina micra
que por ganar el cielo. Si
es generofidad rehufar lo
que no fe poflee, no Jo es
menos dar con mano li-
beral y buena gracia lo
que ya es propio. Ella
virtud eftuvo en fu punto
en el Conde de Urena. Lle-
go a el Don Pedro de Guz-
man^ a fuplicalle le man-
dafle daralgun trigo, por-
que eftaba falto de pan,
que aquel diio fe havia co-
gido poco. Dixo el Con-
de a fu fecretario le hici-
effe un libramiento para
un mayordomo fuyo, de
mil hanegas de trigo, y
mientras el fecretario le
efcribia, quedo hablando
con Don Pedro, Venido
el fecretario con el libra-
miento, hallo que decia,
Dareis a Don Pedro mil
hanegas de trigo, de que
yo le hago merced. Raf-
go el libramiento, y con
alguna colera dixo al fe-
cretario. No haveis de de-
cir, fino que el Senor Don
Pedro de Guzman me ha-
ce merced de recibir de
nii. Efta es la verdadera
ISH Grammar, 383
I . G. // "uoas a chrifiian
atl cf generofity not to ac^
cept of a bijhoprick^ a thing
very rare in our days^ when
more pains is taken to get
a mitre ^ than to gain hca^
ven. If it is generofity to
refufe what we have not in
pojfeffon^ it is no lefs fo to
give freely^ and with a
good grace that which is
our own already, ^his vir^
tue was in much perefcLlion
in the Count de Ureiia.
Don Pedro de Guzman
came to defire he would or^
der him fame corn^ becaufe
it was fcarce with him^ that
year having yielded very lit^
tie. ^he Count conwiand-
ed his fccretary to write an
order to one of his flew ards
for . a thou [and hufJoeh of
wheat., and whilfl the fe^
cretary was writings he dif-
courfed with Don Pedro.
r/hcn the fecretary brought
the order., he found it run^
T'ou fJjall deliver to Don
Pedro a thoufand hufJocls of
wheat y which I favour him
with. He tore the order.,
and with fome heat f aid to
the fecretary., Tou are not
to fay fo., but which Don
Pedro de Guzman does me
the favour to accept frofit
me. This is true nobility,
/(? ^'je as becomes the giver,
nobleza.
384 -^ New Spanish Graminar.
nobleza, dar conforme a and not to the receiver^ and
quien da y no a quien re- to fave him that afks the
cibe, y quitar la verguen- Jhame by the way of giving.
za a quien pide con el
modo de dar.
D. 2. Mas guftofa ma- 2 L. Thefubje^wehave
teria es la que tenemos en- in hand is more agreeable
tre manos que la pafsada, than the laft^ in as much as
quanto es mas de eftimar virtue is more to be valued
la virtud que el vicio. Pa- than vice. To go on with
ra profeguir con ella, al f/, an old gentlewoman
Duque dtAlva fuplicou- ^prayed the Duke de Alva
na duefia le ayudaiTe para to give her fomething to-
cafar una hija. El Duque wards marrjingoffa daugh^
le mando dar veinte du- ter. I'he Duke ordered her
cades. El camarero a tzventy ducats, "The gen-
quien lo mando diole do- tleman he ordered to do it^
cientos. Al tomarle def- gave her two hundred,
pues la cuenta hallo pu- JVhen he came afterwards
eftos docientos ducados to take his accounts^ he
en lugar de veinte. Dixole found two hundred ducats
al camarero c6mo pusiftes fet down inflead of twenty,
aqui docientos ducados, He faid to the gentleman^
no haviendo de fer fmo How came you to fet down
veinte. El camarero ref- two hundred ducats ^ where*
pondio. Senor, yo 01 as there fhould be but twen-
docientos ducados. Re- ty, ne gentleman anfwer-
plico el Duque. Bendito ed^ my lord^ I underflood
lea Dios, que te dio me- two hundred. 'The Duke
jores oidos, que a mi len- replied^ God be praifed^for
gua. Y paflo en cuenta giving you better ears, than
los docientos ducados. me a tongue. And fo he
faffed the two hundred du-
cats in the account.
Cab, 1, Bien enmendo 2 G. He made good a-
la falta en el dar con la li- mends for the error in giv-
beralidad de confentir en ing by his liberality in con-
lo dado. El Conde de fettting to what had been
Fsria tenia tanta grande- given, fb$ Count de Feria
_ ^^
A Neiv Spanish Grammar, 385
za de animo, que diva a had fuch a generous JquI^
todos quantos Je pedian. that he gave to all that
Tenia coftumbrede dezir afied him. He was zvont
a fu mayordomo, Dad a to fay to his Jieward, Give
fulano treinta, o quarenta fuch a one thirty^ on forty
efcudos i dad a citano ci- crowns^ give fuch another
en efcudos, o ciento y an hundred^ or an hundred
cinquenta, de manera que and fifty ^ fo that he never
nunca decia cola Icnalada. fold an^ thing certain. The
El mayordomo Je dixo, Jleward faid to him, when
de que v^. s^. manda dar your lord/hip orders fome-
algo, dice treince o qua- thing to be given, you fay
renta, y afsi de otros nu- thirty or forty, and fo of
meros, con qui- quedo other 7iu?nbers, fo that I
contufo, fin faber a que am at an uncertainty, not
me acenga. Refpondio knoiving which to lay hold
el Conde ; Por tu vida of The Count anfwered^
te aten fiempre a lo mas, / defire you will always
no mudes mi condicion. hold to the mofl, do not
flint my nature.
D. I. CefTen un rato i L. Let us for a while
las pla:icas, y ^lrvan^ev^ ceafe this difcourfe^ and be
m\ de tomar algun re- pleafed to take fome refrefh'
freico, o colacion. Aqui ment, or collation. Here is
hai chocolate, tea, dul- chocolate, tea, fweat-jneatSj
ces, y un trago de vino, and a glafs of wine, that
para que efcoja cada qual every one may choofe what
lo que mas le agradare •, he likes befl ; for talking^
que efto de hablar, sino though it be no labour^
es trabajo, gafla el alien- fpends the breath, and it
to, y es menefter dar al- is convenient to give fome
gun alivio al eftomago, fupport to the ftomach, fcr
que fon muchas las horas there are 7nany hours be-
entre la comida y la cena. tween dinner and fupper.
Coioquios
386 'A New Spanish Grammar.
Coloquios Efpanoles e Inglefes.
Spanijh aitd EngliJIj Colloquies.
Coloquio fexto. C o l l o qjj y VI.
^Entre dos Capitdnes^ ydos Between two Captains,
Cortejdnos, and two Courtiers.
1 CaprryUtn encuen- i Cap.TTTEZL met,
j3 tro, Seiiores, VV Gentlemen,
dos a dos \ conque efta- two and two ; fo that we
mos iguales, no nos lie- are equal, wejhall have no
varemos ventaja en la fuperiority in conversation \
Converfacion ; y fi huvi- and if we Jhould happen to
eremos de reiiir, a pares fall out, we are ready pair-
venimos. ed,
1 Cor. A efTa cuenta, i Cour. Jfter that rate^
mas vale no eftar tan igua- it is better net to he fo equal,
Ics, que en terminos de than juft fitted to make
armar pendencias. quarrels,
2 Cap. Bien dice v. 2 Cap. T^ou are in the
m^. que aca entre Ami- right. Sir, for here amo72g
gos folo feha de tratar de friends we mufl only talk of
Paz ; la Guerra ha de fer peace ; ^Far mufi be with
con los enemigos del the Kinoes enemies,
Rey.
2 Cor. Y efta para v. 2 Cour. And thai is for
mis. que han tornado por you, Genthnen, who have
effe camino ; que nofo- taken to that way -, for we
tros mui bien nos halla- are very well fatis fie d with
mos con la quietud de la the repofe of the Court.
Corte.
^ I Cap. 'A nofotros nos i Cap. This has fallen
ha cabido efto en parte, to our lot, and the other to
ya
'A Nw Spanish Grammar. 3 87
y a V. m^s. lo otro ; Ca- yours \ every one fuits him-
da lino fe acomoda con felf to that he was born
aquello paraque nacio. for,
1 Cor, Fuerza es que i Cour. 'There muft of
hayadetodoen efte mun- neceffity he of all forts in
do : 'Unos hizoDiospi- this world: God made feme
ra la Milfcia, otros para for warfare^ others for the
Palacio ; unos para Reli- Court ; fame for religious
giolbs, otros para tratan- men^ others for trades 5
tes ; unos para oticios fome for mechanic employ^
mechanicos, otros para ments^ others for Feafants%
labradores ; linos para fome to commandy and o^
mandar, y otros para fer- thers to ferve,
vir.
2 Cap, La mifma va- 2 Cap. The fa^ne va-
riedad que fe haJla en los riety that is found in feve^
diferentes eftados, vemos ralfiates, we fee in the ca-
en las Capacidades y dif- pacities and difpofitions of
poficiones de los hombres. men. There are fome per^
Perfonas hai que fon ha- fans qualified for allpofis^
biles para todos los pue- hut they are few ; and
(los, pero fon pocas \ y thofe if they are fortunate^
eilas fi fon afortunadas rife from one to the other ^
van fubiendo de uno en till they attain to great ho-
otro hafta alcanzar mui nours. On the contrary
grandes honras. Al con- there are others,, that being
trario hai otros, que no very undejerving obtain
teniendo habilidad para what they pie afe \ and ge*
cofa algiina, alcanzan lo nerally fpeaking^ the moji
que quicren ; y general- deferving are unlucky^ I
mente hablando, \os ni2i% fpeak of the good foldiers.
benemerljtos Ton defgra-
ciados, digo de los bue-
nos foldados.
2 Cor. Lo mifmo fu- 2 Cour. The fame hap-
cede en la Corte, en don- pens at Courts where only
de folo aqusllos que em- thofe that fpend all their
plean todo fu talento en talent in making much of
agafajar las Damas y agra- the Ladies and pkafing
C c 2 darlaSj
gSS A New Spanish Grammar.
darias, fon lofque me- theniy are ihe ^erfons that
dran. ^ thrive.
I Cap, Eflbes verdad ; i Cap. That is true %
y quantos hemos viflo al- afid how many we have
canzar pueftos de mucha feen advanced to pofts of
reputacion por iola fu rnuch reputation, only for
delverguenza, 6 por {m their impudence, or their
dinero, quedandoJe atras money, the deferving per-
las perfonas de merito. fons being laid afide.
I Cor. Qiiien es enco- i Cour. He that is hafh-
gido gudrdcfe de entrar ful invft take heed of going
en corces *, ningunos me- to courts ; none thrive like
^v%ncoViio\o%dtic2iX2idos, foreheads of hrafs, flatte-
aduladores, y lofqae tie- rers, and thofe that have
ncn defpejo. • confidence wilh themfelves,
1 Cap. L.os fold ados 2 Cap. IVe the foldiers
tenemos algo de eile vi- have fome floare in that
cio, porque de otra fuer- vice, becaufe otherwife we
te no fueramos de prove- foould not be fit for war :
cho para la guerra : tres we have three ??iotives to
motives tenemos para ex- expofe curfelves to fo many
ponernos a tantos trabajos hardfhips and dangers ;
y peligros ; que fon, por which are, for the Faith ^
la Fe, por la honra, y for honour, and for pro-
por el piovecho. Los //. We the foldiers,
foldados (Dios nos per- {God forgive us) though we
done) aunque hagamos "jnake war againjt the In-
guerra a Infieles, mas fidels, human advantages
nos mueven las medras have more influence over us
humanas, que las efperan- than the hopes of heaven.
zas del Cielo. La hon- Honour is a fovereign tno-
ra es un motive foberano ; iive -, and though they fay,
y aunque dicen, i\uthon- that the fame bag cannot
ra y prcvecho no cdhen en hold honour and profit,
itn sdco, yo digo que /^cK- I fay that honour with*
ra fin provccho es fombra out profit is a in ado w
finfubftdncia. Quien ga- without fubilance. Who
no mas lionra que el fa- is there that gained more
m6fo Capitan Belifdrio ? honour than the fa?nous
y qui-
A New Spanish Grammar, 389
Y quien mas defgracia- Com?nander Belifarius ?
do? ^nd who more unfortu-
nate ?
2 Cor, Grande fue la 2 Cour. Great was the
Caida de Belifdrio, y no fall of Belifarius, nor was
fue menor la de Antonio that of Antonio Perez
Perez -, aquei fue Gene- lefs ; the former was the
ral del lmperador7«/?i«i- Emperor Juftinian'i Ge-
dno^ y elle Minillro fa- neraU ^nd this favorite
vorecido del Rey Bon Minifler to King Philip
P/jc'/f/)^' el fegundo ; el 11- the fecond \ the one a great
no Gran foldado, el otro foldier, the other no Lefs a
no menor Cortefano. Fal- Courtier, Belifarius want-
tole la ventiira a Belifd- ed the fortune to have it in
rio de poder, y tener a his fower^ and have a
donde huir ; tuvola Anto- place to fl^ to \ Antonio
7no Perez^ en efcaparfe y Perez had it in making his
halJar un Rey de Fran- efcape^ and finding a King
cia que le fuilentalTe con- of France to maintain him
forme a fu Calidad. according to his quality,
I Cap. Ahi fe ve lo i Cap. I'hat Jhows how
poco que hai que fiar en little trufl is to herepofedin
las grandezas de ella vi- the grandours of this life,
da. Dos de los mayor-es "Two of the greatefl men
hombres que huvo en el there have been in the
mundo, el uno facados world., one of them his e'jes
los ojos, el otro puefto put out^ the other put up-
en un tormento ; el uno on a rack ; the one leg-^
mendigando por las cal- ging in the flreets^ the other
les, el otro huyendo por fl)ing to fave his life \ and
librar la vida, y efto not for an^^ offence of either
fin culpa de ninguno de of them,
cllos.
I Cor, Que un Rey i Cour. For a King to
caftigue a fus Ya.{2\\os puni/b his fubje^s for being
por defleales, es jufticia •, difioyal^ it is juflice ; to per-
pero que persiga fm pie- fecute his fuhje5l without
dad un Vafallo, folo por merc\^ only for having
haverle
39<^ ^ ^^"^ Spanish Grammar.
haverle obedecido, es in- obeyed him^ is fuch an hor"
humanidad tan horrible, rid inhimanity^ that the
que apenas fe hallara fe- like of it can fear ce he found
mejante entre las masijar- among the 7noft barbarous
baras naciones. Mucho nations. Sojne authors
han efcrito algunos Au- have writ much in com-
tores en alabanza de a- mendation of that King., but
quel Rey, pero quien whofoever poall read his life
leyere fu vida con aten- with attention^ will find
cion, hallara que el fue la that he was the ruin of
ruina de Efpana. Spain.
2 Cap, Loque a nofo- 2 Cap. JVbat concerns
tros nos importa, es pro- us., is to endeavour to rife^
curar fubir, fin ponernos without flanding to confider
a penfarfipodremoscaer ; whether we may fall -^ the
3a dificultad efta en lo pri- difficulty confifls in the firfi
mero, y venga defpues /'^r/, and let what will af-
loque viniere. terwards fellow.
1 Cor. Habilidad y bu- 2 Cour. There mufl be
en animo es menefter pa- capacity and a good heart
ra todo, y lo cierto es, for every thing., and it is
que elqueno tiene f^j pun- certain^ that he who has
to de Ambicion, mas es not fome fhare in ambition^
para un convento que pa- is fitter for amonafiery than
ra el mundo. for the world.
I Cap. Quien le ha i Cap. Who has told
dicho, que en los Con- ycu, that there is no ambi-
ventos no fe halla ambi- tion in the convents F Do
cion ? No vemos todos not we fee every day., there
los dias que fon dcmafia are too many that trouble
dos lofque revuelven el all the world to rife to be
mundo para fer Superi^ Superiors^ and even Bi-
ores, y ahunObifpos? fhops F
1 Gcr. Es cierto, y i Cour. // is certain^
harno nos dan enque en- and we have enough to do
tender, with them,
2 Cap. Dexemoflos al- 2 Cap. Let us leave
la, y iolo digo, que nu- them there^ I only fay^,
eftra
A New Spanish Grammar, 391
ellra vereda es mui eftre- that our fath is very nar-
cha, y ciida pailb fe ha row^ and every ftep is to
de ir ganando a fuego y he gained with fire and
a fangre •, y fi defpues blood -, and if after all we
de efto fe alcanza algo, attain fomething^ an unhap-
Ilega una defdichada bala py hall comes and over-
y da con todo en tier- throws it all,
ra.
2 Cor. Aunque nofo- 2 Cour. Although we
tros no eftamos tan fu- are not fo fuhje^ to fo ma-
jetos \ tantos trabajos y ny hard/hips and fatigues^
fatigas, neceffidades, fri- wants, colds, heats, had
OS, calores, malos dias y days, and worfe nights, to
peores noches, a tantas fo many wounds, and to
heridas, y a tantos rief- fo many dangers,fatal effe^s
gos, Cetedtos fatales de la of war ; notwithjlanding^
guerra) : fin embargo, I ajjure you, that we have
les alTeguro, que no nos war and dangers enough in
faltan guerra y peligros courts, although we do
en la corte aunque ]a ha- make it after another man-
cemos de otra fuerte -, no ner -, we do not make our
enfangrentamos \z.% ^{'i^k- fwords hloody, we fpend no
das, no gadamos polvo- -powder -, bullet s do not kill \
ra ; no nnatan las balas ; all viclories are gained by
todas las vitorias fe ga- contrivance andjiratagems ;
nan por ardides y eftra- wit, the pen, and tongue
tagennas ; el ingenio, la work, and not force. It
pluma, y lengua obran, is true, that there reign
no la fuerza. Es verdad, envy, hypocrify, flattery^
que alii reinan la invidia, deceits, falfities, frauds^
hypocresia, lifonjas, en- and other forts of wicked-
gafios, falfedades, frau- nefs, that 1 am afhamed
des, y otros maldades, to make them public, 1 be-
que, a no avergonzarme, ing one of them ; but from
por fer uno de ellos, las what is faid you may iti'
dixera •, pero de lo dicho fer what pajfei there,
V. m^K pueden inferlr lo-
que alii fe paiTa.
f y 2
392 A New Spanish Grammar.
I y 2 Caps, Si efTa es i and i Caps. If that le
la vida de Ja Corte, vi- the Court life^ we rather
vamos y muramos nofo- chufe to live and die in the
tros enlacampana ; don- /f/^ ; where we fight
de nos renimos con nu-
eftros enemigos, y trata-
mos verdad con los a-
mfgos.
with our enemies^' and
deal jujily with our
friends.
F I JV I S.
4'
^*^
y.
^ :?
y
ICtbrar^.
IN THE CUSTODY Or ThE
BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY.
^SHELF N° I
; ^v^*
■:t?^
J^gjg^Ji^V^j^l^^ggJ^
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11